The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 76 January 2000 Number 1
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. V. Dowell, Editor R. M. Bohart
Jeffery Y. Honda, Associate Editor J. T. Doyen
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer Warren E. Savary
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non-
receipt of numbers should be addressed to: Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary;
and financial communications should be addressed to: Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer;
at: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Dept. of Entomology, California Acad-
emy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: William Hamersky, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept. of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. Robert V.
Dowell, Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, California Dept. of Food & Agriculture,
1220 N St., Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover for Information-to-Con-
tributors, and volume 73(4): 248—255, October 1997, for more detailed informa-
tion. Information on format for taxonomic manuscripts can be found in volume
69(2): 194-198. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $25.00 for regular members of the So-
ciety, $26.00 for family memberships, $12.50 for student members, or $40.00 for
institutional subscriptions or sponsoring members. Members of the Society receive
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers or entire volumes
are available; see 72(4): 247 for current prices. Make checks payable to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1999
David T. Wyatt, President Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary
Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer Stanley E. Vaughn, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly for $40.00 per
year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate
Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599. Periodicals postage is paid at San Francisco, CA, and additional
mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
% California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 14 February 2000
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
The paper used in this publication meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 1-11, (2000)
THE AUSTRALIAN FRUIT FLY PARASITOID
DIACHASMIMORPHA KRAUSSIT (FULLAWAY): LIFE
HISTORY, OVIPOSITIONAL PATTERNS, DISTRIBUTION
AND HOSTS (HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE: OPITNAE)
K. RUNGROJWANICH! AND G. H. WALTER
Department of Zoology and Entomology, The University of Queensland,
Brisbane, Queensland 4072, Australia
Abstract—Diachasmimorpha kraussii is a \arval-pupal parasitoid of tephritid fruit flies in Aus-
tralia. It is currently being considered for release against fruit fly pests in Hawaii. Virgin D.
kraussii females lived longer (mean = 31.4 days; n = 10) than mated females (mean = 27.6
days; n = 10) by a factor of about 12%. The rate of offspring production per day by virgins
(about four emerging adults per day) was the same as that of mated females, so virgins tended
to produce more offspring in total (mean = 125) than did mated females (mean = 112), but the
difference was not statistically significant. The time between egg deposition and emergence of
the resultant adult varied from 16 days to more than 300 days, and males achieved maximum
emergence before females. Adult wasps emerged at any time of the photophase, both under
laboratory and field conditions, but the rate declined towards the end of the daylight period.
Adult females oviposited more actively during the day than at night (30.8 vs 19 adults), and the
pattern tended to be stronger when wasps were exposed to hosts initially during the scotophase
(37.4 vs 18.4 adults). Mated females produced female-biased brood sex ratios of about 0.28
(proportion of males) on average, and the older the mother wasps the greater the proportion of
female offspring produced. Diachasmimorpha kraussii is distributed only in northern and eastern
Australia, as far south as New South Wales. It has been recorded from 13 host fly species and
in association with 18 host plant species.
Key Words.—Insecta, Diachasmimorpha kraussii, parasitoid, Braconidae, Tephritidae, oviposi-
tion, fecundity, sex ratio, delayed emergence, distribution, hosts.
Braconid parasitoids are the major natural enemies of tephritid fruit flies and
have been used for biological control in various parts of the world. Although
several species have been used in this capacity, fewer than a dozen are relatively
well known, e.g., Diachasmimorpha longicaudata (Ashmead), D. tryoni (Cam-
eron), Fopius arisanus (Sonan), F. vandenboschi (Fullaway) and Psyttalia fletch-
eri (Silvestri) (Willard 1920; Leyva et al. 1991; Ramadan et al., 1991, 1992,
1994a, b; Messing & Jang 1992; Messing et al. 1996; Purcell 1998). Little in-
formation is available about the other species, and for some not even basic in-
formation on life history has been published. This is the case with the Australian
species D. kraussii, despite it having been described almost 50 years ago (Ful-
laway 1951), when it was used in biological control efforts. Diachasmimorpha
kraussii was introduced into Hawaii between 1947 and 1952, cultured on Ceratitis
capitata Wiedemann and released in areas infested with this pest species. It did
not establish permanently (Clausen et al. 1965), but the species is currently being
cultured and considered for further releases against C. capitata (R. Messing, per-
sonal communication). The hosts recorded for D. kraussii to date include Bactro-
cera barringtoniae (Tryon), B. cacuminata (Hering), B. dorsalis (Hendel), B. jar-
' School of Agricultural Extension and Cooperatives, Sukothai Thammathirat Open University, Pak-
kred, Nonthaburi 11120, Thailand.
2 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
visi (Tryon), B. kraussii (Hardy), B. murrayi (Perkins) and B. pallida (Perkins &
May) (Clausen et al. 1965). Recent results show, however, that D. kraussii cannot
develop successfully|in Hawaiian B. dorsalis flies (R. Messing, personal com-
munication).
To facilitate the use of D. kraussii in biological control, we investigated several
aspects of its biology and ecology, namely: (i) adult life span and fecundity, (ii)
diurnal and nocturnal levels of oviposition and (i11) developmental duration and
emergence patterns. The Australian distribution, host flies and host plants of D.
kraussii were evaluated from museum specimens and from personal collections.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Insect Cultures.—A Bactrocera tryoni (Froggatt) culture was initiated from a
colony held at the Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Long Pocket,
Brisbane. We used the culture technique described by Heather & Corcoran (1985),
except for providing|Vegemite® (concentrated yeast extract) as a protein source
for adult flies, instead of protein hydrolysate.
The D. kraussii colony was started with about 35 pairs reared from B. tryoni
puparia derived from) Brazilian cherries (Eugenia uniflora L.) collected in St Lu-
cia, Brisbane, in November 1990. The adult D. kraussii were exposed, in a 15 X
15 X 30 cm perspex! cage, to 3rd instar (eight days old since oviposition) fruit
fly larvae that were restrained in an “‘oviposition unit’? (see below). Honey was
always available to adult wasps, both in culture and in all experiments. Hosts and
parasitoids were reared at 25 + 1° C, 60 + 5% R.H. and 12:12 L:D. Experiments
were also conducted under these conditions.
‘“‘“Oviposition units’’ were prepared from a 7.5 cm diameter plastic lid with a
raised outer rim (0.6 cm high). The inside cavity of the lid was filled with larval
medium into which the B. tryoni larvae had been placed. The whole unit was
wrapped with tightly-stretched Parafilm®, through which the wasps readily ovi-
posited.
For culturing purposes, oviposition units were exposed to D. kraussii adults for
24 h. Units were then unwrapped and placed in a 1000 mI plastic container lined
with sawdust. No additional larval medium was needed because the fruit flies
always pupated within 24 h of their removal from the oviposition cage. An excess
of larval medium, which would encourage fungal growth, was thus avoided. Fun-
gi, if present, made it difficult for fruit fly larvae to spring into the sawdust to
pupate. The puparia were sieved from the sawdust and held in a 30 ml plastic
cup for adult emergence.
Life Span, Developmental Duration and Reproductive Capacity.—Ten D.
kraussii females, three days old, were exposed to conspecific males, one day old,
for mating (one pair/mating unit (Rungrojwanich & Walter 1999)). After each
female had mated (all mated within 10 min), she was held alone in an inverted
125 ml plastic container and exposed to hosts (i.e., early on the fourth day after
eclosion). Each container had a 3 cm diameter hole in the bottom with fine muslin
glued over it. The containers were kept upside down so that the lids could serve
aS Oviposition units. Each oviposition unit contained 20 B. tryoni larvae. After
each 24 h of exposure, the oviposition unit was replaced and the old one trans-
ferred to its own 1000 ml plastic container for pupation of the larvae. The life
span of each wasp was monitored.
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BIOLOGY 3
The pupae were sieved and placed in a 30 ml plastic cup for emergence. Each
plastic cup was cross-labelled to its adult female and day of exposure. Pupae in
each plastic cup were checked daily for emergence over 12 months, to establish
the minimum fecundity of each female and the duration between oviposition and
adult emergence. Emerged wasps were sexed and counted.
The above procedures were followed at the same time, using 10 virgin D.
kraussii females (three days old) for comparative purposes. Ten oviposition units
(20 B. tryoni larvae/unit) were also prepared daily as a control, to check the
survival rate of unparasitized B. tryoni.
Diel Patterns of Emergence and Ovipositional Activity—To determine the diel
pattern of D. kraussii emergence, a set of parasitized B. tryoni puparia, on the
verge of eclosing, were placed in a 250 ml plastic container. At the anticipated
time of peak emergence, the puparia were checked hourly through three consec-
utive days and the number and sex of D. kraussii that emerged each hour was
recorded. Preliminary tests had shown no emergence during the scotophase.
To check emergence patterns in the field, laboratory-parasitized B. tryoni pu-
paria (prepared as above) were held in 30 ml plastic cups (about 50 puparia/cup)
each of which was placed on the bottom of a 1000 ml plastic container. The lid
of each large container was cut to allow another 30 ml plastic “‘catching”’ cup to
be inserted through the hole, inverted, so its base protruded to the outside. The
large outer containers were covered with aluminium foil to reflect light. Only the
30 ml plastic “‘catching’’ cups received light, to which the D. kraussii adults were
attracted. The apparatus was placed in the shade of a Brazilian cherry tree at St
Lucia, Brisbane, on 2 Feb 1993 at 23:00 h and removed three days later at 20:00 h.
The “catching”? cups were checked hourly between 04:30 h and 18:30 h and the
D. kraussii that had emerged were removed, sexed and counted.
To assess the influence of day and night conditions on levels of ovipositional
behaviour, 15 D. kraussii females, three days old, were each exposed to a different
conspecific male, one day old, for mating (one pair/mating unit). After mating,
females were transferred to perspex cages (five females/10 <X 10 X 15 cm cage).
An oviposition unit (100 B. tryoni larvae/unit) was placed in each cage for the
light period 07:00 h to 17:00 h and another was substituted between 19:00 h and
05:00 h (dark period), in a constant environment room (conditions above). The
procedure was repeated with new oviposition units for three consecutive photo-
phases and scotophases. After exposure, each oviposition unit was transferred to
its own 1000 ml plastic container to await pupation of the flies. The numbers of
B. tryoni and D. kraussii adults that resulted from oviposition during the light
and dark exposures were sexed and counted.
To establish whether mated females that had never oviposited during the pho-
tophase would oviposit during the scotophase, a 2nd test was conducted following
the above procedures, but the times of exposure were reversed i.e., wasps were
initially exposed from 19:00 h to 05:00 h and only after that between 07:00 h to
17:00 h.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Life Span, Developmental Duration and Reproductive Capacity—The mean
lifetime production of adult offspring by mated D. kraussii females (+ SE) was
111.7 (4 11.29, n = 10), and was not significantly different (¢ = —0.85, P =
4 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
20
ae FA Virgin
y @ Mated
;
lf
2
15 ie
ay
d)
2 | aa
= :
L 416 |G 4
= 4 | |e 4
) A |¢ if ¥]
ay 4 |f |e |
= 10 4 \4 if y)
3 fie | #
ae) 4 | |e | 9 .
AAC a
@ A\s\¢ y o| |
e || NAA A 1h
5 Z\¢ 4 fei cl
- 0. Agee a a
Ai is i le lp 7 A tl
if |e
| AAaaat al alaL,
7 AAAAA AG aaa We Ad) orl,
7 if ° i Uhh so f
AAA AAAS AAA Waa Ae AOD
MERA AAA A en Ale
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
Days after eclosion
Figure 1. Number of offspring produced by virgin and mated Diachasmimorpha kraussii females
during each day of their lives. Their first day of exposure to hosts was their 4th day after eclosion.
The number (x + SE) of adults that emerged from the eggs deposited each day of exposure is given.
Ten replicates were run, but that dropped in the virgin treatment to 9 (day 30), 8 (d 31), 7 (d 33), 5
(d 34) and none were alive on day 35. The equivalent data for mated females is 8 (d 25), 7 (d 27), 6
(d 32), 3 (d 34) and O on day 35.
0.4141) from that of virgins (124.5 (+ 10.34, n = 10)). Although mated females
had a life span (27.6 + 4.55 days) significantly shorter than that of virgins (31.4
+ 1.96 days) (Wilcoxon two-sample test t = 0.0742, P = 0.0315), the mated
females produced more adult offspring per day (4.19 + 0.51, n = 10) than did
virgin females (3.97 = 0.33, n = 10) (Wilcoxon two-sample test t = 0.0514, P
= 0.0376). Offspring production peaked early (mean of 15—20/d on days 7-8 of
adult life), declined abruptly but somewhat erratically to steady low levels (3/day
or less) by day 20, and ceased on the last few days of adult life (Fig. 1).
The mean (+ SE) number of dead fruit fly puparia in the controls (10.7 +
0.48) was not significantly different from the number dying (without yielding a
parasitoid) after exposure to mated (11.2 + 0.56) or virgin (11.1 + 0.27) females
(Kruskal-Wallis x? = 0.96086, P = 0.6185, df = 2). Thus, ovipositor probing by
the wasps probably was not responsible for additional mortality.
Male offspring started to emerge (and achieved the maximum rate of emergence
per day) one day before their female siblings (Table 1). The male offspring pro-
duced by virgin females achieved maximum emergence on the same day as the
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BIOLOGY 5
Table 1. Duration until first emergence and maximum rate of emergence (days since parasitoid
oviposition) of offspring of mated (MF) and virgin females (VF) of Diachasmimorpha kraussii. The
number of offspring that emerged during the relevant time period is given in brackets. The number
of days taken to achieve 50%, 75% and 100% cumulative emergence is given.
Day of Cumulative emergence
(days)
Offspring First Maximum
Parent sex emergence emergence 50% 75% 100%
VF m 16 (1) 19 (408) 19 25 335
MF m 18 (10) 19 (53) 50 135 335
MF f 19 (3) 22 (122) 25 63 297
male offspring of mated females, but their first emergence was two days sooner
(Table 1). The overall emergence pattern (Fig. 2) of the male offspring produced
by mated females was not significantly different from that of their sisters (Kol-
mogorov-Smirnov two-sample test, D(332735) = 0.037, x? = 1.278, P > 0.05), but
80
ie males, virgin mother (n=1240)
70 males, mated mother (n=332)
L] females, mated mother (n=785)
60
50
40
30
Frequency (%)
20
16 - 25 —WNAAAAAAAAAAAANSAAAAAA A
WANAAAANAANANARAN
10
n/n,
Aa AR
5 al 46l 408 74 e
oe A ee Be ey ew Sg oe! ce gt Sy
ee Pipe all ee lCl6[UlU LUC ell eC lle COt~*«C YD:
ae 8 ¢ 8 8 8 #8 © 6 © @
~_ , jF
Emergence time (days after oviposition)
Figure 2. Frequency diagram to illustrate the temporal pattern of adult emergence in Diachasmi-
morpha kraussii, calculated from the time of oviposition of each individual. Data are presented sep-
arately by sex and according to the mating status of their mother.
6 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
was so in comparison with the males produced by virgin females (Kolmogorov-
Smimov two-sample test, Di249332) = 0.393, x? = 0.084, P < 0.05). Specifically,
many more of the males from virgin mothers emerged early (days 16—25), and
relatively more males from mated mothers emerged late (126 days or more). The
reason for this large disparity in emergence patterns between males produced by
virgin and mated females is unclear, and we know of no other case of such a
discrepancy in the literature. The analysis of cumulative emergence showed that
male offspring in general took longer than their female siblings in achieving
cumulative emergences of 50, 75 and 100% (Table 1).
Extended emergence by some brood members of opiine species has been re-
corded previously. In D. longicaudata cultured at 25° C, emergence time varied
from 18 days to a year or more (Snowball et al. 1962, Clausen et al. 1965), which
suggests that the staggered and protracted emergence times within broods ensures
that at least some offspring of each female survives unfavourable conditions that
might arise unpredictably.
Mated females produced significantly more females than males. The average
sex ratio (+ SE) of all offspring produced over the entire life of mated females
was 0.28 (+ 0.03, n = 10) (proportion males). The overall sex ratio of all progeny
was 0.297 (n = 1117). Brood sex ratio was positively correlated with time of
offspring emergence. Based on cumulative emergence, brood sex ratio increased
with time (Pearson and Spearman Correlation Coefficients, r = 0.85297 and
0.90885, respectively, P = 0.0001).
Virgin females (50%, n = 10) also produced female offspring, but in very low
numbers (1 female offspring/virgin female producing a female).
Diel Patterns of Emergence and Ovipositional Activity.—In the laboratory,
most male and female wasps emerged during the first three to four hours after
the lights came on and the number emerging gradually declined towards the end
of the light period (Fig. 3). No wasps emerged during the scotophase (from 18:00
h to 06:00 h).
Under field conditions, both male and female wasps started to emerge from
O500h. The emergence rate gradually increased towards midmorning and declined
in the afternoon (Fig. 4). No wasps emerged between 18:00 h and 05:00 h. Emer-
gence times for parasitoids of both sexes under laboratory conditions were not
significantly different from those recorded in the field (Kolmogorov-Smimov two-
sample test on data for males: Dis5560) = 0.252, x? = 10.988, P > 0.05, and for
females: Dyo490) = 0.208, x? = 11.535, P > 0.05). The asynchronous pattern of
adult emergence may be related to individual physiology.
We found no published records on the time of day that other opiine parasitoids
emerge, but another braconid, Bracon hebetor Say, also emerged asynchronously
under constant temperature and light intensity (Antolin & Strand 1992). Emer-
gence time may not be constrained by strong natural selection, as these solitary
braconids are not geared to mating at their natal site (see Antolin & Strand 1992,
Rungrojwanich & Walter 1999), even though their hosts may be somewhat
clumped, as in quasigregarious parasitoid species (Nadel & Luck 1992).
Mated female D. kraussii oviposited under both light and dark conditions in
the laboratory (Table 2). The pattern of offspring production was influenced pri-
marily by whether photophase or scotophase conditions prevailed (Tables 2 and
3). More than 60% of offspring were produced during the photophase, regardless
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BIOLOGY 7
6 7 8 9 1
0
60
[] Females
Hi Males
50
40
30
20
Number of adults
10
1
2
1 1
Time of day (hours)
1 1
Figure 3. Total number of Diachasmimorpha kraussii that emerged hourly during the photophase
under laboratory conditions.
|
1
1 6 17 18
3 4 5
of whether the parent females were exposed first to scotophase conditions or
initially to photophase conditions.
The diel emergence data (Figs. 3 and 4) suggest D. kraussii is diurnal in the
field, but the oviposition data suggests that oviposition may also take place at
night, but at lower levels than in the day (Table 2). This has yet to be confirmed.
Field evidence from other opiines is contradictory, but since most of it derives
from light trapping, its implications for interpreting patterns of ovipositional ac-
tivity are still unclear. Light traps, operated continuously for four years in Ma-
laysia (1986-1989), attracted no fruit flies nor any opiine parasitoids (S. Vijay-
segaran, personal communication), which does support our contention. Both sexes
of another opiine, Psyttalia incisi (Silvestri), were attracted to a light trap set up
in India, with most individuals caught between 19:00 h and 22:00 h (Banerjee
1989), so the species may be active nocturnally, or both nocturnally and diurnally.
Different fruit fly parasitoid species may therefore respond differentially to light
traps and may be active at different times of the day or night.
The only information on nocturnal oviposition by opiines in the field involves
unquantified observations on F.. arisanus. Females have been recorded ovipositing
at night under laboratory conditions (van den Bosch & Haramoto 1951; G. M.
Quimio, personal communication). Fopius arisanus females were seen ovipositing
8 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
[] Females
Hi Males
Number of adults
Time of day (hours)
Figure 4. Total number of Diachasmimorpha kraussii that emerged hourly under field conditions.
Table 2. Numbers of adult offspring of Diachasmimorpha kraussii produced by six groups (=
replicates) of mated D. kraussii females. The females in three of the groups were first presented with
hosts during the photophase (labelled “‘photophase first’’) and the other three groups were first exposed
to hosts during the scotophase (“‘scotophase first”’). All wasps were exposed to new hosts at the change
of the light phase, and this continued for three days.
Photophase first Scotophase first
Rep Day Ph Sc Ph Sc
1 1 37 25 48 15
2D 31 16 45 17
3 34 16 39 18
Z 1 2d: 15 39 2a
Z 38 14 45 20
3 26 19 38 21
3 1 25 27 28 14
Zz 31 19 31 19
3 28 20 24 15
Total 277 171 337 166
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BIOLOGY 9
Table 3. Results of a three-way ANOVA testing the influence of day of exposure, light sequence
(scotophase first treatment or photophase first treatment) and light conditions at the time of oviposition
(scotophase or photophase). The test was performed on the untransformed raw data in Table 2. Trans-
formation of the data did not affect the outcome.
Sum of Mean
Factors df squares square F P
Day (A) 2 45.167 22.583 0.635 0.5385
Light sequence (B) 1 84.028 84.028 2.363 0.1373
AXB 2 12.056 6.028 0.170 0.8451
Light condition (C) ] 2131.361 2131.361 59.945 <0.0001
AXC 2 70.056 35.028 0.985 0.3880
BXC 1 117.361 117.361 3.301 0.0818
AXBXC 2 29.389 14.694 0.413 0.6661
in the field during nocturnal observations on fruit fly activity (R. A. I. Drew,
personal communication).
Australian Distribution, Host Flies and Host Plants—Diachasmimorpha
kraussii is distributed in the Northern Territory, Queensland and New South Wales
(Fig. 5). There are no records further south than New South Wales although its
best-known host, B. tryoni, occurs regularly in Victoria and sporadically in South
Australia (White & Elson-Harris 1992). The list of host plants and fruit flies with
NORTHERN
TERRITORY
WESTERN
AUSTRALIA
SOUTH
AUSTRALIA
Figure 5. Distribution of Diachasmimorpha kraussii in Australia.
10 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Table 4. List of host plants and host fruit flies (all in the genus Bactrocera) with which Diachas-
mimorpha kraussii has been associated. The number of records, from museum specimens, for each
association is also given. The fly names are from the labels and all are still current (Norrbom 1998).
Host plants and host fruit flies are not correlated across the table.
Host plant Host fly
Species No. records Species No. records
Eugenia uniflora regular* tryoni 15; regular*
Psidium guajava 6 Jarvisi 5
Solanum mauritianum neohumeralis 3
Eriobotrya japonica cacuminata 2
Mangifera indica aquilonis 1
Terminalia catappa halfordiae 1
Juglans regia kraussii 1
Planchonia careya melas 1
Prunus persica murrayi 1
Solanum seaforthianum visenda 1
Morus nigra
Musa spp.
Nauclea orientalis
Persea gratissima
Pyrus communis
Terminalia melanocarpa
Semecar pus australiensis
Cherry guava
Myer lemon
RS SR eB ee eS ONW WW ARAL A
* Diachasmimorpha kraussii was found in association with Bactrocera tryoni in Eugenia uniflora
fruits regularly and in large numbers, when E. uniflora was fruiting in Brisbane (1991-1994).
which D. kraussii has been associated in the field is shown in Table 4 (which
includes the records of May & Kleinschmidt (1954)). Six species of flies recorded
here as hosts had not been listed by Clausen et al. (1965). The date and place of
collection and the collectors are documented in full by Rungrojwanich (1994).
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank Bob Wharton who kindly identified the parasitoid specimens. Sincere
thanks for the kind favours of Eddie Hamacek who supplied us with fruit flies,
Laurie Jessup who identified plant specimens, Joan Hendrikz, Laraine Law and
Andrew Loch who advised on statistics and Tony Clarke, Jenny Beard and Stefan
Schmidt who commented on the manuscript. The research was supported by an
AusAID scholarship to K.R. and by the Department of Entomology, The Uni-
versity of Queensland.
LITERATURE CITED
Antolin, M. F & M. R. Strand. 1992. Mating system of Bracon hebetor (Hymenoptera: Braconidae).
Ecol. Entomol., 17: 1-7.
Banerjee, T. C. 1989. Nocturnal periodicity of natural population of a braconid fly, Opius incisi: size
and distribution pattern. Indian J. Entomol., 51: 440-449.
Clausen, C. P, D. W. Clancy & Q. C. Chock. 1965. Biological control of the oriental fruit fly (Dacus
dorsalis Hendel) and other fruit flies in Hawaii. USDA Tech. Bull., 1322: 1-102.
Fullaway, D. T. 1951. Review of the Indo-Australiasian parasites of the fruit flies (Tephritidae). Proc.
Hawaiian Entomol. Soc., 14: 243-250.
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BIOLOGY 11
Heather, N. W. & R. J. Corcoran. 1985. D. tryoni. pp. 41-48. In Singh, P. & R. E Moore (eds.).
Handbook of insect rearing. Volume II. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Leyva, J. L., H. W. Browning & E E. Gilstrap. 1991. Effect of host fruit species, size, and color on
parasitization of Anastrepha ludens (Diptera: Tephritidae) by Diachasmimorpha longicaudata
(Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Environ. Entomol. 20: 1469-1474.
May, A. W. S. & R. P. Kleinschmidt. 1954. Some native parasites of Dacinae (Fam. Trypetidae) in
Queensland. Queensland J. Agr. Sci., 11: 107-113.
Messing, R. H. & E. B. Jang. 1992. Response of the fruit fly parasitoid, Diachasmimorpha longicau-
data (Hymenoptera: Braconidae), to host-fruit stimuli. Biol. Cont. 21: 1189-1195.
Messing, R. H., L. M. Klungness, E. B. Jang & K. A. Nishijima. 1996. Response of the melon fly
parasitoid Pysttalia fletcheri (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) to host-habitat stimuli. J. Ins. Behav.,
9: 933-945.
Nadel, H. & R. FE Luck. 1992. Dispersal and mating structure of a parasitoid with a female-biased
sex ratio: implications for theory. Evol. Ecol., 6: 270-278.
Norrbom, A. L., L. E. Carroll, E C. Thompson, I. M. White & A. Freidberg. 1998. Systematic database
of names. pp. 65—251. In E C. Thompson (ed.). Fruit fly expert identification system and
systematic information database. Myia 9: ix + 524 pp. Backhuys, Leiden.
Purcell, M. E 1998. Contribution of biological control to integrated pest management of tephritid fruit
flies in the tropics and subtropics. Integ. Pest Man. Rev., 3: 63-83.
Ramadan, M. M., T. T. Y. Wong & J. W. Beardsley. 1992. Reproductive behaviour of Biosteres arisanus
(Sonan) Hymenoptera: Braconidae), an egg-larval parasitoid of the Oriental fruit fly. Biol. Cont.,
2: 28-34.
Ramadan, M. M., T. T. Y. Wong & J. C. Herr. 1994. Is the Oriental fruit fly (Diptera: Tephritidae) a
natural host for the Opiine parasitoid Diachasmimorpha tryoni (Hymenoptera: Braconidae)?
Biol. Cont., 3: 761-767.
Ramadan, M. M., T. T. Y. Wong & D. O. McInnis. 1994. Reproductive biology of Biosteres arisanus
(Sonan), an egg-larval parasitoid of the Oriental fruit fly. Biol. Cont., 4: 93-100.
Ramadan, M. M., T. T. Y. Wong & M. A. Wong. 1991. Influence of parasitoid size and age on male
mating success of Opiinae (Hymenoptera: Braconidae), larval parasitoids of fruit flies (Diptera:
Tephritidae). Biol. Cont., 1: 248-255.
Rungrojwanich, K. 1994. The life cycle, mating behaviour and sexual communication signals of Di-
achasmimorpha kraussii (Fullaway) (Hymenoptera: Braconidae), a parasitoid of Dacine fruit
flies (Diptera: Tephritidae). Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis, The University of Queesland, Brisbane.
Rungrojwanich, K. & G. H. Walter. 1999. Diachasmimorpha kraussci (Fullaway): The Australian fruit
fly parasitoid Mating behaviour modes, of sexual communication and crossing tests with Di-
achasmimorpha longicaudata (Ashmead) (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Opiinae) Pan Pac. Ento-
mol., 75: 12—23.
Snowball, G. J., E Wilson & R. G. Lukins. 1962. Culture and consignment techniques used for
parasites introduced against Queensland fruit fly (Strumeta tryoni (Frogg.)). Aust. J. Agr. Res.,
13: 233-248.
van den Bosch, R. & E H. Haramoto. 1951. Opius oophilus Fullaway, an egg-larval parasite of the
oriental fruit fly discovered in Hawaii. Proc. Hawaiian Entomol. Soc., 14: 251-255.
White, I. M. & M. M. Elson-Harris. 1992. Fruit flies of economic significance: their identification and
bionomics. Redwood Press, Melksham.
Willard, H. E 1920. Opius fletcheri as a parasite of the melon fly in Hawaii. J. Agric. Res., 20: 423—
438.
Received 29 Nov 1998; Accepted 10 Jul 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 12-23, (2000)
THE AUSTRALIAN FRUIT FLY PARASITOID
DIACHASMIMORPHA KRAUSSHI (FULLAWAY): MATING
BEHAVIOR, MODES OF SEXUAL COMMUNICATION
AND CROSSING TESTS WITH D. LONGICAUDATA
(ASHMEAD) (HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE: OPIINAE)
K. RUNGROJWANICH! AND G. H. WALTER
Department of Zoology and Entomology, The University of Queensland,
Brisbane, Queensland 4072, Australia
Abstract—We describe the mating behavior of Diachasmimorpha kraussii for the first time, and
confirm with cross-mating tests the separate species status of D. kraussii and D. longicaudata.
Flight cage experiments suggest that mating takes place on foliage and that a distance attractant
pheromone is secreted by the females, and perhaps also by the males. The most obvious aspect
of the sexual interaction between males and females is the wing vibration performed by males
in the nearby presence (about 1 cm) of a conspecific virgin female. Wing vibration produces an
acoustic signal critical to mating success, for wingless males could seldom mate. Experimental
manipulations demonstrate that males vibrate their wings in response to a chemical associated
with the female, but not present in males. The chemical appears to be associated with the cuticle,
as it is present (as demonstrated by male behavior) in recently-killed females, and it can be
stripped from these females with acetone. The interaction proceeds only if the female is receptive
(starting 6-48 h after emergence) and when she adopts a particular stance. Receptive females
stand still, fold both pairs of wings over the abdomen, hold their antennae back together over
their wings and allow males to mount. Males continue tapping their antennae on the females’
thoraces while intromission takes place. The mating sequence of D. longicaudata is generally
similar to that of D. kraussii, but individuals of the two species did not mate in small cages,
which confirms their species status. In crossing tests all males vibrated their wings, indicating
that the female’s cuticular chemicals are similar across species. No females in mixed pairs
assumed the receptive stance, suggesting the acoustic signals differ across species.
Key Words.—Diachasmimorpha kraussii, Diachasmimorpha longicaudata, parasitoid, Braconi-
dae, Tephritidae, acoustic signal, wing vibration, monandry, pheromone.
Understanding mating behaviour is central to accurate interpretation of the spe-
cies limits of sexual organisms. This is particularly true when cryptic (sibling)
species compelexes are suspected (Fernando & Walter 1997). The sexual com-
munication mechanism, or Specific-Mate Recognition System (SMRS), comprises
several steps, each of which serves a function subservient to the ultimate function
of achieving fertilization (Paterson 1985). Although particular aspects of the
SMRS of many insect species are well known, in only very few species have
attempts been made to identify each step in the sequence (see Matthews 1975,
Field & Keller 1993, Abeeluck & Walter 1997). An understanding of all steps is
critical to assessment of species limits and the species status of different popu-
lations (Fernando & Walter 1997). Here we describe research on the parasitic
wasp Diachasmimorpha kraussii (Fullaway) that allows us to develop a diagram-
matic model of the communication modes associated with each step in the entire
mating sequence of this species.
' School of Agricultural Extension and Cooperatives, Sukothai Thammathirat Open University, Pak-
kred, Nonthaburi 11120, Thailand.
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BEHAVIOR 13
Wasps in the genus Diachasmimorpha parasitize tephritid fruit flies. Several of
the species resemble one another so closely that the morphological features used
to distinguish them tend to grade into one another. For example, the Australian
species D. kraussii resembles D. longicaudata (Ashmead), an Asian species, and
is distinguished only by the combination of pale coloration and an unsculptured
second abdominal tergite (Wharton & Gilstrap 1983). Such characters are often
subtle in that they may be open to subjective interpretation, especially when the
named species have allopatric distributions. In such cases, behavioral confirmation
of species limits helps to provide confidence in the designated morphological
features actually being diagnostic.
Understanding the mating behavior of opiine parasitoids may also yield prac-
tical benefits because of their value to biological control. Several species of opiines
were transported to Hawaii for rearing and release against Bactrocera dorsalis
(Hendel) and Ceratitis capitata Wiedemann, between 1947 and 1953, but not all
could be successfully reared (Clausen et al. 1965). A problem with some of the
Species was the low incidence of successful mating, so a preponderance of male
offspring was produced prior to those cultures dying out. Understanding the re-
quirements for mating of these species is therefore important for successful mass
rearing (Purcell 1998). Although D. kraussii was ‘‘eventually propagated’”’ on C.
capitata and released prior to 1953, it did not establish (Clausen et al. 1965).
Whether there were problems in getting wasps of this species to mate was not,
however, mentioned.
To date, nothing has been published on the mating behavior of D. kraussii. Our
aim in investigating the SMRS of D. kraussii is to provide a first model of the
complete mating sequence of an opiine parasitoid. We thus provide a basis for
comparison of mating behavior across host associated populations and across al-
lopatric populations of Diachasmimorpha. We also use the information obtained
to investigate intersexual interactions between D. kraussii and D. longicaudata
individuals.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The D. kraussii colony was established with about 35 pairs reared from B.
tryoni (Froggatt) puparia derived from Brazilian cherries (Eugenia uniflora L.)
collected in St Lucia, Brisbane, in November 1990. The identification of the wasps
was confirmed by R. A. Wharton and specimens have been deposited in the
collections of Texas A&M University, College Station and The University of
Queensland. Diachasmimorpha longicaudata was obtained from the culture held
at the Tropical Fruit and Vegetable Research Laboratory of the United States
Department of Agriculture, Honolulu, Hawaii. Both parasitoids were reared on B.
tryoni and the maintenance of host and parasitoid colonies is described elsewhere
(Rungrojwanich & Walter 1999).
Unless otherwise stated, the males and females used in experiments were one
and three day old virgins, respectively, and observations were made in a “‘mating
unit” made up of two glass tubes (2.5 cm diam. X 4.5 cm), each with one end
covered with fine muslin and the other end left open. Only one pair/mating unit
was observed at a time, for no more than 10 min.
Description and Duration of Mating Behavior.—Observations were conducted
to establish which sex displays observable signalling behaviors, the nature of
14 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
those behaviors and the duration of signalling and copulation. Before the wasps
were brought together, each insect was allowed to settle for ten min in its own
tube. The open ends of the tubes were then brought together to allow the male
and female to approach one another. Time spent on wing vibration by males and
in copulation were recorded (in seconds) with a stop-watch (m = 20 pairs). Ob-
servations were conducted at 25 + 1°C and 60 + 5% R.H.
Mate Location: Flight Cage Observations.—The site where mating partners
usually meet in nature was assessed indirectly. Nine flowering and/or fruiting
guava trees (2 m tall, each in a 30 cm diameter pot, all with young fruits and
some with honeydew-secreting scale insects) were placed 45 cm apart in a 180
x 180 X 200 cm fly-screen cage in a glasshouse. Conditions varied from 22° C
to 29° C and 60% to 96% R.H.., typical of summer weather conditions in Brisbane.
All observations were conducted between 09:00 h and 17:30 h.
In the first set of observations, six D. kraussii females were released into the
flight cage and their behavior was observed and recorded for 15 min before a
single male was introduced. The time taken before a mating pair came together
was measured and all behaviors and interactions were recorded. Once mating had
taken place, the mating pair was removed and a new female released to maintain
numbers. Another male was released 15 min later. Nineteen females and 14 males
were ultimately tested.
In a second set of identical observations six virgin males were released first,
followed by a single female. Similar observations to those described above were
made and the wasps were treated in the same way. Totals of 25 males and 20
females were observed.
Stimulus for Male Wing Vibration.—A series of experiments was conducted
with dead females (at 25 + 1° C and 50 + 2% R.H.) to determine (i) whether
wing vibration by males is stimulated by chemicals associated with the female,
(ii) if stimulatory chemicals are cuticular or are under active control from within
the insect and (i111) whether visual cues are involved. Unless otherwise stated, a
new set of one day old males was used in each test. Each replicate was observed
for no longer than 10 min. The occurrence of male wing vibration and copulation
attempts were noted and the duration of intromission was recorded.
Initially, a set of controls was run to determine whether the mating units and
acetone (used later as a solvent: see below) would, in themselves, have any effect
on the behavior of D. kraussii males. Nine males were placed in clean mating
units (one/unit) for 10 min of observation, then each one was placed for 10 min
in a mating unit to which had been added 0.5 ml acetone that had been allowed
to evaporate. Males were also tested for their responses to other males.
The distance between the wasps of each living pair (n = 22) was measured
when the male started vibrating his wings (see below) in response to the female’s
presence. Males were similarly assessed against virgin females that had recently
been killed by freezing (— 10° C for 15 min). These same dead females were then
soaked in 15 ml of acetone for 15 min and specimens were air dried for 1 h
before again being exposed to males.
To test whether males would recognize females by their visual appearance, the
Ovipositors of females were removed before exposure to males (as ovipositor
protrusion is the only general observable way in which females differ from con-
specific males). The females with ovipositors removed were soaked in acetone
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BEHAVIOR 15
after the experiment and air dried for another exposure to males. Females recently
killed by freezing were cut into two parts (head + thorax and abdomen) to in-
vestigate whether the factor that influences the behavior of conspecific males is
specific to body part.
To investigate whether an internally-derived chemical (e.g., from a pheromone
gland reservoir) influences male behavior, dead females were crushed on the side
of mating units (two/unit), with a glass rod. The carcasses were then removed
and a male was placed in each mating unit.
The duration for which dead females would remain attractive to conspecific
males was investigated by exposing the same set of dead females (n = 10) toa
new set of males daily, until no male responded to them.
Role of Male Wing Vibration.—The functional significance of male wing vi-
bration was assessed by exposure of females to wingless males (at 27° C and 65
+ 2% R.H.). Males (n = 16) were immobilized at —10° C for five min before
each wing was cut off, just above the base. To establish whether the cold treatment
alone would affect the behavior of males negatively, a set of controls was run
first. Ten males were cold immobilized as above, but their wings were not cut off
before exposure to females.
Female Premating Period and Polyandry.—The age of females (all virgins)
used to measure the premating period varied from six h after emergence to 25
days old, whereas all males were one day old. Individuals in each pair (n = 208
pairs altogether) were tested only once even if they did not mate on first exposure.
To establish whether D. kraussii females would mate more than once, they (n
= 17) were each exposed to a different conspecific male. When mated, each
female was transferred to a 10 X 10 X 15 cm perspex cage. Honey solution was
provided as food. An “oviposition unit’? (Rungrojwanich & Walter 1999) con-
taining about 100 B. tryoni larvae was provided daily. Each of these previously-
mated females was later exposed to another one day old conspecific male at seven,
15 and 20 days after the first mating. Because of the early death of some females,
only six and three were alive on days 15 and 20, respectively.
Is Mating Strictly Diurnal ?—To assess whether mating by D. kraussii is con-
fined to daylight, the mating success of laboratory-reared wasps (n = 14) was
observed at night under field conditions (Sir John Chandler Park, Indooroopilly,
Brisbane, 21:00 h, 3 Feb 1993). Light intensity was measured with a system
exposure meter (LUNASIX 3). During the experiment it was equal to 0.35 lux
or 0.032 fc, and ambient conditions were 25.5° C and 77% R.H. Males in pairs
that did not mate were separated from the females for immediate transfer to an
illuminated laboratory for re-testing with each other.
Cross-mating Experiment.—The sexual interactions between D. kraussii and D.
longicaudata individuals were tested in mating units. The number of mixed pairs
that mated successfully (out of 20 pairs in each reciprocal cross) was recorded,
as was the level of interaction between the sexes. A set of control crosses (n =
20 pairs of each species) was also observed. Each pair was placed together in a
mating unit for a maximum of 10 min, or until mating was completed. Diachas-
mimorpha kraussii males and females used in the experiments were one and three
days old, respectively, whereas both sexes of D. longicaudata were three days
old. Each wasp was virgin and used only once, and experiments were conducted
at 25 + 1° C and 60 + 5% R.H.
16 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
RESULTS
Description and Duration of Mating Behavior.—All D. kraussii males (n =
16) showed a distinct behavioral sequence in the nearby presence (about 1 cm)
of a conspecific virgin female. Each male made a protracted series of wing vi-
brations, which was continued after he mounted a receptive female. Males also
tapped their antennae on the female’s thorax during intromission and insemination.
A few males (12.5%, n = 16), stopped wing vibration and antennal tapping before
intromission was completed.
Receptive D. kraussii females stood still while the male vibrated his wings.
Simultaneously, the females folded both pairs of wings over their abdomens and
held their antennae back together over the wings (100%, n = 16). Other obser-
vations (see below) showed that if a female was not ready to mate, she continued
to walk around and sometimes vibrated her wings. Her antennae were kept apart
and pointed forward. Intromission was never successful when a male tried to
copulate with a female that had not assumed the appropriate posture.
The mean (+ SE) time spent in copula was 23.7 (+ 3.19) sec (nm = 20), and
in precopulatory courtship it was much less, at 8.8 (= 1.29) sec (n = 20).
Mate Location: Flight Cage Observations——When virgin females were re-
leased into the cage before males, they flew directly to the plants and each landed
on the upper surface of a leaf (1-2 m above ground). They fed on honeydew,
preened and rested near the leaf apex. Only five females (26.3%; n = 19) took
short flights to nearby leaves (8—10 cm away).
When males were then released into the cage singly, they also flew to the upper
surface of a leaf, near the apex, and fed, preened and rested. When males did fly
again, which they did sporadically, they flew in a zig-zag pattern at a height of
1—2 m above the ground and they flew around the tree canopy. In most matings
that ensued (64%, n = 14) males thus approached females. In only four cases did
females (29%, n = 14) land on a male’s leaf, where mating took place. The male
and female of the remaining pair landed simultaneously on a leaf before mating.
In those cases in which males flew to a female, the time from release of the male
to contact with a mate varied from 18 to 90 min (mean + SE = 43.7 + 7.77, n
= 9), which was not significantly different (¢ = —0.051, P = 0.96) from the time
between release of a male and a female approaching that male (42.8 (+ 9.68, n
= 4) min)). Most matings (86%, n = 14) took place on the upper leaf surface,
and mating never took place below a height of 1 m.
When males were released before females they also flew to the upper surface
of a leaf about 1.5—2 m above the ground and fed on honeydew before preening,
resting and flying. Males flew much longer distances than females and they flew
in a zig-zag pattern around the tree canopy. Two males landed on leaves where
other males were resting and performed typical premating wing vibrations. They
did not try to copulate and soon flew away.
On being released individually into the cage with males, females landed on the
upper surface of a leaf 1-2 m above the ground, where they fed, preened and
rested. Some females (35%, n = 20) flew in a zig-zag pattern around the tree
canopy and landed on leaves where males were resting. The males immediately
vibrated their wings and all of these pairs then copulated. The time females spent
in flying before landing alongside a mate varied from 5 to 25 min (mean + SE
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BEHAVIOR 17
Table 1. Response of Diachasmimorpha kraussii males to females recently killed by freezing (con-
trol) and to freeze-killed females soaked in acetone to remove cuticular lipids and with their ovipositor
removed to alter their visual appearance.
Wing Mounting
n vibration % attempted %o
Control 22 22 100 22 100
Acetone soak (Ac) 22 15 68 11 50
Ovipositor off (Oo) 26 24 92 15 58
Ac + Oo 26 6 23 3 12
= 12.9 + 3.05, n = 7). Most females (65%, n = 20) did not fly again after their
initial landing, and they were located by males in zig zag flight. The time between
female release and a male landing alongside a female varied from 3 to 129 min
(mean + SE = 36.6 + 9.36, n = 13), and was not significantly different (tf =
—1.813, P = 0.087) from the time preceding mate finding by females. Again,
mating usually took place on the upper surface of a leaf (95%, n = 20), and
never took place lower than 1 m from the ground.
Combining the results across experiments shows that males located females
much more frequently than females located males (67% vs 33%, n = 33). The
average time for males to locate a female did not differ across experiments (t =
—0.54, P = 0.59). Those females that located males did so significantly faster
when females were released after males (¢t = —3.68, P = 0.005), but sample sizes
were low.
The Stimulus for Male Wing Vibration—No males showed courtship behavior
when left alone in clean mating units (7 = 9) or when exposed to a container
that had held 0.5 ml acetone (n = 9). Also, no males vibrated their wings in
response to males recently killed by freezing (7 = 10) or to males soaked in
acetone after being killed by freezing (n = 10). By contrast, males presented with
females recently killed by freezing, all showed the usual pattern of wing vibration
(i.e., several series of wing vibrations) and each mounted the female (n = 22).
Whereas males vibrated their wings in response to living females (n = 22) ata
mean (+ SE) distance of 10.2 (+ 0.064) mm for living females, they did so at a
significantly greater distance from dead females (mean + SE = 13.2 + 0.094, n
= 20) (Wilcoxon two-sample test, t = 0.0153, P = 0.011).
When males were provided with recently frozen females that had been soaked
in acetone, 68% of them vibrated their wings, but only 50% mounted the females
(Table 1). Almost all males vibrated their wings in response to females recently
killed by freezing and with their ovipositor removed, but almost half of them did
not mount the females (Table 1). After the females without ovipositors had been
soaked in acetone, the number of males that responded was reduced drastically;
only a quarter of them vibrating their wings and 12% mounting (Table 1).
Twenty per cent of males vibrated their wings when placed in vials containing
extracts from crushed females (n = 10), but they made only one brief burst of
wing vibration. All males vibrated their wings and all mounted the female if only
her head and thorax was provided (n = 10). Although all males vibrated their
wings when presented with just the abdomen of the female, only two tried to
mount (n = 10).
18 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
HM wing vibration
12
mounting
10
a1 EL EE
7 y A |
A F
ee Eee yl
” 8 ra rl 4 4 4) 9 Am
: PEL EEL EEE Hf
= OT BEL EEE EEE el Ee
— #l # ‘ly AA re A fl #
Oo 866 Adel al A ol 4 4c] Al al 2 Ag mani
Al A al 4 Ol 4 4 4) al al An me
hs AA A 4 4 4) Al al a) al SD An meee
® All 4 ?
4 viv % “lal alo 4 4
2 fl 4 # AA F A
‘ll vl A Al Al vl Al aly
E Al) a) Ol Ol 41 Al ll alo , 4 ‘4 aa al Sl 4
5 ,. BeBe eee Cee
z Al Al vl vl Ol OL Sl 4 4 4] vl al B rl # Al 4 lS f
AA dd 4) 4l Al al al 9) 9] Sl 4) 4 All al 4 4) 4
AAA A a AS 4 a ala a 4 a4 a) lal | 4) 4d
AA A a OS 4) Al 4] al a ol Sl 4] 4) 4 All ol 41 Sl 4)
—AC ee eee eee eeers Cee
Awe See eee eee eee eee
Aa AA a a 4 4) Al al a al al ol al 4) Al al a] al A Ol 4) 4
AAA AA 4 4 lal al a Sl Sl al al el al al 4) 4) 4) 4d 4
All al 9) Sl 4 4 Al Al al ol 9 SL 4) 4) 4) Al al A| 4] 4
qa aa a A 4) 4 4 al al al al 4 ll a al al a] al al ol ¢
AAA A A A Al ll al OS) 44 Al Al al ol Ol Sd
123 45 6 7 8 9 10111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Days
Figure 1. Positive behavioural response of Diachasmimorpha kraussii males to dead females. The
same set of dead females was used throughout whereas a new set of males (nm = 10) was exposed to
the females each day. Only one pair of wasps was held in each vial.
When a set of dead females (one per vial) was exposed each day to a newly-
emerged male (one per female), all males vibrated their wings each day for the
first 18 days of exposure (Fig. 1), but the number responding declined from day
19, and by day 25 no males responded. The number of males attempting to mate
varied considerably (Fig. 1).
Role of Male Wing Vibration—When males’ wings were removed, the per-
centage that achieved intromission was reduced drastically. No females showed
receptive behavior in response to wingless males, but just walked and preened.
Nevertheless, three of the wingless males (18.8%, n = 16) were able to mate.
The other 13 walked around, but did not attempt copulation. By contrast, most
control males (80%, n = 10) mated successfully, despite their prior immobilization
in a freezer. The two males that did not mate successfully nevertheless displayed
typical wing vibration in response to the presence of the virgin females.
Female Premating Period and Polyandry.—About a quarter of females mated
as soon as six hours after eclosion, and all had mated by the time they were two
days old (Fig. 2). Regardless of age, all virgin females mated when exposed to
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BEHAVIOR 19
HM Proportion mating (%)
30 28 1010 10 10 7 10 9 2 19 10
100
80
60
40
Proportion mating (%)
20
0123 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Age (days)
Figure 2. The percentage of virgin female Diachasmimorpha kraussii of different ages that mated
within 10 minutes on first exposure to conspecific males. The number of wasps observed on each
occasion is presented above each bar.
males (Fig. 2). None of the females that were mated one day after emergence
mated again, whether at seven days (n = 17), 15 days (n = 6) or 20 days (n = 3).
Is Mating Strictly Diurnal?—Under low light intensity (0.35 lux) only four
pairs (28.5%) of D. kraussii mated (n = 14). The behavior of these males and
females was normal in all respects. The males in the ten pairs that did not mate
initially in the field did not vibrate their wings in response to female presence.
However, they did so in the laboratory, where light intensity was 11 lux, and all
of them mated.
Cross-mating Experiment.—Superficially, the mating behavior of D. longicau-
data resembles that of D. kraussii, but durations were not measured. In the cross-
mating tests, when D. kraussii males (n = 20) were exposed to D. longicaudata
females, they vibrated their wings in the same way as when exposed to D. kraussii
females, but none attempted to mate (Table 2). When D. longicaudata males (n
= 20) were in the same mating unit as D. kraussii females, all of the males
vibrated their wings and 60% of them attempted copulation despite the females
20 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Table 2. Results of a cross-mating test between Diachasmimorpha kraussii (K) and D. longicaudata
(L). Control crosses were conducted simultaneously. All wasps were virgin, males were one day old
and females two days old. n = 20 pairs in each test.
% Males involved in:
Wing Mounting
Test crosses vibration attempts Intromission
@ KX 9K 100 100 100
(oe ae Ca! I 100 100 100
e-Kex OL 100 0 0
Co hs Xee K 100 60 0
not taking up the usual posture that indicates receptivity. No females allowed a
non-conspecific male to copulate. When D. longicaudata males tried to copulate
with D. kraussii females, the females did not stand still but walked around and
sometimes vibrated their wings. Conspecific males and females in the control
crosses mated normally when they were placed together in a mating unit (Table 2).
DISCUSSION
The SMRS of D. kraussii is a sequence of steps involving olfactory, visual and
acoustic signals, as summarized diagrammatically in Fig. 3. This synthesis is
hypothetical, and is designed to help visualise the relationship among components
of the overall interaction, to identify areas for further research and to aid the
design of comparisons among populations.
Presumably the wasps do not mate at their emergence site because most males
emerge at least one day before females (Rungrojwanich & Walter 1999). Although
males could wait for female emergence, this is not usual in solitary species, or
even quasi-gregarious ones (Myint & Walter 1990, Nadel & Luck 1992). Also, a
considerable proportion (about 30%) of the brood emerged at irregular intervals
after the main emergence (Rungrojwanich & Walter 1999) and they would be less
likely to find mates at the emergence site. Possibly there is a particular part of
the environment to which both sexes would be attracted and where mating would
take place, as proposed for the pteromalid parasitoids Spalangia cameroni (Per-
kins) (Myint & Walter 1990) and Pachycrepoideus vindemiae (Rondani) (Nadel
& Luck 1992). In D. kraussii one or more particular host plant species may attract
males and females, or the environmental cue may be more general, perhaps any
tree with fruit attacked by fruit fly larvae. Observations in the field have shown
that males, sometimes in considerable numbers, may fly around the canopy of
fruiting host trees (brazilian cherry) during the day (M. K. Ross, personal com-
munication), presumably waiting for females to arrive.
A combination of visual and chemical signals seems to be used once the sexes
are in the same general area around a host plant. This is supported by the low
frequency of mating recorded at night. In the flight cage experiment, the most
common means of the sexes meeting was through males flying around the tree
canopy and landing on the leaf on which a female was resting, which implies that
visual and chemical cues are used for mate finding. Our behavioral observations
suggest the females release an attractant volatile. Because females sometimes
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BEHAVIOR 21
ADULT EMERGENCE
MALE FEMALE
ATTRACTION TO HOST TREE
RANDOM FLIGHT AROUND TAKES UP
CANOPY AND/OR »_ » POSITION
SETTLES ONLEAF ». ~~ ONLEAF
ra
~~ Pheromones | -
_-~ & visual cues~ ~~
~
TOLEAF «4-7 ~s, STANDS
OF FEMALE y STILL
Cuticular chemicals my
APPROACHES FEMALE € -- - — - — & visual cues ¢ - - -— -’”
~~
~
~
~
~
~
~s 4 Sound from
wing vibration- --------------- > STILL ON
LEAF
RECEPTIVE NOT RECEPTIVE
MOUNT FEMALE,
WING VIBRATING STANDS STILL,
CONTINUED, WINGS FOLDED
ANTENNAL TAPPING OVER ABDOMEN, VIBRATES
ON FEMALE’S ANTENNAE POINTED WINGS,
THORAX BACKWARDS WALKS AWAY
COPULATION
Figure 3. Postulated structure of the Specific-Mate Recognition System of Diachasmimorpha
Kraussii, an opiine parasitoid of fruit flies. See text for details of the type of evidence supporting each
interpretation. Solid lines indicate transitional steps in behaviour, with arrows indicating direction.
Dashed lines indicate signals between males and females. Arrows indicate the direction in which the
signal acts. Bidirectional arrows imply uncertainty of signal direction.
ae, THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
homed in on males, both sexes may do so. Possible sex pheromones in opiines
have been investigated only in males (Williams et al. 1988).
Once the sexes are in close proximity (about 1 cm) the male responds to the
female with acoustic signals associated with wing vibration, as recorded for the
congeneric D. longicaudata (Sivinski & Webb 1989). Whether the signals are air-
borne or vibrational (see Field & Keller 1993) has yet to be established for these
opiines. The stimuli for wing vibration are relatively stable (for about 25 days:
Fig. 1) chemicals associated with the female cuticle. At this stage the female, if
receptive, stands still and adopts a characteristic posture while the male approach-
es her. Again, visual stimuli seem to be a cue for the male to locate the mating
partner with whom he is interacting. The typical posture that the receptive female
adopts is not critical to the recognition process itself, because the male tries to
copulate even with severed parts of a female (head + thorax), and also with D.
longicaudata females that do not adopt such a posture in the presence of D.
kraussii males (Table 1).
No information is available on the role of tactile stimuli during courtship,
mounting and copulation. Presumably tactile stimuli come into play only after
males have actually mounted their mating partners. Some tactile stimuli are as-
sociated with overt behaviour. For example, the male taps his antennae on the
thorax of the female during copulation. Other signals may be less obvious. For
example, the position of the male’s legs during intromission may be important in
keeping the female passive and willing to copulate.
Finally, we confirm with behavioral evidence that the separation of D. kraussii
from D. longicaudata on morphological grounds is accurate, and we predict from
the behavioral observations, reported in Table 2, that the cuticular chemicals of
the females of the two species will resemble one another closely, but the acoustics
of the males will be different across the species.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Special thanks to Bob Wharton for identifying specimens, Joan Hendrikz and
Laraine Law for statistical advice, staff of the Honolulu USDA who arranged the
D. longicaudata colony for us, and Tony Clarke, Andrew Loch and Stefan
Schmidt for comments on the manuscript. The research was supported by an
AusAID scholarship to K.R. and by the Department of Entomology, The Uni-
versity of Queensland.
LITERATURE CITED
Abeeluck, D. & G. H. Walter. 1997. Mating behaviour of an undescribed species of Coccophagus,
near C. gurneyi (Hymenopera: Aphelinidae). J. Hym. Res., 6: 92-98.
Clausen, C. P, D. W. Clancy & Q. C. Chock. 1965. Biological control of the Oriental fruit fly (Dacus
dorsalis Hendel) and other fruit flies in Hawaii. USDA Tech. Bull., 1322: 1-102.
Fernando, L. C. P. & G. H. Walter. 1997. Species status of two host-associated populations of Aphytis
lingnanensis (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae) in citrus. Bull. Entomol. Res., 87: 137-144.
Field, S. A. & M. A. Keller. 1993. Courtship and intersexual signaling in the parasitic wasp Cotesia
rebecula (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). J. Insect Behav., 6: 737-750.
Matthews, R. W. 1975. Courtship in parasitic wasps. pp. 66-86. Jn Price, P. W. (ed.). Evolutionary
Strategies of parasitic insects and mites. Plenum Press, New York.
Myint, W. W. & G. H. Walter. 1990. Behaviour of Spalangia cameroni males and sex ratio theory.
Oikos, 59: 163-174.
2000 RUNGROJWANICH & WALTER: FRUIT FLY PARASITOID BEHAVIOR 23
Nadel, H. & R. E Luck. 1992. Dispersal and mating structure of a parasitoid with a female-biased
sex ratio: implications for theory. Evol. Ecol., 6: 270-278.
Paterson, H. E. H. 1985. The recognition concept of species. pp. 136-157. In McEvey, S. E (ed.).
Evolution and the recognition concept of species. The John Hopkins University Press, Balti-
more.
Purcell, M. F 1998. Contribution of biological control to integrated pest management of tephritid fruit
flies in the tropics and subtropics. Integ. Pest Manage. Rev., 3: 63-83.
Rungrojwanich, K. & G. H. Walter. 1999. The Australian fruit fly parasitoid Diachasmimorpha kraussii
(Fullaway): life history, ovipositional patterns, distribution and hosts (Hymenoptera: Braconi-
dae: Opiinae). Pan. Pac. Entomol., 75: 1-11.
Sivinski, J. & J. C. Webb. 1989. Acoustic signals produced during courtship in Diachasmimorpha (=
Biosteres) longicaudata (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) and other Braconidae. Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Am., 82: 116-120.
Wharton, R. A. & FE E. Gilstrap. 1983. Key to and status of opiine braconid (Hymenoptera) parasitoids
used in biological control of Ceratitis and Dacus s.]. (Diptera: Tephritidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Am., 76: 721-742.
Williams, H. J.. M. Wong, R. A. Wharton & S. B. Vinson. 1988. Hagen’s gland morphology and
chemical content analysis for three species of parasitic wasps (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). J.
Chem. Ecol., 14: 1727-1736.
Received 29 Nov 1998; Accepted 10 Jul 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 24-27, (2000)
FORMOSOZOROS NEWI, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES
OF ZORAPTERA (INSECTA) FROM TAIWAN
REN-FANG CHAO AND CHIN-SHENG CHEN*
Department of Biology, Tunghai University, Taichung, Taiwan 407, R.O.C.
e-mail: cschen @ mail.thu.edu.tw
Abstract—A new genus and species of Zoraptera (Insecta), Formosozoros newi NEW GENUS
and NEW SPECIES, is described from female specimens collected on Taiwan. Zoraptera is newly
recorded from Taiwan.
Key Words.—Insecta, Formosozoros, Zorotypidae, Zoraptera, Taxonomy, Taiwan.
The zorapterans are minute insects that live in moist tropical and warm tem-
perate forested habitats. Since the order was established by Silvestri (1913), only
30 living and 1 amber fossil species have been described (Poinar 1988, Hubbard
1990, New 1995). All these species are traditionally placed in the single genus
Zorotypus belonging to the single family Zorotypidae. Kukalova-Peck & Peck
(1993) erected 6 new genera, i.e., Brazilozoros, Centrozoros, Floridazoros, La-
tinozoros, Meridozoros, and Usazoros, for New World zorapterans on the basis
of characters of wing venation. When Silvestri (1913) first described and proposed
the name for the order Zoraptera, he thought that they were apterous insects.
However, adults may develop either with or without wings (Caudell 1920, Gurney
1938, Riegel 1987). Although we can treat the taxonomy of Zoraptera with the
characters of wing venation, these characters are known for very few species and
apterous individuals often cannot be placed in a genus (New 1995). All Old World
species of the order are currently retained in Zorotypus, pending discovered and
appraised of winged forms.
Recently, five specimens of Zoraptera were found in Taiwan. It is the first
record of the order in Taiwan. The tarsi are different from any other recorded
species in the world. The Taiwan species is therefore considered to be a new
genus of Zoraptera, which is described in this paper. Any additional records of
this poorly understood insect order are valuable in documenting its distribution
and diversity. All specimens are deposited in the Department of Biology, Tunghai
University, Taiwan.
FORMOSOZOROS NEW GENUS
Type species.—Formosozoros newi NEW SPECIES
Description.—Apterous female, similar in general appearance to Zorotypus. Epicranial suture weak-
ly developed. Antenna 9-segmented. Apical segment of labial palpus and maxillary palpus with elon-
gate, narrowed apex respectively. Hind tarsi 2-segmented; first segment and second segment almost
equal in length; first-segment with a row of 5-6 pairs of short thickened setae. Abdomen 1 1-segmented.
Cerci very long; apical seta absent.
Etymology.—A combination from the words Formosa and Zorotypus; mascu-
line.
Remarks.—The major diagnostic characters of this new genus to Zorotypus are:
* Correspondence/reprint request address.
2000 CHAO & CHEN: NEW ZORAPTERA FROM TAIWAN 25
Figure 1. Formosozoros newi, n. sp., dorsal view.
(1) the strongly contracted apex of the apical segment of labial palpus and max-
illary palpus; (2) first segment and second segment of hind tarsus almost subequal
in length; (3) the 5—6 pairs of short thickened setae in first-segment of tarsus; and
(4) the greatly enlarged cerci. Additionally, all known zorapterans have an apical
seta in cerci except Zorotypus longicercatus Caudell, 1927 (Caudell 1927) and Z.
palaeus Poinar, 1988 (Poinar 1988); the new genus also lacks apical seta in cerci.
A small first-segment of the tarsus is common in other living zorapterans and in
fossil species (Poinar 1988). The longer first-segment of the tarsus of Formoso-
zoros may be an advanced character for Zoraptera. As the specimens of Formo-
sozoros \ack winged individuals, we cannot discuss the evolutionary relationship
among genera by wing venation.
FORMOSOZOROS NEWI NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1—6)
Apterous female.—Body length 2.88—3.14 mm (n = 3). Head: pear-shaped; length 0.57—0.58 mm;
width 0.50—0.52 mm. Eyes and ocelli none. Frons with 6 macrochaetae. Antenna 9-segmented; second
segment short; segment length (I-IX, mm) 0.12, 0.05, 0.18, 0.16, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.18, 0.19. Labial
3-segmented; apical segment with a nipple seta. Maxillary 5-segmented; apical segment with a nipple
seta. Thorax: pronotum breadth longer than length (0.34 X 0.25 mm). Hind legs: femur strongly
expanded, length 0.37—0.38 mm, width 0.25—0.26 mm, with 3 posterior spines on the inner margin;
tibia with a row of 5 short thickened setae and 1 short apical spur; first-segment of tarsus 0.18 mm
in length, with a row of 5—6 pairs short thickened setae; second-segment length 0.17 mm, without
any thickened setae but with 2 claws. Abdomen: tergite I-X with 2 medial posterior macrochaetae
26 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Figures 2-6. Formosozoros newi, n. sp. 2. Antenna; 3. Hind leg; 4. Mandible; 5. Maxilla; 6.
Cercus.
and 2 lateral posterior macrochaetae; tergite XI small. Sternite I-IV with 4 posterior macrochaetae;
sternite V-IX with 6 posterior macrochaetae; sternite X—XI macrochaetae absent. Cerci long, length
0.41—0.43 mm, with 3—4 preapical long setae, apical seta absent. 2 spermathecae, connected by a long
slender duct.
Male and larva—Unknown.
Material examined.—Holotype ¢, Taiwan, Hualien Hsien, Nanan 300 m, 23°19' N, 121°15'E, 25
August 1994, R. FE Chao, leaf and humus. Paratypes: 2 ¢ 2, same data as holotype; 2 ? 2, 28 August
1996, same habitat as holotype.
Etymology.—The name is dedicated to the entomologist, Dr. T. R. New who
has worked extensively on Zoraptera.
Remarks.—Because the most distinct species characters of many Zoraptera oc-
cur in the male genitalia, specific diagnosis of female Zoraptera is often difficult
(New 1978). The hind femur of the new species resembles Zorotypus lawrencei
New, 1995 from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean (New 1995), but can be differ-
entiated in the number of posterior spines. In this case, Z. palaeus has 4 spines
on the inner hind femora, but Formosozoros newi has only 3, whereas all other
species of Zoraptera have more than 5 posterior spines in the hind femur. How-
ever, the full extent of variability in this feature cannot yet be determined. The
cerci of the new species resemble Z. longicercatus Caudell, 1927 (Caudell 1927),
but lack the apical seta. There are no posterior spines on the hind femur of Z.
longicercatus. The other characters are in agreement with the description of the
genus Zorotypus.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors thank Dr. T. R. New, Department of Zoology, LaTrobe University,
Bundoora, Vic, Australia, for providing some references and correcting the man-
2000 CHAO & CHEN: NEW ZORAPTERA FROM TAIWAN 29
uscript, and Dr. S. B. Peck, Department of biology, Carleton University, Ottawa,
Canada, for correcting the manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
Caudell, A. N. 1920. Zoraptera not an apterous order. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 22: 84-97.
Caudell, A. N. 1927. Zoroty pus longiceratus, a new species of Zoraptera from Jamaica. Proc. Entomol.
Soc. Wash., 29: 144-145.
Gurney, A. B. 1938. A synopsis of the order Zoraptera, with notes on the biology of Zorotypus
hubbardi Caudell. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 40: 57-87.
Hubbard, M. D. 1990. A catalog of the order Zoraptera (Insecta). Insecta Mundi, 4: 49-66.
Kukalova-Peck, J., & Peck, S. B. 1993. Zoraptera wing structures: evidence for new genera and
relationship with the blattoid orders (Insecta: Blattoneoptera). Syst. Entomol., 18: 333-350.
New, T. R. 1978. Notes on Neotropical Zoraptera, with descriptions of two new species. Syst. Ento-
mol., 3: 361-370.
New, T. R. 1995. The order Zoraptera (Insecta) from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Invertebr. Taxon.,
9: 243-246.
Poinar, G. O., Jr. 1988. Zorotypus palaeus, new species, a fossil Zoraptera (Insecta) in Dominican
amber. J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 96: 253-259.
Riegel, G. T. 1987. Order Zoraptera. pp. 184-185. In E. W. Stehr (ed.). Immature Insects. Kendall/
Hunt, Dubuque, Iowa.
Silvestri, E 1913. Descrizione di un nuovo ordine di insetti. Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici, 7: 193-209.
Received 4 Apr 1999; Accepted 27 Oct 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 28-48, (2000)
OBSERVATIONS ON THE NESTING BIOLOGY AND
BEHAVIOR OF TRYPOXYLON (TRYPARGILUM) VAGULUM
(HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE) IN COSTA RICA
ROLLIN E. COVILLE!, CHARLES GRISWOLD’, & PAMELA L. COVILLE!
16201 Tehama Ave., Richmond, California 94804
*Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate
Park, San Francisco, California 94118-4599
Abstract.—Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) vagulum Richards, a spider-hunting sphecid wasp, was
studied at the Organization for Tropical Studies’ field station at La Selva in Costa Rica. The
wasps constructed nests in trap-nests with tube diameters of 3.2, 4.8, and rarely 6.4 mm. Nest
structure, cocoon morphology, and differences between male and female provisions are dis-
cussed. Brood cells were provisioned with 7 to 35 spiders comprised mostly of juvenile snare-
building spiders of the families Araneidae, Tetragnathidae, Theridiidae, and Uloboridae. Prey
also included a few juvenile Clubionidae, Ctenidae, and Pisauridae. Natural enemies were Lep-
idophora trypoxylona Hall (Diptera: Bombyliidae), Amobia erythura (Wulp) (Diptera: Sarco-
phagidae), Phalacrotophora punctiapex Borgmeier (Diptera: Phoridae), Macrosiagon lineare (Le
Conte) (Coleoptera: Rhipiphoridae), Trichrysis nigropolita (Bishoff) (Hymenoptera: Chrysidi-
dae), and ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae).
Key Words.—Insecta, Hymenoptera, Sphecidae, Trypoxylon, Biology, Behavior, Costa Rica.
During 1980 and 1981 we conducted a trap-nest survey in the atlantic lowlands
of Costa Rica to obtain comparative biological information on poorly known
neotropical species of Trypoxylon. Two earlier papers described the nests of T.
(Trypargilum) xanthandrum Richards (Coville & Griswold 1983) and T. (Try-
pargilum) superbum Smith (Coville & Griswold 1984); both species are uncom-
mon wasps. In this paper we describe the nesting biology and behavior of T.
vagulum Richards, the most frequently trap-nested wasp or bee in the study.
Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) vagulum is a solitary wasp, first described by Rich-
ards (1934) from a single male taken at Magdalena, Colombia. The female has
only recently been described and the known range of the species shown to extend
from Veracruz, Mexico, to Colombia (Coville 1982). Its biology is poorly known.
Rau (1933, 1935) reported that 7. vagulum built its larval cells within old mud
cells from nests of T. (Trypoxylon) fabricator Smith. Griswold & Coville (1986),
using a sample of spider prey from nests of 7. vagulum built in trap-nests, ex-
amined the diurnal habits of the types of spiders taken.
STUDY SITE
The trap-nest study conducted in 1980 and 1981 was at La Selva, a field station
of the Organization for Tropical Studies, located (84°00—02’ W, 10°24—26' N)
near the town of Puerto Viejo de Sarapiqui, Heredia Prov. (see Coville & Gris-
wold, 1983, 1984). Nests of 7. vagulum were obtained in trap-nests in four hab-
itats.
Successional strips.—Trap-nests were placed along the edge of newly cut strips
that bordered an old cacao plantation in 1980 and lowland tropical rainforest in
1981 (see Coville & Griswold 1983, 1984).
Arboretum.—Trap-nests were placed throughout a 3.5 ha area circumscribed
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST 29
by undisturbed lowland tropical rainforest and an abandoned cacao plantation (see
Coville & Griswold 1983: fig. 2). In the arboretum the undergrowth was peri-
odically cleared with machete to provide easy access to numerous trees that pos-
sessed identification numbers.
Rafael’s house.—Coville & Griswold (1984) described this residence. Trap-
nests were placed in trees about the yard in 1981 only.
Living quarters——The main structure at La Selva during the study was also the
principal nesting area of T. vagulum in 1980 and 1981. Trap-nests were attached
to beams, railings and other parts of the building.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Coville & Griswold (1983) provide details of the general trap-nest and rearing
techniques used in the study. We used three types of trap-nests. Standard trap-
nests were 2 X 2 X 16.5 cm blocks of straight grain pine or fir. An 11.0, 9.5,
8.0, 6.4, or 4.8 X 155 mm hole was drilled in each block. Trap-nests with 3.2 X
85 mm holes drilled in them were made from smaller blocks, 1 X 1 X 10-12
cm. Short trap-nests had holes 9.5, 6.4, and 4.8 mm drilled to a depth of only 75
mm. Bundles containing one or two trap-nests (either standard or short trap-nests,
but not both types) with different sized holes were attached to various objects.
Bundles with standard trap-nests were used in all habitats, but bundles with short
trap-nests were used only at the living quarters. Each bundle in the field was
subsequently examined 1-3 times per week. Bundles at the living quarters were
examined daily. During these examinations, we collected trap-nests containing
completed wasp nests and replaced them with trap-nests of the same type. This
generally ensured that wasps had a choice of trap-nest diameters to use in building
nests.
To facilitate behavioral studies, special observation trap-nests were also used
at the living quarters. Observation trap-nests had clear or red transparent plastic
taped over a U-shaped groove or grooves routed in blocks of wood. The grooves
were 9.5, 6.4, 4.8 or 3.2 mm in diameter and their length approximated the depth
of the corresponding diameter holes in standard trap-nests. We sectioned standard
trap-nests and glued a piece to the front of each observation trap. As a result, the
entrance to each observation trap resembled the circular entrance of a standard
trap-nest. Another thin piece of wood was lain over the plastic and loosely wired
into place. This cover created within the grooves a dark environment necessary
to induce the wasps to build their nests. Once a nest had been initiated the cover
could be removed so that the wasp’s nesting activity could be directly observed.
The red plastic caused the least disturbance of the wasps, but was so dark that
we had to use a flashlight to clearly observe their activity. Our later observation
traps all had clear plastic windows. When making routine observations of the
wasp’ behavior we laid a piece of red plexiglass on top of the window so as to
cause as little disturbance of the wasps as necessary. For detailed observation or
photography we would carefully remove the red plexiglass for short periods.
Adult wasps, individual spider prey and the contents of newly provisioned cells
were weighed on a Mettler balance. After weighing, cell contents were carefully
placed in artificial cells within grooves of certain observation trap-nests for rearing
the wasp egg to the adult stage. These rearing traps were stored in a tightly sealed
plastic box provided with a few balls of moist cotton to maintain a high humidity.
30 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Table 1. Summary of trap-nest study at La Selva during 1980 and 1981 at locations frequented by
Trypoxylon vagulum.
No. of
bundles
No. of with T. No. of
trap-nest Bundle Date bundles Date study vagulum T. vagulum
Location bundles pattern® set out ended nests nests
Successional strips 5 1 9-IT-80 5-IV-80 0 0
10 1 30-VII-80 13-IX-80 6 16
10 Z 4-IX-81 22-X-81 1 1
Arboretum 13-15 1 12/13-IV-80 13-IX-80 8 28
20 2 3-IX-81 24-X-81 2 8
4 3 9-IX-81 24-X-81 0 0
Rafael’s house i) 3 5-IX-81 22-X-81 2 2
Living quarters 5 1 15-II-80 15-IX-80 5 72
5 +} 6-VITII-80 9/18-IX-80 5 13
10 4 3-IX-81 26-X-81 8 26
2 3 7-IX-81 26-X-8 1 2 10
4Patterns 1, 2, and 3 had standard trap-nests; pattern 4 had short trap-nests. In pattern 1 bundles
contained one 9.5, two 6.4, two 4.8, and two 3.2 mm diameter trap-nests. In pattern 2 bundles con-
tained two each of 11.0, 9.5, 8.0, 6.4, 4.8, and 3.2 mm diameter trap-nests. In pattern 3 bundles had
one each of 11.0, 9.5, 8.0, 6.4, 4.8, and 3.2 mm diameter trap-nests. In pattern 4 bundles had two
each of 9.5, 6.4, and 4.8 mm diameter trap-nests.
The box was left outside in a screened enclosure. It was examined once or twice
per day to determine how the larvae were developing and to make sure no ants
had succeeded in entering the container. Once the larvae had completed their
cocoons they were transferred to gelatin capsules, where they remained until
emergence.
Voucher specimens of the spider prey are labelled ‘Coville & Griswold Try-
poxylon study’ and are deposited at the California Academy of Sciences. Speci-
mens of the wasps are deposited in the Essig Museum of Entomology at the
University of California, Berkeley.
RESULTS
Trypoxylon vagulum nested in 176 standard and short trap-nests (Table 1) and
accepted trap-nests with 3.2, 4.8, and 6.4 mm diameter holes. In bundles con-
taining equal numbers of all three diameter traps (configurations 1—3 in Table 1),
T. vagulum showed a greater preference for those with 3.2 mm diameter holes
(85) over those with 4.8 (50) and 6.4 (2) mm diameter holes.
We also obtained 10 nests of T. vagulum from observation trap-nests; 3 nests
were in 4.8 mm diameter grooves and 7 were in 3.2 mm diameter grooves. The
discussion on nest characteristics, prey, and enemies pertain to information gath-
ered from the standard and short trap-nests.
Trap-nests set out at the living quarters produced most nests (Table 1). Dwell-
ings and other human structures seem to be a favorable habitat for these wasps,
perhaps because they provide numerous suitable nest sites. Trypoxylon vagulum
readily utilized nail holes and abandoned cells of mud-daubing wasps such as T.
(Trypoxylon) fabricator. One even built its nest in the handle of one of our spare
insect nets. Generally the overhanging roof protected the nest sites from rain.
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST 31
Table 2. General structural characteristics of 155 completed nests of Trypoxylon vagulum in stan-
dard and short trap-nests.
Trap-nest tube sizes in mm
48 X 155 4.8 X 75 3.2 X 85
Total no. of completed nests 41 36 78
No. of nests:
With vestibular cells 34 23 47
Without vestibular cells 7 13 31
With intercalary cells 12 4 4
Without intercalary cells 29 © 32; 74
With closure plug at entrance 35 27 72
With recessed plug 6 2 6
With first cells at inner end of tube 36 35 56
With first cells at distance from end of tube 5 1 22
Provisioned cells:
Total no. 230 159 Zt 2
No. of cells per nest
range 1-10 1-6 1-6
mean + SD 5.6 + 2.4 44+ 1.4 Sy emate! les
Average no. of cells per cm of nest tube 0.36 0.59 0.75
Thus trap-nests used at the living quarters were set out in an area with many
wasps already nesting. The wasps quickly discovered the trap-nests. At times, 4
pairs of T. vagulum were found nesting in a single bundle of trap-nests at the
living quarters.
The other sites (Table 1) were more complex environments in which suitable
nest sites were more scattered. The wasps were probably more dispersed than at
the living quarters and consequently only rarely discovered the trap-nests. Once
a female of T. vagulum discovered a bundle of trap-nests she would build many
successive nests in the same bundle, for as long as suitable diameter traps were
available.
Nest Structure.—Nests in all diameter tubes were similar. The wasps initiated
nests by first depositing a preliminary mud plug. The preliminary plug was usually
a small bit of mud placed at the inner end of the trap-nest tube. Occasionally, the
preliminary plug was a mud wall or partition placed a variable distance from the
inner end (see Table 2). The distance in 4.8 X 155 mm tubes was 26.4—112.0
mm (x = 60.5 mm, n = 4 of 5 instances reported in Table 2). In one 4.8 X 75
mm tube the distance was 3.0 mm. Finally, in 3.2 * 85 mm tubes the distance
was 7.9—45.6 mm (* = 25.8 mm, n = 12 of 22 instances reported in Table 2).
Following the preliminary plug the wasps usually built a series of brood cells
arranged end to end along the length of the trap-nest tube. An empty cell preceded
the first brood cell in one nest in a 4.8 X 155 mm trap and 2 nests in 3.2 X 85
mm traps. Two empty cells preceded the first brood cell in one 3.2 X 85 mm
trap.
Each brood cell was separated from the neighboring cells by a mud cell par-
tition. The inner surface of the cell partitions were convex with a rough lumpy
surface. The outer surfaces were smoothly concave without mud globules ap-
32 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
pressed to the surface. The wasps did not line the trap-nest tubes with mud, so
the exposed wood lining the tubes formed the lateral walls of the brood cells.
Occasionally one or more empty cells (intercalary cells of Krombein 1967b) were
placed between adjacent brood cells. Intercalary cells occurred most frequently
in 4.8 X 155 mm trap-nests. We are uncertain as to their significance (see dis-
cussion by Krombein 1967b). Many nests had one to 4 empty cells (vestibular
cells of Krombein 1967b) placed between the last provisioned cell and the mud
closure plug that sealed the entrance to completed nests (Table 2). Vestibular cells
are commonly found in nests of may kinds of wasps and bees and presumably
discourage enemies from penetrating far enough into completed nests to reach the
larval cells (See Krombein 1967b).
All completed nests possessed a closure plug (Table 2). In only one case was
the closure plug recessed by more than 5 mm (the closure plug was recessed by
15.2 mm in one 4.8 X 155 mm nest). Detailed structure of the closure plug was
examined in thirty-nine 4.8 X 155 mm nests, thirty-five 4.8 X 75 mm nests, and
seventy-six 3.2 X 85 mm nests (Table 3). Among nests in which the closure plugs
were examined, plugs consisted of 1 or 2 mud elements, except one 4.8 X 155
mm nest had 3 elements in its closure plug. Most nests in 4.8 mm diameter tubes
had a single element (26 vs. 12 nests in 155 mm tubes and 25 vs. 10 nests in 75
mm tubes). One and two element plugs were found in an equal number of 3.2 X
85 mm nests (38 nests each). The inner elements were similar to cell partitions.
The outer element, which was appressed to the inner elements or separated from
it by less than 1.0 mm, was generally thicker. When placed at the nest entrances
the outer surface of the closure plug was always smooth and flat or only slightly
concave. In addition, the plugs were clearly defined in that the mud was not spread
onto the wood of the trap-nest.
Small partial mud rings were found in some cells and appeared to represent
sites where a female had initiated and then aborted construction of a cell partition.
In an observation trap-nest we also observed a female apparently accidentally
drop part of the mud she was carrying for constructing a cell partition. This
dropped mud remained in the cell. Similar deposits were occasionally found in
other trap-nests.
For nests opened after all wasp larvae had formed cocoons we took paired
measurements of cell lengths and head widths of the reared wasps (Table 4). The
relationship of cell length and wasp size (head width) was determined with Pear-
son’s product moment correlation coefficient (7). In 3.2 mm diameter nests among
male cells r = 0.01 (n = 64) and among female cells r = 0.31 (n = 18). In 4.8
xX 155 mm nests among male cells r = —0.11 (nm = 25) and among female cells
r = —0.17 (n = 40). None of the r values were significant at P < 0.05, so we
concluded that among wasps of the same sex cell length is not correlated with
wasp SiZe.
Sex ratios and arrangement of male and female cells.—The effects of nest
length and diameter on sex ratios were examined from data presented in Table 5.
Nest length in 4.8 mm diameter trap-nests did not have any apparent effect on
sex ratios. The proportion of males and females reared from conventional and
short trap-nests with tube dimensions of 4.8 X 155 mm and 4.8 X 75 mm, re-
spectively, were not significantly different (x? = 0.32, df = 1). Nest diameter did
have an effect. Trap-nests with 4.8 mm diameter tubes produced more than 2
2000
COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST
Table 3. Dimensions of nests of Trypoxylon vagulum in trap-nests (measurements in mm).
3.2 X 85
Nest tube diameter X length
4.8 X 75 48 X 155 6.4 X 155
Female cell length?
range 9.4—32.2 9.9-27.9>« 8.3—27.62> 13.2-14.4
mean (n) 16.4 (19) 12.5 (46) 14.6 (54) 13.8 (3)
Male cell length?
range 9.8—32.9a¢ 8.3—19.7°4 10.6—18.92°¢ —
mean (n) 16.5 (108) 11.5 (20) 13.0 (28) —
Vestibular cell length
range 1.3-53.7 1.4—27.4 2.8-90.4 —
mean (7) 10.9 (33) 8.9 (12) 22.0 (23) —
Intercalary cell length
range 5.0 3.7 5.1-34.8 —
mean (n) 5.0 (1) SC k) 20.0 (2) —
Cell partition thickness
range 0.4-1.6 0.3—1.4 0.4-0.8 —
mean (7) 0.7 (27) 0.6 (56) 0.7 (4) —
Closure plug thickness
range 0.4—4.3 0.6-3.8 1.4-1.5 —
mean (7) 2.1 (34) 1.7 (29) 152) —
4 Measurements do not include brood cells considered abnormally long. For 3.2 and 4.8 mm diameter
nests cells greater than 2 standard deviations from the mean for all (male and female) cells were
deleted. Deleted cells included 4 male cells (42.7, 43.9, 53.8, and 72.9 mm long) from 3.2 mm diameter
nests, 2 female cells (40.2 and 107.4 mm long) and 1 male cell (97.1 mm long) from 4.8 X 155 mm
nests.
> Female cell length in 4.8 X 155 mm nests was significantly greater than in 4.8 X 75 mm nests (t
= 2.95, df = 98, P < 0.05).
¢ Male cell length in 3.2 X 85 mm nests was significantly greater than in 4.8 X 155 mm nests (t =
4.07, df = 134, P < 0.05), and in 4.8 X 155 mm nests male cell length was significantly greater than
in 4.8 X 75 mm nests (t = 1.75, df = 46, P < 0.05). |
4 Female cells were significantly longer than male cells in 4.8 X 75 mm nests (t = 2.04, df = 80,
P < 0.05).
females for every male (45 ¢ 46:91 2 2), whereas 3.2 mm diameter nests produced
more than 8 males for every female (166 66:20 °°). The difference in sex
ratios between 3.2 and 4.8 mm diameter nests was significant (x? = 109.69, df
= 1, P < 0.05).
The arrangement of male and female cells within the nests was nonrandom.
Table 5 shows that cells at the inner end of the nests produced mostly males with
a progressively greater proportion of females reared from cells closer to the en-
trance. The trend was most apparent in the 3.2 mm diameter nests. In all 3 trap-
nest sizes, the observed frequencies of males and females in each cell position
were significantly different from frequencies expected if the probability of a male
or female being produced was the same for each cell position (3.2 X 85 mm trap-
nests— x” = 28.48, df = 4, P < 0.01; 4.8 X 75 mm trap-nests— y? = 9.48, df =
4, P < 0.01; 4.8 X 155 mm trap-nests—y? = 10.33, df = 4, P < 0.01). However,
there was no significant difference between the first 6 cell positions in 4.8 X 75
34 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Table 4. Head widths and cocoon dimensions of Trypoxylon vagulum reared from trap-nests. Mea-
surements are in mm.
Trap-nest tube diameter
3.2 4.8
Males Females Males Females
Head width?
Range 1.9-2.3 2.0—2.3 2.0—2.3 2.1-2.4
Mean (n) 2.1 (86) 2.2 (18) 2.2 (31) 2.3 (56)
Cocoons
Length
Range 7.7-9.8 8.8-10.8 8.1-10.1 8.1-10.3
Mean (n) 8.8 (82)? 9.7 (16) 8.9 (27) 9.5 (49)°
Width at center
Range 2.3-2.9 2.4-3.1 2.7-3.6 3.0-3.8
Mean (n) 2.6 (82)> 2.7 (16) SAME2T IE 3.4 (49)°
Greatest width (near anterior)
Range 2.3-3.1 2.43.2 3.0—4.1 3,.2-4.4
Mean (n) 2.7 (82) 2.9 (16) 3.5 (27) 4.0 (49)
Correlation of head width and cocoon length
r (n) 0.75 (56) 0.84 (16) 0.36 (21) 0.67 (45)
4 Mean head widths of both sexes reared from 3.2 mm diameter nests were significantly smaller than
than those of the same sex reared from 4.8 mm nests (males—t = —3.56, df = 115, P < 0.05;
females—t = —3.51, df = 72, P < 0.05).
>In 3.2 mm diameter nests female cocoons were significantly longer (t = 6.88, df = 96, P < 0.05)
and wider at the center (t = 4.89, df = 96, P < 0.05).
‘In 4.8 mm diameter nests female cocoons were significantly longer (t = 6.53, df = 74, P < 0.05)
and wider at the center (t = 6.92, df = 74, P < 0.05) than male cocoons.
mm and 4.8 X 155 mm trap-nests. Therefore, for a given cell position the prob-
ability of a male or female being produced is the same in the 4.8 X 75 mm and
4.8 X 155 mm diameter nests. There were significant differences in the frequen-
cies of males and females produced at each cell position in 4.8 mm and 3.2 mm
diameter trap-nests (cell position 1, x? = 28.49; pos. 2, x? = 28.88; pos. 3, x? =
29.83; pos. 4, x? = 14.53; pos. 5-6, x? = 9.00, df = 1, and P < 0.01 for all
tests).
Growth and development of the immature stages.—Female wasps always glued
the egg onto the abdomen of one of the largest spiders in the nest, but the egg’s
position varied. The egg is pearly white, sausage-shaped, 1.8 mm long (n = 3),
and 0.5—0.8 mg in weight (n = 2). Under the unnaturally fluctuating but generally
cool conditions in the air conditioned laboratory, elapsed time from oviposition
to emergence of the adult was 26—64 days. Development may take only 21-28
days under natural conditions. In a typical sequence, the embryo required less
than 2 days to develop. The first instar larva punctured the surface of the egg
and the cuticle of the attached spider’s abdomen. For the first 2 days, it fed upon
that spider, completely consuming it. By that time, its growth had become so
rapid that in only another 2—4 days it had devoured all of the remaining spiders.
Within another 3 days, it had completed its cocoon and entered the prepupal stage.
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST 35
Table 5. Distribution of male and female cells in nests of Trypoxylon vagulum from trap-nests.*
Cell position numbered from inner end of the nest
toward the entrance
Trap-nest No. of
size in mm nests 1 2 3 4 5-6 7-9
Fe 2 OR SS" 54 No. males 42 36 31 22 12 —
No. females 0 2 3 6 9 —
4.8 X 75° 30 No. males 12 4 5 a5 2 —
No. females 10 8 11 8 18 —
4.8 X 155° 35 No. males 13 6 4 fi 4 3
No. females 10 12 14 12 15 15
4Nests used to compile this table all began at the inner end of the trap-nest tube.
> Observed frequencies of males and females at each cell position were significantly different at P
< 0.01 from expected frequencies for all trap-nest sizes (3.2 X 85 mm traps— x? = 28.5, df = 4; 4.8
x 75 mm—y? = 9.48, df = 4; 4.8 X 155mm—y? = 10.33, df = 5).
The prepupal stage lasted for 6 or more days and the pupal stage for another 16
or more days. After the wasp moulted to the adult stage, it remained quiescent
for several days, before attempting to cut its way out of its cocoon and leave the
nest.
The fragile cocoons (Figs. 1 and 2) were thin and brittle. They had a varnished,
reddish-brown appearance with a gray anterior end. Their shape was influenced
by the diameter of the nest. In 4.8 and 6.4 mm diameter nests, the cocoons were
robust (Fig. 2) with bulbous anterior ends. In 3.2 mm diameter nests, the cocoons
were slender (Fig. 1) with the anterior ends flaring outward to the to the walls of
LETT EPP PEP PEP PEPE ETP eee aes
Figure 1. Cocoons of Trypoxylon vagulum taken from a 3.2 mm diameter trap-nest. The scale at
the bottom is in mm.
36 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
LEE eee
Figure 2. Cocoons of Trypoxylon vagulum taken from a 4.8 mm diameter trap-nest. The scale at
the bottom is in mm.
the trap-nest tubes. Female cocoons averaged longer and wider at the center than
male cocoons (Table 4), but were otherwise indistinguishable from those of males.
Parental Investment in male and female progeny.—Larval cells were provi-
sioned with 7 to 35 (n = 51) spider prey and the wet weight biomass of all spiders
in a cell ranged from 33.4 to 65.4 mg (nm = 41). We reared 16 females and 11
males of T. vagulum from cells in which the number of prey and total wet weight
biomass of the prey were determined (Table 7). The difference in number of
spiders between male and female cells was not significant but female cells did
have a significantly greater total wet weight biomass of prey than male cells (t =
6.65, df = 25, P < .05).
Besides the difference in biomass of provisions for male and female cells, there
is probably a difference in the biomass of provisions in cells from 3.2 mm and
4.8 mm diameter nests. The evidence is based upon head widths (HW) of adult
wasps produced from cells in these two sizes of nests (Table 4). Males reared
from 3.2 mm diameter nests were significantly smaller than males from 4.8 mm
diameter nests (Table 4). Likewise, females produced from 3.2 mm diameter nests
were significantly smaller than females produced from 4.8 mm diameter nests
(Table 4). Because the developing larvae normally consume all the provisions in
their cells, the difference in size of adults produced from 3.2 and 4.8 mm diameter
nests is probably related to the amount of provisions available to them as larvae.
Prey preferences.—Trypoxylon vagulum preyed upon several families of spi-
ders (Table 9). Most prey were snarebuilding spiders, among which Araneidae
predominated, but occasional Tetragnathidae, Theridiidae and Uloboridae were
also found. Wandering spiders consisted of a juvenile Ctenidae, juvenile Clu-
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST Si
Table 6. Mortality in brood cells of Trypoxylon vagulum obtained from trap-nests.?
Trap-nest tube size in mm
3.2 X 85 4.8 X 155 4.8 X 75 6.4 X 155
No. of nests 68 33 13 2
No. of cells 245 167 54 8
No. of males reared 166 37 8 —
No. of females reared 20 71 20 3
Losses due to unknown factors
Moldy cells fs — —
Dead egg or egg not found 5 11 2 —
Dead larva 2 — — ==
Dead prepupa or pupa 16 8 2, —_
Losses due to enemies
Bombyliidae (Diptera)
Lepidophora try poxylona
Hall 4 4 2 AL.
Anthrax sp. — 1 — —-
Sarcophagidae (Diptera)
Amobia erythrura (Wulp) — 10 16 --
Phoridae (Diptera)
Phalacrotophora punctiapex
Borgmeier 13 19 4 5
Rhipiphoridae (Coleoptera)
Macrosiagon lineare
(Le Conte) 2 aoe, a,
Chrysididae (Hymenoptera)
Trichrysis nigro polita
(Bischoff) 7 2
Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera)
Poly phaga sp. (?) -=
Formicidae (Hymenoptera) 2 3
Total Losses 59 55 26 5
4 Nests used to compile this table were ones in which all wasp larvae and-parasites had completed
their larval stages before the nests were opened.
> Ants were such a problem that during most of the study we tried to exclude them by coating the
trap-nest wires with Tanglefoot®. Hence, the mortality due to ants is not representative.
bioniidae, and 2 juvenile Pisauridae. Although T. vagulum primarily takes snare-
building spiders, we could not determine if the prey were taken from webs or
other situations, because the diurnal behavior of the prey is variable (Griswold &
Coville 1986). For example, the prey could have been hiding near a web or hiding
without a web. Only for Cyclosa and Micrathena can we be sure that they were
taken from webs, as we always observed these genera in webs during the day.
Mostly small immature spiders comprised the prey of T: vagulum. The distri-
bution of size classes of the prey by number and biomass is skewed toward the
small sized prey (Fig 3). Although individual weights of spider prey ranged from
0.2 to 21.3 mg, 64% of the prey weighed 2.0 mg or less.
38 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Table 7. Amount of provisions in male and female cells of Trypoxylon vagulum.
Male Cells Female Cells
(n = 11) (n = 16)
No. of spiders
range 10-28 11-35
mean + SD 13:3 +, 5.3 19.6 + 5.9
Total wet weight biomass of provisions?
range 33.4—47.9 41.7-65.4
mean + SD 41.5 + 5.0? 51.6 + 5.68
4 Wet weight biomass of provisions was significantly greater in female cells than male cells (t =
6.65, df = 25, P < 0.05).
Mortality and Natural Enemies.—We have no information on mortality of adult
wasps, but Table 6 summarizes the mortality occurring in brood cells. All of the
nests used to compile the table were collected from the field within a few days
of their completion. A greater mortality probably would have been evident if the
nests had been left in place, because many would probably have been discovered
by enemies capable of digging their way through the closure plugs or ovipositing
through walls of the trap-nests.
The greatest losses (48% of the cells) occurred in short (4.8 X 7.5 mm) trap-
nests, but this is more related to their being only set out at the living quarters
where natural enemies were especially abundant. The 3.2 X 85 mm traps and 4.8
x 155 mm traps were distributed in equal numbers among all habitats. The brood
cells from 3.2 X 85 mm traps suffered significantly less mortality (24% of the
Table 8 Mortality of immature stages of Trypoxylon vagulum in the first 2 and last 2 cells in
completed nests.?
First 2 Last 2
cells of nest cells of nest
3.2 X 85 mm nests (n = 38)>
No. of cells 76 76
No. of adults reared 63 61
Losses‘ 13 15
4.8 X 155 mm nests (n = 2)°
No. of cells 44 44
No. of adults reared 28 29
Losses* 16 15
4.8 X 75 mm nests (n = 9)>
No. of cells 18 18
No. of adults reared 7 6
Losses* 11 12
4 Nests used in this study were selected by the following criteria: 1) All wasp larvae and parsasites
had completed their larval stages before the nests were opened, and 2) the nests contained 4 or more
cells.
> Number of nests.
° Losses in the first 2 and last 2 cells were not significantly different.
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST 39
Table 9. Prey preferences of Trypoxylon vagulum.
Spider Prey Number of Prey
Araneidae
Eustala sp. #1 54
Eustala sp. #2 4
Eustala sp. #3 6
Eustala miscellaneous juveniles 93
Verrucosa sp. 89
Acacesia sp. 74
Wagneriana tauricornis v5
Wagneriana sp. #1 21
Wagneriana sp. #2 4
Wixia or Parawixia sp. 9
Micrathena sp. 47
Gasteracantha sp. 5
Scoloderus sp. 1
Cyclosa 2
undetermined sp. #1 6
undetermined sp. #2 5
undetermined sp. #3 78
Clubionidae
Clubionia sp. 1
Ctenidae
undetermined sp. #1 1
Pisauridae
undertermined sp. 2
Tetragnathidae
undetermined sp. #1 1
undetermined sp. #2 1
undetermined sp. #3 1
undetermined sp. #4 (Tetragnatha) 1
undetermined sp. #5 1
Theridiidae
undetermined sp. #1 1
Uloboridae
Miagrammopes 9
undetermined sp. #1 5
undetermined sp. #2 1
cells) than did the brood cells from 4.8 X 155 mm traps (33% of the cells) (X?
= 3.89, df = 1, P < 0.05).
We suspected that the longer a nest was being constructed the greater the prob-
ability of its discovery by natural enemies. If this is the case, we could expect a
greater mortality in the last cells to be provisioned than in the first cells provi-
sioned. Nevertheless, our data did not support this contention. In completed nests
with a total of 4 or more cells, losses in the first 2 and last 2 cells were not
significantly different (Table 8).
The natural enemies listed in Table 6, exhibit diverse modes of attacking nests
of T. vagulum. Adults of the bombyliid flies Lepidophora trypoxylona Hall and
40
Number of Prey
Weight of Prey in mg
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Trypoxylon vagulum prey size
Total Number of Prey = 333
0 5 10 15 20 25
NO
o
oO
—_
a
(=)
Total Wet Weight of All Prey = 792 mg
100
ol
oO
Size Classes of Spider Prey in mg
Figure 3. Size classes of prey taken from nests of Trypoxylon vagulum. The top bar graph breaks
down the size classes by the number of spiders occuring in each class. The bottom bar graph breaks
down the size classes by the total wet weight of all spiders in each class.
Anthrax sp. hovered in front of nests while presumably ejecting microscopic first
instar larvae at the entrance opening. The larva of Anthrax developed as a para-
sitoid upon a single wasp larva. Before attacking its host the Anthrax larva pre-
sumably waited until the host larva had completed its feeding, because the An-
thrax adult emerged from a completed cocoon of T. vagulum. Lepidophora try-
poxylona was more destructive. Its larva first killed the host egg or young larva
and then consumed the spider prey by sucking the contents out of their bodies.
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST 41
Larvae of L. trypoxylona commonly invaded additional cells if there were insuf-
ficient food in the initially infested cell. Pupae of both bombyliids possessed
powerful cephalic teeth that enabled them to dig their way out of nests shortly
before emergence of the adult fly.
The sarcophagid fly, Amobia erythrura (Wulp) was only found at the living
quarters, but was very destructive in 4.8 mm diameter nests of T. vagulum at that
site. None of the 3.2 mm diameter nests were attacked: Adults of A. erythrura
stationed themselves near bundles of trap-nests and attempted to follow prey laden
females of 7. vagulum into their nests. Successful attacks resulted in a cell being
infested by 1 to 7 maggots. The maggots appeared to work in unison, first at-
tacking the wasp egg, and then consuming the spider prey. Amobia maggots
always worked their way toward the nest entrance and destroyed every cell in
their path. Once at the nest entrance they bored their way partially through the
closure plug and then pupated. The adult Amobia usually could punch their way
through the remaining part of the closure plug and escape the nest. In one nest
the maggot failed to work its way to the entrance and the adult fly being unable
to punch its way out of the nest died next to its puparium.
The phorid fly, Phalacrotophora punctiapex Borgmeier is a small (33-4 mm
long), fast running insect that frequented the entrances of wasp nests. Adults of
P. punctiapex entered nests by evading the host wasps. Once in the nest the flies
hid among the spider prey and proceeded to lay many eggs on the walls and mud
partition at the inner end of the cell. The newly emerged maggots first attacked
and consumed the host wasp egg and then fed upon the spider prey. Often the
maggots invaded additional cells by burrowing through the cell partitions. Nev-
ertheless, the maggots seldom made their way to the nest entrance. Instead, they
pupated within a brood cell. Their puparia were strongly glued to the walls of
the trap-nest tube. It is unclear to us as to how P. punctiapex escape the nests.
The adults have no obvious digging structures for penetrating cell partitions, and
they generally seem to emerge before the host wasps. Cells of 7. vagulum were
infested by 1-15 maggots and one nest contained 34 maggots.
An adult of the rhipiphorid beetle, Macrosiagon lineare (Le Conte) was reared
from each of 2 cocoons of 7. vagulum. The cocoons were from different nests.
The chrysidid wasp, Trichrysis nigropolita (Bishoff), was reared from cells of
T. vagulum, although we did not observe any successful attacks. Adult chrysidids
waited at the nest entrances for an opportunity to enter an unguarded nest and
Oviposit into a newly provisioned cell. Coville & Coville (1980) observed this
chrysidid species chewing holes through outer cell partitions and suspected that
they can oviposit into a cell through such a hole.
An occasional spider that was brought into the nest was parasitized by an
ichneumonid (Polyphaga sp.). In one cell the ichneumonid completed its devel-
opment and spun a cocoon. On emerging the ichneumonid in attempting to escape
from the nest killed a T. vagulum pupa.
Probably the most severe enemies of wasps at La Selva were the numerous
species of ants. At the living quarters Monomorium floricula (Jerdon) and Tetra-
morium bicarinatum (Nylander) were the principal nest raiders. At other sites
several other ant species nested in trap-nests or raided them. These included Cam-
ponotus abdominalis Mayr, Camponotus planatus Roger, Crematogaster limata
palans Forel, Pachycondyla unidentata Mayr, Paratrechina caeciliae Forel, So-
42 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
lenopsis picea Fomery, and Solenopsis sp. Many of these species and especially
Tetramorium and Monomorium were capable of digging through closure plugs
and looting completed nests. Male wasps were usually able to thwart individual
foraging ants but if ants were able to gain entrance to the nest through temporary
absence of the male or by overwhelming him, the nest was lost. As noted in Table
6, we coated the wires supporting trap-nest bundles with Tanglefoot® to discour-
age ants from attacking nests. Otherwise, ants would have destroyed many more
nests.
Brockmann (1992) reported chalcid wasps in the genus Mellitobia attacking
nests of T. monteverdeae Coville from Monteverde, Costa Rica. Nevertheless, we
encountered no chalcids in nests 7. vgulum or any other Trypoxylon species from
La Selva.
Nest supercedure.—Four traps from which T. vagulum were reared also con-
tained cells of other species of wasps and bees. In the arboretum a 4.8 X 155
mm trap had one cell of T. vagulum at the inner end of the tube. On top of the
cell were two empty cells and then a 4-celled nest of an undetermined species of
Trypoxylon. At the living quarters a 4.8 X 155 mm nest had 1 cell of JT. (Try-
pargilum) majus Richards followed by a 3-celled nest of 7. vagulum. Another 4.8
x 155 mm nest at the living quarters had 1 cell of T. vagulum 49.4 mm from the
inner end of the tube followed by 2 cells of a resin bee (Megachilidae). Also at
the living quarters a 3.2 X 85 mm trap had two cells of 7. vagulum at the inner
end of the tube followed by a 2-celled nest of an eumenid wasp.
Behavioral observations.—Our observations took place at the living quarters.
Trypoxylon vagulum was one of several species in the subgenus 7rypargilum that
nested in trap-nests at the living quarters. Trypoxylon lactitarse Saussure and an
undetermined sibling species (C, corresponds to Sp. C in Griswold & Coville
1986) were almost as abundant as 7. vagulum. Another undetermined species (A,
corresponds to Sp. A in Griswold & Coville 1986), related to T. nitidum Smith,
was also abundant. Trypoxylon saussurei Rohwer and T. majus were occasional
trap-nest occupants in 1980.
Trypoxylon vagulum was the only species to use 3.2 mm diameter trap-nests,
but it did compete with T. saussurei, T. majus, and species A for 4.8 mm diameter
nests. There was little direct competition, however, because we insured that sev-
eral empty trap-nests were continuously available to the wasps. Trypoxylon lac-
titarse and species C only used trap-nests with diameters of 6.4 mm or larger.
During fair weather, 7. vagulum were active from 1 to 2 hours after sunrise
until 1.5 to 2.5 hours before sunset. They ceased their foraging and nest construc-
tion activities during rainy spells.
Like most Trypoxylon wasps in the subgenus Trypargilum, a male of T. va-
gulum would pair with a female that was initiating a nest. Thereafter he would
guard the nest while the female hunted for spiders or foraged for mud. During
the day the male usually remained face outward at the nest entrance and would
snap his mandibles at potential intruders, such as ants. The male seldom left the
nest unguarded for more than a few minutes. Occasionally they did leave for 5—
15 minutes, when the female was present. The male would often leave his nest
to pursue or rarely butt unpaired males of 7. vagulum that alighted on or hovered
near his nest. Nevertheless, we never observed males of T. vagulum grappling
with one another or physically trying to usurp another male’s nest. In contrast,
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST 43
males of T. lactitarse and species C often engaged in fights and attempted to
invade one another’s nest.
Active nests of T. vagulum always had a male associated with them. In fact, a
female of JT. vagulum would not leave to forage unless a male was in the nest.
At night the female would remain in her nest, whereas a male would be present
or absent.
One or two males would follow females that were searching for new nest sites.
So pair formation usually took place even before a new nest had been initiated.
When searching for a new nest, a female of T. vagulum in a slow hovering
flight would move along the surface of objects such as beams, railings, posts, etc.
She would frequently alight to examine dark spots and small holes, which she
would attempt to enter headfirst. If the tubular cavity within a hole was potentially
suitable for a new nest, she would begin to clean it out. Otherwise, she would
resume her search.
In preparing a new nest site the female would remove any material blocking
or constricting the tube. The material included loose debris as well as mud and
frass that adhered to the walls of the tube. She would use her mandibles to scrape
the surface of the tube. With a load of debris cradled with her mandibles and
front legs she would back out of the nest and either immediately drop the load
or take flight and drop the load 3—50 cm from the nest entrance. Once the nest
had been cleaned, she would then leave the nest and return with a load of mud.
She used the mud for the preliminary plug at the inner end of the nest. Several
loads of mud were required for the plug.
Females of T. vagulum were observed obtaining mud from nests of mud-daub-
ing wasps, especially those of Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) species in the Abitarse
Group (see Coville 1982, for classification) and 7. (Trypoxylon) fabricator. Fe-
males apparently carried water that they regurgitated to soften the hard mud on
nests of the host wasps. They then removed a small ball of mud with their man-
dibles and transported it to their own nest. We were unable to determine if T.
vagulum uses other sources of mud. We did not observe them at muddy spots
frequented by other species of Trypoxylon.
Once the preliminary plug was completed, the female began to forage for spi-
ders. Females usually returned to their nests with spiders within 6—15 minutes,
but foraging flights as short as 2 minutes and longer than 1 hour were also ob-
served. On returning to the nest with a spider the female would alight at the
entrance. The male, after tapping the female’s antennae with his own, would leave
the nest and climb upon the female’s back. The female would then enter the nest
with the male following her. Once inside the nest the male would often invert
himself, climb beneath the female and grip the base of her petiole with his man-
dibles. In this manner the pair would proceed further into the tube, until the female
dropped her spider.
During the early stages of provisioning, the female often merely deposited the
spider, groomed herself and then left on the next foraging trip. After the female’s
departure the male would pack the spiders tightly into the mass of provisions by
butting the spider with his head. When the cell was almost fully provisioned, the
female would usually pack the spiders with her head as well.
Within nests in 3.2 mm diameter grooves in observation trap-nests there was
insufficient space for the wasps to turn around. They would first have to leave
44 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
the nest in order to reverse their position. Within 4.8 mm diameter grooves the
wasps were able to turn around.
After the final spider had been obtained the female would usually leave the
nest for a few minutes. On returning she would inspect the prey, firmly pack them
with her head, and then groom herself. When she was ready to oviposit, she would
back out of the nest, reverse her position, back into the nest, and begin probing
the mass of spiders for a suitable abdominal surface upon which to oviposit.
During oviposition, she remained motionless.
We observed 10 cells of 7. vagulum continuously from initiation through ovi-
position. In addition, we made numerous more fragmentary observations on pro-
visioning and oviposition in other cells. Nevertheless, mating was never observed,
although a male was present at all times. This was in direct contrast to T. lactitarse
and species C in which mating took place immediately before oviposition in
almost every case. In fact, unless mating had occurred, males of the latter two
species would disrupt their mate’s attempt to oviposit.
Of the 10 ovipositions observed in T. vagulum, 7 males were reared from the
resulting eggs (the other 3 rearing attempts failed). In 7. lactitarse and species C,
eggs resulting from ovipositions preceded by mating produced males and females;
in the 1 case in which mating did not precede oviposition, the egg failed to
develop. '
After oviposition, the female would begin construction of the cell partition to
seal the cell. She spread her first load of mud in a thin band across the bottom
of the tube in front of the provisions. She spread the mud with her mandibles
and simultaneously vibrated her flight muscles, which emitted a buzzing sound
audible for about 1 meter from the nest. Several loads of mud were required to
complete a partition. During the final stages her body would rotate so that she
could spread mud across the roof of the tube and complete the closure of the cell.
The male watched the female or held onto her petiole with their mandibles while
she spread the mud. We did not observe males assisting females in construction
of partitions or closure plugs.
DISCUSSION
We chose to follow the classification provided by Coville (1982), in which the
genus Trypoxylon is divided into the subgenera Trypoxylon and Trypargilum. The
two subgenera are distinguished on the basis of a several of morphological char-
acters. Trypar gilum, confined to the Western Hemisphere, also differs in the wide-
spread occurrence of male guarding of nests and the generally darker and harder
cocoons. Unless specifically stated, the following discussion is restricted to species
of the Trypoxylon species in the subgenus Trypargilum.
Most authors have informally recognized several species groups and complexes
of Trypargilum (Richards 1934, Krombein 1967a, Krombein 1979, Coville 1982).
Three groups are fairly well defined morphologically: the Albitarse Group, the
Superbum Group, and the Nitidum Group (Bohart & Menke 1976, Coville 1982).
The Albitarse Group contains all species that build mud nests, generally in the
form of a series of vertical mud tubes. The other groups nest in pre-existing
tubular cavities. The Superbum Group, recognized by a transverse carina on the
frons, only contains a few tropical species. The Nitidum Group encompasses the
majority of species. It is a heterogeneous collection divided, not always success-
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST 45
fully, into several species complexes. Trypoxylon vagulum is a member of the
vagum complex (see Coville 1982). Krombein (1967b) and Matthews & Matthews
(1968) found that nest architecture, cocoon structure and prey preferences seem
to vary according to the species groups and complexes. Subsequent studies have
continued to build upon that framework.
Overall, the nest structure of T. vagulum resembles that of other species of the
Nitidum and Superbum groups, although because of its small size it is able to
use smaller diameter nests than any species studied so far. As with most species,
T. vagulum built the closure plugs at the nest entrance. Two species diverge from
this pattern by having the closure plugs recessed from the entrance. One of these
species is T. superbum (Coville & Griswold 1984) of the Superbum Group. The
other is T. xanthandrum (Coville & Griswold 1983) of the Nitidum Group’s fugax
complex. Among all species of 7rypargilum observed at La Selva, the outer sur-
face of plugs of T. vagulum were distinctive in that they were smoothly concave
and their mud was never spread onto the outer surface of the trap-nest itself.
Other species were not so neat.
Trypoxylon vagulum seems to obtain mud for its nests from the mud nests of
other Trypoxylon wasps, particularly T. ([rypoxylon) fabricator. At typical sites
where many species of Trypoxylon of both subgenera mine mud, such as muddy
spots along trails, J. vagulum was absent in our observations, despite being the
most abundant species trap-nested. Nevertheless, we do not feel that we can totally
discount the possibility that T. vagulum may occasionally use such sites.
Genaro (1996) found that the inner walls of cell partitions of 7. (Trypargilum)
subimpressum Smith (excavatum complex) generally have a glob of mud ap-
pressed to them which is mined by the larva for incorporation into its cocoon. In
freshly provisioned cells of T. vagulum, the inner walls of cell partitions were
generally smoothly concave, and we noticed no mud globs adhering to them.
Nevertheless, the larvae did mine the inner partitions for mud during cocoon
spinning, as reported by Genaro (1996). This is probably typical of the wasps in
the subgenus. In our own observations of larvae spinning cocoons, the larvae
sometimes appear to be regurgitating material into the cocoon matrix.
Cocoons of J. vagulum are distinct from all other species in the subgenus
Trypargilum, not only by their small size, reflecting the small size of T. vagulum
compared to other Trypargilum (Coville 1982), but also by their shape. In this
species, as the nest diameter becomes larger, the cocoons become more globular
with the anterior end distinctly swollen (Fig. 2) but not flaring outward. This
outward flare is frequently seen in species of the punctulatum complex (see Krom-
bein 1967b, Camillo et al. 1993, 1994; Coville 1981, 1982), fugax complex (Co-
ville & Coville 1980, Coville & Griswold 1983), and Superbum group (Coville
& Griswold 1984). In these and other species, the cocoon diameter at the middle
does not increase greatly with nest diameter increase, as it does in T. vagulum.
Compared with other species of Trypargilum we observed at La Selva including
T. lactitarse, T. superbum, T. xanthandrum, T. vagum Richards, T. agamemnon
Richards, T. saussurei, T. majus, and a couple of undetermined species the co-
coons of T. vagulum appeared to be somewhat lighter in color and more fragile.
Among TJrypargilum species that normally nest in pre-existing cavities (Super-
bum and Nitidum Groups), nests generally have a non-random distribution of
male and female cells. There are two trends. First, for a given species, the smallest
46 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
acceptable diameter nests produce mostly males. The proportion of females in-
creases in larger diameter nests. When cells of both sexes are present, male cells,
with few exceptions, occur more frequently at the inner end of the nests. In some
species, such as T. tenoctitlan Richards (Coville & Coville 1980), 7. tridentatatum
Packard (Krombein 1967b, personal observation) and T. lactitarse (Krombein
1967b, under the name striatum) in North America, male and female cells are
clearly segregated with male cells at the inner end and female cells toward the
entrance. In other species, such as T. vagulum, T. clavatum Say (Krombein
1967b), T. collinum collinum Smith (Krombein 1967b), T. lactitarse (Camillo et
al. 1993) in Brazil, and T. rogenhoferi Kohl (Camillo et al. 1994), male and female
cells are frequently intermixed. Nevertheless, the probability of a given cell being
a male or female cell still relates to its position in the nest. One exception, may
be JT. collinum rubrocinctum (Packard) in which Krombein (1967b) reported fe-
male cells to be at the inner end and males at the outer end. In contrast, species
that build mud nests (Albitarse Group), such as T. politum Say (Brockmann &
Grafen 1989) and T. monteverdeae (Brockmann 1992), appear to have a random
distribution of male and female cells in the mud tubes.
In the present study, we also found that males and females reared from small
3.2 mm diameter nests were significantly smaller than individuals of the same
sex from 4.8 mm diameter nests. Among wasps reared from the same diameter
nests, we found no correlation between size of the wasps and cell length.
Prey preferences of Trypargilum vary widely (Matthews & Matthews 1968,
Coville 1982, Griswold & Coville, 1986). Among species of the Albitarse Group
studied, prey consist entirely of orbweaving spiders of the family Araneidae, prin-
cipally among the genera Eustala, Neoscona, and, less frequently, Araneus (see
review of Coville 1982, Brockmann & Grafen 1992 on T. politum, Brockmann
1992 on T. monteverdeae). The only species of the Superbum Group so far stud-
ied, T. superbum (Coville & Griswold 1984, Griswold & Coville 1986), special-
izes on Salticidae. Among species in the Nitidum Group, prey preferences vary
from extremely narrow to broad. For example, T. xanthandrum of the fugax com-
plex appears to specialize on spiders of the family Senoculidae, a poorly known
group of wandering spiders (Coville & Griswold 1983, Griswold & Coville 1986).
Trypoxylon tenoctitlan of the fugax complex (Coville & Coville 1980), and spe-
cies in the spinosum complex normally take a wide variety snarebuilding and
wandering spiders (see review of Coville 1982) found on vegetation and manmade
structures. Data of Genaro et al. (1989) indicate that Trypoxylon subimpressum
of the excavatum complex may also fall into this later category.
Trypoxylon vagulum preys almost entirely on snarebuilding spiders. This strong
preference for snarebuilding spiders is shared with species of the nitidum com-
plex, T. orizabense Richards, and T. tridentatum (see review of Coville 1982,
O’Brian 1982, Coville 1986, Jiménez & Tejas 1994). Species in the punctulatum
complex also show a preference for snare building spiders (see review of Coville
1982, Camillo et al. 1993 on T. lactitarse, 1994 on T. rogenhoferi). A preference
for snare-building spiders does not necessarily mean that the wasps hunt for spi-
ders that are in webs. Griswold & Coville (1986, Table 2) noted that the diurnal
habits of prey of 7. vagulum at La Selva fall into 5 patterns, all but the last pertain
to snarebuilding species: 1) on intact web (eg., Cyclosa, Micrathena, and Ver-
rucosa),; 2) at the edge of intact webs (eg., araneid undetermined sp. #3); 3)
2000 COVILLE ET AL.: TRYPOXYLON NEST 47
cryptic on substrate, no retreat, intact web present (eg., Eustala); 4) cryptic on
substrate, retreat and web absent (eg., Acacesia); 5) motionless, exposed on fo-
liage (Clubionidae and Ctenidae).
Brockmann & Grafen (1989) showed that females of T. politum provision male
cells with less biomass of spiders than female cells. This is also the case with T.
vagulum, even though we found no significant difference in the number of prey
in male and female cells.
Camillo et al. (1993) found that brood cells nearest the entrance in nests of T.
lactitarse suffered the greatest mortality. This seems logical for a couple of rea-
sons. First, some enemies such as the bombyliid fly Lepidophora, phorid fly
Phalacrotophora, and sarcophagid flies may destroy many or all of the cells
between the initially infested one and the nest entrance. Second, some enemies
attack completed nests. Among these, some can oviposit through the closure plug
while others such as certain mutillid wasps, and some ants, burrow through the
closure plug. Although we found no significant difference in the mortality rates
between the first two and last two cells in 7. vagulum nests (Table 8), our data
are irrelevant with regard to ants and enemies that attack completed nests. We
used Tanglefoot® to discourage attacks by ants before and after nest completion.
In addition, we collected nests from the field within a few of days of completion.
This artificially reduced their vulnerability to enemies that attack competed nests.
Studies by Brockmann & Grafen (1989) on T. politum, Brockmann (1992) on
T. monteverdeae, Coville & Coville (1980) on T. tenoctitlan, and our own un-
published observations on T. lactitarse and species C indicate that mating takes
place in the nest. In particular, mating seems to take place just before oviposition,
when the male becomes particularly sexually aggressive. Nevertheless, with T.
vagulum we observed no matings inside or outside of nests. Do they mate away
from the nests or before nesting begins? Did the transparent windows in our
observation trap-nests disturb them more than other species we watched? What-
ever possible reasons, the mating behavior of 7. vagulum requires further study.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We gratefully acknowledge the logistic support of the Organization for Tropical
Studies. The following individuals kindly identified natural enemies of Trypoxy-
lon: R. M. Bohart (Chrysididae), R. J. Gagne (Sarcophagidae), J. C. Hall (Bom-
byliidae), R. R. Snelling (Formicidae), W. W. Wirth (Phoridae). This research was
supported by a grant from the National Geographic Society (R. E. Coville, prin-
cipal investigator).
LITERATURE CITED
Brockmann, H. J. 1992. Male behavior, courtship and nesting in Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) montev-
erdeae (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 65: 66-84.
Brockmann, H. J. & A. Grafen. 1989. Mate conflict and male behavior in a solitary wasp, Trypoxylon
(Trypar gilum) politum (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Anim. Behav., 37: 232-255.
Camillo, E., C. A. Garofalo, G. Muccillo & J. C. Serrano. 1993. Biological observations on Trypoxylon
(Trypargilum) lactitarse Saussure in southeastern Brazil (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Rev. Bras-
ileira de Entomol., 37: 769-778.
Camillo, E., C. A. Garofalo & J. C. Serrano. 1994. ObservacGdes sobre a biologia de Trypoxylon
(Trypar gilum) rogenhoferi Kohl (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Anais Soc. Entomol. Brasil, 23:
299-310.
48 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Coville, R. E. 1979. Biological observations on Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) orizabense Richards in
Arizona (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 52: 613-620.
Coville, R. E. 1981. Biological observations on three Trypoxylon wasps in the subgenus Trypar gilum
from Costa Rica: T. nitidum schulthessi, T. saussurei, and T. lactitarse (Hymenoptera: Sphe-
cidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 57: 332-340.
Coville, R. E. 1986. Spider Prey of Trypoxylon tridentatum (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) from Arizona
and California. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 62: 119-120.
Coville, R. E. & P. L. Coville. 1980. Nesting biology and male behavior of Trypoxylon (Trypar gilum)
tenoctitlan in Costa Rica (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 73: 110-119.
Coville, R. E. & C. Griswold. 1983. Nesting biology and male behavior of Trypoxylon (Trypar gilum)
xanthandrum in Costa Rica with observations on its spider prey (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae;
Ananeae: Senoculidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 56: 205-216.
Coville, R. E. & C. Griswold. 1984. Biology of Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) superbum (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae), a spider-hunting wasp with extended guarding of the brood by males. J. Kans.
Entomol. Soc., 57: 365-376.
Genaro, J. A. 1996. Estructura del nido y capullo de Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) subimpressum (Hy-
menoptera: Sphecidae). Caribbean J. Sci., 32: 240-243.
Genaro, J. A., A. Sanchez & G. A. Garcia. 1989. Notas sobre la conducta de la nidificacién de
Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) subimpressum Smith (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Caribbean J. Sci.,
25: 228-229.
Griswold, C. E. & R. E. Coville. 1986. Observations on the prey and nesting biology of spider-hunting
wasps of the Genus Trypoxylon (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) in Costa Rica. Proceedings of the
IX International Congress of Arachnology (Panama 1983), pp. 113-116.
Jiménez, M. L. & A. Tejas. 1994. Las Arafias presa de la avispa lodera Trypoxylon (Trypargilum)
tridentatum tridentatum en Baja California Sur, Mexico. Southwestern Entomol., 19: 173-180.
Krombein, K. V. 1967a. Jn Krombein, K. V. & B. D. Burks (eds.). Hymenoptera of America north of
Mexico, synoptic catalogue. U.S. Dept. Agr. Monogr. 2, 2nd suppl.
Krombein, K. V. 1967b. Trap-nesting wasps and bees: life histories, nests, and associates. Smithsonian
Inst. Press, Washington, D.C.
Krombein, K. V. 1979. pp. 1199-2209. Jn Krombein, K. V. et al. Catalogue of Hymenoptera in
America north of Mexico, vol. 2, Apocrita (Aculeata). Smithsonian Inst. Press, Washington,
De:
Matthews, R. W. & J. R. Matthews. 1968. A note on Trypargilum arizonense in trap nests from
Arizona, with a review of prey preferences and cocoon structure in the genus (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae). Psyche, 75: 285-293.
O’Brien, M. F 1982. Trypargilum tridentatum (Packard) in trap nests in Oregon (Hymenoptera: Sphe-
cidae). Pan-Pacific Entomo., 58: 288—290.
Rau, P. 1933. The jungle bees and wasps of Barro Colorado Island. Phil Rau, Kirkwood, Mo., 324 pp.
Rau, P. 1935. Additional Trypoxylon names in ‘‘Jungle Bees and Wasps of Barro Colorado Island.”’
Entomol. News, 46: 188.
Richards, O. W. 1934. The American species of the genus Trypoxylon (Hymenopt., Specoidea). Trans.
R. Entomol. Soc. Lond., 82: 173-362.
Received 19 Mar 1999; Accepted 27 Oct 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 49-51, (2000)
A NEW SPECIES OF ENCARSIA
(HYMENOPTERA: APHELINIDAE), A PARASITOID OF
WHITEFLY ALEURODICUS SP.
(HOMOPTERA: ALEYRODIDAE) IN MEXICO
JAIME GOMEZ! AND OSWALDO GARCIA2
'F] Colegio de la Frontera Sur, Apartado Postal 36,
Tapachula, Chiapas, 30700 México
Universidad Auténoma Agraria “‘Antonio Narro” Buenavista,
Saltillo Coahuila, 25315 México
Abstract.—Encarsia narroi, NEW SPECIES, is described from Mexico. Females of this species
were collected from fourth instar nymphs of an Aleurodicus sp. on the host plants Bauhinia
variegata and Hibiscus sp. at Parras, Cohuila State, México. The new species is similar to
Encarsia coquilletii.
Key Words.—Insecta, Hymenoptera, Aphelinidae, Encarsia, Mexico.
About 100 species of parasitoids have been identified among the natural ene-
mies of whiteflies (van Lenteren et al. 1996). Most of these parasitoids belong to
the family Aphelinidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea), although Scelionidae, Ce-
raphronidae, Encyrtidae, Eulophidae and Platygasteridae species have also been
reported (Gerling 1990, Myartseva & Yasnosh 1994, Polaszek et al. 1992). The
most important whitefly parasitoids belong to the generia Encarsia and Eretmo-
cerus (Hennessey et al. 1995, Polaszek et al. 1992, Schauff et al. 1996). In the
present paper we report and describe an Encarsia species from Mexico, it was
identify as undescribed species by R. C. Williams, Agricultural Research Service
Laboratory (ARS-USDA), which is described here as Encarsia narroi G6mez &
Garcia species nova, named in honor of Antonio Narro founder of the Agricultural
University “‘Antonio Narro” Saltillo, Coahuila, Mexico.
ENCARSIA NARROI GOmez & Garcia, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1-3)
Diagnosis.—Female, brown coloured; antennal club quite wide (0.06 mm) and
spindle shaped, with the terminal of the 3rd segment more clearly apically pointed
than the base of the Ist segment (Fig. 1); mesoscutum with 42 pairs of long setae
(Fig. 2); forewing uniformly setose, except below the submarginal vein which
bears 10 setae and one small clear area below the stigmal vein (Fig. 3).
Description—Female. Body length 1.37—1.4 mm. Brown coloured, except scutellum which is pale
yellow. Funicular segments, front legs, middle legs, and tibiae, tarsus hind legs also pale yellow
coloured. Vertex and part of face striated, with short stout setae; setae surrounding the eyes softer and
shorter than those on the vertex. Eye colour orange. Antenna densely pilose, with 3 funicle and 3 club
segments, is about 0.48—0.52 mm long; antennal scape slender; pedicel conical subequal in length to
funicular segments; funicular segments of equal size, 0.066—0.073 mm long and about 1.6 times longer
than wide; antennal club wide and spindle shaped, with 3rd club segment more apically pointed than
the Ist segment (Fig. 1), measures 0.16—0.17 mm long and about 2.8 times longer than its widest
point.
Mesoscutum, scutellum and axillae strongly reticulated, with pentagonal and hexagonal cells with
a few distinct ridges; mesoscutum shows 42 pairs of long setae (Fig. 2); scutellum with 4 long setae,
50 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Figures 1-3. Encarsia narroi. Figure 1. Antenna. Figure 2. Mesoscutum in dorsal view, setae and
cells. Figure 3. Forewing.
longer than mesoscutum setae; axillae with 1 short seta on each one; scutellar sensilla widely separated,
more than twice their diameter. Abdominal tergites smooth at the center and finely reticulated laterally,
with 4—5 setae on each side starting from 4th tergites. Ovipositor shorter than metasoma, originating
between 2nd and 3rd tergite.
All tarsi 5-segmented, tibial spur is about 0.066—0.073 mm long and middle basitarsus is 1.4 times
more long than tibial spur. Forewing hyaline, varies between 0.80—0.89 mm long and about 2.3 times
longer than its widest point; disk area uniformly setose except for the area below the submarginal
vein which bears 10 setae (Fig. 3), and with a small asetose area below the stigmal vein.
Male.——Unknown.
Biology.—This species is a parasitoid of the pupa of an Aleurodicus sp. (Ho-
moptera: Aleyrodidae) collected on Bauhinia variegata and Hibiscus sp., A max-
imum of 64% parasitism was observed in one sample. A Signiphora sp., is also
associated with this species, which is probably a hyperparasitoid of whitefly (Po-
laszek 1992).
Distribution.—Mexico, Coahuila State.
Material examined.—Holotype 2 MEXICO, Parras, Coahuila, 1500 m a.s.1., 11 Feb 1995 and 2
paratypes are deposited in the entomological collection of the National Reference Centre for Biological
Control in Colima, Mexico.
DISCUSSION
Encarsia narroi is most similar to Encarsia coquilletii (Schauff et al. 1996),
but can be differentiated from EF. coquilletii by the following caracteristics: me-
2000 GOMEZ & GARCIA: NEW ENCARSIA SPECIES 51
soscutum with 5 pairs of setae in E. coquilletti, whereas E. narroi have 42 pairs
of setae; both species with body color brown, but scutellum in E. narroi is pale
yellow.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank the Universidad Autonoma Agraria “Antonio Narro”’ and CONACyT
for financial support and ECOSUR facilities allowing the completion of this paper,
Roishene C. Williams for identification the biological material and to Trevor Wil-
liams for comments on the manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
Arredondo, H. C. 1995. Los parasitoides en el control bioldgico de mosquita blanca (Homoptera:
Aleyrodidae) en México. pp. 4-15. En Simposio Sobre Control Biol6gico de Mosquita Blanca,
organizado por SARH-DGSV-CNRF-CNCB-SMCB-ECOSUR, 9 Noviembre 1995. Tapachula,
Chiapas, México.
Gerling, D. 1990. Natural enemies of whiteflies: predator and parasitoids. pp. 147-185. In Gerling,
D. (ed.). Whiteflies: their bionomics, pest status and management. Intercept, Andover, Hants,
U.K.
Hennessey, R. D., H. C. Arredondo & L. A. Rodriguez. 1995. DistribuciOn geografica y huéspedes
alternos de parasitoides afelinidos de Bemisia tabaci (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae). Vedalia, 2: 61-75.
Myartseva, S. N. & V. A. Yasnosh. 1994. Parasites of Greenhouse and Cotton Whiterflies (Homoptera:
Aleyrodidae) in Central Asia. Entomol. Rev., 73: 1-11.
Polaszek, A.,G. A. Evans & E D. Bennett. 1992. Encarsia parasitoids of Bemisia tabaci (Hymenop-
tera: Aphelinidae, Homoptera: Aleyrodidae): a preliminary guide to identification. Bull. Ento-
mol. Res., 82: 375-392.
Rivnay, T. & D. Gerling. 1987. Aphelinidae parasitoids (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) of whiteflies
(Hemiptera: Aleyrodidae) in Israel, with description of three new species. Entomophaga, 32:
463-475.
Schauff, M. E., G. A. Evans & J. M. Heraty. 1996. A pictorial guide to the species of Encarsia
(Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae) parasitic on whiteflies (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae) in North Amer-
ica. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 98: 1-35.
van Lenteren, J. C., H. J. W. van Roermund & S. Siitterlin. 1996. Biological control of greenhouse
whitefly (Trialeurodes vaporariorum) with the parasitoid Encarsia formosa: how does it work?
Biol. Cont., 6: 1-10.
Received 6 Jun 1998; Accepted 24 Aug 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 52-54, (2000)
A NEW SPECIES OF HOCKERIA WALKER FROM
MEXICO (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDIDAE)
JEFFREY A. HALSTEAD
296 Burgan Avenue, Clovis, California 93611
Abstract—Hockeria burdicki Halstead, NEW SPECIES, is described and illustrated based on
material from Mexico, and is compared to closely related congeneric species. This wasp is the
tenth species of Hockeria described from the Nearctic region.
Key Words.—Insecta, Hymenoptera, Chalcididae, Hockeria, Mexico.
Wasps of the genus Hockeria Walker are distributed worldwide and the genus
contains about thirty-five described species. Hosts are summarized by Halstead
(1990) and include antlion and owlfly larvae (Neuroptera), elasmid and tenthre-
dinid pupae (Hymenoptera), free-living Strepsiptera, dipteran pupae and, com-
monly, lepidopteran larvae and pupae. In the Nearctic region, three economically
important lepidopterous pests are parasitized by Hockeria spp.: the Nantucket Pine
Tip Moth (Rhyacionia frustrana (Comstock)), Ponderosa Pine Tip Moth (Rhva-
cionia zozana (Kearfott)), and the Western Grapeleaf Skeletonizer (Harrisina bril-
lians Barnes and McDunnough).
A new species of Hockeria is described from Mexico; the tenth for the Nearctic
region—exclusive of Neotropical Mexico (Peck 1963, Burks 1979, De Santis
1979, Halstead 1990). No biological or host information is known and its potential
as a biological control agent is, therefore, unassessed.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Specimens were discovered while sorting and identifying material for biosys-
tematic studies on chalcidid wasps. The specimens were compared to reference
material of the other Nearctic Hockeria species. Drawings were made using a
microscope drawing-tube. Measurements were made with a micrometer grid. Mor-
phological terminology follows Gibson, Huber, & Woolley (1997). Types are de-
posited in California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS) and the United
States Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. (USNM).
HOCKERIA BURDICKI HALSTEAD, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1—3)
Types.—Holotype female: MEXICO. JALISCO: Chamela Research Station, 20
Aug 1986, M. Sanchez, Malaise trap (CAS). Allotype male: as above but 26 Sep—
8 Oct 1985, Parker & Griswold (CAS). Paratypes: 1 female and 7 males, same
locale as holotype; 1 female, 20 Aug 1986, M. Sanchez, Malaise trap (USNM);
3 males, 26 Sep—8 Oct 1985, Parker & Griswold (CAS); 1 male, 15—24 Apr 1986,
E D. Parker (CAS); 2 males, 13 May 1986, M. Sanchez, Malaise trap (CAS); 1
male, 17 Oct 1985, Malaise trap (USNM).
Description—Female (holotype, Fig. 1). Length. 5.0 mm. Color. Black with scape, pedicel, pro-
notum, mesoscutum except anterior margin and lateral lobe, axilla, tegula, scutellum, fore- and middle
coxa, fore- and middle femur, apices of tibia, tarsi, and ventral margin of gastral terga, orange-red.
Head. Sculptured with dense umbilicate setigerous punctures; setae pale; integument polished. Scrobal
2000 HALSTEAD: NEW HOCKERIA SPECIES 53
Figures 1-3. Hockeria burdicki, NEW SPECIES (lateral views). Figure 1. Female habitus. Figure
2. Antenna, male. Figure 3. Scutellum, male. Scale lines 1.0 mm.
cavity deeply concave, transversely carinate. Scape reaching anterior ocellus. Malar sulcus reaching
to near ventral margin of eye. Postorbital carina curving along posterior margin of eye to near apex
of occiput. Mesosoma. Thorax slightly convex in lateral view, sculpture and integument like head.
Mesopleuron, anterior to femoral depression, transversely carinate. Metapleuron with dorsal half punc-
tate; ventral half rugose, densely setose. Scutellum with posterior margin rounded, with two minute
upturned teeth, and the punctures separated from each other by 0.16-0.25 X puncture diameter. Pro-
podeum with submedian longitudinal carinae and a couple of vague transverse carinae between these,
elsewhere carinately reticulate with surface between carinae shiny and slightly rugose. Hind femur.
Large and oval, 1.6 X as long as high (lateral view); integument coriaceous; setose. Forewing. Clouded
from near apex of submarginal vein to apex of wing except for clear rectangular area below stigma.
Gaster. In lateral view oval, 2.5 X as long as high, apex subaccuminate. Tergum 1 0.40 X length of
gaster in dorsal view, smooth and polished except for lateral coriaceous and setose area. Other terga
coriaceous except for polished medial area of tergum 2.
Male (Allotype).—Length. 4.5 mm. Color. Black with apices of tibia, tarsi, and ventral margins of
metasomal terga, orange. Forewing. Evenly clouded, and with an orangish tint. Body. Like female
except as noted for color and the following: antenna robustly filiform (Fig. 2), flagellomeres 1.5 X as
long as wide; apex of scape not reaching anterior ocellus, separated from it by 1 X ocellar diameter;
scutellum convex (Fig. 3); tergum 1 sublaterally polished, punctate medially, remainder and other
terga coriaceous.
Diagnosis.—Hockeria burdicki (both males and females) is distinguished from
54 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
other New World Hockeria by the large, oval hind femur which is 1.6 X as long
as high. In other Nearctic Hockera, the hind femur is at least 2 X as long as high.
Females most closely resemble H. tenuicornis (Girault), and will key out to that
species in Halstead’s (1990) key to species. Females of H. burdicki are distin-
guished from those of H. tenuicornis by their large, oval hind femur, and the
forewing disc with a rectangular-shaped, unclouded area rather than an elliptical-
shaped area. Other distinguishing characters for H. burdicki females include the
black body color, the elongate abdomen with the apex pointed, tergum 1 polished
dorsally, a clouded pattern in the forewing, and the relatively large body size.
Males most closely resemble H. unipunctatipennis (Girault), and will key out to
that species in Halstead’s (1990) key to species. Males of H. burdicki are distin-
guished from those of H. unipunctatipennis by their large, oval femur, their black
rather than orange femora, and their small rather than large and protruding inter-
antennal lobe. Other distinguishing characters for H. burdicki males include the
black body color, the punctate and coriaceous tergum 1 (dorsal view), the rela-
tively large body size, flagellomeres 1.5 X as long as wide (Fig. 2), convex
scutellum (Fig. 3), and the clouded forewing which has an orangish tint. Only
the male of H. unipunctatipennis has a similarly colored forewing.
Variation.—Male. Length 4.5 to 5.4 mm. Female. One paratype with flagel-
lomere 1, mesepimeron, and dorsal half of mesopleuron, orange.
Distribution.—Mexico, Jalisco.
Host—Unknown.
Etymology.—The specific name, a noun in the genitive case from a modern
personal name, is in honor of Donald J. Burdick—a friend and mentor in ento-
mology.
Material Examined.—This species is known only from the type specimens.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I thank D. J. Burdick and K. J. Woodwich, at California State University,
Fresno, for mentoring and the use of laboratory facilities and drawing equipment;
museums and institutions for the use and loan of material; and anonymous re-
viewers for helpful comments on the manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
Burks, B. D. 1979. Chalcididae. pp. 860-874. Jn Krombein, K. V. et al. (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera
in America north of Mexico. Volume I. Smith. Instit. Press., Washington, D.C.
De Santis, L. 1979. Catalago de los himenopteros calcidoideos de America al sur de los Estados
Unidos. Comision de Investigaciones Cientificas de la Provincia de Buenos Aires, La Plata,
Argentina, 1-488.
Gibson, G. A. P, J. T. Huber & J. B. Woolley. 1997. Annotated Keys to the Genera of Nearctic
Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). NRC Research Press, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.
Halstead, J. A. 1990. Revision of Hockeria Walker in the Nearctic region with descriptions of males
and five new species (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. of Wash., 92: 619-640.
Peck, O. C. 1963. A catalog of the Nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Canad. Entomol.
Suppl., 30: 1092 p.
Received 30 Jul 1998; Accepted 15 May 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 55-57, (2000)
ENTOMOGNATHUS FROM CHINA WITH DESCRIPTION
OF A NEW SPECIES (HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE)
QIANG LI! AND JUNHUA HE?
‘Department of Plant Protection, Shandong Agricultural University,
Taian, Shandong, 271018, P. R. China
*Department of Plant Protection, Zhejiang Agricultural University,
Hangzhou, Zhejiang, 310029, P. R. China
Abstract—A key to the species of the genus Entomognathus Dahlbom from China is provided,
and a new species, Entomognathus (Koxinga) aneurytibialis, is described.
Key Words.——Insecta, Hymenoptera, Sphecidae, Crabroninae, Entomognathus, China.
The genus Entomognathus Dahlbom has been represented by 61 species of
small to medium size predatory solitary wasps, of which 12 occur in the Pa-
laearctic, 10 in the Oriental, 25 in the Ethiopian and 14 in the Nearctic and
Neotropical Regions. Bohart & Menke (1976) revised the genera of Sphecidae of
the world. They provided a key to the subgenera and listed 42 species of the
genus Entomognathus. Tsuneki (1947, 1967, 1968, 1972, 1976, 1977) studied the
species and provided a key for the identification of east Asian forms. Pulawski
(1978) keyed the species of the northwest Palaearctic Region. Wu and Zhou
(1996) revised the species from China.
Entomognathus includes 4 subgenera, of which the subgenus Koxinga only has
6 species. In the course of a study on the fauna of Crabroninae from China, we
recognize 4 species of Entomognathus, of which one belonging to the subgenus
Koxinga is new to science.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ENTOMOGNATHUS FROM CHINA
1. Mesopleuron with stemaulus and verticaulus ...................--.4-- 2
— Mesopleuron without sternaulus and verticaulus
2. Hind tibia very swollen; pronotal collar, prepectus, scutellum and metan-
otum with large yellow spots. Sichuan, Zhejiang, Taiwan ..........
shee eesti i CAE ESSE SO tae Shwe Be) cob ewes E. (Koxinga) siraiya Pate
— Hind tibia normal; pronotal collar, prepectus, scutellum and metanotum
black. Yunnan ........ E. (Koxinga) aneurytibialis Li et He, new species
3. Propodeal enclosure enclosed by a narrow and shallow furrow; outer side
of hind tibia with fine spines. Neimenggu .......................-.
AE re Ae RRO ROIIR a Bay he E. (Entomognathus) sahlbergi (A. Morawitz)
— Propodeal enclosure enclosed by a broad and deep furrow; outer side of
hind tibia with coarse spines. Heilongjiang, Jilin, Neimenggu, Xinjiang,
1D ols ol Uta eed en. Oe A E. (Entomognathus) brevis (Vander Linden)
ENOTOMOGNATHUS (KOXINGA) ANEURYTIBIALIS, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1-4)
Type.—Holotype, male, Menga, 1050-1080 m, Xishuangbanna, Yunnan Province, China, 13 Oct
1958, S. Wang; deposited: the Insect Collections of Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica.
56 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Figures 1-4. Entomognathus (Koxinga) aneurytibialis. Figure 1. Head, frontal view. Figure 2.
Antenna. Figure 3. Hind tibia, lateral view. Figure 4. Pygidial plate, dorsal view (scale line for Figures
1 and 3: 0.54 mm; for Figures 2 and 4: 0.48 mm).
Body length 3.5 mm. Black; mandible except apex, anterior margin of clypeus medially, apical half
of antenna beneath, pronotal lobe, trochanters to tarsi of legs, fore coxa, mid and hind coxae at apex
and abdomen at apex reddish yellow; mandible at apex, antenna above and tegula dark brown; basal
half of antenna beneath yellow; wing veins brown or dark brown. Eyes and body covered by white
short erect hairs. Head shiny; anterior margin of clypeus (Fig. 1) slightly prominent medially; upper
portion of frons densely punctate, with a shallow median furrow; vertex sparsely and finely punctate,
without orbital foveae; occipital carina flanged and foveate, contiguous to hypostomal carina; head
length: head width: postocellar distance: ocellocular distance = 59:100:14:15. Mandibles apically
simple, acuminate, externoventral margin notched medially. Antennae (Fig. 2), relative length of scape
: pedicel : flagellomere I:II:TH:IV:V = 33:8:5:5.5:5.5:5.5:5.5. Thorax shiny; pronotal collar densely
and finely punctate; scutum, scutellum and metanotum sparsely punctate; mesopleuron and metapleu-
ron densely and finely punctate; propodeum densely punctate, base of propodeal enclosure with short,
longitudinal rugae; posterior side of propodeum with broad, shallow median furrow, without rugae
and carinae; lateral side of propodeum without rugae and carinae, with lateral propodeal carina. Fore-
wing with R, extending beyond apex of marginal cell. Hind tibia (Fig. 3) and tarsi normal. Abdomen
shiny, sparsely punctate; tergite I, length: width at posterior margin = 58:60; pygidial plate (Fig. 4)
densely and coarsely punctate (Figs. 1—4).
Diagnosis.—This new species is related to E. (K.) siraiya Pate. It can be dis-
tinguished from the latter by the characters of hind tibia not swollen, posterior
side and lateral side of propodeum without rugae and carinae, the shape of anterior
margin of clypeus (Fig. 1), no yellow spot on thorax except the pronotal lobe
which are reddish yellow, abdomen black except apex, coloration of legs as out-
lined in the text, and a rather smaller body.
Etymology.—The name is derived from one of its main characters: an- = not
or without (originated from Greek words); -eury- = broad (originated from Greek
words); -tibialis = tibial (originated from Greek words also). The hind tibia of
this species is normal, not swollen and broad.
Material Examined.—See Type.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We are grateful to Professor Yanru Wu (Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica,
Beijing) for providing us with specimens deposited in the Insect Collections of
Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica.
2000 LI & ME: CHINESE ENTOMOGNATHUS 57
LITERATURE CITED
Bohart, R. M. & A. S. Menke. 1976. Sphecid wasps of the world, a generic revision. Univ. of
California Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, London, pp. 1-695.
Pulawski, V. V. 1978. The family Sphecidae. pp. 73-279. In Classification of the insects in the Eu-
ropean part of the USSR. Volume 3. Hymenoptera. Part I. Zoological Institute Press. Leningrad.
[In Russian. ]
Tsuneki, K. 1947. On the wasps of the genus Crabro s. 1. from Hokkaido, with descriptions of new
species and subspecies (Hymenoptera). J. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Univ., 9: 397—435.
Tsuneki, K. 1967. Further studies on the fossorial Hymenoptera from Manchuria. Etizenia, 23: 1-17.
Tsuneki, K. 1968. Studies on the Formosan Sphecidae (V), the subfamily Crabroninae (Hymenoptera)
with a key to the species of Crabronini occurring in Formosa and Ryukyus. Etizenia, 30: 1-34.
Tsuneki, K. 1972. Ergebnisse der zoologischen Forschungen von Dr. Z. Kaszab in der Mongolei, 280.
Sphecidae (Hymenoptera). IV—V. Acta Zoologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae, 18: 147-
232.
Tsuneki, K. 1976. A fourth contribution to the knowledge of Sphecidae (Hymenoptera) of Manchuria,
with remarks on some species of the adjacent regions. Knotyu, Tokyo, 44: 288-310.
Tsuneki, K. 1977. H. Sauter’s Sphecidae from Formosa in the Hungarian Natural History Museum
(Hymenoptera). Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, Tomus, 69: 261-296.
Wu, Y. & Q. Zhou. 1996. Economic insect fauna of China, Fasc. 52. Hymenoptera: Sphecidae. Science
Press, Beijing [In Chinese.], pp. 1-197.
Received 1 Dec 1997; Accepted 24 Aug 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 58-70, (2000)
HISTORICAL REVIEW OF THE GENERA ALEIODES AND
ROGAS IN MEXICO, WITH A REDESCRIPTION OF
ALEIODES CAMERONI (HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE)
H. DELFIN G.! AND R. A. WHARTON?
‘Facultad de Medicina Veterinaria y Zootecnia, Universidad Aut6noma de
Yucatan, Apartado postal 4-116 Itzimna, Mérida, Yucatan, México
*Department of Entomology, Texas A&M University,
College Station, Texas 77843, U.S.A.
Abstract—A brief nomenclatural history is provided for the species of Aleiodes and Rogas
previously recorded from Mexico. Variation in Aleiodes cameronii (Dalla Torre) is detailed to
facilitate comparisons with other species, and its distribution in Mexico discussed. The presence
of dorsal abdominal pits in male Aleiodes is reviewed, with new records for the dispar Curtis
species group from Africa and Australia.
Key Words.—distribution, abdominal pits, Rogadinae, parasitoids.
Aleiodes Wesmael, 1838 is a cosmopolitan genus of parasitic wasps, all species
of which are endoparasitoids of Lepidoptera. Species of Aleiodes have frequently
been placed in Rogas Nees, 1834, though both generic names are now considered
valid (van Achterberg 1991, Shaw 1997). Described species and known hosts are
listed by Shenefelt (1975) and Fortier (1997). Shaw et al. (1997) recently provided
a preliminary key to species groups for the Nearctic region.
In general, members from the western Palearctic and Nearctic regions are well
known, but the Afrotropical, eastern Palearctic and Neotropical species of Aleio-
des are poorly known. For example, there are 75 described species from the New
World and close to 200 undescribed species (Shenefelt 1975, Marsh 1979, Shaw
et al. 1997), with most of these described species from the Nearctic region. Except
for the recent description of 7 species and a redescription of 12 species (Shaw
1993; van Achterberg & Penteado-Dias 1995; Shaw et al. 1997, 1998a, b; Marsh
& Shaw 1998), most of the Neotropical species of Aleiodes are known only from
limited original descriptions. The identity of these Neotropical species is further
complicated by previous nomenclatural confusion involving application of generic
names. Thus, prior to clarification of the status of Rogas and Aleiodes by van
Achterberg (1982, 1991), some (e.g., Shenefelt 1975) or all (e.g., Labougle 1980)
of the species described in Aleiodes were placed in Rogas. Similarly, following
van Achterberg’s (1982) earlier work, many species formerly placed in Rogas
were automatically transferred to Aleiodes by authors of regional lists and similar
publications, without sufficient evidence to validate such changes. Correct place-
ment of the described species will require a critical assessment of the applicability
of the names Rogas and Aleiodes to the New World fauna, as is currently being
done for Nearctic Aleiodes in the excellent treatments by Shaw et al. (1997, 1998a,
b) and Marsh and Shaw (1998).
Our collections from Mexico indicate that the Aleiodes fauna is highly diverse,
perhaps equivalent to the fauna of America north of Mexico. Yet, only a few
species have previously been recorded from Mexico, and specific localities have
rarely been mentioned. To provide a baseline for work on the biodiversity of the
2000 DELFIN & WHARTON: REVIEW OF ALEIJODES a0
Mexican fauna, and to clarify the status of certain names, the 22 species of Al-
eiodes and Rogas previously recorded from Mexico are listed below. We have
used a catalog format, with information on their current status, previously re-
corded distribution within Mexico, prior combinations, and recent catalog listings
(which should be consulted for additional localities outside Mexico). For localities
listed by Cameron (1887), we have followed Selander and Vaurie (1962), thus
correcting earlier records suggesting that the type locality of Aleiodes cameronii
(Dalla Torre) was either in Veracruz or Texas. New combinations are made for a
few of the species, when sufficiently diagnostic characters were mentioned in the
original descriptions, or authoritatively determined material was available.
Abbreviations for specimen depositories are as follows: BMNH, British Mu-
seum of Natural History, London; CAS, California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco; CER—-UADY, Coleccién Entomolégica Regional de la Universidad
Auténoma de Yucatan, Mérida; IB—UNAM, Instituto de Biologia, Universidad
Aut6énoma de México, México City; ANSP, Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia; TAMU, Texas A&M University Insect Collection, College
Station; ZMPA, Polish Academy of Sciences, Warsaw.
Additionally, we redescribe Aleiodes cameronii (Dalla Torre), and use this op-
portunity to discuss distribution and characterization of the pulchripes Wesmael
and dispar Curtis species groups. Terminology for the description follows van
Achterberg (1991, 1993) and, for wing venation, Sharkey and Wharton (1997)
and Shaw et al. (1997). Maximum width of head is measured in dorsal view
across the eyes and across the temples immediately posteriorad the eyes. Quan-
titative values are based on a minimum of five specimens when no sexual di-
morphism was evident. Voucher specimens of A. cameronii are deposited in
TAMU.
SPECIES OF ALEIODES AND ROGAS PREVIOUSLY RECORDED FROM MEXICO
atriceps Cresson.
Aleiodes atriceps Cresson, 1869 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:380. Type locality: ‘““Mex-
ico.”’ Holotype deposited ANSP (#1662.1).
Rhogas atriceps, Fox 1895:3.
Rogas atriceps, Shenefelt 1975:1218.
Dimorphomastax peculiaris Shenefelt, 1979:133.
Distribution MEXICO. BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR: Margarita Is. (Fox 1895).
Remarks.—Shaw et al. (1998a) synonymized peculiaris with atriceps, uniting
males with an enlarged, tooth-like outgrowth from the base of the mandible with
more normal looking females. Shaw et al. (1998a) also transferred atriceps back
to Aleiodes. Current valid combination: Aleiodes atriceps Cresson.
aztecus Cameron.
Rhogas aztecus Cameron, 1905 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 31:385. Type locality:
‘““Mexico.”’ Holotype depository unknown.
Rogas aztecus, Shenefelt 1975:1219.
Distribution—MEXICO (Cameron 1905); no specific localities published to date.
Remarks.——Generic placement needs verification. Current valid combination:
Rogas aztecus Cameron.
60 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
burrus Cresson.
Aleiodes burrus Cresson, 1869 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:381. Type locality: ‘“‘Illi-
nois.””’ Holotype deposited ANSP (#1670.1).
Rhogas burrus, Cameron 1887:224.
Rogas burrus, Muesebeck and Walkley 1951:170, Marsh 1979:179, Shenefelt
1975:1220.
Distribution—MEXICO (Cresson 1869); no specific localities published to
date.
Remarks.—Transferred back to Aleiodes on basis of material examined during
this study. Current valid combination: Aleiodes burrus Cresson, NEW STATUS.
cameronii Dalla Torre.
Rhogas mexicanus Cameron, 1887 Biol. Centr.-Am., Hym 1:389. Type locality:
“Mexico, Presidio.’’ Holotype deposited BMNH (#3.c.235).
Rhogas cameronii Dalla Torre, 1898 Cat. Hym. 4:216.
Rogas cameronii, Shenefelt 1975:1220.
Aleiodes cameronii, Shaw et al. 1997:17.
Distribution—-MEXICO. SINALOA: Presidio (Cameron 1887). Shaw et al.
(1997) record this species as occurring from southern U.S. through Mexico to
Costa Rica, but do not give specific localities within Mexico. Additional localities
are given below under the redescription of this species.
Remarks.—The name cameronii was proposed by Dalla Torre (1898) as a re-
placement name for mexicanus Cameron, 1887 (not mexicanus Cresson, 1869).
Both nominal species are valid in Aleiodes. Current valid combination: Aleiodes
cameronii (Dalla Torre).
enderleini Shenefelt: see vaughani.
fascipennis Cresson.
Aleiodes fascipennis Cresson, 1869 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:378. Type locality:
‘““Mexico.”” Holotype deposited ANSP (#1665).
Rhogas fasciipennis, Dalla Torre 1898:218 (emendation).
Pelecystoma fasciipennis, Shenefelt 1975:1207.
Distribution MEXICO (Cresson 1869); no specific localities published to
date.
Remarks.—Current valid combination: Rogas fascipennis (Cresson), NEW
STATUS.
ferrugineus Enderlein.
Rhogas ferrugineus Enderlein, (1918) 1920 Arch. Naturgesch. 84 A (11):156.
Type locality: “‘Mexiko, Chiapas.’’ Holotype deposited ZMPA.
Rogas ferrugineus, Shenefelt 1975:1229.
Distribution MEXICO. CHIAPAS (Enderlein 1920). We have seen additional
material of this widespread species from the following Mexican localities: MEX-
ICO. AGUASCALIENTES: 12.8 km NE of Aguascalientes; Calvillo. CHTHUA-
HUA: Santa Clara Canyon, 5 mi W Parrita. COAHUILA: 39 km S of Agua Nueva,
1.6 km SE of Saltillo. COLIMA: 14.4 & 16 km NE of Comala. DISTRITO FED-
ERAL:; Primary and Tertiary Secc. Bosque de Chapultepec. GUANAJUATO: Ce-
2000 DELFIN & WHARTON: REVIEW OF ALEJODES 61
laya; El Copal; Inchamacuaro; Las Trancas; Purisima de Bustos; Roque; San Bar-
tolomé; Tarandacuaro; Tierra Blanca. GUERRERO: Iguala; 28.8 km S of Chil-
pancingo; 5 km W of Tixtla; 9.6 km NE of Tixtla. HIDALGO: Tulancingo. JAL-
ISCO: Guadalajara; 4.8 km SE of Plan de Barrancas; 10 km NE of Jalostotitlan;
Sierra de Manantlan Lab. Mat. Las Joyas; Arroyo Las Joyas; Rancho La Quinta;
Teocaltiche; Zapopan. MEXICO: Chapingo; Tenango del Aire; Texcoco; Tonatico.
MICHOACAN: Morelia; La Huerta; 4.8 km E of Carapan; 17.6 km W of Hidalgo;
19.2 km NW of Zitacuaro. MORELOS: Cuernavaca; 2.5 km N of Huautla Esta-
ci6n CEAMISH; Huejotengo; Tepoztlan; Yautepec. NAYARIT: Jess Maria. NUE-
VO LEON: Linares. OAXACA: 12.8 km NE of El Punto; Oaxaca; 25.6 km NW
of Totolapan; Puerto Escondido. QUERETARO: 11.2 km N of Querétero. SAN
LUIS POTOSI: 17 km NE of Ciudad del Maiz; 59.2 km S of San Luis Potosi;
13.9 km S of Santa Maria del Rio. SINALOA: Concordia. TAMAULIPAS: Hidalgo
Conrado Castillo; Rio Soto La Marina; Soto La Marina: VERACRUZ: 19 km NW
of Ciudad Mendoza; 12.8 km S of Jalapa; Cérdoba; Orizaba. ZACATECAS: Con-
cepcion del Oro; 6.4 km NE of Concepcién del Oro.
Remarks.—Transferred to Aleiodes on basis of material examined during this
study. Current valid combination: Aleiodes ferrugineus (Enderlein), NEW COM-
BINATION.
fumialis Shenefelt.
Rhogas fumipennis Cameron, 1887 Biol. Centr.-Am., Hym. 1:389. Type locality:
‘““Mexico.”’ Holotype deposited BMNH.
Rogas fumialis Shenefelt, 1975:1230.
Distribution — MEXICO (Cameron 1887); no specific localities published to
date.
Remarks.—The name fumialis was proposed by Shenefelt (1975) as a replace-
ment name for fumipennis Cameron, 1887 (not fumipennis Cresson, 1869). Both
nominal species belong in Aleiodes, though only fumialis is currently considered
valid. Current valid combination: Aleiodes fumialis (Shenefelt), NEW COMBI-
NATION.
fumipennis Cameron: see fumialis.
fumipennis Cresson: see texanus.
fusciceps Cresson.
Aleiodes fusciceps Cresson, 1869 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:382. Type locality:
‘“‘Mexico.”” Holotype deposited ANSP (#1673).
Rhogas fusciceps, Dalla Torre 1898:218.
Pelecystoma fusciceps, Shenefelt 1975:1207.
Distribution MEXICO (Cresson 1869); no specific localities published to
date.
Remarks.—Current valid combination: Rogas fusciceps (Cresson), NEW STA-
TUS.
laphygmae Viereck.
Rogas laphygmae Viereck, 1912 Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus. 43:581. Type locality:
Texas, Brownsville. Holotype deposited USNM (#15012). Muesebeck and
Walkley 1951:171; Shenefelt 1975:1236; Marsh 1979:180.
62 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Distribution MEXICO. NUEVO LEON: Marin. This species has been re-
corded from southern U.S. and Central America, but we know of no specific,
published records from Mexico. This is a widespread species, however, and we
list here a specific record for reliably determined specimens from Mexico in
TAMU.
Remarks. Current valid combination: Aleiodes laphygmae (Viereck), NEW
COMBINATION.
melanocephalus Cameron.
Rhogas melanoce phalus Cameron 1887 Biol. Centr.-Am., Hym. 1:391. Type lo-
cality: ““Mexico, Cordova.”’ Holotype deposited BMNH.
Macrostomion melanoce phalus, Szépligeti, 1904:82.
Pelecystoma melanoce phalum, Enderlein, 1920:148; Shenefelt, 1975:1208.
Distribution —MEXICO. VERACRUZ: Cérdoba (Cameron 1887).
Remarks.—Current valid combination: Rogas melanoce phalus Cameron. Ge-
neric placement needs verification.
mexicanus Cameron: see cameronii.
mexicanus Cresson.
Aleiodes mexicanus Cresson, 1869 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:378. Type locality:
‘“‘Mexico.”” Holotype deposited ANSP (#1658).
Rhogas mexicanus, Dalla Torre 1898:216, 220.
Rogas mexicanus, Shenefelt 1975:1238.
Distribution MEXICO. CHIAPAS, SINALOA, VERACRUZ (Shaw 1993). We
have seen material from the following Mexican localities in addition to those
listed by Shaw (1993): MEXICO. CHIAPAS: 6.4 km SW of Simojovel. MEXICO:
Xilitla. MORELOS: Yautepec. SAN LUIS POTOSI: 16 km NE of entronque Ray-
6n-Cardenas. TAMAULIPAS: 3.5 km W of Gomez Farias. TABASCO: Teapa.
VERACRUZ: Cordoba; Fortin de las Flores; Puente Nacional 7.2 km SE of Rin-
conada; 40 km S of Acayucan.
Remarks.—Shaw (1993) returned mexicanus to Aleiodes, including it in the
subgenus Eucystomastax along with three other Neotropical species. Current valid
combination: Aleiodes mexicanus Cresson.
molestus Cresson.
Rogas molestus Cresson 1872, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 4:188. Type locality: ‘““Mex-
ico.”” Holotype deposited USNM (#1625). Muesebeck and Walkley 1951:171,
Shenefelt 1975:1239; Marsh 1979:180.
Rhogas molestus, Dalla Torre 1898:221.
Aleiodes molestus, Shaw et al. 1998a:70.
Rogas rufocoxalis Gahan 1917:207.
Distribution MEXICO. PUEBLA-OAXACA (Labougle 1980). We have seen
additional material of this widespread species from the following Mexican local-
ities: MEXICO. AGUASCALIENTES: 12.8 km NE of Aguascalientes. CHIAPAS:
Las Rosas; Rancho Sanchez; San Cristobal de las Casas. CHIHUAHUA: Chihua-
hua. JALISCO: Rancho La Quinta; Teocaltiche. MEXICO: Santa Maria; Tonatico;
Valle de Bravo. MICHOACAN: 7.2 km N of Cheran; Jungapeo. NAYARIT: Jests
2000 DELFIN & WHARTON: REVIEW OF ALEIJODES 63
Maria. NUEVO LEON: 8 km S of Linares. TAMAULIPAS: Hidalgo, Conrado
Castillo. VERACRUZ: Veracrus.
Remarks.—Shaw et al. (1998a) synonymized ruficoxalis with molestus. Current
valid combination: Aleiodes molestus (Cresson).
nigriceps Enderlein: see vaughani.
nigripes Enderlein.
Pelecystoma nigripes Enderlein (1918) 1920 Arch. Naturgesch. 84 A 11:148.
Type locality: ““Mexiko, Chiapas.’ Holotype deposited ZMPA. Shenefelt 1975:
1208.
Aleiodes nigripes, van Achterberg 1991:61.
Distribution MEXICO. CHIAPAS (Enderlein 1920).
Remarks. Current valid combination: Aleiodes nigripes (Enderlein).
nigristemmaticum Enderlein.
Rhogas nigristemmaticum Enderlein (1918) 1920 Arch. Naturgesch. 84 A (11):
156. Type locality: ““Mexiko, Chiapas.”” Holotype deposited ZMPA.
Rogas nigristemmaticum, Wolcott 1948:759, Shenefelt 1975:1240.
Aleiodes nigristemmaticum, Marsh and Shaw (1998).
Distribution -MEXICO. CHIAPAS (Enderlein 1920). We have seen one ad-
ditional Mexican specimen from the following locality: MEXICO. OAXACA: 4.2
km NW of El Cameron.
Remarks——Current valid combination: Aleiodes nigristemmaticum (Enderlein).
ornatus Cresson.
Aleiodes ornatus Cresson, 1869 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:380. Type locality: “‘Mex-
ico.”’ Holotype deposited ANSP (#1666).
Rhogas ornatus, Dalla Torre 1898:221.
Pelecystoma ornatus, Shenefelt 1975:1208.
Distribution MEXICO (Cresson 1869); no specific localities published to
date.
Remarks. Current valid combination: Rogas ornatus (Cresson), but the ge-
neric name Triraphis Ruthe, 1855 may be more appropriate for this species.
peculiaris Shenefelt: see atrice ps.
pedalis Cresson.
Aleiodes pedalis Cresson, 1869 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:379. Type locality: ‘““Mex-
ico.”’ Holotype deposited ANSP (#1664).
Rhogas pedalis, Dalla Torre 1898:221.
Rogas pedalis, Shenefelt 1975:1242.
Distribution MEXICO (Cresson 1869); no specific localities published to
date.
Remarks.—Shaw et al. (1997) transferred pedalis back to Aleiodes. Current
valid combination: Aleiodes pedalis Cresson.
rossi Marsh and Shaw.
Aleiodes rossi Marsh and Shaw, 1997 J. Hym. Res. 6:32. Type locality: Texas,
Brownsville. Holotype deposited CAS.
64 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Distribution MEXICO. SAN LUIS POTOSI: E| Salto (Shaw et al. 1997).
Remarks.—Current valid combination: Aleiodes rossi Marsh and Shaw.
rufocoxalis Gahan: see molestus.
scriptipennis Enderlein.
Heterogamus scriptipennis Enderlein, (1918) 1920 Arch. Naturgesch. 84 A (11):
152. Type locality: ‘““Mexiko, Chiapas.’’ Holotype deposited ZMPA, Shenefelt
1975:1202.
Distribution—MEXICO. CHIAPAS (Enderlein 1920).
Remarks.—Current valid combination: Aleiodes scriptipennis (Enderlein),
NEW COMBINATION. The new combination is based on the current treatment
of Heterogamus as a synonym of Aleiodes (van Achterberg 1991:24), but verifi-
cation is needed.
sonorensis Cameron.
Rhogas sonorensis Cameron, 1887 Biol. Centr.-Am., Hym. 1:390. Type locality:
‘“‘Mexico, Northern Sonora.” Holotype deposited BMNH (#3.c.236).
Rogas sonorensis, Shenefelt 1975:1251.
Distribution —MEXICO: northern SONORA (Cameron 1887).
Remarks.—Current valid combination: Aleiodes sonorensis (Cameron), NEW
COMBINATION. The combination proposed here is based on the original de-
scription only, and needs verification.
texanus Cresson.
Aleiodes texanus Cresson, 1869 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:378. Type locality: ‘“Tex-
as.”” Holotype deposited ANSP (#1655.1).
Rhogas texanus, Cresson 1887:224
Rogas texanus, Cresson 1872:188; Shenefelt 1975:1254.
Heterogamus texanus, Ashmead 1889:632.
Aleiodes fumipennis Cresson, 1869:378.
Distribution —northem MEXICO (Shaw et al. 1998b); no specific localities
published to date.
Remarks.—Shaw et al. (1998b) synonymized fumipennis with texanus, and
transferred texanus back to Aleiodes. Current valid combination: Aleiodes texanus
Cresson.
vaughani Muesebeck.
Rogas vaughani Muesebeck, 1960 Ent. News 71:257. Type locality: Nicaragua,
Managua Holotype deposited USNM (#65047).
Rhogas nigriceps Enderlein, 1920:155.
Rogas enderleini Shenefelt, 1975:1227.
Aleiodes vaughani, Shaw et al. 1997:33.
Distribution MEXICO (Shaw et al. 1997); no specific localities published to
date, but we have one Mexican specimen from the following locality: MEXICO.
VERACRUZ: Estacion de Biologia Tropical Los Tuxtlas.
Remarks.—Shenefelt (1975) renamed nigriceps Enderlein. The replacement
name was unnecessary because he transferred nigriceps Wesmael back to Aleiodes
while retaining nigriceps Enderlein in Rogas. Both nominal species are now in
2000 DELFIN & WHARTON: REVIEW OF ALEIODES 65
Aleiodes, but following the synonymy of vaughani with nigriceps (Shaw et al.
1997), an older name is now available. Current valid combination: Aleiodes
vaughani (Muesebeck).
vestitor Say.
Bracon vestitor Say, 1832 Boston J. Nat. Hist. 1:254. Type locality: ‘““Mexico.”’
Type: lost.
Rogas vestitor, Muesebeck 1925:82.
Distribution MEXICO (Say 1832); no specific localities published to date.
Remarks.——The generic assignment of this species is questionable, since the
type has been lost for about 150 years and the description is vague. Current valid
combination: Rogas vestitor (Say).
Aleiodes cameronii (Dalla Torre)
Redescription.—T otal length: female, 6.5—9.2 mm; male, 5.5—7.0 mm; specimens from Yucatan at
large end of spectrum. Head: Antennae with 63-69 segments, with no apparent sexual dimorphism
in length or number of flagellomeres; second antennal segment square, as long as wide; apical fla-
gellomere with prominent spine; first flagellomere short, 0.62—0.67 X outer (shortest) length of scape;
ocellar field very large, width of head at temples 2.48—2.73 X width of ocellar field, ocelli nearly
touching eye, ocello-ocular line 0.08—0.13 X length of lateral ocellus, eye very large, with deep
emargination, in dorsal view width of head at eyes 1.14—-1.21 X width at temples; vertex finely
granular, with oblique striae near ocelli; frons smooth; face occasionally with a weakly protruding,
median triangle extending from clypeus to just dorsad middle of face, where it narrows to the median
ridge that extends between bases of antennae (the interantennal carina), face transversely to obliquely
strigose laterally, weakly to distinctly longitudinally strigose within triangle (or in an equivalent region
of the face when an elevated triangular area is not apparent); malar space short, closely strigose, 0.10—
0.13 X eye height, 0.56—-0.66 X basal width of mandible, malar suture absent; clypeus irregularly
rugulose-punctate, 2.18—2.37 X wider than high (slightly but distinctly taller in specimens from Yu-
catan: 2.00 X wider than high), not protruding; cyclostome opening 1.22 X wider than high; occipital
carina usually complete above, though often weak and occasionally (10%) absent mid-dorsally, well-
developed laterally, becoming indistinct ventrally, where it either terminates just short of hypostomal
carina, or gives off weak, irregular striae, which sometimes (<< 10%) reach hypostomal carina distinctly
removed from base of mandible, occipital carina thus does not extend to hypostomal carina as a well-
developed ridge; mandible short, length along dorsal surface about 0.80 X width at base; gena not
protruding in frontal view; maxillary palp 2.2 X longer than labial palp, third and sixth maxillary
palpomeres subequal in length, fourth slightly longer, third maxillary palpomere broadest, gradually
widening from base to apex, second labial palpomere not obviously dilated, but distinctly broader than
the slender third and fourth palpomeres. Wings: Fore wing: 2.2—2.48 X longer than mesosoma; ve-
nation as follow: M+CU sinuate, 1.83-1.91 X longer than 1M+1RS; 1M evenly curved; 1RS 0.42-—
57 X length of parastigma; (RS+M)a straight; (RS+M)b tubular, depigmented, short, 0.44—0.67 X
length of 2RS; 2RS tubular, weakly to sharply bent at posterior fourth, 0.62—0.78 X length of 3RSa;
3RSa 1.58-1.92 X longer than r (r quite variable in length, even within populations); r-m straight to
weakly bowed, tubular, depigmented; 2M straight, 1.23-1.37 x longer than 3RSa; m-cu slightly
curved; Icu-a distad 1M by 0.32-0.60 X length of Icu-a; 1CUa 0.12-0.22 X length of 1CUb; 2CUa
short, 0.54—0.72 X length of m-cu; 3-1A present. Hind wing: Vein M+CU straight, 0.93-1.0 X length
of 1M; 1M slightly arched; m-cu nearly always (96%) present, short to very short, never extending
more than half way to wing margin, postfurcal to r-m; 2-1A present; RS and 2M complete but not
tubular, RS diverging from anterior margin of wing at its basal 0.3, distal 0.7 of marginal cell thus
distinctly widening. Mesosoma: Pronotum mid-dorsally twice as long as shortest distance between
occipital carina and lateral ocellus; dorsally with thin, low carina along anterior margin, this bordered
posteriorly by shallow, narrow, crenulate groove, dorsal surface otherwise slightly uneven; pronotum
shagreened to weakly granular dorsally and antero-dorsally in lateral view, laterally with striae radi-
ating dorsally, posteriorly, and ventrally from small, polished, smooth to weakly sculptured spot; angle
between pronotum and anterior declivity of mesoscutum slightly more than 135°. Notaulus very weakly
66 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
impressed anteriorly, sometimes barely discernible ending in weak, broad, median depression poste-
riorly; mesoscutum granular/shagreened, except median depression rugose to weakly rugulose; scu-
tellar sulcus irregularly strigose, often without clearly defined central carina, short, 0.36-0.43 X median
length of scutellum; scutellum nearly smooth, polished medially, with only a trace of shagreened
sculpture, weakly strigose-punctate laterally; posterior margin of mesonotum forming an unsculptured,
polished band. Median longitudinal carina of propodeum distinctly elevated and visible in lateral view
only on anterior 0.25, otherwise variable: complete in nearly all specimens examined from U.S., but
weak to absent over posterior half in most specimens from Yucatan and Oaxaca; propodeum varying
from uniformly granular or nearly so (rugulose only along midline posteriorly) to granular antero-
laterally grading to densely but finely granular-rugose medially and posteriorly. Mesopleuron with
small smooth, polished area medially extending to posterior margin above speculum then dorsally
along posterior margin to wing base, otherwise striate to strigose dorsally, sometimes very strongly
so and punctate to weakly striate over ventral half; precoxal sulcus absent. Metapleuron weakly punc-
tate medially, rugose dorsally and along ventral margin. Inner spur of hind tibia short, 0.48-0.52 x
length of basitarsus. Posterior tarsal claw pectinate throughout, teeth large, those in middle nearly as
tall as apical claw. Metasoma: First tergite with basal triangle well developed, extending onto dorsal
surface from anterior declivity. T1, T2, and basal 0.75—0.95 of T3 aciculate, remaining terga largely
smooth and without median carina; median carina usually extending from basal triangle of T1 to
middle of T3, gradually merging with surrounding sculpture over apical half of T3, carina usually
well developed throughout, rarely (15%) absent on T3 and/or weakly developed posteriorly on T2,
equally rarely with carina complete to posterior end of T3. Lateral lobe of dorsope distinctively
expanded, carinate, but short, shorter than distance from end of carina to spiracle. Lateral margin of
T3 sharp, lateral margin of T4—T6 rounded. Median triangle at base of T2 small, largely hidden by
well-developed median distal lobe of T1. T2/T3 suture crenulate, distinctly impressed. Males with
distinct pits medially on T4—6 (never present on T7 in our material, though T7 and sometimes T8
more densely setose medially); pit on T4 absent in one-third of specimens, when present, always
smaller than pits on TS and T6, T4 pit oval to heart-shaped, divided at extreme base and extending
internally at antero-lateral corners; T5 and T6 with larger but variably sized pits, width of pit on TS
0.09-0.29 X width of tergum; all pits densely setose. Tl 1.27—1.40 X longer than T2, T2 1.24—1.38
X longer than T3,T2 + T3 1.27-1.40 X longer than T1. Females with hypopygium truncate; ovipositor
about 1.2 X longer than hypopygium, straight, with well-developed node subapically, strongly nar-
rowed medially, and strongly dilated basally, setae on ovipositor sheath longer, denser on dorsal half,
equal in length to depth of sheath. Color: Orange to pale yellow; flagellum and stemmaticum black;
scape, pedicel, and dorsal side of telotarsus dark brown; wings hyaline, stigma yellow; ovipositor
sheath brown apically, yellow basally.
Biology.—Unknown.
Material examined —MEXICO. OAXACA: 17 km N of Miltepec, 11 July 1973, Mastro & Schaffner,
1 female. YUCATAN: Reserva Especial de la Biosfera de Ria Lagartos, El Cuyo, 4-5 May 1994, H.
Delfin, 3 females, 5 males; 11 km N of Mérida, 27 May 1996, R. Wharton, 1 male; Xmatkuil, 18-—
28 June 1996, H. Delfin & FE Leon, 1 male. USA. ARIZONA. MARICOPA Co.: 12 km NE Apache
Jct., 17 July 1998, J. Oswald, 1 female. PIMA Co.: 17 km NW Arivaca, 18 July 1998, J. Oswald, 2
males. NEW MEXICO. LEA Co.: 32°24.8'N, 103°41.5'W, 1 August 1979, J. Delorme & C. McHugh,
1 female. TEXAS. BRAZOS Co.: Bryan, 25 May 1974, J. Schaffner, 1 male; College Station, 12-18
April 1978, J. Jackman, 1 female. BREWSTER Co.: Big Bend National Park, N Rosillos Mts, Buttrill
Springs, 22 March—8 April 1991, Wharton & Whitefield, 3 females, 3 males; same except 10 March
1991 and 23-25 April 1991, Wharton, Woolley & Zolnerowich, 2 females, 1 male. LASALLE Co.:
Chaparral Wdlf Mgmt Area, 29-30 September 1989, J. Schaffner, 1 female. RANDALL Co.: Palo Duro
Cyn, 14 June 1960, R. Fischer, 1 female. VAL VERDE Co.: 9 April 1960, 1 female.
Discussion.—Shaw et al. (1997) included cameronii in the pulchripes species
group, and gave a detailed diagnosis. Our material from Yucatan differs from this
diagnosis in certain details (notably development of propodeal carina and place-
ment of pits on the male terga), and we initially concluded that this was an
undescribed species. Subsequent examination of numerous specimens of came-
ronii, many of them determined by Shaw, has enabled us to characterize this
species more completely, and revise our initial assessment. For most characters,
2000 DELFIN & WHARTON: REVIEW OF ALEIJODES 67
Figure 1. Dorsal abdominal pits of Aleiodes cameronii from the same Pima Co., Arizona locality,
showing differences in size and placement of pits on terga 4-6. A. Pits on terga 5 and 6 only. Arrow
= terga 4 without pit. B. Pits on terga 4—6.
specimens from southern Mexico do not differ significantly from those collected
in the U.S., and variation within popuations is equivalent to that among popula-
tions from widely scattered localities. For example, pit size and placement on
male terga is variable, and the largest pits in our material occur on one specimen
from Yucatan and one from Arizona. In each case, other males from the same
locality have distinctly smaller pits (roughly half the size, as in Fig. 1). Shaw et
al. (1997) stated that males of cameronii have large dorsal median circular pits
on metasomal terga 5—7, but all of our specimens have the pits on terga 4—6 (Fig.
1B) or only terga 5 and 6 (Fig. 1A). We found few regional differences: specimens
from southern Mexico tend to have a weaker median carina on the propodeum,
and those from Yucatan have a slightly taller clypeus and are pale yellow. Our
material matches Cameron’s (1887) original description (including placement of
pits) with one exception. Cameron (1887) noted far fewer antennal segments in
his original description, but the number he gives (47) must have represented an
antenna that was broken.
Shaw et al. (1997) included 17 species in the pulchripes group, and although
they stated that the group is restricted to the New World, they undoubtedly meant
only those species with dorsal abdominal pits. Five of the species included in the
pulchripes group by Shaw et al. (1997) are known only from the Palaearctic. Six
of the 12 previously known New World species have males with setose pits (sim-
ilar to those of cameronii) on terga 4—6, 4—7 or 5—7. While the presence of these
pits is a potential synapomorphy uniting these species within the pulchripes spe-
cies group, the distribution of this character state is not congruent with other
characters that could be used to subdivide this species group, such as the arrange-
ment of teeth on the claws.
Aleiodes cameronii differs from all other members of the pulchripes species
68 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
group by the placement of fore wing cross-vein lcu-a, which arises near 1 M (an
unusual feature in Aleiodes). The curvature of hind wing RS is also distinctive.
The combination of tergal pits, closely spaced pattern of the enlarged teeth on
the tarsal claws, and uniformly colored body and flagellum further separates ca-
meronii from all but A. rossi Marsh and Shaw. In addition to the placement of
fore wing lcu-a, rossi differs in lacking hind wing m-cu and by having a shorter
hind wing r-m and more rugose propodeum. Both rossi and A. earinos Shaw have
large dorsal pits equivalent to those of cameronii. Although the venation in ear-
inos is more similar to that of cameronii than is rossi’s, the tarsal claws of earinos
are incompletely pectinate.
Dorsal abdominal pits have a restricted distribution within Aleiodes, occurring
in 14 described species. They are presently known only for males from the pul-
chripes and dispar species groups, but not all species within these groups have
males with abdominal pits (van Achterberg 1985, van Achterberg & Penteado-
Dias 1995, Shaw et al. 1997). These two species groups are readily separated
from each other, with major differences in the size of the pronotum, curvature of
the propodeum, size of eye and ocelli, relative length of the hind trochantellus,
and development of the precoxal sulcus (sternaulus) (van Achterberg & Penteado-
Dias 1995, Shaw et al. 1997). The pits themselves also differ slightly, being
confined to terga 2 and 3 in the dispar group and terga 4—7 in the pulchripes
group. Though work on the relationships among the species of Aleiodes is still
on-going (e.g., Fortier 1997), it seems unlikely that these two groups are sister
taxa. Specific features associated with the occipital carina, head shape, and body
sculpture suggest that members of the pulchripes group are more closely related
to species within other groups than to the species within the dispar group.
Though species with abdominal pits from the pulchripes group are apparently
confined to the New World, those from the dispar group are more widespread
(previously recorded from the Palaearctic, Neotropical, and Oriental Regions).
With the exception of A. excavatus (Telenga), however, males of the dispar group
with abdominal pits are rare in collections (van Achterberg & Penteado-Dias,
1995), and the disjunct distribution pattern of this group is likely an artefact.
Specimens in the TAMU collection indicate a more nearly cosmopolitan distri-
bution for these species, with representatives from Namibia and three localities
in Australia (two in Queensland and one in South Australia): the first records for
these two continents. The African and Australian individuals are typical members
of the dispar group, as defined by van Achterberg and Penteado-Dias (1995). As
there are only four specimens representing three species, and no accompanying
females, they are not described here.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We are particularly grateful to J. Fortier for checking our material, to S. Shaw
and P. Marsh for determining or verifying the identity of hundreds of specimens
from the TAMU collection, to C. van Achterberg for providing additional spec-
imens for comparison and reprints of his work related to the dispar group, to J.
Schaffner (Texas A&M University) for providing the Selander and Vaurie refer-
ence, and P Marsh and S. Shaw for comments about their work on Aleiodes. S.
Lewis provided information on some of the Cameron types and D. Azuma pro-
vided similar information on the Cresson types, for which we are most apprecia-
2000 DELFIN & WHARTON: REVIEW OF ALEIODES 69
tive. The work has been supported in part by the Texas Agricultural Experiment
Station, and in part by the National Science Foundation under grant No. 9712543.
LITERATURE CITED
Achterberg, C. van. 1982. Notes on some type-species described by Fabricius of the subfamilies
Braconinae, Rogadinae, Microgastrinae and Agathidinae (Hymenoptera, Braconidae). Ent. Ber.,
42: 133-139.
Achterberg, C. van. 1985. IV. The Aleiodes dispar-group of the Palaearctic region (Hymenoptera:
Braconidae: Rogadinae). Zool. Med. Leiden, 59: 178-187.
Achterberg, C. van. 1991. Revision of the genera of the Afrotropical and W. Palaearctic Rogadinae
Foerster (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Zool. Verh. Leiden, 273: 1-102.
Achterberg, C. van. 1993. Illustrated key to the subfamilies of the Braconidae (Hymenoptera: Ichneu-
monoidea). Zool. Verh. Leiden, 283: 1-189.
Achterberg, C. van. & A. M. Penteado-Dias. 1995. Six new species of the Aleiodes dispar group
(Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Rogadinae). Zool. Med. Leiden, 69: 1-18.
Ashmead, W. H. (1888) 1889. Descriptions of new Braconidae in the collections of the U.S. National
Museum. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 11: 611-671.
Cameron, P. 1887. Fam. Braconidae. Biol. Centr.-Am., 1: 312—419.
Cameron, P. 1905. Descriptions of new species of neotropical Hymenoptera. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,
31: 373-389.
Cresson, E. T. 1869. List of the North American species of the genus Aleiodes Wesmael. Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc., 2: 377-382.
Cresson, E. T. 1872. Hymenoptera Texana. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 4: 153-292.
Cresson, E. T. 1887. Synopsis of the families and genera of the Hymenoptera of America, North of
Mexico together with a catalogue of the described species, and bibliography. Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc., (Suppl.): 1-350.
Dalla Torre, C. G. 1898. Catalogus Hymenopterorum. 4. Braconidae. G. Englemann, Leipzig.
Enderlein, G. (1918) 1920. Zur kenntnis auBereuropaeischer Braconiden. Arch. Naturges., 84A: 51—
224.
Fortier, J. C. 1997. Cladistics of the Aleiodes lineage of the subfamily Rogadinae (Hymenoptera:
Braconidae). Ph. D. Thesis, University of Wyoming Laramie, U.S.A.
Fox, W. J. (1894) 1895. Report on some Mexican Hymenoptera, principally from lower California.
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 4: 1-25.
Gahan, A. B. 1917. Descriptions of some new parasitic Hymenoptera. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 53: 195—
217.
Labougle, R. J. M. 1980. Analisis sobre la sistematica de la familia Braconidae (Ins. Hym.) y su
situacion actual en Mexico. Bachelor’s degree Thesis, UNAM—Facultad de Ciencias. Mexico.
Marsh, P. 1979. Family Braconidae. pp. 144-195. In Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, D. R. Smith, and
B. D. Burks (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico. 1.
Marsh, P. M. & S. R. Shaw. 1998. Revision of the North American Aleiodes Wesmael. Part 3: the
seriatus (Herrich-Schaeffer) species-group (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Rogadinae). Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., 100: 395-408.
Muesebeck, C. E W. 1925. A revision of the parasitic wasps of the genus Microbracon occurring in
America north of Mexico. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 67: 1-85.
Muesebeck, C. EK W. 1960. New reared Neotropical species of Rogas Nees (Hymenoptera: Braconidae).
Ent. News, 71: 257-261.
Muesebeck, C. EF W. & L. Walkley. 1951. Braconidae. pp. 90-184. Jn Muesebeck, C. E W., K. V.
Krombein, and H. K. Townes. Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico. Synoptic Catalogue.
Ag. Monogr. 2.
Nees von Esenbeck, C. G. 1834. Hymenopterorum Ichneumonibus affinium monographiae, genera
Europaea et species illustrantes. Cotta, Stuttgart & Tubingen, 1: 1-320 and 2: 1-448.
Ruthe, J. EK 1855. Beitraege zur Kenntnis der Braconiden. (Exothecus, Ascogaster). Stett. Ent. Ztg.,
16: 291-294.
Say, T. 1832. Descriptions of new species of North American Hymenoptera, and observations on some
already described. Boston J. Nat. Hist., 1: 209-305.
70 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Selander, R. B. & P. Vaurie. 1962. A gazetteer to accompany the “‘Insecta” volumes of the ‘‘Biologia
Centrali-Americana.’’ Am. Mus. Novitates, 2099: 1—70.
Sharkey, M. J. & R. A. Wharton. 1997. Morphology and Terminology. pp. 19-37. In Wharton, R. A.,
Marsh, P. M. and Sharkey, M. J. (eds.). Manual of the New World Genera of the Family
Braconidae Hymenoptera. International Society of Hymenopterists. Special publication 1.
Shaw, S.R. 1993. Systematic status of Eucystomastax Brues and characterization of the Neotropical
species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Rogadinae). J. Hym. Res., 2: 1-11.
Shaw, S. R. 1997. Rogadinae s.s. pp. 403-412. In Wharton, R. A., PR. M. Marsh, and M. J. Sharkey
(eds.). Manual of the New World Genera of the Family Braconidae Hymenoptera. International
Society of Hymenopterists. Special publication 1.
Shaw, S. R., P M. Marsh & J.C. Fortier. 1997. Revision of North American Aleiodes Wesmael (Part
1): the pulchripes Wesmael species-group in the New World (Hymenoptera: Braconidae, Ro-
gadinae). J. Hym. Res., 6: 10-35.
Shaw, S. R., PR M. Marsh & J. C. Fortier. 1998a. Revision of North American Aleiodes Wesmael. Part
2: the apicalis (Brullé) species-group in the New World (Hymenoptera: Braconidae, Rogadinae).
J. Hym. Res., 7: 62-73.
Shaw, S. R., PR M. Marsh & J. C. Fortier. 1998b. Revision of North American Aleiodes Wesmael (Part
4): the albitibia Herrich-Schaeffer and praetor Reinhard species-groups (Hymenoptera: Bra-
conidae, Rogadinae) in the New World. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 100: 553-565.
Shenefelt, R. D. 1975. Braconidae 8: Exothecinae, Rogadinae. Jn J. van der Vecht and R. D. Shenefelt
(eds.). Hymenopterorum Catalogus (nov. ed.), 12: 1115-1262.
Shenefelt, R. D. 1979. Some unusual Braconidae (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 81: 125-134.
Szépligeti, G. 1904. Hymenoptera, Braconidae. Genera Insectorum, 22: 1-253.
Viereck, H. L. 1912. Descriptions of one new family, eight new genera, and thirty-three new species
of ichneumon-flies. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 43: 575-593.
Wesmael, C. 1838. Monographie des Braconides de Belgique, 4. Nouv. Mem. Acad. Sci. R. Bruxelles,
11: 1-166.
Wolcott, G. N. 1948. The insects of Puerto Rico—Hymenoptera. J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, 32: 751-
763.
Received 9 Jan 1999; Accepted 21 Apr 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 71-73, (2000)
Scientific Note
A RARE FIND: THE CAPTURE OF A PRIMARY QUEEN
OF THE WESTERN SUBTERRANEAN TERMITE
Field discoveries of true, macropterous-derived, physogastric, primary queens
of subterranean termites rarely occur (Snyder, T. E. 1935. Our enemy the termite.
Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, New York; Potter, M. EK 1997. Termites. Chapter
6. pp. 233-333. In Mallis, A. 1997. Handbook of pest control. 8th.ed.GIE Pub-
lishers Inc. Ohio; Thorne, B. L. 1998. Part 1. pp. 1-30. Biology of subterranean
termites of the genus Reticulitermes. NPCA research report on subterranean ter-
mites. NPCA, Dunn Loring, Virginia).
This is not at all surprising in that subterranean termites, particularly those of
the genus Reticulitermes, are cryptobiotic in nature. The critical life processes of
most subterranean termite colonies take place in the soil and/or in logs, stumps,
poles, posts, tree roots, etc. which are in the ground. Also, Reticulitermes nests
are not clearly defined, and the reproductive forms are known to migrate from
soil to wood and vice versa as well as within wood in response to changes in
temperature and moisture (Snyder 1935). All of these factors combine to make
the capture of true primary queens in the field rare events.
The first record of queens being found in a Nearctic subterranean termite colony
was reported in 1893 (Joutel, L. H. 1893. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1: 89-90). The fact
that 23 queens were reported from one colony of Reticulitermes flavipes (Kollar)
confirms that these were secondary reproductives and not primary queens. The
first record of a true queen of Reticulitermes having been taken occurred in 1901.
The specimen in question was actually captured in June 1898. A notation in this
article stated that: “‘This is the first true Termite queen which has been found in
North America’? (Anonymous 1901. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 4: 347). The capture
of a true queen of R. flavipes was recorded in 1902 (Schaeffer, C. 1902. J. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., 10: 251). A second record of the taking of a primary queen of R.
flavipes occurred in 1912 (Schaeffer, C. 1912. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 8: 30).
Another report of the discovery of a true queen of R. flavipes was documented
in 1912 (Snyder, T. E. 1912. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 14: 107-108). Apparently,
unaware of Schaeffer’s (1902) find, the preceding article stated that: “‘It is believed
that is the first fertilized true queen ever found of this species.”
This paper reports the capture of a primary queen of the western subterranean
termite, Reticulitermes hesperus Banks in Hemet, Riverside County, California
on 4 April 1995. Information is presented on the circumstances surrounding her
capture and the condition of this queen.
A few days before the discovery of this queen, the Terminix Riverside, Cali-
fornia office received a phone call from one of its customers reporting termites
swarming within one of their buildings. A Terminix representative was dispatched
to conduct an inspection and investigate the situation. Upon arrival at the property,
he was ushered into a concrete slab building which housed a shuffle board court/
auditorium and was told that termites had swarmed by the bleachers a few days
ago. Underneath one set of bleachers, a piece of partially delaminated, water-
72 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
Figure 1. A primary queen of the western subterranean termite, Reticulitermes hesperus Banks.
damaged plywood measuring approximately 70 cm X 70 cm X 1.4 cm covering
a recessed area in the ground was discovered. The sides of this sunken area in
the soil were fortified with form boards. On removing the plywood cover and
turning it over, extensive subterranean termite shelter tubes were found on the
form boards and on the bottom of the plywood cover. When the shelter tubes on
the underside of the cover were opened, a primary queen of R. hesperus was
found within the workings on the surface of the plywood (Fig. 1). Alates and
soldiers were also retrieved from this colony. They were keyed to species using
keys found in Weesner, E M. 1965. The termites of the United States—a hand-
book. National Pest Control Association, Dunn Loring, VA. It is important to note
that this imaginal queen was found in shelter tubes on wood essentially above
soil level. This queen may have been induced to move up to this area because of
the swarming which took place about two days before she was discovered. It is
known that swarming in Reticulitermes colonies is a frantic event which generates
enormous excitement, great activity, and much frenzy among members of a colony
(Snyder 1935).
2000 SCIENTIFIC NOTE 73
Observations on this queen in situ confirm what has been previously reported
in the literature in that these first form physogastric queens are very ambulatory
and are quite capable of traveling about on their own within a colony (Snyder, T.
E. 1920. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 22: 109-150; Snyder 1935).
This primary queen of R. hesperus measured 12 mm long and 4 mm wide at
the greatest dorsal width of its abdomen. Reticulitermes queens have been reported
to reach the largest dimension of 14.5 mm in length and 4 mm wide (Snyder
1920; Snyder, T. E. 1934. Chapter 16. pp. 187-195. In Kofoid, C. A. (ed.) 1934.
Termites and termite control. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley). This first form queen
may not have achieved its maximum size in that it was an immaculate specimen.
Old queens of Reticulitermes have been described as having lost portions of their
antennae, legs, and margins of their thoraxes probably due to activities such as
constant social grooming (Snyder 1935).
The fact royal imaginal queens are rarely found in field colonies of Reticuli-
termes should not be interpreted to mean that these colonies are rarely headed by
true primary queens. The rarity of macropterous queens is an anthromorphic phe-
nomenon which is directly related to the inability to find these primary repro-
ductives in a cryptobiotic social insect.
Acknowled gment.—I would like to thank Stoy Hedges, Lonnie Anderson, and
Tony Borski for reviewing the manuscript and offering suggestions for its im-
provement.
Hanif Gulmahamad, 3547 Centurion Way, Ontario, California 91761.
Received 1 Mar 1999; Accepted 27 Oct 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(1): 74-76, (2000)
Scientific Note
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR THE ELDERBERRY
LONGHORN BEETLE DESMOCERUS CALIFORNICUS
HORN (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE)
Desmocerus californicus Horn is a large (12.3 to 27.2 mm length), black and red
cerambycid beetle which occurs only in California. The beetle’s obligate host and food
plant is elderberry (Sambucus spp., Caprifoliaceae) bushes which in California are
widely distributed and range from near sea-level to 3048 m in elevation. The beetle
larvae bore the bushes’ living stem pith and adults consume the leaves and flowers.
Adults emerge from living stems during spring or summer, leaving diagnostic oval-
shaped holes in the bark (Linsley, E. G. & J. A. Chemsak. 1972. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Entomol. 69; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). 1984. Portland, Oregon;
USFWS. 1991. Sacramento, California).
Two subspecies of D. californicus are described: D. c. californicus Horn (California
Elderberry Longhorn Beetle [CELB]) and D. c. dimorphus Fisher (Valley Elderberry
Longhorn Beetle [VELB]). Prior to 1972, the VELB was considered a different and
valid species. The subspecies are differentiated by male characters of elytra color,
body length, and antennal hair color. Females of the two subspecies are alike (Linsley
& Chemsak 1972).
In 1980, the VELB was listed as a threatened subspecies (i.e., likely to become
endangered and possibly extinct in the future) by the USFWS (1980. Federal Register
45: 52803-52807). Within the VELB’s range, surveys for beetles and elderberry bush-
es are required for development projects. Also, the destruction of any elderberry bush
mandates extensive mitigation to avoid U.S. Endangered Species Act (1973) violations
and possible law enforcement and judicial actions.
When listed as threatened, the VELB was known from the Sacramento Valley (i.e.,
Sacramento and Davis) and the upper San Joaquin Valley (i.e., one site on the Merced
River). The nonthreatened CELB was known from numerous sites in coastal Califomia
from Mendocino County south to Los Angeles and Riverside counties (Linsley & Chem-
sak 1972). During the 1980s and 1990s, the collection of specimens and records of emer-
gence hole sightings improved our knowledge of the beetle’s distribution (USFWS 1984,
1991); however, that data and new information is unpublished and not readily available.
To clarify the range of D. californicus, 46 new locality records (29 from adult beetles
and 17 from emergence holes) obtained from field, literature, and museum surveys
are presented (Fig. 1). These data show that the species is widely distributed in Cal-
ifornia, and is significant in extending the known range of D. californicus northward
into Trinity County; into the southern San Joaquin Valley, the Sierra Nevada foothills,
and Mojave Desert mountain ranges; and southward to San Diego. These are the first
published records of D. californicus in Fresno, Kern, Madera, Mariposa, San Diego,
San Joaquin, Sutter, Tehama, Trinity, and Tulare counties. Additional locality records
are presented for Merced, Riverside, San Bernardino, and Santa Clara counties.
Subspecific names are not assigned to the new locales because the subspecies tax-
onomy is problematic. The differentiating characters for the subspecies intergrade and
overlap (USFWS 1984, 1991; Authors, personal observations). The new record males
from the Merced River (only one of two) and one from the Mokelumne River resemble
Linsley & Chemsak’s (1972) description of VELB. The other new record males (in
the San Joaquin Valley, Coast Range, Sierra Nevada foothills, and remainder of state)
resemble the description of CELB, the nonthreatened subspecies. Regardless, the
USFWS currently considers the Central Valley and surrounding foothills (below 914
2000 SCIENTIFIC NOTE 75
PIT RIVER
TRINITY RIVER
EEL ae
RUSSIAN RIVER
SACRAMENTO RIVER
FEATHER RIVER
AMERICAN RIVER
COSUMNES RIVER
MOKELUMNE RIVER
CALAVERAS RIVER
STANISLAUS RIVER
TUOLUMNE RIVER
MERCED RIVER
SAN JOAQUIN RIVER
KINGS RIVER
SALINAS RIVER KAWEAH RIVER
TULE RIVER
KERN RIVER
SANTA YNEZ RIVER
SANTA CLARA RIVER
RECORDS BASED UPON: SAN DIEGO RIVER
mi — EMERGENCE HOLE(S)
@ — ADULT SPECIMEN(S)
0 50 100
SCALE IN MILES
Figure 1. Updated distribution of the elderberry longhorn beetle Desmocerus californicus Horn
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). A symbol may represent several nearby locales. Locales of U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service (1991) are mapped but not presented as new records in the text. The clear area
of California denotes its Central Valley.
m elevation) from Redding south through Kern County as the threatened subspecies’
range (USFWS. 1996. Sacramento, California).
New distributional records based upon adult beetles include: USA. CALIFORNIA. FRESNO Co.:
Kings Riv near Hwy 180, 119 m (390 ft), 13 Apr 1989, J. A. Halstead & J. A. Oldham, 1 male, 2
females (CAS—Calif. Acad. of Sciences, San Francisco); W Fork of Byrd Slough near Hwy 180, 117
m (385 ft), 12 Apr 1989, J. A. Halstead & J. A. Oldham, 1 female (CAS); Kings Riv near Annadale
Ave, 107 m (350 ft), 18 Apr 1989, J. A. Oldham, J. R. Single & J. A. Halstead, 2 females examined
and released; Herndon, 7 May 1970, L. H. Walker, 1 male (Calif. State Univ., Fresno); Table Mtn
about 3.1 mi N of Marshall Station, 366 m (1200 ft), 28 Apr 1995, D. York (personal communication).
KERN Co.: No locale, H. K. Morrison, 1 male, 1 female (NMNH—Natl. Mus., Nat. Hist., Wash.,
D.C.). MADERA Co.: Coarsegold, 671 m (2200 ft), 4 Jun 1989, R. M. Sadeghi & J. A. Halstead, 1
male (CAS); Hwy 41 about 8 mi S of Coarsegold, 375 m (1230 ft), 9 Jun 1991, J. A. Oldham & J.
A. Halstead, 1 female (CAS); San Joaquin Riv at Hwy 41, 84 m (275 ft), 1986, D. Mitchell (personal
communication), 1 female examined and released. MARIPOSA Co.: Mariposa, Jun 1974, 1 male (Acad.
Nat. Sciences of Phil., Pennsylvania). MERCED Co.: Merced Riv at Rd J7, 37 m (120 ft), 4 & 13
Apr 1990, J. A. Halstead & J. A. Oldham, 2 males (CAS); Los Banos Crk, Los Banos Val, 6 mi SE
of San Luis Reservoir, 122 m (400 ft), 11 Apr, 5 May 1987, D. Giuliani, 1 male, 1 female (CDFA—
Calif. Dept. of Food & Agric., Sacramento). RIVERSIDE Co.: 9 mi E of Temecula, 366 m (1200 ft),
76 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(1)
27 May 1969, R.R. Snelling, 2 males (LACM—Los Angeles Co. Mus., California); Menifee Val, 31
May 1976, S. I. & S. L. Frommer (Univ. of Calif., Riverside); SW of Anza, 25 Jun 1949, Simonds,
2 males (CDFA). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: Cedar Cyn, 1554 m (5100 ft), 1 Apr 1981, T. Griswold,
1 female (USU—Utah State Univ., Logan); Mitchells Cavern State Park, 24 Mar 1980, T. Griswold,
1 male (USU). SAN DIEGO Co.: Pala, May 1962, M. E. P, 1 male (LACM); Mission Val, 15 May
1931, 1 male, 1 female (SDNHM-San Diego Nat. Hist. Mus., California). SAN JOAQUIN Co.: Mo-
kelumne Riv, Clements Glen View Cem, 41 m (135 ft), 15 May 1991, C. Barr, 1 male, 1 female
(LACM). SANTA CLARA Co.: Coyote Crk, 10 Aug 1974, M. Robey, 1 male (TCACO—Tulare County
Agric. Comm. Office, Visalia, California); Uvas Mdws, 25 May 1969, W. F & B. C. Tyson, 1 female
(W. Tyson, personal collection, Oakhurst, California); Mount Madonna, 7 Apr 1972, H. J. Denk, 1
male (SDNHM); Silver Creek, 16 Apr 1940, G. S. Mansfield (CAS). TRINITY Co.: No locale, 14
May 1925, E. R. Leech, 1 male (NMNH). TULARE Co.: Kaweah, 13 Jun 1937, FE T. Scott, 1 male
(TCACO); Kaweah Power Sta #3, Sequoia Natl Park, Ash Mtn Park Hdarts, 671 m (2200 ft), 22 May
1982, 19 Jun 1983, 9 May 1986, 1 male, 2 females (TCACO); Campbell-Moreland Ditch (trib of Tule
Riv) at A.T. & S.E Railroad between Worth Ave & Hwy 190, 149 m (490 ft), 21 Apr 1991, C. Barr,
1 female (LACM); Lane Slough (trib of Kaweah Riv), Rd 196 & Hwy J27, 123 m (405 ft), 30 Apr
1991, C Barr, 1 male (LACM).
New distributional records based upon emergence hole sightings include: U.S.A. CALIFORNIA.
FRESNO Co.: Reedley, Kings Riv Col, 104 m (341 ft), 1993, W..M. Rhodehamel (personal communi-
cation); Channel Rd about 3 mi SE of Sanger, 104 m (340 ft), 1990, J. A. Oldham; 1 mi W of Piedra,
Hughs Crk, 168 m (550 ft), 1990, J. A. Oldham & J. A. Halstead; Hwy 180 at Alta Main Canal, 122
m (400 ft), 1990, J. A. Oldham & J. A. Halstead; San Joaquin Riv at Riverside Golf Course, 91 m (300
ft), 1989, M. Boland, J. A. Oldham & J. A. Halstead; Hwy 168 about 5 mi NE of Prather, Sierra Natl
For, T10S, R23E, Sec 15, 732 m (2400 ft), 1994; D. York (personal communication); Trimmer Sprgs
Rd near Secata Crk, N of Pine Flat Reservoir, Sierra Natl For, 640 m (2100 ft), 1995, J. A. & B.S.
Halstead. MADERA Co.: Oakhurst, 884 m (2900 ft), 1991, J. A. Oldham & J. A. Halstead; Fresno Riv
about 3 mi W of Oakhurst, 732 m (2400 ft), 1991, J. A. Oldham & J. A. Halstead; Quartz Mtn Rd
about 5 mi SE of Coarsegold, 683 m (2240 ft), 1993, J. A. & P. S. Halstead; Chowchilla Riv at Rd 19,
82 m (270 ft), 1993, J. A. Halstead & J. C. Stebbins. MERCED Co.: Livingston, Merced Riv at Hwy
99 (Calif. Nat. Diversity Data Base. 1992. Calif. Dept. of Fish & Game, Sacramento (CNDDB)). SUTTER
Co.: Feather Riv near Live Oak (CNDDB 1992). TEHAMA Co.: Jellys Ferry Rd about 15 mi N of Red
Bluff, near Sacramento Riv, 122 m (400 ft), 1989, J. A. Oldham & J. A. Halstead. TULARE Co.: Tule
Riv Indian Reserv, 305 m (1000 ft), 1993, J. A. Halstead; Sequoia Natl Park, Potwisha Cmpgd, 549 m
(1800 ft), 1993, R. D. Haines; 1994, PR S. & J. A. Halstead; 1.5 mi N of Lemoncove, Kaweah Riv at
Hwy 216, 152 m (500 ft), 1997, Alice Karl, P S. & J. A. Halstead.
The types of both subspecies and 428 specimens of D. californicus were examined from the following
locations (excluding the new record locales): U.S.A. CALIFORNIA. ALAMEDA Co.: Leona Heights
(Park); Mission San Jose; Oakland. BUTTE Co.: Ordbend. COLUSA Co.: Grimes; Colusa. CONTRA
COSTA Co.: Martinez. GLENN Co.: Butte City. LAKE Co.: Adams Sprg (Adams); Gravelly Val, Hull-
ville. LOS ANGELES Co.: Chatsworth; Eagle Rock; Los Angeles; Pasadena; Santa Monica; La Brea.
MARIN Co.: Lagunitas; Marin City; Novata; no locale. MENDOCINO Co.: Yorkville; no locale. NAPA
Co.: Chiles Val. ORANGE Co.: Atwood; Fullerton; Huntington Beach; Laguna Beach; Newport Bay;
Newport Beach; Newport, Back Bay; Long Beach. RIVERSIDE Co.: Riverside; Sonorian Region; no
locale. SACRAMENTO Co.: Sacramento; Cosumnes Riv near Sloughhouse. SAN BENITO Co.: SW of
Idria (New Idria). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: Lytle Crk; San Bernardino, Upland. SAN LUIS OBISPO
Co.: no locale. SANTA BARBARA Co.: San Roque Crk, Coastal Slope; Montecito; Santa Barbara. SANTA
CLARA Co.: San Jose; Stanford Univ. SOLANO Co.: Cold Crk near Monticello Dam; G. L. Stebbins
Cold Cyn Reserv. SANTA CRUZ Co.: Ben Lomond. SONOMA Co.: Eldridge; Healdsburg; Petaluma;
Sonoma. TEHAMA Co.: Red Bluff. VENTURA Co.: Ojai. YOLO Co.: Davis; Knights Landing.
Acknowled gment.—We thank the Kings River Conservation District for conducting
the studies; other biologists, researchers, and agencies for providing assistance and
information; museums and private collectors for loaning specimens and colleagues and
reviewers for their advice and helpful editorial comments.
Jeffrey A. Halstead and Jonathan A. Oldham!, Environmental Division, Kings River
Conservation District, 4886 E. Jensen Avenue, Fresno, California 93725. !Current
address: Coast Branch Project, California Department of Water Resources, 3220 S.
Higuera, #304, San Luis Obispo, California 93401.
Received 20 Jan 1998; Accepted 24 Aug 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 74: 248-255, October 1997, for detailed general format information and the issues thereafter for examples; see below for
discussion of this journal’s specific formats for taxonomic manuscripts and locality data for specimens. Manuscripts must be in English,
but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be retumed. Please maintain a copy
of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy-editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 X 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS OF
ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 < 11 INPAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text pages
(pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last. List
the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The title
must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use five
to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 69(2): 194-198; if you do not have access to that
volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manuscripts for which these formats are
applicable. These requirements include SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED
(INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for paragraphs in descriptions. List the unabbreviated taxonomic author
of each species after its first mention.
Data Formats. — All specimen data must be cited in the journal’s locality data format. See volume 69(2), pages 196-198 for these
format requirements; if you do not have access to that volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before
submitting manuscripts for which these formats are applicable.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometrics provide
some answers? pp. 233-238. Jn Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics and
taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. intemational symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985. SPB
Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 X 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 X 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FFGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued on
additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156—-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $35.00 per page, for the first 20 (cumulative) pages per volume and full galley costs for
pages thereafter. Nonmembers should contact the Treasurer for current nonmember page charge rates. Page charges do not include
reprint costs, or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer. Contributing authors will be sent a page
charge fee notice with acknowledgment of initial receipt of manuscripts.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 76 January 2000 Number 1
Contents
RUNGROJWANICH, K. & G. H. WALTER—tThe Australian fruit fly parasitoid Diachasmi-
morpha kraussii (Fullaway): life history, ovipositional patterns, distribution and hosts
(Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Opiinae)
RUNGROJWANICH, K. & G. H. WALTER—tThe Australian fruit fly parasitoid Diachasmi-
mor pha kraussii (Fullaway): mating behavior, modes of sexual communication and
crossing tests with D. longicaudata (Ashmead) (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Opiinae) ___.
CHAO, R.-F. & C.-S. CHEN—Formosozoros newi, a new genus and species of Zoraptera
(Insecta) from Taiwan
COVILLE, R. E., C. GRISWOLD & P. L. COVILLE—Observations on the nesting biology and
behavior of Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) vagulum (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) in Costa Rica _
GOMEZ, J. & O. GARCIA—A new species of Encarsia (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae), a para-
sitoid of whitefly Aleurodicus sp. (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae) in Mexico
HALSTEAD, J. A—A new species of Hockeria Walker from Mexico (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) _.
LI, Q. & J. HE—Entomognathus from China with description of a new species (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae)
DELFIN G., H. & R. A. WHARTON—Historical review of the genera Aleiodes and Rogas in
Mexico, with a redescription of Aleiodes cameronii (Hymenoptera: Braconidae)
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
GULMAHAMAD, H.—A rare find: the capture of a primary queen of the western subterranean
termite
HALSTEAD, J. A. & J. A. OL. DHAM—New distribution records for the elderberry longhom
beetle Desmocerus californicus Horn (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
12
24
28
49
Oe
55
58
71
74
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 76 April 2000 Number 2
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. V. Dowell, Editor R. M. Bohart
Jeffery Y. Honda, Associate Editor J. T. Doyen
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer Warren E. Savary
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non-
receipt of numbers should be addressed to: Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary;
and financial communications should be addressed to: Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer;
at: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Dept. of Entomology, California Acad-
emy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: William Hamersky, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept. of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. Robert V.
Dowell, Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, California Dept. of Food & Agriculture,
1220 N St., Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover for Information-to-Con-
tributors, and volume 73(4): 248-255, October 1997, for more detailed informa-
tion. Information on format for taxonomic manuscripts can be found in volume
69(2): 194-198. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $25.00 for regular members of the So-
ciety, $26.00 for family memberships, $12.50 for student members, or $40.00 for
institutional subscriptions or sponsoring members. Members of the Society receive
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers or entire volumes
are available; see 72(4): 247 for current prices. Make checks payable to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 2000
David T. Wyatt, President Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary
Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer Joshua J. Fairbanks, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly for $40.00 per
year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate
Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599. Periodicals postage is paid at San Francisco, CA, and additional
mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
% California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 11 May 2000
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (SSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
The paper used in this publication meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 77-86, (2000)
AN INQUILINE SPECIES OF TAMALIA CO-OCCURRING
WITH TAMALIA COWENI (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE)
DONALD G. MILLER!:? AND MICHAEL J. SHARKEY?
'Department of Biology, Trinity University, 715 Stadium Drive,
San Antonio, Texas 78212
*Center for Insect Science and Department of Ecology and Evolutionary
Biology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 87521
3Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington, Kentucky 40506
Abstract—Tamalia inquilinus Miller, NEW SPECIES, is described from California and is com-
pared with its frequent gall-inducing associate, Tamalia coweni (Cockerell). A key is presented
for distinguishing the known species of Tamalia. It is suggested that T. inquilinus may be entirely
dependent on 7. coweni for the induction of galls that the two species co-occupy.
Key Words.—Insecta, aphid, gall, inquiline, Tamalia, Arctostaphylos.
The genus Tamalia Baker 1920 comprises five described species, distributed
primarily in western North America. All are distinguished by winged oviparae,
greatly reduced siphunculi, and all occupy galls on Arctostaphylos spp. (Erica-
ceae), with the exception of some populations causing galls on the closely related
Arbutus arizonica and which may represent an undescribed species (Miller, un-
published data). Here we describe a novel species, Tamalia inquilinus Miller, an
inquiline of Tamalia coweni (Cockerell 1905). We present data suggesting that T.
inquilinus is at least facultatively or possibly obligately associated with 7. coweni
in galls on several Arctostaphylos spp. We provide tables, based on the most
distinctive morphological characters, for distinguishing the two species. A Key is
presented for separating all five species of Tamalia, modified from those of Rich-
ards (1967) and Remaudiere & Stroyan (1984). We follow the classification
scheme of Remaudiére & Stroyan (1984) and Nieto Nafria et al. (1997), placing
T. inquilinus in the subfamily Tamaliinae Oestlund 1922. DGM is the sole author
of the description of T. inquilinus.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF TAMALIA BAKER
1. Aptera with 5 or 6 antennal segments, ultimate rostral segment (URS) 160—
190 wm, body color probably black (in life), sclerotization of terga com-
plete, second segment of hind tarsus (HT2) 82—104 pm. Alate morphs:
URS 210 pm, HT2 130 pm ............ dicksoni Remaudiére & Stroyan
Aptera with 5 or fewer antennal segments, URS < 110 pm, body color
variable, sclerotization of terga variable, HT2 < 85 wm. Alate morphs:
TRS LS Oey EV ieee SNS rane a och i ep Me nc PA RR tee 2
2. Aptera with 5 antennal segments, body color dark grey to brown to black,
sclerotization complete, HT2 63-85 wm. Alate morphs: URS 63—83 wm,
FEE2 50-88. fans see hee eh eee eee G inquilinus, NEW SPECIES
Aptera with 4 antennal segments, body without pigment or brown, not
black; sclerotization incomplete, HT2 = 75 wm. Alate morphs: URS
100-175 wm, HT2 = 75 pm
78 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
3. Aptera without pigment, sclerotization none, maximum length of head se-
tae: basal diameter of antennal segment III (HS : BANT3) = 1. Alate
morphs: HT2 75 wm, without pigment on abdomen and appendages
Pe Pee eh Mepis Rp OR ec RF Weebly nN Os FeO pallida Richards*
Aptera with color, sclerotization partial, HS : BANT3 > 1. Alate morphs:
HT2 > 75 wm, abdomen and appendages pigmented ................ 4
4. Aptera with sclerotization in bands, HS : BANT3 = 1.5. Alate morphs:
WIRS lOO setiae P22 Sap nn pe ek ee coweni (Cockerell)
Aptera with sclerotization in spots, HS : BANT3 = 2.2. Alate forms: URS
LSet a heey 2 es fel bye ee ee ee i te keltoni Richards
*because T. pallida is distinguished from other Tamalia essentially by its lack of
pigment, some authors (e.g., Remaudiére & Stroyan (1984)) question the validity
of T. pallida.
TAMALIA INQUILINUS MILLER, NEW SPECIES
Dimensions given as means, with range in parentheses. All measurements in
wm unless indicated otherwise. Wingless gall-inhabiting individuals collected
from the first galls of the spring generation may represent the fundatrix generation
but, based on twenty-nine morphological characters, these are indistinguishable
from later-season apterae. Further, Palmer (1952) and Richards (1967) fail to
distinguish between the fundatrix and later generations of apterae, as pointed out
by Remaudiére & Stroyan (1984) and Miller (1998). Therefore, we refer to all
wingless females as apterous viviparae.
Diagnosis.—The adult apterous vivipara of 7. inquilinus is recognized by the
short apical rostral segment, presence of five antennal segments, abundant body
setae, and complete sclerotization. Sexuals of T. inquilinus are distinct in the
relatively short dimensions of the ultimate rostral segment, second segment of the
hind tarsus, hind tibia, and antennal segments III and V. These characters serve
to separate T. inquilinus from all other species of Tamalia.
Description—Apterous vivipara, first-instar (n = 5 specimens): color in life pallid, almost without
pigment. Little or no sclerotization present. In life, antenna directed anteriorly in front of body. Setae
on terga tapered, not capitate; setae sparsely distributed over surface of cuticle. Body length (BL)
(mm) 0.556 (0.495—0.605). Length of hind femorotrochanter (HFEM) 104 (85-128). HFEM width
36.8 (28.8—45.0). Length of second segment of hind tarsus (HT2) 43 (36-53). Maximum length of
setae on tergum III (ST3) 24.3 (13.8—33.8). Maximum length of caudal setae 26.3 (21.3-37.5). Length,
antennal segment I (ANT 1) 26 (23-28); ANT2 268 (25.0-32.5); ANT3 54.8 (40.0-71.3); base of
ANT4 (LB) 43 (33-53); processus terminalis of ANT4 (LPT) 19 (16-23). Total antennal length (ANT)
168.3 (138.8-206.3). Rostrum extending as far as coxa III. Rostrum (mm): 0.176 (0.135—0.215);
ultimate segment of rostrum (URS) 46 (38-58). Number of secondary rhinaria: (3-5). Basal diameter
ANT3 (BANT3): 15.5 (11.3—23.8). Min. distance between triommatidia and vertex 86 (75-108). URS
: BL 0.083 (0.066-0.105). ST3 : BANT3 1.6 (1.2—3.0). LPT : LB 0.44 (0.41-0.50). ANT3 : ANT2
2.03 (1.60—2.57). ANT : BANT3 11.41 (8.11-13.33). URS : HT2 1.07 (0.97-1.16).
Apterous Vivipara, Adult (n = 12) (Fig. 1)—color in life variable, generally dark grey to brown to
black; head often paler than abdomen. Dorsum of body completely and heavily sclerotized, densely
covered with setae and spicules. Eye limited to triommatidion. Siphunculus very short, almost pori-
form. Antenna usually five- (sometimes six-) segmented (Fig. 2). Antennal segment V often darker
than segs. I-IV; unguis not sharply defined in segment V. BL (mm) 1.53 (1.37-1.71). Hind tibia (mm)
0.26 (0.22—0.36). HT2 74 (63-85). Number of setae on tarsus I (2—4). ST3 101 (90-110). Maximum
length of caudal setae 94 (80-103). Minimum length of caudal setae 41 (30-58). Maximum length
of head setae (HS) 77 (65-95). ANT1 55 (45-70); ANT2 53 (45-63); ANT3 109 (75-148); ANT4
2000 MILLER & SHARKEY: TAMALIA INQUILINE 79
Figures 1-2. Adult aptera of Tamalia inquilinus. Figure 1. Dorsal view.
55 (35-78); base of ANTS (LB) 81 (69-96); processus terminalis of ANTS (LPT) 36 (24-55). ANT
389 (326-494). Maximum length of setae, ANT3 36 (33-44). Rostrum (mm) 0.28 (0.23—0.31); URS
85 (63-105). Rostrum extending as far as just past coxa II. Secondary setae on URS (6-8). URS :
HT2 1.16 (0.96-1.48). Number of secondary rhinaria (2-5). BANT3 19 (16-24). Max. : min. length
caudal setae 2.40 (1.57-3.42). ST3/BANT3 5.27 (4.11-6.29). HS : BANT3 4.01 (2.84-5.07). LPT :
LB 0.45 (0.30-—0.66). Max. length setae ANT3 : BANT3 1.87 (1.42—2.33). ANT3 : ANT2 2.06 (1.50-
2.53). ANT : BANT3 20.12 (17.67—24.15).
Larva ex Aptera (n = 5)—color in life pallid; body with little or no sclerotization. Setae on terga
tapered. BL (mm) 0.63 (0.57-0.73). HFEM 133 (120-148). HFEM width 46 (40-51). HT2 58 (51-
70). ST3 44 (38-53). Maximum length of caudal setae 47 (40-51). ANT 1 38 (35-43); ANT2 35 (31-
41); ANT3 73 (64-81); base, ANT4 (LB) 56 (53-65); processus terminalis of ANT4 (LPT) 24 (20-
29). ANT 226 (205-246). Rostrum (mm) 0.24 (0.23-0.26); URS 58 (55-63). Rostrum extending as
80 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Figure 2. Right antenna, dorsal view.
far as just past coxa III. URS : HT2 0.99 (0.89-1.07). Number of secondary rhinaria 3-5. BANT3 17
(15-23). Min. distance between triommatidion and vertex 132 (113-145). URS : BL 0.09 (0.08-0.10).
ST3 : BANT3 2.60 (2.14-3.08). LPT : LB 0.43 (0.38-0.44). ANT3 : ANT2 2.10 (1.94—-2.32). ANT
: BANT3 13.48 (10.94-15.25).
Ovipara, Adult (n = 5)—Color in life pale green. Wings and compound eyes well-developed; pleura
V-VII with cribriform plates which are often covered with waxy secretions. Siphunculus very short.
BL (mm) 1.41 (1.22—1.66). Hind tibia (mm) 0.40 (0.36-0.44). HT2 71 (50-80). Number of setae on
tarsus I (2-4). ST3 46 (40-55). Maximum length of caudal setae 83 (75-90). Minimum length of
caudal setae 14 (13-15). HS 12 (11-13). ANT 1 60 (55-68); ANT2 48 (45-53); ANT3 188 (178-
198); ANT4 99 (88-113); ANTS 94 (83-108); base of ANT6 (LB) 94 (88-100); processus terminalis
of ANT6 (LPT) 41 (38-45) (Fig. 3). ANT 623 (585-675). Maximum length of setae, ANT3 14 (14-
15). Rostrum (mm) 0.23 (0.18—0.28); URS 70 (63-73) (Fig. 4). Rostrum extending halfway between
coxae I, II. Secondary setae on URS (5-8). URS : HT2 1.02 (0.89-—1.45). Number of secondary rhinaria
(2-4). BANT3 12 (11-13). Number of secondary sensoria on ANT3 9 (7-10). Max. : min. length
caudal setae 6 (5-7). ST3 : BANT3 3.8 (3.2-4.4). HS : BANT3 1.02 (1.00-1.11). LPT : LB 0.44
(0.41-0.49). Max. length setae ANT3 : BANT3 1.19 (1.10-1.33). ANT3 : ANT2 3.92 (3.71-4.16).
ANT : BANT3 51.9 (46.8-54.0).
Male, Adult (n = 5)—color in life bright green. Wings and compound eye well-developed; siphun-
culus very short. BL (mm) 0.98 (0.86—1.10). Hind tibia (mm) 0.43 (0.33-0.50) (Fig. 5). HT2 80 (70-
88). Number of setae on tarsus I (4-6). ST3 28 (23-30). Maximum length of caudal setae 47 (40-
58). Minimum length of caudal setae 16 (13-18). HS 12 (9-14). ANTI 60 (48-65); ANT2 49 (48-
50); ANT3 214 (198-235); ANT4 118 (100-140); ANTS 112 (100-123); base of ANT6 (LB) 99 (90-—
105); processus terminalis of ANT6 (LPT) 45 (43-48) (Fig. 6). ANT 696 (633-758). Maximum length
of setae, ANT3 17 (14-19). Rostrum (mm) 0.24 (0.20-0.29); URS 77 (70-83). Rostrum reaches coxae
Il. Secondary setae on URS (6-8). URS : HT2 0.97 (0.80—1.14). Number of secondary rhinaria (2—
Figures 3-6. Adult sexuals of Tamalia inquilinus. Figure 3. Right antenna of ovipara, dorsal view.
2000 MILLER & SHARKEY: TAMALIA INQUILINE 81
Figure 4. Terminal segments of rostrum of ovipara, ventral view.
4). BANT3 12 (11-14). Number of secondary sensoria on ANT3 3 (2-4). Max.: min. length caudal
setae 3.1 (2.3—4.6). ST3 : BANT3 2.3 (2.0-2.7). HS : BANT3 0.97 (0.64-1.11). LPT : LB 0.45 (0.43-
0.47). Max. length setae ANT3 : BANT3 1.36 (1.00-1.56). ANT3 : ANT2 4.37 (3.95—4.70). ANT :
BANT3 57.3 (50.5—67.3).
Material Examined.—The following is a summary of collection data for galls containing either T.
inquilinus, T. coweni, or both species. U.S.A., CALIFORNIA, El Dorado Co.: Blodgett Forest Re-
search Station, 1350 m, Jul, Aug 1993-1995, on Arctostaphylos patula and Arctostaphylos viscida;
Georgetown, 800 m, Jun—Jul 1995, on A. viscida; Lotus, 200 m, Jun 1995, on A. viscida; Placer Co.:
Sagehen Creek Research Station, 1900 m, Aug 1995, on A. patula; Stanislaus Co.: Kennedy Creek,
2200 m, Jul 1997, on A. patula; Tuolumne Co.: Sugar Pine, 1300 m, Jul 1997, on Arctostaphylos
mariposa; Napa Co.: Mt. St. Helena, 900 m, Aug 1997, on Arctostaphylos spp.; San Bernardino Co.:
San Bernardino Mts, Mill Creek Canyon, 1000 m, May 1998, on Arctostaphylos glauca; Placer Co.:
junction of North and Middle Forks of American River, 250 m, Jun 1998, on A. viscida; Riverside
Co.: Deep Canyon, 1200 m, Jul 1998, on A. glauca; Santa Rosa Mts, 2200 m, Jul 1998, on A. patula,
and at 1400 m on A. glauca; San Diego Co.: San Felipe, 1100 m, Jul 1998, on A. glauca. MEXICO,
Baja California Norte, Sierra San Pedro Martir, 1250 m, Apr 1998, on A. glauca; Interior Coast Ranges,
km 32, hwy 3, 300 m, Apr 1998, on A. glauca. Specimens were preserved in 95% EtOH, then
macerated in 5% KOH, cleared in 30% lactic acid and mounted on slides in a phenol-lactic acid-
polyvinyl alcohol medium (BioQuip). All material collected by D. G. Miller.
Type Material.—Holotype: apterous vivipara. U.S.A., CALIFORNIA, Riverside Co.: Santa Rosa
Mt, 1200 m, 10 Jul 1998, on A. glauca. Collection no. S98040b. (The holotype is on the upper right
hand side of a slide mounted with four other apterous viviparae.) Morphotypes: ovipara, Riverside
Co.: Santa Rosa Mt, 1400 m, 26 Jul 1998, on A. glauca (specimen is in the center of a slide mounted
with one other ovipara and three males), collection no. S98025c; male, Riverside Co.: Santa Rosa Mt,
2200 m, 26 Jul 1998, on A. patula (specimen is on the lower left hand side of a slide mounted with
two other males and two oviparae), collection no. S98029d. Holotype and morphotypes deposited
NMNH. Paratypes: Stanislaus Co.: Kennedy Creek, 2200 m, 27 Jul 1997, on A. patula, 1 aptera;
Tuolumne Co.: Sugar Pine, 1300 m, 27 Jul 1997, on A. mariposa, 2 apterae; El Dorado Co.: Blodgett
Forest, 1350 m, 28 Jul 1994, on A. patula, 1 aptera; Blodgett Forest, 1350 m, 17 Jul 1997, on A.
viscida, 4 apterae; Napa Co.: Mt. St. Helena, 1000 m, 2 Aug 1997, on Arctostaphylos spp., 2 apterae;
Riverside Co.: Santa Rosa Mt, 1400 m, 26 Jul 1998, on A. glauca, 2 oviparae, 2 males; San Bernardino
Co.: Mill Creek Canyon, 1000 m, 24 Jul 1998, on A. glauca, 2 oviparae, 2 males. Paratypes deposited
at the following museums: Essig Museum, University of California at Berkeley; University of Ken-
tucky Entomological Collection; Trinity University Invertebrate Collection, San Antonio, Texas. All
specimens collected by D. G. Miller.
82 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Figure 5. Tibia and tarsus of metathoracic leg of male, dorsal view.
Occurrence of T. inquilinus with T. coweni.—The type series is based on 1739 galls on Arctostaph-
ylos spp. that were collected between 1993-1998: as determined by the identification of apterae, 1506
contained 7. coweni only, 155 both 7. coweni and T. inquilinus, and 78 T. inquilinus only. Of the
sampled galls containing T. inquilinus, over 66% contained T. coweni as well; thus, the life history
of T. inquilinus appears closely associated with that of its congener. All galls collected were typical
for those of T. coweni regardless of the occupants: galls containing solely T. inquilinus are indistin-
guishable externally from those with T. coweni or with both species present. Tamalia galls are typically
formed by apterae causing the Arctostaphylos leaf to roll and swell, thus enclosing the occupants; this
type of gall was collected on leaves of A. patula, A. viscida and A. glauca. Additionally, T. coweni
can cause galls on inflorescences of A. patula; this gall type is termed a flower bud gall (Miller 1998)
and was part of the sample as well.
Figure 6. Right antenna of male, dorsal view.
2000 MILLER & SHARKEY: TAMALIA INQUILINE 83
DISCUSSION
Based on its biology and morphology, T. inquilinus is considered distinct from
T. coweni and thus constitutes a novel species. Tables 1 and 2 provide morpho-
logical comparisons of 7. inquilinus and T. coweni. For separating T. inquilinus
from the three other described members of the genus, Tamalia pallida Richards
1967, Tamalia keltoni Richards 1967, and Tamalia dicksoni Remaudiére & Stroy-
an 1984, we refer to the above key and to descriptions given by Richards (1967)
and Remaudiere & Stroyan (1984). Tamalia pallida is recognizable by the absence
or reduction of pigment in live and preserved specimens. In T. keltoni, the fun-
datrix, alate vivipara and ovipara bear pigmented spots, unlike other members of
the genus. All known morphs of T. dicksoni are characterized by the extraordinary
length of the apical segment of the rostrum.
Because T. inquilinus is so closely associated with T. coweni, it occurred to us
that 7. inquilinus is but a morph of T. coweni, representing an alternative life
history pathway of 7. coweni. This was the original hypothesis stated in Miller
(1998), who referred to apterae of T. inquilinus as accessory wingless females of
T. coweni. However, in all stages of the life cycle here examined, including aptera,
larvae ex aptera, Ovipara and male, morphological features occur which allow
reliable separation of the two species concerned.
Although 7. coweni is widely distributed in North America, ranging from On-
tario across boreal Canada and much of western North America south to Mexico
(Richards 1967, Remaudiére & Stroyan 1984), T. inquilinus is reported only from
Northern California south on the Pacific Slope to Baja California Norte, Mexico.
That two-thirds of the 7. inqguilinus sampled co-occurred in galls with T. coweni
indicates T. inquilinus may be an obligate inquiline of T. coweni. All described
species of Tamalia develop in galls on Arctostaphylos: T. inquilinus appears to
be no exception. The galls containing J. inquilinus but without 7. coweni may
have been founded by 7. coweni apterae before the arrival of T. inquilinus apterae;
thereafter, the founding 7. coweni may have exited the gall. This is possible as
all generations of apterae of T. coweni are capable of founding galls (Miller 1998)
and foundresses of 7. coweni often abandon galls (Miller, unpublished data). How-
ever, more data are needed to test the hypothesis that T. inquilinus has lost the
ability to cause galls and is obligately associated with 7. coweni.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank David Voegtlin, Illinois Natural History Survey, for a critical reading
of the manuscript. Leticia Avilés, Nancy Moran, Wayne Getz and Thomas Mittler
offered guidance and material support in the preparation of specimens. Georges
Remaudiére kindly provided expertise and specimens to aid in the identification
of species of Tamalia. Lodging and permission to study aphid populations were
provided by the Staffs of Blodgett Forest Research Station, Sagehen Creek Re-
search Station, and Deep Canyon Reserve (all in California). DGM was supported
by an NIH Postdoctoral Fellowship at the Center for Insect Science, University
of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona. MJS was supported by Kentucky Agricultural Ex-
periment Station Project No. 99-08-94.
Table 1. Comparison of asexual morphs of T. inquilinus with T. coweni. Metrical data given as range.
Aptera (adult) Aptera (first instar) Larva ex aptera
T. inquilinus T. coweni T. inquilinus T. coweni T. inquilinus T. coweni
Body color in life grey to brown to black dark olive-brown white pale-dark green white pale green
Degree of sclerotization complete partial little/none much little/none partial
Shape of setae on tergites tapered tapered tapered capitate tapered tapered
Length of femorotrochanter III (wm) nr@ nr 85-128 130-145 120-148 120-145
Length of rostrum (mm) 023-031 0.22-0.30 0.14-0.22 0.12—0.20 0.23-0.26 0.18-0.20
Color of antennae ant. seg.V often darkest uniform uniform uniform uniform uniform
Shape of unguis not sharply defined sharply defined nr nr nr nr
Antennal segment II (ym) 45-63 35-45 25-33 26-29 31-41 29-31
Basal length, segment IV (um) not present 44-64 33-53 36-49 53-65 45-54
Basal length, segment V (ym) 69-96 np> np np np np
Max. length caudal setae (jm) 80-103 43-78 21.3-37.5 25.0-43.8 40-51 40-44
Length of setae tergite III: diameter
ant. seg. III 4.11-6.29 2.67—4.00 1.2—3.0 1.2-2.3 2.14-3.08 1.14-1.55
Total ant. length: diameter, ant. seg. III 17.67—24.15 12.06-—16.35 8.11-13.33 9.57-14.00 10.94-15.25 8.24-8.88
4 Not recorded.
> Not present.
v8
LSIDO'TOWOLNA OIMIDVd-NVd FHL
(Z)OL “TOA
Table 2. Comparison of sexuals of T. inquilinus with T. coweni. Metrical data given as range.
Body color in life
Body length (mm)
Length of tibia III (mm)
Seg. II, hind tarsus (HT2) (um)
Ultimate seg. of rostrum (URS) (um)
Min. length caudal setae (ym)
Antennal segment III (wm)
Antennal segment V (um)
Total ant. length (jm)
Ant. seg. III/II
Length of processus terminalis/base, ant. seg. VI
# secondary sensoria, ant. seg. III
# secondary rhinaria, ant. seg. VI
URS/HT2
T. inquilinus
pale green
1.22-1.66
0.36-0.44
50-80
63-73
13-15
178-198
83-108
0.89-1.45
Ovipara
T. coweni
rich green
1.50—1.75
0.43-0.57
73-93
95-108
13-20
225-250
110-130
685-755
4.52—6.00
0.26-0.37
9-16
5-8
1.09-141
Male
T. inquilinus
bright green
0.86-1.10
0.33-050
70-88
70-83
13-18
198-235
100-123
633-758
3.95-4.70
043-047
2-4
2-4
0.80—1.14
T. coweni
pale green
1.24-1.72
0.61-0.73
108-128
80-90
18-25
260-345
135-210
785-1120
495-596
0.36-0.43
4-7
4-6
0.67-0.79
0007
ANITINONI VIIVAVL ‘AAMUVHS F VAT
c8
86 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
LITERATURE CITED
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1905. A gall on Bearberry (Arctostaphylos). Can. Entomol., 37: 391-392.
Miller II, D. G. 1998. Life history, ecology and communal behaviour of the Manzanita Leaf-gall
Aphid, Tamalia coweni (Cockerell) (Homoptera: Aphididae). J. Nat. Hist., 32: 351-356.
Nieto Nafria, J. M., M. P. Mier Durante & G. Remaudiére. 1997. Les noms des taxa du groupe-famille
chez les Aphididae [Hemiptera]. Revue fr. Ent. (N.S.), 19: 77-92.
Oestlund, O. W. 1922. A synoptical key to the Aphididae of Minnesota. Rep. State Entomol. Minn.,
19: 114-151.
Palmer, M. A. 1952. The Aphidae of the Rocky Mountain Region. Thomas Say Foundation, Denver,
Colorado.
Remaudiére, G. & H. L. G. Stroyan. 1984. Un Tamalia nouveau de Californie (USA). Discussion sur
les Tamaliinae subfam. nov. (Hom. Aphididae). Annls. Soc. entomol. Fr. (N.S.), 20: 93-103.
Richards, W. R. (1967). A revision of Tamalia, with descriptions of two new species from Mexico
(Homoptera: Aphididae). Can. Entomol., 99: 65-74.
Received 14 Jun 1999: Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 87-94, (2000)
NET-WINGED MIDGES (DIPTERA: BLEPHARICERIDAE):
A FOOD RESOURCE FOR BROOK TROUT IN
MONTANE STREAMS
GREGORY W. COURTNEY! AND RICHARD M. DUFFIELD?
'Department of Entomology, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011
?Department of Biology, Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20059
Abstract.—We report on the importance of net-winged midges (Diptera: Blephariceridae) in the
diet of three native populations of brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill). One population,
studied mostly during 1992 and 1993, was from the Rapidan River, Shenandoah National Park,
Virginia. The other populations, studied in 1993 and 1994, were from Trail Creek and North
Fork Rock Creek, both subalpine streams in Medicine Bow National Forest, Snowy Mountains,
Wyoming. Rapidan River samples contained 411 larvae and adults, mostly of Blepharicera
appalachiae Hogue & Georgian, recovered from 121 trout. During the study period, there were
marked shifts in the relative consumption of larvae to adult Bl. appalachiae, then to BI. similans
Johannsen. These shifts presumably reflect temporal patterns of blepharicerid activity and per-
haps changes in trout predatory behavior (benthic to surface feeding). At Wyoming streams,
fourth-instar larvae and adults of the net-winged midge, Agathon elegantulus von Réder, were
recovered from 34 trout. Relative to the Rapidan population, western trout populations consumed
lower numbers of blepharicerids. Because net-winged midges are moderately large flies that can
be seasonally abundant in many streams, we posit that blepharicerids can be a significant com-
ponent of trout diets.
Key Words.—Insecta, Diptera, Blephariceridae, Net-winged midge, Trout diet, Blepharicera,
Agathon.
Net-winged midges (Diptera: Blephariceridae) are one of the most distinctive
and specialized families of Diptera. The immature stages of these flies frequent
the cascades, riffles, and waterfalls of mountain streams. Larvae show many ad-
aptations to life on current-exposed rocks, including six ventral suckers and a
cephalothorax (fused head, thorax, and first abdominal segment). Larvae are graz-
ers, using highly modified mouthparts to feed on thin films of algae, bacteria, and
other organic matter (periphyton). Pupae are dorsoventrally compressed, stream-
lined, and attached immovably to rocks. Adult blepharicerids superficially resem-
ble crane flies (Tipulidae) and show a diversity of habits. The females of some
Species are predators of insects, including other blepharicerids; however, many
net-winged midges are nectarivorous or non-feeding. In most species, adults are
short-lived and rarely venture beyond the riparian zone.
The Blephariceridae contain approximately 300 described species, with repre-
sentatives on most major continents. The North American fauna contains 25 de-
scribed species (Hogue 1987), including the western genera Agathon (8 species),
Bibioce phala (1 species) and Philorus (4 species), and the widespread genus Ble-
Pharicera (12 species). The fauna of eastern North American contains eight de-
scribed Blepharicera (Walker 1848, Loew 1863, Johannsen 1929, Alexander
1953, Hogue 1978, Hogue & Georgian 1986) and at least seven undescribed
species (GWC, unpublished data).
Net-winged midges are a significant but under-appreciated component of stream
ecosystems. In streams of both western and eastern North America, densities of
immature stages may approach or exceed 1000 individuals/m? (Johns 1996; GWC,
88 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
unpublished data), making blepharicerids one of the most abundant insects and a
dominant grazer (Georgian & Wallace 1983). Densities often translate into sub-
stantive secondary production, at least seasonally (Anderson 1992).
In spite of their abundance and potential trophic value, there are surprisingly
few records of blepharicerids in the diet of trout or other lotic fish (Muttkowski
1929, Tebo & Hassler 1963, Tippets & Moyle 1978). This paper partially fills
this gap by reporting blepharicerids in the diet of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis
(Mitchill)) in eastern and western North American streams.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Virginia Samples.—From Oct 1991 to Jun 1993, stomach-pump samples were
collected from brook trout in the Rapidan River, Shenandoah National Park, Mad-
ison County. The Rapidan runs generally eastward and has a predominantly gravel
bottom with occasional moderate-to-large boulders. Samples were collected be-
tween the mouth of Staunton River (38°26' N 78°22’ W, 300 m) to above Laurel
Prong (38°29' N 78°25’ W, 760 m). The park designates this section as a brook-
trout management area and maintains a “‘catch and release”’ policy for fishing.
Wyoming Samples.—Stomach-pump samples were collected from brook trout
in Trail Creek (41°25’ N 106°12’ W) and North Fork Rock Creek (41°27' N
106°13’ W). Both are subalpine streams (> 2900 m) that flow eastward from the
Snowy Mountains, Medicine Bow National Forest, Carbon County. Trail Creek
samples were from 6 and 9 Aug 1993, and 30 Jun, 1 and 2 Jul, and 3 Aug, 1994.
Samples from North Fork Rock Creek were collected on 7 and 8 Aug, 1993.
Sample Collection.—Brook trout were caught using artificial flies at various
times from morning to late afternoon. Fish shorter than 150 mm were released
without sampling. All samples were obtained using a stomach pump as described
by Duffield & Nelson (1993). This procedure leaves the possibility that a small
portion of the stomach contents is not retrieved. During the sampling process,
stomach contents were placed in a small plastic pan (15 cm X 15 cm X 2.54
cm). The sample was then transferred to a 4-dram vial and preserved in 95%
EtOH. Each sample was assigned an accession number associated with a specific
fish. After the stomach sample was collected, the fish was measured and released.
The size of the fish, time of day, weather, stream temperature and other conditions
were recorded.
Advantages of using stomach-pump samples to obtain information about trout
diet are discussed elsewhere (Duffield & Nelson 1993, 1999). Because samples
are readily obtained over a range of times during the day as well as any time of
the year, they can provide a seasonal diet profile for a particular stream and a
baseline for comparative studies. Diet profiles have been used to obtain life-
history data for various species of aquatic insects (Duffield et al. 1995).
Analyses.—In the laboratory, samples were sorted and identified using a dis-
secting microscope. All blepharicerids were placed in separate vials of 70% EtOH
and subsequently identified to species. Trout-diet data were analyzed after entry
into a relational database (Paradox 3.1). Insect taxa were assigned an identification
code to permit summary calculations.
Specimens.—Blepharicerid specimens were deposited in the Iowa State Insect
Collection, Department of Entomology, Iowa State University. The remaining
material resides in the collection at the Department of Biology, Howard Univer-
2000 COURTNEY & DUFFIELD: MIDGES AND TROUT 89
Table 1. Blepharicera appalachiae and BI. similans specimens recovered from Salvelinus fontinalis
stomach samples from the Rapidan River, Shenandoah National Park, Virginia (1992-1993).
Date # of samples II Ill Iv! M/F Total
17.11.1992 1 1 — — — 1
21-28 II.1992 12 — 3 19 — 22
5-10.IV.1992 17 1 2 26 — 29
12-19.IV.1992 NS — 3 9 — 102
22.1V—2.V.1992 14 — — 17 — ly
31 ITI-3.IV. 1993 10 1 1 24 — 26
2-11.V.1993 9 — =) 48 — 53
13-16.V.1993 Jal — 1 Le 2/0 25
23.V.1993 15 — 7 18 23/15 58
30.V.1993 5 — — 4 (2) 5/2 13
8.V 1.1993 a! — — (9) 9/34 By
24.VI.1993 6 — —
(2) 1/7 (2/1) 13
TOTAL 121 3 17 187 (13) 98 (3) 395 (16)
Legend: II-IV, larval instars 2—4; IV', includes exuviae; M/F adult males/females; (), Bl. similans.
sity. Voucher specimens of all taxa were placed in the U.S. National Museum,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
RESULTS
Virginia Samples.—During the sampling period, 17,153 invertebrates were re-
covered from 515 brook trout. No samples were collected during July. Brook
trout that were sampled ranged in length from 15 cm to 27.5 cm. Of the total
number of invertebrates recovered, 3360 (19.6%) were Diptera. The percentage
of Diptera in each sample varied by month and sample date. A complete analysis
of the taxa present in diet samples will be reported separately.
Rapidan collections included 411 blepharicerid specimens: 395 Ble pharicera
appalachiae Hogue & Georgian and 16 Bl. similans Johannsen (Table 1). Net-
winged midges accounted for 2.4% of the total trout diet. Approximately 23%
(121) of samples contained at least one blepharicerid. No net-winged midges were
recovered in samples from August to January. The first collections of Bl. appa-
lachiae larvae were in February. All blepharicerids recovered in February, March,
and April were larvae. By mid-May, samples contained fourth-instar larvae and
adults. Blepharicera similans first appeared in samples from 23 May. Subsequent
samples (late May and June) contained adults of both species (Table 1). Neither
pupae nor pupal exuviae were recovered.
Diptera as a percentage of the total number of recovered invertebrates increased
from approximately 17% in February to 20% in April and 50% in June. During
this same period, net-winged midges as a percentage of the total Diptera increased
from 0.3% in February to 20.7% in April and 15% in June (Table 2).
Wyoming Samples.—Thirty-four samples from Trail Creek contained at least
one Ag. elegantulus von Réder (Table 3). Fourth-instar larvae and exuviae were
recovered from samples in June and the first week of July. August samples from
Trail Creek and North Fork Rock Creek contained only adult blepharicerids.
At Trail Creek, 4613 specimens were recovered from 135 trout. Diptera were
the dominant food item (46.7%), followed by Ephemeroptera (30%), Plecoptera
90 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Table 2. Monthly percentages of blepharicerids relative to the total invertebrates and total Diptera
(Rapidan River, Virginia).
Number of % Diptera of total Number of % blepharicerids of
Month Diptera invertebrates blepharicerids total Diptera
February 374 17.6 th 0.3
March foe tees 22, 6.6
April 759 19.8 L57 20.7
May 1B: 379. 164 14.7
June 434 52.0 65 15.0
July no samples collected
August 28 10.6 0 0
(13.5%) and Trichoptera (9.8%). Data from North Fork Rock Creek are based on
1307 invertebrates from 52 trout, and for most taxa show proportions comparable
to Trail Creek (Diptera, 42%, Ephemeroptera, 21.3%, Plecoptera, 16.5%, and Tri-
choptera, 19.3%).
As with Rapidan River data, Wyoming data show that Diptera increase as a
percentage of the total number of food items recovered by month (Table 4).
However, unlike at the Rapidan, the monthly totals of Ag. elegantulus, shown as
a percentage of total Diptera per month, remained relatively constant.
DISCUSSION
Reports of net-winged midges in the diet of trout are rare. Muttkowski (1929)
recorded Bibioce phala adults and Ble pharicera larvae in the stomach contents of
cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki (Richardson)) and rainbow trout (Oncorhyn-
chus mykiss (Walbaum)) from the Yellowstone River. Because Ble pharicera is not
known from the Yellowstone area, the larvae recorded by Muttkowski presumably
were either Bibiocephala or Ag. elegantulus. Both occur in the area (Hogue 1987;
GWC, unpublished data). Tippets & Moyle (1978) found that rainbow trout in
the McCloud River, California, fed primarily on benthic organisms, including
‘*“Blephariceridae”’. The study was based on stomach-content analysis of fish
caught on three dates between 10 Aug and 10 Sep Brown (Salmo trutta Linnaeus),
brook, and rainbow trout from western North Carolina also fed on Ble pharicera
Table 3. Agathon elegantulus recovered from Salvelinus fontinalis stomach samples from two sub-
alpine streams in Medicine Bow National Forest, Wyoming.
Number of Adult
Date samples IV Pupae males/females
Trail Creek
30.VI.1994 6 9 0 0
1. VIT.1994 11 21 2 0
2. VII.1994 3 4 0 0
3.VIHI.1993 1 0 0 1/1
6. VITI.1993 8 0 0 3/2
9. VIII.1993 5 0 0 3/2
North Fork Rock Creek
7-8. VITI.1993 13 0 0 0/14
Legend: Number of stomach samples containing blepharicerids; IV, fourth-instar larvae and exuviae.
2000 COURTNEY & DUFFIELD: MIDGES AND TROUT 91
Table 4. Net-winged midges as a percentage of the total Diptera recovered per month from Trail
Creek and North Fork Rock Creek, Wyoming.
Net-winged midges
Number of Diptera as a % of total Number of as % of total
Month Diptera invertebrates/month net-winged midges Diptera/month
Trail Creek
June 341 34.8 9 2.6
July 678 45.2 27 4.0
August 1133 5321 31 oot:
North Fork Rock Creek
August 561 42.6 14 255
sp. (Tebo & Hassler 1963). For the three trout species, Blepharicera’s contribution
to the total diet was 0.2, 0.7, and 2.2%, respectively.
Although percentages less than 5% might seem insignificant, they should be
viewed in terms of their seasonal contribution to trout diets. Rapidan data indicate
that from February through June, Diptera and net-winged midges become increas-
ingly important as food items (Table 2). This was especially noticeable from April
through June, when blepharicerids comprised a large proportion (~15—21%) of
recovered Diptera. By August, blepharicerids disappeared from diet samples, pre-
sumably because their activity period had ended. Our data demonstrate that, al-
though blepharicerids comprise a relatively small proportion of the annual diet
(2.4% of all invertebrates recovered), these flies can be an important trout food
at certain times of the year.
Rapidan data provide antecdotal information about the life histories of Appa-
lachian net-winged midges and confirm phenological predictions from other stud-
ies. Both blepharicerid species in the Rapidan are widespread in the Applachians
and demonstrate distinct patterns of larval-adult activity. Other phenological stud-
ies (Johns 1996; GWC, unpublished data) indicate that the southern- and central
Appalachian species Bl. appalachiae typically is a late-spring or early-summer
species and that the widespread Bl. similans is a summer species. Although these
Species sometimes overlap temporally in the southern Appalachians, they overlap
only slightly in northern areas, including Shenandoah National Park (GWC, un-
published data). Typically, the extent of temporal overlap is that Bl. similans eggs
are hatching (i.e., early-instar larvae are present) when Bl. appalachiae adults
have nearly completed their emergence period (i.e., adults and mature pupae are
present). Rapidan data confirm these observations. Second-instar larvae of Bl.
appalachiae first appeared in February, second- and third-instar larvae were pres-
ent in March and April, third- and fourth-instar larvae dominated early- and mid-
May samples, and late-May samples included only fourth-instar larvae and adults.
Only adult Bl. appalachiae were collected in June, which coincided with the first
appearance of Bl. similans. Early-instar larvae of Bl. similans were not recorded
in our samples, perhaps because the species is relatively smaller than Bl. appa-
lachiae and might have been less preferred or less easily consumed by the trout
we sampled. Although no samples were collected in July, we assume that adult
blepharicerids, particularly Bl. similans, contribute to trout diets during this
month.
At Trail Creek, Diptera as a percentage of the total number of recovered items
92 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Table 5. Emergence data for net-winged midges, Diptera and all aquatic insects from Oregon
Cascade Range streams in 1982-1983 (from Anderson (1992), Anderson and Courtney (unpublished)).
% of total insects % of total insects
Taxon Density (% of Diptera) Weight (% of Diptera)
Mack Creek
Blephariceridae 16 0.28 (0.35) 85.1 5.2 (20.2)
Diptera 4525 FEB: 421 25.4
Total insects 5814 1654
Quartz Creek
Blephariceridae 4 0.08 (0.10) 22.9 1.5 (4.7)
Diptera 4133 81.0 485 31.8
Total insects 5099 1525
Grasshopper Creek
Blephariceridae 12 0.34 (0.48) 43 2.6 (8.6)
Diptera 2488 70.8 502 30.5
Total insects 3516 1646
Legend: Density = number of individuals/m7/yr; Weight = mg/m7°yr.
increased gradually over the summer from 35% in June to 53% in August (Table
4), but the percentage represented by net-winged midges remained relatively con-
stant (between 2.6 and 4%). Comparable data were recorded in August for North
Fork Rock Creek (43% Diptera, 2.5% of this being net-winged midges). This
constancy of proportions for net-winged midges is markedly different from our
Rapidan samples, which showed Blepharicera spp. increase from < 1% of all
Diptera in February to nearly 21% and 15% in April and June, respectively. These
data could reflect differences in the relative densities of Ag. elegantulus in western
streams and Blepharicera spp. in the Rapidan River. The immature stages of Ag.
elegantulus rarely occur in densities greater than a few hundred individuals/m’,
whereas those of Blepharicera spp. often exceed 1000 individuals/m? (GWC,
unpublished data).
Another important consideration is the relative size of Ag. elegantulus to Ble-
Pharicera spp., and of blepharicerids to other Diptera. Because Ag. elegantulus
is larger than Blepharicera spp., each individual represents a larger amount of
energy. Therefore, use of numbers of individuals, rather than biomass, could be
somewhat misleading. Blepharicerids also are substantially larger than the dipter-
ans that often dominate trout stomach samples (e.g., chironomids), so a blephar-
icerid could represent a larger source of energy than does a typical dipteran.
Although we consider the Rapidan percentages (e.g., 21% and 15% of all Diptera
in April and June samples, respectively) a substantial contribution to brook-trout
diets, we predict that, had these data been gathered as biomass rather than as
number of individuals, the relative importance of blepharicerids would be more
pronounced. A 1982-83 study of three Oregon streams (Anderson 1992) confirms
the relative importance of blepharicerid numbers vs. biomass. In Anderson’s study,
the annual productivity of blepharicerids, if measured in density, was < 0.5%, a
seemingly insignificant contribution; however, if measured in biomass, net-winged
midges ranked substantially higher (Table 5). In fact, at Mack Creek, an ancient
(old-growth) forest site, Agathon ranked 5th among all aquatic insects in annual
biomass production (Anderson 1992; table 2). Anderson’s values represent only
2000 COURTNEY & DUFFIELD: MIDGES AND TROUT 93
Ag. comstocki (Kellogg), a species not particularly abundant at any of the study
sites and that typically occurs in lower densities than many western blepharicerids
(GWC, unpublished data). Furthermore, in the 1982-83 study, nearly all Mack
Creek Ag. comstocki emerged during a 1-month period (GWC, unpublished data).
If data are viewed on a seasonal basis, the trophic significance of these flies
becomes even greater. The same is probably true of the related species Ag. ele-
gantulus. This net-winged midge is widespread in western North America, es-
pecially in streams of the intermountain west. Lowland populations are active
during late spring and early summer, whereas subalpine populations are active
mostly during mid- to late summer (GWC, unpublished data). During its activity
period, Ag. elegantulus can be one of the largest and most prominent aquatic
insects, and, although not usually present in high densities, it is probably an
important food resource for fish.
The ecological significance of net-winged midges has been under-appreciated,
yet studies have shown that densities of immature stages can exceed 1000 indi-
viduals/m?*. Even when densities are much lower, these presumably rare flies can
contribute substantially to annual (biomass) stream productivity. Thus, net-winged
midges are a potentially important food resource for resident fish. Our investi-
gation has confirmed that blepharicerids contribute to trout diets and that this
contribution is at least seasonally important in some Appalachian and western
streams. We predict that studies of other streams will corroborate our findings and
confirm the trophic significance of these unusual insects in many lotic ecosystems.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank officials at Shenandoah National Park, particularly S. Tessler, for
granting permission to undertake the Rapidan study, N. H. Anderson, Oregon
State University, for kindly providing data on the secondary production of Cas-
cade Range net-winged midges and other aquatic insects, and J. Todd for review-
ing a preliminary draft of this paper. Optical equipment used for the completion
of this project was purchased with funds provided by the Fund For Academic
Excellence Grants Program, Howard University. This work was supported in part
by the Schneider Foundation (RMD), National Science Foundation (Grants DEB
9407153 and DEB 9796275 to GWC), and Hatch Act and State of Iowa funds.
This is paper no. J-18329 of the Iowa Agriculture and Home Economics Exper-
iment Station.
LITERATURE CITED
Alexander, C. P. 1953. Undescribed species of nematocerous Diptera. Part III. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol.
Soc., 48: 97-103.
Anderson, N. H. 1992. Influence of disturbance on insect communities in Pacific Northwest streams.
Hydrobiologia, 248: 79-92.
Duffield, R. M.,O.S. Flint & C. H. Nelson. 1995. Glossosoma verdona (Glossosomatidae: Trichoptera)
in the diet of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) in Libby Creek, Wyoming, U.S.A. J. Kans.
Entomol. Soc., 67: 277-282.
Duffield, R. M. & C. H. Nelson. 1993. Seasonal changes in the stonefly (Plecoptera) component of
the diet profile of trout in Big Hunting Creek, Maryland, U.S.A. Aquatic Insects, 15: 141-148.
Duffield, R. M. & C. H. Nelson. 1998. Stoneflies (Plecoptera) in the diet of brook trout (Salvelinus
fontinalis Mitchell) in Libby Creek, Wyoming, U.S.A. Hydrobiologia, 380: 59-65.
Georgian, T. & J. B. Wallace. 1983. Seasonal production dynamics in a guild of periphyton-grazing
insects in a southern Appalachian stream. Ecology, 64: 1236-1248.
94 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Hogue, C. L. 1978. The net-winged midges of eastern North America, with notes on new taxonomic
characters in the family Blephariceridae (Diptera). Contr. Sci. Nat. Hist. Mus., Los Angeles
Co., 291: 1-41.
Hogue, C. L. 1987. Blephariceridae. In Griffiths, G. C. D. (ed.). Flies of the Nearctic Region. Stutt gart:
E. Scweizerbart’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, 2: 1-172.
Hogue, C. L. & T. Georgian. 1986. Recent discoveries in the Blepharicera tenuipes group, including
descriptions of two new species from Appalachia (Diptera: Blephariceridae). Contr. Sci. Nat.
Hist. Mus., Los Angeles Co., 377: 1-20.
Johns, J. A. 1996. The net-winged mid ges (Diptera: Blephariceridae) of the southeastern United States:
phenology and ecology. M.Sc. Thesis, Clemson University, Clemson.
Johannsen, O. A. 1929. A new species of Blepharicera from Massachusetts (Diptera). Psyche, 36:
123-124.
Loew, H. 1863. Diptera Americae septentrionalis indegena. Centuria quarta. Berliner Entomol. Zeit.,
7: 275-326.
Muttkowski, R. A. 1929. The ecology of trout streams in Yellowstone National Park. Roosevelt Wild
Life Ann. - Bull. N. Y. State College Forestry, 2: 155-240.
Tebo, L. B. & W. W. Hassler. 1963. Food of brook, brown, and rainbow trout from streams in western
North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 79: 44-53.
Tippets, W. E. & P. B. Moyle. 1978. Epibenthic feeding by rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) in the
McCloud River, California. J. Anim. Ecol., 47: 549-559.
Walker, E 1848. List of specimens of dipterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. 1.
Pages 1-229. British Museum, London.
Received 23 Mar 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 95-101, (2000)
EFFECTS OF WEEDY FIELD MARGINS ON MYZUS
PERSICAE (HEMIPTERA: APHIDIDAE) IN A
BROCCOLI AGROECOSYSTEM
JOHN E. BANKS
Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Puyallup Research
and Extension Center, Puyallup, Washington 98371-4998!
Abstract.—Increases in vegetational diversity have been associated with reductions in numbers
of herbivorous insect pests in many agricultural settings. One manifestation of increased vege-
tational diversity is the inclusion of weedy vegetation around crop plots. Plots of broccoli in a
agroecosystem field study were surrounded by either (i) bare ground, or (i1) weedy margins, and
numbers of both apterous and alate green peach aphids, Myzus persicae (Sulzer), on broccoli
were recorded. Cages designed to exclude aphid predators and parasitoids were placed on broc-
coli plants in both types of treatment plots. Broccoli plots surrounded by bare ground had aphid
densities four times as high as broccoli plots surrounded by weeds. Furthermore, alate aphid
densities in plots surrounded by bare ground were five times those in weedy plots. This result
coupled with the results of the exclusion cage experiment indicate that alate colonization may
play an important role in the efficacy of weedy margins as a means of reducing aphid pests on
broccoli.
Key Words.—Insecta, vegetational diversity, Myzus persicae, broccoli, integrated pest manage-
ment.
For the past few decades, much effort has been put into developing protocols
for deploying vegetational diversity in agroecosystems in order to reduce insect
pest populations (Sheenan 1986, Russell 1989, Andow 1991, Tonhasca & Byrne
1994). Past theory and experiments suggest that increased diversity in crop fields
can reduce herbivorous pests by interfering with colonization of crop plants, en-
hancing natural enemy populations, or both (Root 1973, Cromartie 1975, Costello
1995). I performed a field experiment in order to determine whether weedy mar-
gins around plots of broccoli (Brassica oleracea (L.)) were effective in reducing
densities of the herbivorous green peach aphid (Myzus persicae (Sulzer)). Fur-
thermore, mechanisms underlying differences in aphid densities across treatments
were explored by manipulating insect populations within plots with predator-ex-
clusion cages, as well as documenting the abundance and position of alate aphid
colonists within plots.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
The field experiment was conducted during the summer of 1998 at an experi-
mental farm approximately 70 km south of Seattle at the Washington State Uni-
versity Research and Extension Center in Puyallup, Washington, U.S.A. The de-
sign consisted of square plots of broccoli (Brassica oleracea) 2.5 m X 2.5 m in
dimension, surrounded by a 1 m margin of either (1) bare ground, or (2) weeds.
Broccoli plants within plots (16 per plot) were all spaced 0.5 m apart from each
other; weeds were allowed to colonize and grow naturally.
Broccoli plants were grown from seed (Emperor Fl variety, Osborne Seed Co.,
'Present address: John E. Banks, Interdisciplinary Arts and Sciences, University of Washington,
Tacoma, 1900 Commerce Street, Tacoma, Washington 98402-3100.
96 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Mt. Vernon, Washington) in a greenhouse in late May. Seedlings were transplanted
from the greenhouse into the field during the last week of June. Plants were then
irrigated with an overhead sprinkler system, and areas around them were regularly
cultivated by hand for several weeks. Thirty-six plots were established in the field:
eighteen with weedy margins, eighteen with bare ground margins. Weeds in plot
margins consisted primarily of Amaranthus powellii S. Watson, Chenopodium
album (L.), Echinochloa coluna (L.), Echinochloa crus-galli (L.), and Cirsium
arvense (L.). Plots were laid out in three blocks (each containing six of each type
of plot), with 5.5 m of bare ground separating plots in order to discourage insect
movement between plots.
On 14 Aug predator exclusion cages (0.5 m X 0.5 m X 0.75 m = 0.1875 cubic
meters) constructed of wood and reemay (a horticultural cover cloth) were placed
Over one plant in each plot. These cages were designed to minimize the access
of natural enemies such as ladybird beetles (e.g. Coccinella se ptempunctata (L.),
C. transversogutta (Brown), Adalia bipunctata (L.)) and parasitoids (e.g. Diare-
tiella rapae (L.)). An additional cage, with two sides open, was placed in each
plot in order to act as a “‘sham”’ cage and to assess any effects that the cage itself
might have on aphid densities.
Over a period of three days beginning on 19 Aug, M. persicae were visually
counted on a subsample of eight plants in each plot (particular plants were de-
termined by a random number generator) in all three blocks. In addition, aphids
on both caged and “‘sham”’ caged plants were visually counted. In all cases, the
entire surface of each sampled plant was examined thoroughly, and the number
of alate and apterous aphids as well as the location of the plant within the plot
(e.g., interior or edge) were noted. Height and diameter of a subsample of plants
(eight per plot) were recorded and used to calculate a cylindrical volume estimate
of plant size for each plot.
An analysis of variance (ANOVA) (Wilkinson 1992) was performed on the
mean number of aphids per plant per plot with block and margin type as factors
(n = 6 plots X 3 blocks = 18 for each margin treatment) to assess the influence
of plot margin type on aphid densities for both alate aphids and total number of
aphids. ANOVA was also used to compare the mean number of aphids per caged
plant vs. the mean number of aphids per sham cage plant (n = 12 plots X 3
blocks = 36 for each margin treatment) in order to quantify the effect of excluding
predators. Finally, ANOVA was further used to compare the mean number of
aphids per plant found on interior vs. exterior plants within a plot (n = 12 plots
Xx 3 blocks = 36 for each plant position). Where necessary, data used in ANOVA
were transformed using log (x + 1) in order to meet assumptions of normality.
A simple measure of plant size (cylindrical volume, calculated from height and
diameter measurements) was calculated from a subsample of eight plants in each
plot, and comparisons were made between mean plant size in plots with bare
ground and weedy margins.
RESULTS
Myzus persicae densities were strongly influenced by the type of margin sur-
rounding broccoli plants (Table 1), with the mean number of aphids more than
four times higher in plots with bare ground margins than in plots with weedy
margins (Fig. 1). Likewise, alate densities were strongly affected by margin type
2000 BANKS: MYZUS AND WEEDS 97
Table 1. Analysis of variance for M. persicae in weedy and bare ground margin plots.
Source of variation df SS F P
Total Aphids
Block 2 0.1 0.91 0.415
Margin type 1 2.9 42.04 <0.001
Error 32 22
Alate Aphids
Block 2 1.187 10.255 <0.001
Margin type 1 hS3 134.008 <0.001
Error 356 20.596
(Table 1), with nearly five times as many alate aphids in plots surrounded by bare
ground than in plots surrounded by weeds (Fig. 2). At the same time, there was
no difference in the proportion of alate aphids found in each treatment type
(1.21% in bare ground plots, 1.20% in weedy plots; z = 0.148, P > 0.05).
The presence of predator-exclusion cages exerted a strong influence on aphid
densities (Fig. 3), with significant differences between caged and sham plants for
both weedy and bare ground margin plots (Table 2). Furthermore, there was a
significant interaction between predator exclusion and margin type (Table 2).
Aphid densities on plants in sham cages were not significantly different than those
on plants without any type of cage (P > 0.05, unpaired t-test), indicating that
there was no measurable effect of cages per se on aphid densities.
Finally, aphid densities were no higher on plants situated on the outside edge
of plots than on plants in the interior (nm = 72, F = 1.59, df = 1, P = 0.211).
The presence or absence of weeds in plot margins did not influence the within-
plot distribution of aphids, as evidenced by the lack of any significant interaction
between margin type and plant position (n = 72, F = 0.65, df = 1, P = 0.423).
Furthermore, the proportion of alates on edge plants was no different than the
proportion found on interior plants for both weedy margin plots (z = 0.58, P >
Mean density Myzus persicae aphids
Bare ground Weedy
Figure 1. The influence of weedy margins on the density of M. persicae. Means are grouped by
plot; bars represent SE forn = 18.
98 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Mean density Myzus persicae alates
Bare ground Weedy
Figure 2. The influence of weedy margins on the density of M. persicae alates. Means are grouped
by plot; bars represent SE forn = 18.
0.05) and bare ground margin plots (z = 0.62, P > 0.05). A comparison of plant
size (cylindrical volume) among plots revealed that plant size in plots with bare
ground margins was the same size as plant size in plots surrounded by weeds (P
> 0.05, unpaired t-test).
DISCUSSION
For decades, the focus of much research has been on developing sound eco-
logical techniques for reducing our reliance upon chemical pesticides for control
x —*- BARE GROUND
= WEEDY
CAGED SHAM
Mean density of Myzus persicae aphids
Figure 3. Effect of predator exclusion cages on density of M. persicae. Means were taken for each
of three replicates (bars represent SE for n = 3).
2000 BANKS: MYZUS AND WEEDS 99
Table 2. Analysis of variance for M. persicae in caged and uncaged (sham cage) plots.
Source of variation df SS F P
Block 2 8736.08 12517 < 0.001
Margin type l 11960.89 33-93 < 0.001
Cage type l BI 26"72 10.38 0.002
Margin X Cage ] 1494.22 4.16 0.046
Error 62 22249.19
of insect herbivore pests (Banks & Stark 1998). Although the evidence is far from
unequivocal (Andow 1991), many studies have suggested that the judicious use
of landscape and cultural manipulations may reduce pest populations below eco-
nomic thresholds, at least at certain times during the growing season (Risch et al.
1983). In particular, several studies have indicated that incorporating weedy veg-
etation into or around crop fields may effectively diminish pest populations (Cro-
martie 1975, Horn 1981, Shelton & Edwards 1983). The current experiment sup-
ports these results, although a thorough understanding of the mechanisms respon-
sible for reduced herbivore densities in weedy margin plots remains an obstacle
to applying these results to real farming scenarios.
The fact that densities of alate M. persicae were substantially higher in plots
surrounded by bare ground suggests that the four-fold difference in densities in
total aphids between bare ground and weedy margin plots (Fig. 1) may be ex-
plained by higher colonization into plots surrounded by bare ground. As plants
were sampled for herbivores near the peak of alate colonization for the growing
season, and aphid densities were well below the level that would stimulate new
alate production (Banks, personal observation), the alates recorded most likely
were recent arrivals into the broccoli field. The higher densities of alates in plots
surrounded by bare ground suggests that preferential colonization of aphids into
plots with bare ground margins may have been influential in generating differ-
ences in aphid densities between treatments. This is in keeping with previous
work that indicates that the stark visual contrast between bare ground and crop
vegetation (in this case, broccoli) is a critical cue enabling herbivores such as M.
persicae to colonize host plants (Costello 1995).
The significant interaction between margin type and predator exclusion cages
(Table 2) indicates that it may be worthwhile to explore further the impact of
natural enemies on herbivore populations. While the data collected for this study
were limited to alate and apterous aphid densities, a more detailed examination
of the effects of weedy margins and exclusion cages on specific predators/para-
sitoids in the broccoli system is warranted. In particular, as coccinellid numbers
were low during the growing season (Banks, personal observation), it is likely
that the exclusion cages had more of an impact on aphid parasitoids (e.g., D.
rapae). In addition, although microclimates influenced by sham cages were prob-
ably similar to those generated by full cages, it is possible that temperature dif-
ferences inside the exclusion cages affected aphid growth and survival. Additional
data (e.g., microclimate, observational-behavioral) in conjunction with the data
reported here would be useful in interpreting better the margin-cage interaction.
Although this study suggests it may be worthwhile to incorporate weedy mar-
gins into an integrated pest management (IPM) program for cruciferous vegeta-
100 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
bles, several aspects of the experimental design warrant further examination. For
instance, the response of alate colonists to visually contrasting vegetation may
change temporally across an entire growing season (Costello 1995), highlighting
the need for further experiments exploring how the deployment of weedy margins
affects aphid populations over longer periods of time. In addition, although the
reemay cages were designed to exclude predators and parasitoids such as C. sep-
tempunctata and D. rapae, they were probably less effective at excluding edaphic
predators (e.g., carabid beetles), which can be influential in controlling aphid
populations (Ekbom et al. 1992, Landis & van der Werf 1997, Losey & Denno
1997). A more detailed assessment of the effects of the margin treatments and
exclusion cages directly on the entire predator/parasitoid community is necessary
to attain a better understanding of the mechanisms underlying the differences in
aphid densities in weedy and bare ground margin plots.
Although the importance of insect dispersal in response to vegetational diversity
has been well-documented (Kareiva 1982, Lawrence & Bach 1989, Letourneau
1990), recent explorations have demonstrated that the scale of landscape manip-
ulations may affect dispersal abilities and hence influence insect distributions/
densities (Marino & Landis 1996, Roland & Taylor 1997, Banks 1998, 1999).
There are thus some difficulties in extrapolating the results from this experiment
to larger scale farms, as herbivores and natural enemies alike may respond dif-
ferently to larger distances between plots and even among plants. Furthermore,
it’s not clear how to prescribe the optimal size/area of weedy margins in larger
plots based on this experiment. An overall increase in plot size would decrease
the perimeter-to-area ratio, generating a weedy margin that comprises a smaller
percentage of the total plot size. In an earlier experiment, I demonstrated that
aphids in particular were sensitive to the percent cover of weeds relative to crop
plants in plots in a weed-broccoli agroecosystem (Banks 1998); in light of this
and other evidence of scale-dependent processes at work (e.g., microclimate) we
should expect difficulties in predicting how “‘scaling-up”’ from experimental plots
to full-sized farms would affect both herbivores and natural enemies.
Finally, vegetation characteristics such as plant quality and physiology can play
an important role in determining how landscape manipulations affect phytopha-
gous insects (Hacker & Bertness 1996). While the current experiment represents
a first step towards elucidating the mechanistic underpinning responsible for the
herbivore reduction in weedy margin plots, further experiments exploring both
biotic (e.g., predator populations, plant physiology) and abiotic (e.g., microcli-
mate, soil conditions) factors and the interaction of the two will enable us to
better prescribe the deployment of weedy margins into crop fields as a means of
augmenting pest control.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Thanks to S. Hopkins for assistance with broccoli transplantation, cultivation,
and data collection; R. Schwinkendorf for field preparation and logistical support;
J. Stark, two anonymous reviewers for editing, and S. B. J. Menken and two
anonymous reviewers for comments on an earlier version of this manuscript. This
work was supported by a USDA grant (11D-3743-5188) to J. D. Stark and J. E.
Banks.
2000 BANKS: MYZUS AND WEEDS 101
LITERATURE CITED
Andow, D. A. 1991. Vegetation diversity and arthropod population response. Ann. Rev. Entomol., 36:
561-586.
Banks, J. E. 1999. Differential response of two agroecosystem predators, Pterostichus melanarius
(Coleoptera: Carabidae) and Coccinella septempunctata (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae), to habitat
composition and fragmentation scale manipulations. Can. Entomol., 131: 645-657.
Banks, J. E. 1998. The scale of landscape fragmentation affects herbivore response to vegetation
heterogeneity. Oecologia, 117: 239-246.
Banks, J. E. & J. D. Stark. 1998. Ecotoxicology: an ad-hoc grab bag, or an interdisciplinary science?
Integr. Biol., 1: 195-204.
Costello, M. J. 1995. Spectral reflectance from a broccoli crop with vegetation or soil as background:
influence on immigration by Brevicoryne brassicae and Myzus persicae. Entomol. Exp. Appl.,
75: 109-118.
Cromartie, W. J., Jr. 1975. The effect of stand size and vegetational back ground on the colonization
of cruciferous plants by herbivorous insects. J. Appl. Ecol., 12: 517-533.
Ekbom, B. S., S. Wiktelius & P. A. Chiverton. 1992. Can polyphagous predators control the bird
cherry-oat aphid (Rhopalosiphum padi) in spring cereals? A simulation study. Entomol. Exp.
Appl., 65: 215-223.
Hacker, S. D. & M. D. Bertness. 1996. Trophic consequences of a positive plant interaction. Am. Nat.,
148: 559-575.
Horn, D. J. 1981. Effect of weedy backgrounds on colonization of collards by green peach aphid,
Myzus persicae, and its major predators. Environ. Entomol., 10: 285-289.
Kareiva, P. 1982. Experimental and mathematical analyses of herbivore movement: quantifying the
influence of plant spacing and quality on forage discrimination. Ecol. Monogr., 52: 261-282.
Landis, D. A. & W. van der Werf. 1997. Early season predation impacts the establishment of aphids
and spread of yellow beet virus in sugar beet. Entomophaga, 42: 499-516.
Lawrence, W. S. & C. E. Bach. 1989. Chrysomelid beetle movements in relation to host-plant size
and surrounding non-host vegetation. Ecology, 70: 1679-1690.
Letourneau, D. K. 1990. Mechanisms of predator accumulation in a mixed crop system. Ecol. Ento-
mol., 15: 63-69.
Losey, J. E. & R. E Denno. 1997. The escape response of pea aphids to foliar-foraging predators:
factors affecting dropping behaviour. Ecol. Entomol., 23: 53-61.
Marino, PC. & D.A. Landis. 1996. Effect of landscape structure on parasitoid diversity and parasitism
in agroecosystems. Ecol. App., 6: 276-284.
Risch, S. J.. D. A. Andow, & M. A. Altieri. 1983. Agroecosystem diversity and pest control: data,
tentative conclusions, and new research directions. Environ. Entomol., 12: 625-629.
Roland, J. & P. D. Taylor. 1997. Insect parasitoid species respond to forest structure at different spatial
scales. Nature, 386: 710-713.
Root, R. B. 1973. Organization of a plant-arthropod association in simple and diverse habitats: the
fauna of collards (Brassica oleracea). Ecol. Monogr., 43: 95-124.
Russell, E. P. 1989. Enemies hypothesis: a review of the effect of vegetational diversity on predatory
insects and parasitoids. Environ. Entomol., 18: 590-599.
Sheehan, W. 1986. Response by specialist and generalist natural enemies to agroecosystem diversifi-
cation: a selective review. Environ. Entomol., 15: 456—461.
Shelton, M. D. & C. R. Edwards. 1983. Effects of weeds on the diversity and abundance of insects
in soybeans. Environ. Entomol., 12: 296-298.
Tonhasca, A. Jr. & D. A. Byrne. 1994. The effects of crop diversification on herbivorous insects: a
meta-analysis approach. Ecol. Entomol., 19: 239-244.
Wilkinson, L. 1992. SYSTAT: statistics, version 5.2. Systat Inc., Evanston, Illinois.
Received § Jun 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 102-108, (2000)
VARIATION AMONG ACCOUNTS OF
DIEUNOMIA TRIANGULIFERA (VACHAL)
(HYMENOPTERA: HALICTIDAE)
IN DIFFERENT LOCALITIES AND YEARS
CLARE T. WUELLNER
Department of Entomology, Snow Entomological Museum, Snow Hall,
University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66045!
Abstract—This paper presents data concerning the natural history of a gregarious halictid bee,
Dieunomia triangulifera (Vachal) gathered over three field seasons (fall of 1994, 1995, and
1996). My findings were compared to similar published data. This comparison shows variation
in many aspects of the natural history of this bee. Because most studies of natural history are
based on a single field season’s data, much variation is missed for lack of long-term, multiple
site study.
Key Words.—Insecta, Hymenoptera, Halictidae, Dieunomia triangulifera, long-term study, soli-
tary bee, natural history.
Countless papers about insects have been published based on data gathered
from a single field season, or even a few days’ study. Such papers are often used
for reference and comparative studies. Comparisons made about natural history,
behavior, behavioral ecology, etc. of a species based on such studies can be of
limited value in determining plasticity and variability under changing environ-
mental conditions, particularly in regions such as centers of large continents where
annual weather variation can be erratic and great.
Except for the highly social species, studies of bees including more than one
field season’s data or fragments of several seasons are few. Yanega (1990) studied
an aggregation of the primitively eusocial halictid bee, Halictus rubicundus
(Christ)((Hymenoptera: Halictidae), for seven years. Not only did he observe im-
portant details of natural history, but he also was able to relate how the population
structure resulting from the bees’ philopatric behavior might be “‘conducive to
the evolution and maintenance of social behavior.’’ A long-term study of an ag-
~ gregation of Centris pallida Fox (Hymenoptera: Apidae) used data from the years
of 1974, 1982, and 1988 (Alcock 1989). After a single field season, Alcock (1989)
determined that larger males were likely to out-compete smaller males in fights
to determine which bee mated. Despite the apparent advantage of large size and
presumed directional selection in this system, the ratio of large to small males
did not change over the 14-year period. Alcock (1989) proposed that variation in
larval provisioning by females is likely to be the mechanism by which size var-
iation in males is maintained.
The importance of long-term studies is apparent when comparing reports from
field seasons of different years. They often reveal variation in natural history of
the organism that would not be apparent in only a single year. Even more variation
can be found when studies are done at different sites. I have studied Dieunomia
'Present address: Fire Ant Laboratory, Brackenridge Field Laboratories, Department of Zoology,
University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712. email: ctw @mail.utexas.edu
2000 WUELLNER: VARIATION IN DIEUNOMIA 103
triangulifera (Vachal) at one site (described below) for three field seasons. These
data along with data from Minckley et al. (1994), also from the same site, and
other publications based on research completed at other sites, offer an opportunity
to explore variability in natural history of D. triangulifera among years and sites.
This variability either directly or indirectly reflects how this bee interacts with
biotic and abiotic factors. Examination of such variation as published here in-
creases our understanding of how the environment, floral hosts, and natural en-
emies influence the biology of D. triangulifera and other solitary bee species.
GENERAL NATURAL HISTORY OF DIEUNOMIA TRIANGULIFERA
Dieunomia triangulifera begins to emerge in mid-August at my study site near
Eudora (Douglas County), Kansas (38°57'30" N, 95°7'30" W), U.S.A. Males
emerge before females and patrol the nesting aggregation for receptive females.
Females mate shortly after emergence and then excavate their nests in the ground.
The nest consists of a single vertical tunnel that is 30 to 110 cm deep, from which
one or two side tunnels, called laterals, branch (Cross & Bohart 1960). Along the
bottom of these laterals, the females excavate and provision cells, one at a time.
The provisions are largely pollen collected from Helianthus annuus L. (Astera-
ceae). The pollen is compacted into a lens-shaped pollen ball, approximately 8.2
by 4.5 mm (Cross & Bohart 1960). Females are active and provision cells until
mid- to late-September, depending on when the weather cools. Immatures over-
winter as prepupae. By excavating nests and examining immatures, I have found
that the bees begin to pupate approximately two weeks prior to emergence in
mid-August.
VARIATION IN EMERGENCE PHENOLOGY
Cross (1958) examined museum specimens of D. triangulifera from throughout
its range and found that most were collected between 10 Aug and 15 Sep, the
earliest collection was a male on 7 Jul, and the latest was of a female on 2 Oct.
The earliest I have seen males active was 15 Aug 1995, and the latest female
activity was 2 Oct 1995 at the Eudora site.
Cross & Bohart (1960), studied D. triangulifera at sites in Utah and eastern
Kansas and reported that males emerge “‘at least a week’’ before females. Data
combined from Minckley et al. (1994, data from years 1987—1990) and my two
field seasons (1995 and 1996) gave an average difference between male and
female emergence dates of 2.8 d (SD = 2.137, min = 0, max = 5 d,n = 6).
Given that adult bees are active an average of 34.3 d each year (SD = 4.5; 1995
= 39 d, 1996 = 34 d, 1998 = 30 d) and that female adult lifespan (based on
nesting activity) was estimated to be 13.2 d (Minckley et al. 1994), protandry of
at least a week’s time (> 50% of the adult lifespan) versus approximately 3 d
(~20% of the adult lifespan) seems considerably different.
Long-term studies can reveal correlations that have important ecological im-
plications. At the Eudora site, the date of onset of female emergence varied from
12 to 21 Aug and the onset of nesting varied from 16 to 24 Aug. The onset of
blooming of this specialist bee’s pollen source varied from 12 to 24 Aug. Emer-
gence of the bee coincides roughly with the onset of sunflower bloom (Minckley
et al. 1994, Wuellner 1999).
Because D. triangulifera is an oligolectic bee specializing on pollen of ZH.
104 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
annuus, there is strong selection for emergence to be correlated with H. annuus
flowering. The relatively small variation in onset of emergence probably reflects
selection for synchronization of bee emergence and H. annuus bloom. All studies
that mention onset of D. triangulifera emergence contain statements regarding
this relationship (Cross & Bohart 1960, Minckley et al. 1994, and Wuellner 1999).
The three-year study by Minckley et al. (1994) found evidence that availability
of the host plant influenced the reproductive success of the aggregation: the year
following abundant pollen resources, the aggregation increased in size. Converse-
ly, in the year following relatively low pollen resources, the number of bees in
the aggregation decreased.
The mass emergence of D. triangulifera females which provision their nests
only with H. annuus pollen should have consequences for other bees that use H.
annuus. Cross & Bohart (1960) and Minckley et al. (1994) found that although
many species of bees use H. annuus pollen, the number of species at flowers
drops at sites with D. triangulifera at about the time when it is provisioning nests.
Clearly, the synchronization of female emergence and activity with bloom phe-
nology of H. annuus increases competition with other species for this resource of
pollen and nectar.
VARIATION IN FEMALE DAILY ACTIVITY
To published reports on female daily activity, I add observations about how
weather conditions influence activity, and observations of orientation behavior
and how it changes during the day.
Females of D. triangulifera are active during daylight hours when no precipi-
tation is falling and when the ambient temperature is above approximately 18° C.
The average temperature at which activity began was 18.19 °C (SD = 1.56, min
= 16.3 °C, max = 21.4 °C, n = 10). Minckley et al. (1994) also reported activity
in the Eudora aggregation at a minimum of 18 °C. Each day, a foraging female
exits her nest, takes flight, and makes an orientation flight. The orientation flight
is similar to that of other bees (described in Jander (1997) as ‘‘focal exploration”
and “peripheral exploration’’) to memorize the location of her nest. She then
leaves the aggregation to forage.
Females are most often found foraging for nectar on H. annuus, although they
take nectar from a variety of flowers (Hurd et al. 1980). However, they use mostly
pollen from H. annuus to provision their nests (Minckley et al. 1994). Once the
female has completed her foraging trip, she returns to her nest. Females spend as
little as 7 to 8 min in the nest before leaving again. During that time the female
grooms off the pollen load, and completes other activities such as making the
pollen ball, excavating parts of the nest and/or of a cell, grooming, and resting.
Females often make more than one foraging trip in a day (details below). After
returning from their first foraging trips of the day, departing females have their
nest locations memorized and make no orientation flights; they simply fly straight
from the nest entrance.
Start of daily activity was reported by Minckley et al. (1994) to be 07:30 h
when ambient temperature had reached 18 °C, but this result was based on only
one detailed observation. I have found that the time of day that activity begins is
related to ambient temperature. At the beginning of the field season, when tem-
peratures are relatively warm, activity begins around 07:00 h. By the end of the
2000 WUELLNER: VARIATION IN DIEUNOMIA 105
field season, the time of day at which the temperature reaches 18 °C is later in
the morning, and activity begins around 11:00 h. To test the hypothesis that
ambient temperature is what cues daily emergence, in 1994 on three mornings
before any bees in the aggregation had emerged for the day, I provided artificial
heat with an infrared heating lamp (so that the bees could see no light). Bees
under artificial heating emerged at an average temperature of 47.4 °C (SD = 6.93,
min = 38.0 °C, max = 56.5 °C, n = 10) at an average of 56 min (SD = 6.95,
min = 50 minutes, max = 63 minutes, n = 7) before unheated bees in the
aggregation. These “‘early risers’’ began their orientation flights, but, as soon as
they flew away from the heat source, they fell to the ground and sat until ambient
temperature increased to enough for normal activity (~18 °C). That such extreme
temperatures were required to elicit early emergence suggests that temperature is
not the only factor influencing time of emergence.
The briefest foraging trips are the first trips of the day, when freshly dehisced
anthers provide abundant pollen (Minckley et al. 1994, Wuellner personal obser-
vation). Trip duration increases each hour until noon, reflecting reduction in pollen
availability with harvesting. Minckley et al. (1994) also recorded activity through
the afternoon and found that foraging trips increased in length into the mid-
afternoon, but then decreased again toward sunset, when more pollen is released
by the flowers.
Minckley et al. (1994) found that foraging trips per individual varied from 0—
8 per day (Mean = 3.44 + SD 0.3, n = 44). From the field season of 1994, I
also found that foraging trips per individual varied from O-—8 per day, but the
mean number of trips was smaller (Mean = 2.86 + SD 0.3, n = 82).
Although female bees normally only enter their own nests, there are two in-
stances in which they enter other bees’ nests (Minckley et al. 1994, Wuellner
1999). Minckley et al. (1994) and Cross & Bohart (1960) both have mentioned
behavior typical of what I have called “‘lost’’ bees (Wuellner 1999). “‘Lost’’ bees
are bees that search intensely in an area that is usually no larger than 10 X 10
cm. They often repeat the reverse orientation flight, land, and then scuffle about
in the dirt. They sometimes enter nests near their own, but then quickly exit.
These bees invariably stop searching after entering their own nest. Nearly all
‘lost’? bees have external pollen loads. In every case, once the pollen-covered
‘lost’ bee enters her own nest, she emerges without the external pollen, indicating
that she has provisioned a cell.
There is another instance in which bees enter nests other than their own. Some
bees, “‘searching bees”? (Wuellner 1999), clearly investigate areas larger than those
investigated by “‘lost’’ bees. Searching bees never have external pollen and enter
many nests in widely-separated areas of the aggregation. They are investigating
the nests of conspecifics, either to locate vacant nests to claim as their own, or
to cleptoparasitize their conspecifics (Wuellner 1999).
VARIATION IN NESTING BIOLOGY
Dieunomia triangulifera nests in aggregations, which can have from a few
hundred to tens of thousands of bees. The nest density varies from 40/m? (Minck-
ley et al. 1994), to 98/m? (Wuellner, unpublished data 1996), and as high as 311/
m? (Rau 1929).
Dieunomia triangulifera prefers to nest on bare or sparsely vegetated soil
106 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
(Pierce 1904, Rau 1929, Cross & Bohart 1960). Rau (1929) and Pierce (1904)
both report that D. triangulifera nests on ground that is slightly higher than sur-
rounding ground (thus, the common name “‘knoll’’ bee). Cross & Bohart (1960)
state that the “‘bees usually occupy knolls or gentle slopes, but in sandy washes
or hard-packed clays they may choose level ground.”’ At the Eudora site, females
frequently nest in the dirt road. The road is, for the most part, the lowest ground
at the site, but it is hard-packed.
Rau (1929) reports nesting in a soil type quite different from those reported in
other publications. He reports an aggregation nesting on bare, yellow, ““gummy”’
clay. This contrasts sharply with the clay loam, sandy loam, silt loam, and sandy
soils reported by Cross & Bohart (1960), Cane (1992), and my own findings.
Pierce (1904) states that the bees he studied nested on hard bare ground. I have
seen these bees nest in soils of various hardness, including the hard soil of a dirt
road. All of these cases contrast sharply with the yellow and “‘gummy”’ soil
described by Rau (1929). The aggregations studied by Rau (1929) and Pierce
(1904) both were active about a week earlier than those studied by Cross & Bohart
(1960), Minckley et al. (1994), and me. Voucher specimens for Pierce (1904)
from the University of Nebraska State Museum Systematics Research Collections
(Lincoln, Nebraska) were confirmed to be D. triangulifera. However, the earlier
emergence coupled with the difference in soil characteristics, raises some question
as to whether Rau (1929) was studying D. triangulifera or some other species.
No voucher specimens from Rau (1929) have been located.
VARIATION IN COMPOSITION OF NATURAL ENEMIES
An aggregation of nests is an obvious resource for natural enemies. I have
found that causes of mortality for adult bees include predation by asilid flies and
cicindellid beetles, and parasitism by conopid flies. Larvae in excavated cells (n
= ~ 300) were killed by fungus, rhipiphorid larvae, meloid larvae, ants, and
miltogrammine flies (Wuellner, unpublished data). Additionally, I have seen sev-
eral species of mutillids investigating nests at the aggregation and several species
of bombyliids flicking eggs into nest entrances. Forty-three cells on 31 Jul 1995
(15 days before onset of adult emergence) had 21 empty cells, 15 cells with
prepupae, 5 cells with pupae, and 2 cells containing prepupae of D. triangulifera
and rhipiphorid larvae. Only 47% of the cells contained living immatures of D.
triangulifera.
Emergence traps are used to capture insects emerging from the soil at sites
known to contain bee nests. Emergence traps were pyramid-shaped, screened-in
cages with open bottoms. Three of the traps had bottom dimensions of 0.9 X 9.3
m, and 17 were 0.75 X 0.75 m. The traps rested on the ground with soil piled
up over the bottom edges. Insects were funneled into a collecting container at the
top. Emergence traps can be used to determine immature mortality rates by as-
suming that each emergent natural enemy represents one host bee destroyed.
Numbers of emergent host bees and natural enemies are added together to give
the total number of D. triangulifera that would have emerged had there been no
natural enemies. Immature mortality due to natural enemies is then calculated as
a percentage of the total number. This method misses natural enemies such as
fungi, flightless natural enemies such as ants and female mutillids, and natural
2000 WUELLNER: VARIATION IN DIEUNOMIA 107
enemies that emerged before the traps were installed, and therefore often under-
estimates mortality of bee larvae.
For D. triangulifera, Wcislo et al. (1994) used emergence traps to study mor-
tality caused by six species of natural enemies. They found that mortality was
approximately 10, 20, and 30% in 1988, 1989, and 1990, respectively. Using this
same method, I found that mortality due to natural enemies was approximately
6% in 1995, and increased to approximately 11% in 1996. Therefore, annual
mortality rate of immatures was as little as 6% and as great as 30%. A single
year’s study would have missed these fluctuations.
Not only does the overall mortality rate fluctuate from year to year, but the
most prevalent natural enemy varies from location to location, and within one
location, from year to year. Presence of natural enemies at nesting aggregations
of D. triangulifera are reported in three papers. Pierce (1904) reported that pre-
daceous Cicindela sp. (Coleoptera: Cicindellidae) were present at the aggregation
he studied at Lincoln, Nebraska. Wcislo et al. (1994) reported five species of
natural enemies in 1989 at the aggregation near Eudora, Kansas. The species were
Heterostylum croceum Painter (Diptera: Bombyliidae), Rhipiphorus solidaginus
Pierce (Coleoptera: Rhipiphoridae), Triepeolus distinctus Cresson (Hymenoptera:
Apidae), Zodion fulvifrons Say (Diptera: Conopidae), and a mutillid wasp. The
beefly H. croceum was most prevalent in 1989 and 1990, and R. solidaginus was
most prevalent in 1991. At the same aggregation in 1996, I found that the most
numerous natural enemy was the rhipiphorid beetle, R. solidaginus.
DISCUSSION
From comparing data gathered by myself and others, it is clear that there is
important variation in natural history that would have been missed if this species
had been studied for a single field season. This is especially interesting with regard
to the tri-trophic level interaction of host plant-bee-natural enemy. Natural enemy
emergence is synchronized with emergence of their host, D. triangulifera. In turn,
emergence of the bee closely mirrors onset of the host plant bloom. Although
there is fairly close synchrony in timing of the phenologies of these three trophic
levels, there is variation in their onset among years.
What cues and synchronizes these events? There is evidence for a physiological
clock as well as temperature cues (Cross & Bohart 1960). Year round temperature
regimes influence soil temperatures, which in turn probably influence synchrony
of emergence of D. triangulifera with conspecifics; synchrony of D. triangulifera
with their host plant; and synchrony of emergence of natural enemies with emer-
gence of D. triangulifera. Understanding what cues each of these events will
explain the close relationship seen among annual emergence patterns.
Variation seen in natural enemy load and composition of natural enemy species
in this system warrants further study. Detailed studies of the natural history and
foraging behavior of each species of natural enemy will provide the groundwork
needed to determine how each of the natural enemies influences (and is influenced
by) its host species.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This paper is dedicated to the late Byron Alexander, my advisor, friend, and
mentor. Thanks to Charles Michener for comments on the manuscript, and to G.
108 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Shipe, T. Meisse, and H. Neis, each of whom either owned or farmed land on
which the bees aggregated. This research was funded by a PE.O. Scholars Award
(GN Chapter) and a grant from Sigma Xi.
LITERATURE CITED
Alcock, J. 1989. Size variation in the anthophorid bee Centris pallida: new evidence on its long-term
maintenance. J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 62: 484-489.
Cane, J. H. 1992. Soils of ground-nesting bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea): texture, moisture, cell depth
and climate. J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 64: 406-413.
Cross, E. A. 1958. A revision of the bees of the subgenus Epinomia in the New World (Hymenoptera-
Halictidae). Univers. Kansas Sci. Bull., 38: 1261-1301.
Cross, E. A. & G. E. Bohart. 1960. The biology of Nomia (Epinomia) triangulifera with comparative
notes on other species of Nomia. Univers. Kansas Sci. Bull., 41: 761-792.
Hurd, P. D. Jr, W. E. LaBerge & E. G. Linsley. 1980. Principal sunflower bees of North America with
emphasis on the Southwestern United States (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Smithsonian Contribu-
tions to Zoology, 310: 1-158.
Jander, R. 1997. Macroevolution of a fixed action pattern for learning: the exploration flights of bees
and wasps. In G. Greenberg & E. Tobach (eds.). Comparative Psychology of Invertebrates: the
Field and Laboratory Study of Insect Behavior. Garland Publishing, Inc., New York & London.
Minckley, R. L., W. T. Wcislo, D. Yanega & S. L. Buchmann. 1994. Behavior and phenology of a
specialist bee (Dieunomia) and sunflower (Helianthus) pollen availability. Ecology, 75: 1406-
1419.
Pierce, W. D. 1904. Some hypermetamorphic beetles and their hymenopterous hosts. Nebraska Univ-
ers. Studies, 4: 153-189.
Rau, P. 1929. The nesting habits of the burrowing bee, Epinomia triangulifera Vachal. Psyche, 36:
243-248.
Weislo, W. T,, R. L. Minckley, R. A. B. Leschen & S. Reyes. 1994. Rates of parasitism by natural
enemies of a solitary bee, Dieunomia triangulifera (Hymenoptera, Coleoptera and Diptera) in
relation to phenologies. Sociobiology, 23: 265-273.
Wuellner, C. T. 1999. Alternative reproductive strategies of a gregarious ground-nesting bee, Dieu-
nomia triangulifera (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). J. Insect Behavior, 12: 845-863.
Yanega, D. 1990. Philopatry and nest founding in a primitively social bee, Halictus rubicundus.
Behavioral Ecol. and Sociobiol., 27: 37—42.
Received 20 Jul 1998; Accepted 20 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 109-114, (2000)
DESICCATION SUSCEPTIBILITY OF THE DESERT
BRACHYPTEROUS THRIPS ARPEDIOTHRIPS MOJAVE
HOOD (THYSANOPTERA: THRIPIDAE)
W. D. WIESENBORN
1410 Stacey Lane, Boulder City, Nevada 89005
Abstract.—Desiccation susceptibility of brachypterous Arpediothrips mojave Hood, a terebran-
tian thrips found on Yucca spp. between young leaves, was compared with that of Frankliniella
occidentalis (Pergande), a widespread terebrantian thrips found on flowers. The longevity of
adult female thrips withheld food and subjected to different vapor pressure deficits was measured.
Across vapor pressure deficits, A. mojave survived 151 min, 0.28 times as long as F. occidentalis
(545 min). Survival time decreased hyperbolically in A. mojave and linearly in F. occidentalis
as vapor pressure deficit increased. The different trends indicate cuticular transpiration contrib-
uted more to desiccation in A. mojave than in F. occidentalis. Estimated surface-area to volume
ratio of A. mojave was 2.1 times greater than F. occidentalis, primarily due to the former’s
flattened body. Survival time of A. mojave was 0.58 times as long as F. occidentalis after
accounting for surface-area to volume ratio, suggesting greater cuticular permeability in A. mo-
jave. Brachypterous A. mojave appear morphologically and physiologically restricted to their
microhabitat between the leaves of Yucca.
Key Words.—Insecta, Thysanoptera, Arpediothrips mojave, Yucca, Frankliniella occidentalis,
brachypterous, water loss.
Arpediothrips mojave Hood is a terebrantian thrips of the Mojave Desert in
California and Arizona (Bailey 1957). The species is found between the leaves
of Yucca spp., where it feeds on soft tissue at the base of leaves. Bailey (1957)
suggested A. mojave is restricted to Yucca brevifolia Englemann. Cott (1956),
contrasting A. mojave with the tubuliferan thrips Bagnalliella mojave Hood, de-
scribed the former as not limited to a single host and as especially abundant east
of Charleston Peak in Clark County, Nevada. Arpediothrips mojave is polymor-
phic with brachypterous forms more common (Cott 1956). I have found aggre-
gations of brachypterous A. mojave between young, appressed leaves of both Y.
brevifolia and Yucca schidigera Roezl ex Ortgies (Fig. 1). Yucca schidigera grows
on dry, rocky slopes throughout the Mojave Desert below 1500 m. This shrubby
tree grows to 5 m in height and produces sharply-pointed leaves 30—60 cm long
and 3—4 cm wide growing in rosettes atop single or branched trunks composed
of dead leaves (Turner et al. 1995). Yucca schidigera photosynthesizes by cras-
sulacean acid metabolism; transpiration is reduced by the stomates opening at
night.
Arpediothrips mojave’s small size, brachyptery, and occurrence between leaves
resembles characteristics of cryptozoic arthropods, animals that typically are
small, wingless, hidden, and restricted to moist environments due to their per-
meable integuments and consequential rapid rates of desiccation (Cloudsley-
Thompson 1988). Within Insecta, the cryptozoa are best represented by apterygote
inhabitants of soil. This study examines A. mojave’s susceptibility to desiccation
when removed from its between-leaf microhabitat. Desiccation susceptibility is
compared with that of the ubiquitous thrips Frankliniella occidentalis (Pergande).
Frankliniella occidentalis, western flower thrips, is the most common thrips in
California and inhabits flowers of a diverse array of species, plant communities,
110 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
and climates (Bailey 1957). Its economic importance has made the species well-
studied, including the effects of temperature and humidity on survival (Shipp &
Gillespie 1993).
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Arpediothrips mojave were collected from Y. schidigera near Nelson, Clark
County, Nevada. Thrips between young leaves at the center of a rosette were
aspirated into a disposable pipette. The pipette was plugged with cotton and placed
into an airtight container covered on the bottom with a wet cloth to saturate the
container’s air. Frankliniella occidentalis were collected by inserting ornamental
roses harvested from my home (Boulder City, Clark County, Nevada) garden into
a plastic bag. The two species were collected within 2 h of each other with A.
mojave collected first in two trials and F. occidentalis collected first in two trials.
Survival time of the thrips was estimated with cages constructed of a brass
washer (1 mm thick, 22 mm outside diameter, 10 mm hole diameter) smoothed
on both sides with emory cloth and glued flat against a 30 mm X 30 mm piece
of insect-labelling paper. The washer was covered on top with a 15 mm diameter
round microscope cover glass loosely held in place by four beads of glue on the
washer. Brachypterous adult female A. mojave or adult female F. occidentalis
were selected without regard to size and placed into each cage by transferring
them with a moistened brush onto the center of the cover glass laid on a cold
plate under a microscope. After four thrips of the same species were transferred
onto the cover glass, it was inverted and placed atop the washer.
Two cages each containing a different species were placed into a plastic food
container with a clear top. The container also enclosed a digital hygrothermometer
with an accuracy of +5% RH and +1° C (Extech Instruments, Waltham, Mas-
sachusetts). The cages and hygrothermometer were supported 10 mm above the
container bottom to allow air flow underneath. A 5 mm diameter hole had been
melted into two opposite sides of each container, and a 1.5 cm long plastic tube
had been glued into one of the holes.
Five containers each enclosing both species in separate cages and a hygrother-
mometer were assembled. The containers were connected in series by inserting
the plastic tube of one container into the hole of another and air, produced from
aquarium pumps and saturated by bubbling through water, was passed through
them. The initial time was recorded, and each container was disconnected and its
holes sealed when the enclosed hygrothermometer displayed one of five relative
humidities: 30%, 42%, 54%, 66%, or 78%. The number of surviving thrips, ob-
served with a microscope through the container top and cage cover glass, and the
relative humidity and temperature within the container were recorded every 30
min until all thrips were dead. Saturated air was added as needed to the containers
individually to maintain the desired, displayed relative humidity +2% (room rel-
ative humidity was =30%). Containers were kept at room temperature (25.7—30.0
[27.9 + 0.9]? C).
Four trials, each composed of the five relative humidities tested concurrently,
were performed on separate days (20, 22, 27, and 29 April 1999). The container
and hygrothermometer used for each relative humidity were randomized within
trials. The order of species placed within cages and cage location were randomized
within containers. Vapor pressure deficit in kilopascals (kPa) within cages was
2000 WIESENBORN: THRIPS DESICCATION 111
calculated from the average temperature and relative humidity in each container
during each trial. Departure from normality (Kolmogorov-Smirnov/Lilliefors test,
D = 0.15, df = 158, P < 0.001; SPSS version 6.1, Chicago, Illinois) by the
distribution of survival times was corrected (D = 0.07, df = 158, P = 0.052) by
transforming In (Y). Thrips within the same cage were considered as subsamples
(Neter et al. 1996) and their transformed survival times averaged. One thrips of
each species, in the 66% RH (= 1.25 kPa) treatment, died at the beginning of
separate trials; two of the 40 cages therefore contained a subsample of three thrips
and analyses were weighted accordingly.
Transformed survival times were analyzed by the general linear test approach
(Neter et al. 1996). This approach compares one linear model against the same
model but with fewer parameters. The omitted parameters contribute significantly
to the model if their omission increases, as determined by an F-test, the error sum
of squares. The error sum of squares for different linear models, starting with the
full model, was calculated using multiple regression. The full model used trans-
formed survival time as the dependent variable and species (spp), vapor pressure
deficit (vpd), vapor pressure deficit squared (vpd’), and the cross-products between
species and vapor pressure deficit (Spp X vpd) and species and vapor pressure
deficit squared (spp X vpd’) as independent variables. Species were coded as an
indicator variable (Neter et al. 1996). Interaction between species and vapor pres-
sure deficit was tested by comparing the models (dependent variable and coeffi-
cients not shown): (1) spp + vpd + vpd? + (spp X vpd) + (spp X vpd?), and
(2) spp + vpd + vpd?. Species was tested by comparing: (1) spp + vpd + vpd?,
and (2) vpd + vpd?. Vapor pressure deficit was tested by comparing: (1) spp +
vpd + vpd?, and (2) spp. Within each species, multiple regression was performed
testing linear (vpd) and curvilinear (vpd + vpd’) trends across vapor pressure
deficits. The curvilinear trend in A. mojave was more-accurately represented (r?
increased) by linearly regressing transformed survival time against vapor pressure
deficit transformed 1/X. Transforming 1/X straightens hyperbolic curves (Sokal &
Rohlf 1981). Resulting regression equations were used to fit lines to plotted data.
The potential influence of surface-area to volume ratio on survival time was
examined by measuring (+0.03 mm) with an ocular micrometer at 30 the medial
length (L), maximum width (W) of ventral aspect (left to right), and maximum
height (#7) of lateral aspect (dorsum to ventrum, excluding wings on F. occiden-
talis) of adult females of each species (n = 22). Thrips used for the measurements
were collected 3 May 1999 and selected without regard to size. An elliptic cyl-
inder was used as an approximation of overall body shape to calculate lateral
(without cylinder ends) surface areas (S), volumes (V), and lateral surface-area to
volume ratios for each individual with the formulas:
S = 2nL[(H2 + W)/8]*
V = aLHW/4
The contributions of wings and appendages to body surface-areas and volumes
were discounted. Appendages expectedly would represent a small proportion of
overall body surface area and volume, and the wings of F’. occidentalis cover the
dorsum, making their affect on water loss unclear.
Dimensions, surface areas, volumes, and surface-area to volume ratios were
compared between species with t-tests. To determine if the difference in survival
112 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
In(min) = 7.6 - 0.75 (kPa)
7.0 ee r2 =0.66
ie
Survival Time (In[min])
OU
r2=0.64 ‘
4.07 In(min) = 4.2 + 1.2 (1/kPa)
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
Vapor Pressure Deficit (kPa)
Figures 1-2. Fig. 1. Rosette of Yucca schidigera leaves and depiction of brachypterous Arpedio-
thrips mojave on the inner, concave surface of a separated appressed leaf. Fig. 2. Survival time of
Frankliniella occidentalis (open circles) and A. mojave (closed circles) plotted against vapor pressure
deficit. Each data point is the mean of four thrips, except smaller symbols (near 1.25 kPa) are the
mean of three thrips. Equations and r? values are for regressions performed separately for each species.
time between species was attributed to surface-area to volume ratio, survival times
were multiplied by the species’ surface-area to volume ratio and the general linear
test of difference between species repeated. One of each species was slide mount-
ed, verified as A. mojave or F. occidentalis (R. J. Gill, personal communication)
and deposited at the University of California, Riverside, Entomology Museum.
RESULTS
Transformed survival times (Fig. 2) differed between species (F = 115.4; df
= 1,36; P < 0.001) and decreased with increasing vapor pressure deficit (F =
24.4; df = 2,36; P < 0.001). Across vapor pressure deficits, F. occidentalis adult
females survived 545 min (retransformed mean) and brachypterous A. mojave
adult females survived 151 min, 0.28 times as long. Species and vapor pressure
deficit also interacted (F = 4.8; df = 2,34; P < 0.025), indicating nonparallel
rates of decrease in transformed survival time with increasing vapor pressure
deficit. The full model explained 86% of the variation in transformed survival
time. In A. mojave, a curvilinear decrease (r*? = 0.61) in transformed survival
time across vapor pressure deficits was observed; both the linear (vpd; F = 8.5;
df = 1,17; P = 0.01) and quadratic (vpd’; F = 5.0; df = 1,17; P = 0.04) terms
were significant. Replacing the polynomial regression with a linear regression (F
= 32.3; df = 1,18; P < 0.001) against vapor pressure deficit transformed 1/X
improved the fit (r? = 0.64). In F. occidentalis, transformed survival time de-
creased only linearly (F = 34.6; df = 1,18; P < 0.001) across vapor pressure
deficits; the quadratic term was not significant (F = 2.7; df = 1,17; P = 0.12).
Different trends, linear and hyperbolic, across vapor pressure deficits by the two
2000 WIESENBORN: THRIPS DESICCATION 113
Species agrees with the significant interaction detected by the general linear test
approach.
Length, ventral width, and lateral height (mean + SD) were 1.11 + 0.07 mm,
0.22 + 0.02 mm, and 0.08 + 0.02 mm in A. mojave and 1.25 + 0.10 mm, 0.26
+ 0.02 mm, and 0.20 + 0.03 mm in F. occidentalis. Lateral surface areas, vol-
umes, and surface-area to volume ratios (mean + SD) were 0.6 + 0.05 mm’, 0.02
+ 0.004 mm, and 38 + 6.7 in A. mojave and 0.9 + 0.2 mm?, 0.05 + 0.01 mm,
and 18 + 2.0 in F. occidentalis. The two species differed (A. mojave smaller) in
length (t = 5.19; P < 0.001), ventral width (t = 6.68; P < 0.001), lateral height
(t = 16.1; P < 0.001), lateral surface area (t = 9.73; P < 0.001), and volume (t
= 11.5; P < 0.001). Lateral surface-area to volume ratios also differed (t = 12.9;
P < 0.001) between species, being 2.1 times greater in A. mojave compared with
F. occidentalis. This difference primarily was due to the former’s flattened body;
A. mojave’s lateral height was 0.4 that of F. occidentalis. Adjusting for the spe-
cies’ surface-area to volume ratio did not eliminate the difference (F = 21.9; df
= 1,36; P < 0.001) in survival times between species across vapor pressure
deficits. Arpediothrips mojave survived 0.58 times as long as F. occidentalis after
accounting for surface-area to volume ratio.
DISCUSSION
Survival time of starved insects expectedly decreases hyperbolically with in-
creasing vapor pressure deficit, assuming a linear increase in the rate of water
loss with increasing vapor pressure deficit and death occurring when a constant
amount of water has been lost (Bursell 1974). Cuticular transpiration (water loss
per time) supports the first assumption; most water lost by insects is through the
cuticle, and the rate of loss generally increases linearly as vapor pressure deficit
increases (Hadley 1994). However, a linear rate of water loss via the cuticle may
be obscured by water additionally lost from respiratory (spiracular) transpiration
and excretion or gained from metabolism, resulting in longevities that deviate
from the expected hyperbolic trend (Bursell 1974). Brachypterous A. mojave adult
females exhibited a hyperbolic decrease in survival time, indicating cuticular tran-
Spiration as the dominant cause of desiccation. In contrast, the linear decrease in
longevity of F. occidentalis adult females with increasing vapor pressure deficit
suggests cuticular transpiration contributed a smaller proportion to the overall rate
of desiccation.
Insect surface-area to volume ratio would have influenced desiccation rate and
resulting survival time. Greater body volume would increase the thrips’ water
reserves and extend longevity. Greater body surface area would increase the total
amount of water lost per time through the cuticle and shorten longevity. The 0.58
times shorter survival time by A. mojave compared with F. occidentalis, after
accounting for surface-area to volume ratio, may have been due to greater (1/0.58
= 1.7 times greater) cuticular permeability (water loss per cuticle surface area
per time) by the former species. A more-permeable cuticle in A. mojave also is
suggested by the species’ fragility; specimens preserved in 70% ethanol are more
translucent than F. occidentalis and often tear into fragments.
Antarctic Collembola, soil-inhabiting apterygote insects similar in size to the
Thysanoptera studied here, provide a parallel association between desiccation rate
and microhabitat (Block et al. 1990). Parisotoma octooculata (Willem), a spring-
114 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
tail restricted to damp soils, has a lower water content and higher rate of water
loss compared with Cryptopygus antarcticus (Willem), a more abundant springtail
found in soils with greater variation in soil moisture.
Arpediothrips mojave appears physiologically and morphologically adapted to
its specialized habitat between the leaves of Y. schidigera. These adaptations are
interrelated; the low vapor pressure deficit provided by Y. schidigera’s microhab-
itat allows the compressed body-plan, and increased surface-area to volume ratio,
required by A. mojave to live between the appressed leaves. The flattened mor-
phology also is enabled by brachyptery, frequently found in thrips inhabiting
cramped locations (Lewis 1973). In addition, the ventral aspect of the head of A.
mojave is unusually wide and long for a terebrantian, with the mouth cone ex-
tending almost to the posterior margin of the prosternum (Bailey 1957). The head
therefore is flattened and stretched posteriad.
Reliance by brachypterous A. mojave on its moist and sparse microhabitat,
surrounded by desert, requires macropterous forms to provide the species’ dis-
persal. A shift from brachypterous to macropterous forms in A. mojave has been
hypothesized to occur in response to unfavorable environmental conditions, such
as plant water stress (Hood 1941, cited in Cott 1956). Further studies should
examine the structure and function of macropterous A. mojave and their relation
to brachypterous populations.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Appreciation is extended to G. P. Walker of the Department of Entomology at
UC Riverside and to two anonymous reviewers for providing comments improv-
ing the manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
Bailey, S. F 1957. The thrips of California, Part I: suborder Terebrantia. Bull. Calif. Insect Survey, 4:
143-220.
Block, W., Harrisson, P M. & G. Vannier. 1990. A comparative study of patterns of water loss from
two antarctic springtails (Insecta, Collembola). J. Insect Physiol., 36: 181-187.
Bursell, E. 1974. Environmental aspects—humidity. Chapter 2. pp. 43-84. In M. Rockstein (ed.). The
physiology of Insecta (2nd ed.). Volume 2. Academic Press, New York.
Cloudsley-Thompson, J. L. 1988. Evolution and adaptation of terrestrial arthropods. Springer-Verlag,
New York.
Cott, H. E. 1956. Systematics of the suborder Tubulifera (Thysanoptera) in California. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Entomol., Vol. 13.
Hadley, N. E 1994. Water relations of terrestrial arthropods. Academic Press, New York.
Hood, J. D. 1941. La causa y el significado del macropterismo y braquipterismo en ciertos Tisandp-
teros, y descripci6n de una nueva especie mexicana. Ann. de la E. H. de Ciencias Biol., 1:
497-505.
Lewis, T. 1973. Thrips: their biology, ecology and economic importance. Academic Press, New York.
Neter, J., Kutner, M. H., Nachtsheim, C. J. & W. Wasserman. 1996. Applied linear statistical models
(4th ed). McGraw-Hill, New York.
Shipp, J. L. & T. J. Gillespie. 1993. Influence of temperature and water vapor pressure deficit on
survival of Frankliniella occidentalis (Thysanoptera: Thripidae). Environ. Entomol., 22: 726—
T32.
Sokal, R. R. & E J. Rohlf. 1981. Biometry (2nd ed). W. H. Freeman & Co., New York.
Turner, R. M., Bowers, J. E. & T. L. Burgess. 1995. Sonoran desert plants, an ecological atlas. Uni-
versity of Arizona Press, Tucson.
Received 24 Jun 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 115-120, (2000)
TWO NEW SPECIES OF ALAINITES
(EPHEMEROPTERA: BAETIDAE) FROM
HONG KONG, CHINA
XIAOLI TONG! AND DAviID DUDGEON?
Department of Ecology & Biodiversity, The University of Hong Kong,
Pokfulam Road, Hong Kong SAR, China
Abstract——Two new species of Alainites (Ephemeroptera, Baetidae), A. acutulus, NEW SPE-
CIES and A. lingulatus, NEW SPECIES are described and illustrated based on larval and adult
material from Hong Kong, China.
Key Words.—Insecta, Ephemeroptera, Baetidae, Alainites, new species, Hong Kong.
Waltz et al. (1994) established the genus Alainites to incorporate those species
previously placed in the Baetis gracilis group (Miiller-Liebenau 1969) in part and
the Baetis muticus group (Miiller-Liebenau 1974, Sartori & Thomas 1991). Re-
cently, Waltz & McCafferty (1997) synonymized Baetis (Acerbaetis) (Kang et al.
1994) and the Baetis (Nigrobaetis) muticus group (Novikova & Kluge 1994) with
Alainites. In this paper, we describe two new species of Alainites based on larval
and adult specimens from Hong Kong, China which have been associated by
rearing in the laboratory.
Abbreviations used for deposition of types are as follows: South China Agri-
cultural University, Guangzhou, P. R. China (SCAU); Department of Ecology &
Biodiversity, The University of Hong Kong (HKU); Agriculture and Fisheries
Department of Hong Kong Government (AFDHK); Florida A & M University,
Tallahassee, Florida (FAMU); and, Purdue Entomological Research Collection,
West Lafayette, Indiana (PERC).
ALAINITES ACUTULUS TONG & DUDGEON, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1-11)
Types.—Holotype: mature male larva; data: PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHI-
NA. HONG KONG: Tai Po Kau Forest Stream, 2 Feb 1999, Xiaoli Tong; depos-
ited: SCAU. Paratypes: PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA. HONG KONG: lo-
cality and date as holotype, 3 larvae, 2 female adults (wings on slides) (SCAU);
Shing Mun, 12 Nov 1996, X. Tong, 1 larva (AFDHK); Ng Tung Chai, near the
Scatter Waterfall, 6 Jan 1997, X. Tong, 1 larva (SCAU); Shing Mun, 7 Jan 1997,
X. Tong, 3 larvae (HKU); Tai Po Kau Forest Stream, 25 Feb 1999, X. Tong, 2
female adults (wings on slides) (HKU), 8 larvae (3 in FAMU, 5 in PERC).
Description.—Larva. Body length. 4.0—4.7 mm. Cerci 2.4—2.8 mm. General coloration pale brown-
green (male) or red-brown (female). Head. Coloration brown-green or brown, with no distinct pattern.
Antennae gray or light brown, approximately 3.1—3.4 width of head capsule. Labrum (Fig. 1) ap-
proximately 1.3 wider than long, with submedial pair of long, fine, simple setae and anterior sub-
marginal row of 2 long, fine, simple setae dorsally. Hypopharynx as in Fig. 2. Left mandibles (Fig.
3) incisors with 6-7 denticles. Right mandible (Fig. 4) incisors with 6—7 denticles. Maxillae (Fig. 5)
'Present address: College of Resources and Environment, South China Agricultural University,
Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, 510642, China.
? Author to whom correspondence should be sent.
116 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
with 4—5 long, fine, simple setae on medial hump; maxillary palpi 3-segmented. Labium (Fig. 7)
glossae subequal in length to paraglossae; paraglossae approximately 1.3 width of glossae; glossae
with long, stout, simple setae medially and apically; paraglossae broadly rounded apically, with 3
close rows of long, stout, simple setae; labial palpi 3-segmented, segment | slightly shorter than
segments 2 and 3 combined, segment 2 with row of 3 long, fine, simple setae dorsally. Thorax.
Coloration uniformly brown or red-brown, with no distinct pattern. Hindwing pads well developed.
Legs (Fig. 9) light brown; dorsum of femora with single large, whitish mark proximally; dorsal surface
of femora, tibiae and tarsi densely covered with trapezoidal-based scales; femora with row of long,
robust, simple setae dorsally and numerous short, sharp, simple setae ventrally; tibiae with row of
short, relatively robust, simple setae dorsally and short, sharp, simple setae ventrally; tarsi with row
of short, sharp, simple setae ventrally; tarsal claws with row of 9-10 denticles. Abdomen. Coloration
generally brown-green or red-brown; mature male with brown-green on terga |-6 and red-brown on
terga 7-10; mature female with uniformly red-brown on terga 1—10. Posterior marginal spines absent
on terga 1-7 (Fig. 10), only present on terga 8-10 (Fig. 10). Paraprocts (Fig. 6) triangular, with
numerous trapezoidal-based scales and pores scattered over surface, inner apical margin with slightly
acute prolongation. Gills (Fig. 8) on abdominal segments 2-7, well-tracheated, with single brown
band, distinct serrations and long, fine, simple setae marginally. Cerci pale brown, median filament
0.70—0.75X length of cerci.
Female Adult.—Body length 3.8—4.2 mm, forewing length 4.4 mm; caudal filaments 7.5 mm. Head.
yellow-brown with red-purple markings posteriorly. Antennae approximately 2.0X length of head
capsule; flagella gray; pedicels and scapes red-purple. Thorax. Pronotum red-brown; meso- and me-
tanota brown to dark brown. Forewings hyaline, longitudinal veins and paired marginal intercalaries
brown; pterostigma area with 5—7 slanting veinlets. Hindwings (Fig. 11) pale brown with acute costal
process and 3 longitudinal veins, second vein forked at approximately three-fifths distance from base.
Forelegs pale yellow-brown, other legs pale. Abdomen. Uniformly red-brown; terga 2-10 with paired
yellow spots medially; terga 2—7 with pair of oblique yellow dashes anteriorly. Cerci light brown with
red-brown annulations at apex of proximal segments.
Male Adult—Unknown.
Diagnosis.—The larva of Alainites acutulus NEW SPECIES resembles that of
A. yehi (Chang & Yang) from Taiwan. Both have 6 pairs of gills and abdominal
terga 1—7 lack posterior marginal spines. Alainites acutulus can be distinguished
from A. yehi by the short, slightly acute prolongation of paraprocts and the pres-
ence of long, robust, simple setae on the dorsal margins of femora.
Distribution.—Hong Kong (China).
Etymology.—tThe epithet acutulus is from the Latin meaning slightly acute, and
refers to the paraproct which has a slightly acute prolongation.
Material Examined.—See types.
ALAINITES LINGULATUS TONG & DUDGEON, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 12-24)
Types.—Holotype: mature male larva; data: PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHI-
NA, HONG KONG: Pak Ngau Shek, 8 Jan 1999, Xiaoli Tong, (SCAU). Paratypes,
PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA, HONG KONG: locality and date as holo-
type, X. Tong, 2 male adults (1 male genitalia and hindwings on slides)(SCAU),
10 larvae (4 in PERC, 3 in FAMU, and 3 in SCAU); Lantau Island, Sam A Shui
=
Figures 1-11. Alainites acutulus, NEW SPECIES Figure 1. Labrum. Figure 2. Hypopharynx.
Figure 3. Left mandible. Figure 4. Right mandible. Figure 5. Maxilla. Figure 6. Paraproct. Figure 7.
Labium in dorsal view (left) and ventral view (right). Figure 8. Gills 2—7 (gill 1 absent). Figure 9.
Foreleg. Figure 10. Posterior margin of tergum 5. Figure 11. Hindwing.
117
TONG & DUDGEON: NEW ALAINITES SPECIES
2000
118 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
ie
MGA
MEWS
Figures 12-24. Alainites lingulatus, NEW SPECIES Figure 12. Labrum. Figure 13. Hypopharynx.
Figure 14. Left mandible. Figure 15. Right mandible. Figure 16. Maxilla. Figure 17. Labium in dorsal
view (left) and ventral view (right). Figure 18. Gills 1-7. Figure 19. Gill margin. Figure 20. Foreleg.
Figure 21. Genital forceps. Figure 22. Paraproct. Figure 23. Hindwing. Figure 24. Posterior margin of
tergum 5.
Tsuen, 27 Feb 1997, X. Tong, 1 larva (AFDHK); Chung Lung, 20 Jan 1998, X.
Tong, 1 larva (HKU); Hok Tau, 18 Oct 1998, X. Tong, 2 larvae (SCAU).
Description.—Larva. Body length 5.0-5.3 mm; Cerci 2.5—2.8 mm; median filament approximately
0.75X length of cerci. General coloration medium brown. Head. Coloration medium brown, without
distinct pattern. Antennae pale brown, approximately 3.0-3.4x width of head capsule. Labrum (Fig.
2000 TONG & DUDGEON: NEW ALAINITES SPECIES 119
12) approximately 1.5 wider than long, with submedial pair of long, fine, simple setae and anterior
submarginal row of 2 long, fine, simple setae dorsally. Hypopharynx as in Fig. 13. Mandibles (Fig.
14, 15) incisors with 7 denticles. Maxillae (Fig. 16) with 4 long, fine, simple setae on medial hump;
maxillary palpi 3-segmented, segment 3 subequal in length to segments 1 and 2 combined. Labium
(Fig. 17) with paraglossae slightly longer than glossae; paraglossae approximately 1.6 width of
glossae; glossae medially and apically with long, stout, simple setae; paraglossae broadly rounded
apically, with 3 close rows of long, stout, simple setae; labial palpi 3-segmented, segment 2 with row
of 2-3 long, fine, simple setae dorsally. Thorax. Coloration brown, without distinct pattern. Hindwing
pads well developed. Legs (Fig. 20) light brown; dorsum of femora with single large, whitish mark
proximally; dorsal surface of femora, tibiae and tarsi densely covered with trapezoidal-based scales;
femora with row of long, relatively robust, simple setae dorsally and numerous short, sharp, simple
setae ventrally; tibiae with row of short, robust, simple setae dorsally and short, sharp, simple setae
ventrally; tarsi with row of short, sharp, simple robust setae ventrally; tarsal claws with row of 8-11
denticles. Abdomen. Coloration light brown to brown. Mature male abdominal terga 1—6 light brown
and terga 7-10 brown; mature female all terga uniformly brown. Terga 2—10 with triangular posterior
marginal spines (Fig. 24). Paraprocts (Fig. 22) with tongue-like prolongation and numerous trapezoi-
dal-based scales and pores scattered over surface. Gills (Fig. 18) on abdominal segments 1-7, well-
tracheated, with single brown band, distinct serrations and long, fine, simple setae marginally (Fig.
19). Cerci light brown, medial caudal filament approximately 0.75 length of cerci.
Male Adult.—Body length 4.0 mm, forewing length 4.4 mm, cerci 8.4 mm. Head. Brown. Antennae
approximately 2.0 length of head capsule; flagella pale brown; pedicels red-brown; scapes brown.
Upper portion of compound eyes red-brown with dark brown basally; lower portion black. Ocelli
whitish with basal black rings. Thorax. Dark brown. Forewings hyaline, with longitudinal veins and
paired marginal intercalaries pale yellow-brown, pterostigma areas with 4—5 slanting veinlets. Hind-
wings (Fig. 23) hyaline, with basal portion and costal process tinted with light brown; costal process
acute; 3 longitudinal veins, second vein forked approximately two thirds from base. Legs pale; length
of foreleg segments: femora 0.88 mm, tibiae 1.52 mm, tarsal segments 0.06 mm, 0.50 mm, 0.38 mm,
0.23 mm and 0.13 mm. Abdomen. Terga 2-6 white, opaque, with a single transverse light purple
streak subposteriorly; segments 7-10 brown. Genital forceps (Fig. 21) whitish, arched. Cerci light
yellow-brown with pale purple annulations at apex of each segment.
Female Adult—Unknown.
Diagnosis.—The larva of Alainites lingulatus, NEW SPECIES is closely re-
lated to that of A. clivosus (Chang & Yang) from Taiwan: both have 7 pairs of
gills, and triangular spines on the posterior margins of the abdominal terga 2—10.
Alainites lingulatus can be distinguished from A. clivosus by the long, tongue-
like prolongation of the paraprocts and tarsal claws with row of 8—11 denticles.
Distribution.—Hong Kong (China).
Etymology.—The epithet lingulatus is from the Latin meaning tongue-like and
referring to the tongue-like prolongation of the paraproct.
Material Examined.—See types.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank W. P. McCafferty (Purdue University, West Lafayette) for reviewing
the manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
Kang, S.-C., H.-C. Chang & C.-T. Yang. 1994. A revision of the genus Baetis in Taiwan (Ephemer-
optera, Baetidae). J. Taiwan Mus., 47: 9-44.
Miiller-Liebenau, I. 1969. Revision der Europdischen arten der gattung Baetis Leach, 1815 (Insecta,
Ephemeroptera). Gewass. Abwiass., 48/49: 1-214.
Miiller-Liebenau, I. 1974. Baetidae aus Siidfrankreich, Spanien und Portugal (Insecta, Ephemeroptera).
Gewidss. Abwiass., 53/54: 7-42.
120 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Novikova, E. A. & N. Kluge. 1994. Mayflies of the subgenus Nigrobaetis (Ephemeroptera, Baetidae,
Baetis Leach, 1815). Entomol. Oborz., 73: 623-644.
Sartori, M. & A. Thomas. 1991. Contribution to the systematics of Baetis muticus (L.) and allied
species from south western Palearctic region (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). pp. 223-234. In Alba-
Tercedor, J. & A. Sanchez-Ortega (eds.). Overview and strategies of Ephemeroptera and Ple-
coptera. Sandhill Crane Press, Gainesville, Florida.
Waltz, R. D., W. P. McCafferty & A. Thomas. 1994. Systematics of Alainites n. gen., Diphetor,
Indobaetis, Nigrobaetis n. stat., and Takobia n. stat. (Ephemeroptera, Baetidae). Bull. Nat. Hist.
Soc., Toulouse 130: 33-36.
Waltz, R. D. & W. P. McCafferty. 1997. New generic synonymies in Baetidae (Ephemeroptera). Ent.
News., 108: 134-140.
Received 12 Jul 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 121-122, (2000)
Scientific Note
A REMARKABLE AND DISJUNCT RANGE EXTENSION
FOR THE GENUS YERMOIA McDUNNOUGH
(LEPIDOPTERA: GEOMETRIDAE)
During an ongoing biodiversity study of the insect fauna of the Hanford Nuclear
Site located in southcentral Washington State (Grissell, E. E. & R. S. Zack. 1996.
Proc. Entomol. Soc. 98: 827-828; O’Brien, C. W. & R. S. Zack. 1997. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol. 73: 58-59; Zack, R. S. 1998. Northwest Sci. 72: 127-141; Zack et al.
1998. Pan-Pacif. Entomol. 74: 203-209), an unusual geometrid moth was col-
lected. Examination of the major Pacific Northwest insect and Lepidoptera col-
lections revealed no specimens of the species. However, Shepard found a series
of the apparently same species at the Bohart Museum, Entomology Department,
University of California, Davis. Genitalic examination of the Washington and
California material and reference to the literature confirmed that the species was
Yermoia perplexata McDunnough (McDunnough, J. H. 1940. Canad. Entomol.
72: 90-103).
The genus and the only included species were described by McDunnough. In
1961 Rindge (Rindge, EK H. Amer. Mus. Nov. 2065: 1-11) described a second
species in the genus but in 1983 Rindge (Rindge, EK H. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
His. 175: 147-262) transferred the second species out of the genus. Thus the
genus is monotypic. Information from Rindge (1961) and specimens in the Bohart
Museum show that the previous known range of Yermoia perplexata was from
Cochise and Santa Cruz Counties, Arizona and San Diego County, California
north to Juab County, Utah and Mono County, California.
During 1996, extensive sand dunes that border the eastern edge of the Hanford
Site along the Columbia River and inland were light trapped using a 150 watt
mercury vapor lamp. A single site within the dunes (46°31.369’ N 119°21.192’
W) was sampled on a weekly to biweekly basis throughout the year. The verifi-
cation of this geometrid for the Hanford Nuclear Site represents a 900 km northern
extension of the range of the species. A total of twelve male specimens were
taken on 19 and 28 Mar 1996 in rolling dunes along the only wild river habitat
of the Columbia River in Washington State. Voucher specimens are placed in the
M. T. James Entomological Collection, Washington State University and the pri-
vate collection of J. H. Shepard.
At the southern end of its range, Y. perplexata flies in January. The March
dates in Washington represent points similar to the seasonal development at the
southern end the species’ range. This early flight time is undoubtedly why the
distribution of the species is poorly known. One should look for Y. perplexata in
sand dune habitat in the Alvord Desert of southeastern Oregon and the Bruneau
Dunes of southwestern Idaho and other dune environs throughout the interior
Pacific Northwest. There are several species of Noctuidae and Cossidae with later
flight periods that have been recorded from various sand dunes along the Colum-
bia River and at either the Alvord Desert or the Bruneau Dunes locations.
Acknowled gment.—This project was funded by The Nature Conservancy with
122 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
awards from the U.S. Department of Energy, The Nature Conservancy of Wash-
ington State, and The Bullitt Foundation. Patti Ensor and Dennis Strenge served
as valued companions throughout much of this work.
Jon H. Shepard' and Richard S. Zack’. 'Research Associate, Royal British Co-
lumbia Museum, R. R. #2, S-22, C-44, Nelson, British Columbia V11 5P5 Canada,
2M. T. James Entomological Collection, Department of Entomology, Washington
State University, Pullman, Washington 99164-6382.
Received 15 Jul 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 123-125, (2000)
Scientific Note
THE OCCURRENCE OF LAMPROPTERYX SUF FUMATA
(DENIS AND SCHIFFERMULLER)
(LEPIDOPTERA: GEOMETRIDAE) IN NORTH AMERICA
Members of the genus Lampropteryx Stephens (1831. Stephens, J. E Illust. Br.
Ent. (Haustellata) 3: 233) are medium-sized larentiine moths and comprise about
twelve species in the Palaearctic and Indo-Australian regions. The monophyly of
the genus has not been confirmed, but distinct characters from the male and female
genitalia such as the long, digitate anellus lobe with a stout, bristle like hair and
many thin, unmodified hairs, the aedeagus with two band-shaped cornuti, the
bowl-shaped ostium, the long membranous ductus bursae, and the ovate corpus
bursae, provide good diagnoses for this group. Sato (Sato, R. 1990. Tinea, 13(3):
19—25) and Xue and Zhu (Xue, D. & Zhu, H. 1999. Fauna Sinica, Volume 15,
Science Press, Beijing) provided taxonomic notes on several species of Lam-
propteryx. They noted that members of the genus differ in the pectinations of
male antennae and the presence of sexual tufts on the underside of the hindwing,
whereas the genitalia in both sexes are often indistinguishable.
In the collection of the American Museum of Natural History, New York, I
found eight specimens of a species with the habitus of Lampropteryx Stephens,
collected from Alaska. The wing patterns and the genitalia are consistent with an
Old World species, Lampropteryx suffumata (Denis and Schiffermiiller). The
Alaskan specimens agree with European ones in every detail, except the posterior
end of the central fascia of the forewing is thicker, and both the normal and
melanic dark form (“‘piceata’’) are present (Figs. 1—2). Prout (Prout, L. B. 1938.
Macrolep. World., Vol 4. Suppl. p. 136) placed the smaller specimens from north-
erm Scandinavia, Kamchatka, and Arctic Russia into the form arctica Schneider
(= defumata Stichel). However, Alaskan specimens (wingspans, 24—29 mm) are
no smaller than European individuals. It is therefore inappropriate to apply the
name arctica to this material.
In northwestern North America L. suffumata is similar to Eustroma semiatra-
tum (Hulst) in the wing patterns, but the mixed scales of the frons, the absence
of sexual tufts on the underside of the male forewing, and the genitalia of both
sexes separate this species from E. semiatratum. The male of L. suffumata has a
thick, modified apical hair on the anellus lobe and two band-shaped cornuti on
the tubular vesica. The female of L. suffumata is distinguished by a bowl-shaped
ostium and long, membranous ductus bursae (Figs. 3-5).
In Europe L. suffumata is single-brooded, flying in April and May and over-
wintering as a pupa. The species feeds on Galium aparine Aitch (Rubiaceae)
(Metcalfe, J. W. 1917. Entomologist, 50: 73-74). It should be noted that the
specimens from Kamchatka and Alaska were collected from May to August. Its
close relative, L. otregiata Metcalfe, can be separated by morphology and by
ecology: double brooded, flying in May and June and again in August and early
September, and having Galium palustre Bieb and G. uliginosum Linn as the host
plant (Skinner, B. 1984. Moths of the British Isles, Viking, New York). Although
124 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
Figures 1-2. Adults of Lampropteryx suffumata. 1. male from Helsinki, Finland (Wingspan 24
mm); 2. male from Palmer, Alaska (wingspan 29 mm).
most members of Lampropteryx occur in East Asia and Himalaya, L. suffumata
is widely distributed through most of Europe and extending east as far as Altai,
Japan (Sato, R. & Kameda, M. 1997. Yagato, 148: 33-37) and Kamchatka (Se-
dykh, K. EF 1979. Entomol. Obozrenie, 58: 288—296). Surprisingly, this moth
distribution overlaps with that of the host plant, G. aparine, a native plant in
Alaska (Hulten, E. 1968. Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories, Stanford
University Press, Stanford).
This discovery is a new continental record and extends the range of this species
approximately 2900 km east into northwestern North America. The collection of
Figures 3-5. The genitalia of Lampropteryx suffumata from Alaska. Scale bar = 1 mm. 3. male
genital capsule; 4. aedeagus with everted vesica; 5. female genitalia.
2000 SCIENTIFIC NOTE 125
four males and four females over a four-year period and upwards of 840 km apart
indicates a widely distributed population.
Material Examined.—ALASKA: Palmer, 2 males and 2 females, 24 May 1966, 1 Jun 1966, W.
Phillips; Seward Peninsula, 25 mi. Kougarok Rd., 2 males and 1 female, 4 Jun 1970, D. G. Roseneau/
Nome R. Valley; Fairbanks, 1 female, 4 Jul 1966. W. Phillips; deposited: American Museum of Natural
History, New York.
Acknowled gment.—I thank Fred Rindge and Michael Engel, American Museum
of Natural History, for discussions and manuscript improvements. During the
study, I was supported at the AMNH by a Kalbfleisch Postdoctoral Fellowship.
Sei-Woong Choi, Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural
History, Central Park West at 79th Street, New York, New York 10024-5192,
U.S.A.
Received 23 Aug 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 126-128, (2000)
Scientific Note
NEW BACKSWIMMER RECORDS FOR NORTH
AMERICA (HETEROPTERA: NOTONECTIDAE)
Over the past several years I have collected extensive biogeographic and oc-
currence data on aquatic Heteroptera across North America to complement studies
in the Southwest (Larsen, E. & C. Olson. 1997. Ent. News., 108: 34—42). I have
collected several species of notonectids that represent new state records that are
range extensions or fill in obvious gaps. These records complement the efforts of
previous researchers on this group (Hungerford, H. B. 1933. Univ. Kansas Sci.
Bull., 21: 5-195; Truxal, EF S. 1953. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 35: 1351-1523) and
more recent efforts to document the distribution of Heteroptera in general (Henry,
T. J. & R. C. Froeschner. 1988. Catalog of the Heteroptera, or true bugs, of Canada
and the continental United States. E. J. Brill, New York; Polhemus, J. T. 1997.
Ent. News, 108: 305-310) and Notonectidae in Pennsylvania (Yeakel, A., & E.
Larsen. 1997. Ent. News, 108: 319-320) and the Pacific Northwest (Scudder, G.
G. E. 1977. Syesis 10: 31-38, Zack, R. S. 1990. Pan-Pac. Ent., 66: 168-169).
Buenoa confusa Truxal is known from Alabama, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana,
Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, New Jersey, New
York, South Dakota, Texas, and Virginia in the U.S. and from Alberta, British
Columbia, Manitoba, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Sas-
katchewan in Canada, along with Mexico and the West Indies (Polhemus & Pol-
hemus 1988. Catalog of the Heteroptera, or true bugs, of Canada and the conti-
nental United States. E. J. Brill, New York). I collected this species in the extreme
northwest corner of Iowa IOWA, DICKINSON Co.: Jemmerson Slough, 3 km
WNW of Spirit Lake). The disjunct nature of these records suggests that the full
extent of the distribution of this species in the U.S. is not yet fully known.
Buenoa margaritacea Torre-Bueno has an extensive distribution throughout the
United States (Truxal 1953, Polhemus and Polhemus 1988). I collected specimens
in Iowa (LINN Co.: Springville) along with Notonecta undulata Say, in Wisconsin
(DANE Co.: 5 km S of Madison), and North Dakota (BOWMAN Co.: 13 km S
of Bowman; BILLINGS Co.: 2 km S of Medora). I collected B. margaritacea in
Nebraska (DAWES Co.: 20 km NE of Chadron; ARTHUR Co.: 18 km S of
Arthur) and Montana (CUSTER Co.: 22 km E of Miles City).
Buenoa scimitra Bare also has an extensive distribution across North America,
but more southerly than B. margaritacea (Truxal 1953, Polhemus and Polhemus
1988). I collected specimens in Missouri (JOHNSON Co.: 3 km E of Oak Grove)
and in Oregon (LINCOLN Co.: 6 km N of Waldport) with N. undulata and N.
kirbyi Hungerford. This report and recent reports for Washington and Idaho (Zack
1990) and British Columbia, Canada (Scudder 1977) suggest that the historical
absence of Buenoa in the Pacific Northwest (Truxal 1953) may be a sampling
artifact.
Buenoa arida Truxal has been recorded only from Arizona, predominantly in
ephemeral montane streams or stock troughs of various mountain ranges of south-
ern and central Arizona (Truxal 1953, Zalom, E 1977. Southwest. Nat. 22: 327—
2000 SCIENTIFIC NOTE 127
Figure 1. The distribution of new state and country records of notonectids for North America
(Buenoa arida, star; B. confusa, circle with cross; B. margaritacea circle with dot; B. scimitra, closed
box; Notonecta kirbyi, closed circle; N. repanda, box and cross; N. undulata, closed triangle).
336). I collected several specimens in two concrete stock troughs in Sonora, Mex-
ico (10 km NW of Cannanea, and 24 km N of Arizpe). Buenoa arida was col-
lected along with B. arizonis Bare and several unidentified female Buenoa (most
likely B. albida (Champion), B. scimitra, and/or B. margaritacea) at the first
locality and with N. lobata and B. arizonis at the second locality.
This is the second report of N. kirbyi from Mexico (Truxal E S. 1996. Bull.
Southern Cal. Acad. Sci. 95: 59-82) and the first report for Sonora (Mexico,
Sonora, 24 km N of Arizpe). I collected this species with N. indica L., B. arizonis,
B. albida, B. scimitra, and B. margaritacea in a pond augmented for livestock. I
also collected N. kirbyi in North Dakota (BOWMAN Co.: 13 km S of Bowman;
BILLINGS Co.: 2 km S of Medora).
Notonecta undulata Say is known from nearly all of the United States (Pol-
hemus & Polhemus 1988). However, I collected specimens in Colorado (PHIL-
LIPS Co.: 8 km S of Holyoke), Nebraska (KIMBALL Co.: Mt. Constable;
128 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
DAWES Co.: 20 km NE of Chadron; ARTHUR Co.: 18 km S of Arthur), and
North Dakota (BOWMAN Co.: 13 km S of Bowman) and near Medora (BILL-
INGS Co.: 2 km S of Medora).
Notonecta repanda Hungerford had previously been known only from Arizona
(Polhemus & Polhemus 1988) and Mexico (Hungerford 1933). I collected spec-
imens from a metal tank filled by a windmill in New Mexico (HILDAGO Co.::
6 km N of Cotton City).
Acknowled gment.—Material collected during this study is deposited with the
collection in the Entomology Department, University of Arizona, the personal
collection of EL at the University of Chicago, the collection of the Entomology
Department, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and the Entomology
Department, Field Museum in Chicago. I gratefully acknowledge the support for
my research by Villanova University, and thank John T. Polhemus and an anon-
ymous reviewer for comments made on the manuscript. John T. Polhemus aided
in identification of the insects for which I am grateful.
Eric Larsen, Biology Department, Villanova University, Villanova, Pennsylva-
nia 19085-1669; current address: BSLC, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois
60637.
Received 6 Aug 1997; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 129-131, (2000)
Scientific Note
SESIA SPARTANI IN BRITISH COLUMBIA: A NEW
CLEARWING MOTH RECORD FOR CANADA WITH
NOTES ON ITS RESPONSE TO PHEROMONES
(LEPIDOPTERA: SESIIDAE)
The relatively large and attractive sesiid, Sesia spartani Eichlin and Taft, was
originally described on the basis of male specimens collected in synthetic sex
pheromone baited traps (Eichlin, T. D. & W. H. Taft. 1988. J. Lepid. Soc., 42:
231-235). Until now this species was known only from Clinton, Lake, and Shia-
wassee Counties on the Lower Peninsula of Michigan.
Two of us (BSL and LAR) recently completed a study of the distribution and
abundance of “‘pitch moths” feeding in Pinus contorta Douglas ex Loudon var.
latifolia Engelmann (lodgepole pine) seed orchards and provenance trials at the
Prince George Tree Improvement Station (PGTIS) located 10 km south of Prince
George, British Columbia (Rocchini, L. A. 1997. M.Sc. Thesis, University of
Northern British Columbia, Prince George). This site encompasses 2170 ha of
various silvicultural trials and conifer clone banks (in addition to the orchards and
provenance trials) and is surrounded by mixed stands dominated by trembling
aspen (Populus tremuloides Michaux), lodgepole pine and interior spruce (Picea
glauca (Moench) Voss x engelmannii Parry ex Engelmann). Wu and Ying (Wu,
H. X. & C. C. Ying. 1997. Forest Science, 43: 571-581) mistakenly attributed
observed lodgepole pine stem damage at PGTIS to the sequoia pitch moth, Syn-
anthedon sequoiae (Henry Edwards). However, during this study two other “‘pitch
moths,” a related sesiid (Synanthedon novaroensis (Henry Edwards)) and a py-
ralid (Dioryctria cambiicola (Dyar)), were subsequently determined to be respon-
sible for the damage (Rocchini 1997). Populations of S. novaroensis, S. sequoiae,
and D. cambiicola were monitored over a three year period (1995-1997) using
emergence traps (for D. cambiicola) and commercially available synthetic sex
attractants (for Synanthedon spp.).
In a range of experiments (full details and analyses in Rocchini 1997), traps
were baited with 200 wg of (Z,Z)-3,13-octadecadien-1-ol (Phero Tech Inc., Delta,
British Columbia), a compound known to be effective in trapping a number of
sesiid species including S. sequoiae. Subsequently, once it was realized that S.
novaroensis was the primary cause of stem damage at PGTIS, experiments using
the corresponding acetate, (Z,Z)-3,13-octadecadienyl acetate (Phero Tech Inc.), a
known attractant of S. novaroensis, were added to allow monitoring of this spe-
cies. Trapped sesiids were identified to species by RGB and TDE. No specimens
of S. sequoiae were caught, but among non-target sesiids captured in the alcohol
baited traps of great interest to us were 28 specimens (1995 = 16, 1996 = 9,
1997 = 3) of S. spartani. These are the first records of this species from outside
of its originally described range.
Trap catches suggest that the flight of male S. spartani lasts for about one
month in the summer in the Prince George area. Moths were captured at PGTIS
from mid-June to late July in 1995 and from late July to late August in 1996
130 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(2)
(traps placed from 19 June to 1 Sept 1995 and 31 May to 21 Sept 1996). The
captured moths were presumably attracted from the surrounding natural stands
which range from about 100 m to less than 20 m from individual PGTIS orchards.
Based on typical larval damage to trees in the type locality, Eichlin and Taft
(1988) suggested trembling aspen (Salicaceae) as a likely host species. The spec-
imens of S. spartani found in British Columbia represent a considerable range
extension (spanning half the continent and crossing the western continental di-
vide), but this finding is perhaps not surprising given the wide range of its prob-
able host. Trembling aspen occurs continuously through virtually all forested re-
gions of Canada and the northern United States (Lauriot, J. 1989. Identification
guide to the trees of Canada.) and dominates the forest stands around the PGTIS
trapping sites. Other Salicaceae in the area include P. trichocarpa Torrey & Gray
(black cottonwood) and various Salix spp. (willows).
The range extension here reported suggests that this species may be common
and widespread in northern North America. It is easily confused with Sesia tibialis
(Harris), and specimens of S. spartani will key to this in the standard sesiid
monograph (Eichlin, T. D. & W. D. Duckworth. 1988. The moths of America
north of Mexico, fascicle 5.1) published just prior to the description of S. spartani.
However, the two species are readily separated on the basis of male genitalic
characters (the female remains unknown) and antennal differences (see Eichlin
and Taft 1988). Because Michigan populations of S. spartani and S. tibialis ap-
parently are allopatric and no specimens of S. tibialis were captured at the PGTIS
in this study, it is likely that S. tibialis does not occur in the vicinity of PGTIS.
Sesia tibialis is a well known, economically important sesiid causing damage to
species of Populus and other Salicaceae (see, for example, Baker, W. L. 1972.
Eastern forest insects (as Aegeria tibialis Harris); Furniss, R. L. & V. M. Carolin.
1980. Western forest insects (as Aegeria tibialis pacifica (Henry Edwards)); Ives,
W. G. H. & H. R. Wong. 1988. Tree and shrub insects of the prairie provinces;
and Johnson, W. T. & H. H. Lyon. 1991. Insects that feed on trees and shrubs,
2nd ed.). It is common practice for field workers to identify well known, eco-
nomically important insects on the basis of habitat and/or damage symptoms
(which may lead to errors in determining the actual pest), as opposed to examining
actual specimens using truly diagnostic (often internal morphological) characters.
Mistaken identifications compromise research conclusions and may render pest
management efforts ineffectual (different species normally respond to different
sex pheromones and/or have distinctly different life cycles with target life stages
present at separate times). In light of these new findings, it would be interesting
to dissect and critically examine putative specimens of S. tibialis from across its
range to determine if S. spartani is actually a widespread (and economically
important) species hiding in the shadow of its better known sibling.
Acknowled gment.—This work was supported by a grant from Forest Renewal
British Columbia to RGB. We thank A. M. MaclIsaac, K. Welgan, and S. Hoover
for technical assistance and C. Fleetham and R. Wagner for access to the PGTIS
site and facilities and two anonymous reviewers for their excellent comments.
Voucher specimens of S. spartani from this study have been deposited at the
Royal British Columbia Museum (Victoria, British Columbia); the Pacific For-
estry Centre (Victoria, British Columbia); the California State Collection of Ar-
2000 SCIENTIFIC NOTE 1
thropods, Plant Pest Diagnostics Center (Sacramento, California); and the National
Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution (Washington D.C.).
Robert G. Bennett, British Columbia Ministry of Forests, 7380 Puckle Road,
Saanichton, British Columbia VSM 1W4 Canada; Lynn A. Rocchini, University
of Northern British Columbia, 3333 University Drive, Prince George British Co-
lumbia V2N 4Z9 Canada; Thomas D. Eichlin, California Department of Food
and Agriculture, 3294 Meadowview Road, Sacramento, California 95832-1448,
USA; and B. Staffan Lindgren, University of Northern British Columbia, 3333
University Drive, Prince George British Columbia V2N 4Z9 Canada.
Received 27 Sep 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 132-133, (2000)
Scientific Note
EULIMNADIA TEXANA PACKARD 1871
(CONCHOSTRACA: CRUSTACEA) FROM NORTHERN
CALIFORNIA: ANTHROPOGENIC INTRODUCTION?
Eulimnadia texana Packard is a clam shrimp reported from seasonal pools and
playas. It has been found during summer months in Arizona, California, Colorado,
Florida, Kansas, Louisiana, Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, Oklahoma, Texas, and
Utah (Pennak, R. W. 1989. Fresh-water Invertebrates of the United States, 3rd ed.
John Wiley and Sons. New York, New York; Sassaman, C. 1989. Bull. Marine
Sci. 42: 425—432). I commonly encounter E. texana as well as Leptestheria com-
pleximanus (Packard, 1883) and Caenestheriella setosa (Pearse, 1912), in playas
and rain pools in the Mojave and Colorado deserts of southern California and
Nevada during the summer. These desert habitats are inundated by summer mon-
soonal rains that come north from Arizona typically during July through Septem-
ber.
I collected E. texana from two locations in Palo Cedro, Shasta County, Cali-
fornia, U.S.A. in the northern end of the Central Valley in September 1991, ap-
proximately 800 km from the northern most previously reported locations west
of the Rocky Mountains. The first site was an agricultural ditch that was draining
a flood irrigated alfalfa field between Deschutes Road and Cow Creek, approxi-
mately 5.6 km south of Highway 44. The ditch has a partial canopy of oak
(Quercus sp.) and was bordered in places by Himalayan blackberry (Rubrus dis-
color Weihe and Nees), but otherwise was devoid of living vegetation.
The second collection was made from an artificial pool, dug into the remains
of a seasonal drainage adjacent to Spanish Oaks Drive on the east side of Cow
Creek, about 0.4 km south of Highway 44. This pool had been inundated by
sprinkler run-off from a near-by golf course. The run-off had entered the local
drainage to the artificial pool, which has a partial canopy of oak and pine (Pinus
sp.), and had dallis grass (Paspalum sp.) in clumps around the margin.
I returned to these locations in August 1993 and found E. texana only in the
irrigation ditch. Subsequent visits to both locations in September and October of
1994, and 1998, did not yield any more E. texana. Specimens were deposited at
the Bohart Museum of Entomology, University of California, Davis.
The California Central Valley typically does not have summer precipitation:
the normal rainy season is during the winter months from November through
April when air temperatures range from —23 °C to 18 °C. Optimal hatching tem-
peratures of water for E. texana are between 20° and 25° C (Belk, D. 1992. Jour.
Ariz.-Nev. Acad. Sci. 26: 132-138). Due to the Mediterranean climate, summer
rains in the California Central Valley are exceedingly rare. California winter tem-
peratures would not permit the water in potential clam shrimp habitat to rise to
a temperature appropriate for E. texana. Typically, Central Valley ephemeral win-
ter pools have the Conchostracans Cyzicus californicus (Packard) 1883 and Lyn-
ceus brachyurus Miller, 1766.
The locations occupied by EF. texana in Palo Cedro and its source of innundation
2000 SCIENTIFIC NOTE 133
were both artificial. However, suitable artificial habitat may provide FE. texana
opportunities to expand its range into areas previously unavailable to colonization.
D. Christopher Rogers, Jones & Stokes Associates, Inc., 2600 ‘‘V’’ Street, Sac-
ramento, California 95818-1914. chrisr@jsanet.com.
Received I Jun 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(2): 134-135, (2000)
Scientific Note
A SOUTH AMERICAN SPIDER, METALTELLA SIMONI
(KEYSERLING) (ARANEAE: AMPHINECTIDAE) IN
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
Metaltella simoni (Keyserling) is believed to be native to Uruguay and Argen-
tina. Since its discovery in Louisiana in 1944, it has spread throughout many of
the coastal southern states (Roth. 1994. Spider Genera of North America, 3rd ed.).
One transient, probably imported by human traffic, was found in Alberta, Canada
(Leech. 1992. Canad. Entomol., 124: 419-420). The first California record of M.
simoni was from the University of California, Riverside campus (Vetter & Vissch-
er. 1994. J. Arachnol., 22: 256) where a stable population has become established.
Specimens can be collected throughout the year in the Entomology buildings and
greenhouses and under garbage cans, discarded plywood or large plant containers
at both the campus and the agricultural research station. Since the initial discov-
ery, additional finds have been made in southern California (Fig. 1). Reported
habitats are coastal sage scrub communities ranging from cool, coastal to hot,
inland areas as well as home interiors in these regions. The collection records of
M. simoni indicate that it is widely established in the Los Angeles and San Diego
areas. It should be of interest to arachnologists that M. simoni is part of the
southern Californian spider fauna and not an isolated population limited to the
Riverside campus. Vector and pest control personnel should be aware of this
species because it is often found inside homes and buildings.
The genus Metaltella was originally placed in the Amaurobiidae (Keyserling
1878. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell Wien, 27: 571—624) and retained during the taxo-
nomic revision of North American amaurobiids (Leech. 1972. Mem. Entomol.
Soc. Canada, #84, 182 pp.). The spider genus has since been transferred to the
Amphinectidae (Davies 1998. Invert. Taxon., 12: 211—243), which is represented
by several genera in Australia, New Zealand and South America.
Depository abbreviations: GVG—G. Van Gordon collection, TRP—T. R. Pren-
tice collection, UCR—Univ. Calif. Riverside Entomology Research Museum.
Material Examined.mCALIFORNIA. Riverside Co.: Rubidoux, under brick, 2 Jul 1996, R. Vetter,
1 male (UCR); Univ. Calif. Riverside, Jan—Dec, R. Vetter & M. Metzger, many specimens of both
sexes, (UCR). San Bernardino Co.: Rancho Cucamonga, in house, 23 Aug 98, G. Van Gordon, 3
males, 2 females (GVG). San Diego Co.: Camp Pendleton, in pitfall trap, May 1996, T. Prentice, 1
male (TRP); San Diego near Claremont High School, in house, 4 Aug 1997, Feb 1999, J. Carson, 2
males (UCR). Oceanside, in house, 7 Nov 1999, M. Orr, 2 females; 13 Dec 1999, M Orr, 2 males, 9
females, 2 immatures (UCR).
Richard S. Vetter, Department of Entomology, University California Riverside,
Riverside, California 92521.
Received 19 May 1999; Accepted 23 Dec 1999.
2000 SCIENTIFIC NOTE 135
Los
Angeles
San Diego
Figure |. Collection sites of Metaltella simoni in southern California. Scale bar = 50 km.
ANNOUNCEMENT
PUBLICATIONS OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901—1930.
Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume or $3.75 per single issue, except for vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) to vol. 66 (1990), $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. Vol. 67
(1991) to vol. 69 (1993), $30.00 per volume or $7.50 per single issue. Vol. 70
(1994) and subsequent issues, $40.00 per volume or $10.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. FE Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. OUT-OF-PRINT.
Volume 2. A Revision of the Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. OUT-OF-
PRINT.
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00* (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages.
Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, postage, and
handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-California
U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special
price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00* (plus $0.75 postage and handling).
*For California orders only, add appropriate sales tax currently in effect in your county. If
requested, members of the Society can receive a 20% discount on the price of the memoirs,
except vol. 4.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-4599
U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 74: 248-255, October 1997, for detailed general format information and the issues thereafter for examples; see below for
discussion of this journal’s specific formats for taxonomic manuscripts and locality data for specimens. Manuscripts must be in English,
but foreign language sum maries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please maintain a copy
of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy-editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 X 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS OF
ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text pages
(pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last. List
the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The title
must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use five
to seven words orconcise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 69(2): 194-198; if you do not have access to that
volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manuscripts for which these formats are
applicable. These requirements include SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED
(INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for paragraphs in descriptions. List the unabbreviated taxonomic author
of each species after its first mention.
Data Formats. — All specimen data must be cited in the journal’s locality data format. See volume 69(2), pages 196-198 for these
format requirements; if you do not have access to that volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before
submitting manuscripts for which these formats are applicable.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometrics provide
some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics and
taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985. SPB
Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 X 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 X 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FFGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued on
additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156—-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $35.00 per page, for the first 20 (Cumulative) pages per volume and full galley costs for
pages thereafter. Nonmembers should contact the Treasurer for current nonmember page charge rates. Page charges do not include
reprint costs, or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer. Contributing authors will be sent a page
charge fee notice with acknowled gment of initial receipt of manuscripts.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 76 April 2000 Number 2
Contents
MILLER, D. G. & M. J. SHARKEY—An inquiline species of Tamalia co-occurring with
Tamalia coweni (Homoptera: Aphididae)
COURTNEY, G. W. & R. M. DUFFIELD—Net-winged midges (Diptera: Blephariceridae): a
food resource for brook trout in montane streams
BANKS, J. E.—Effects of weedy field margins on Myzus persicae (Hemiptera: Aphididae) in a
broccoli agroecosystem
WUELLNER, C. T—Variation among accounts of Dieunomia triangulifera (Vachal) (Hymenop-
tera: Halictidae) in different localities and years
WIESENBORN, W. D.—Desiccation susceptibility of the desert brachypterous thrips
Arpediothrips mojave Hood (Thysanoptera: Thripidae)
TONG, X. & D. DUDGEON—Two new species of Alainites (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) from
Hong Kong, China
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
SHEPARD, J. H. & R. S. ZACK—A remarkable and disjunct range extension for the genus
Yermoia McDunnough (Lepidoptera: Geometridae)
CHOI, S.-W.—The occurrence of Lampropteryx suffumata (Denis and Schiffermiiller) (Lepidoptera:
Geometridae) in North America
LARSEN, E.—New backswimmer records for North America (Heteroptera: Notonectidae)
BENNETT, R. G., L. A. ROCCHINI, T. D. EICHLIN & B. S. LINDGREN—Sesia spartani in
British Columbia: a new clearwing moth record for Canada with notes on its response to
pheromones (Lepidoptera: Sesiidae)
ROGERS, D. C.—Eulimnadia texana Packard 1871 (Conchostraca: Crustacea) from northern
Cahtornia: aithropoecnic-inteoduction? 62... 2 ee re
VETTER, R. S.—A South American spider, Metaltella simoni (Keyserling) (Aranae: Amphi-
nectidae) in southern California
a
87
se)
102
109
115
121
123
126
129
132
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 76 July 2000 Number 3
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. V. Dowell, Editor R. M. Bohart
Jeffery Y. Honda, Associate Editor J. T. Doyen
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer Warren E. Savary
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non-
receipt of numbers should be addressed to: Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary;
and financial communications should be addressed to: Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer;
at: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Dept. of Entomology, California Acad-
emy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: William Hamersky, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept. of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. Robert V.
Dowell, Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, California Dept. of Food & Agriculture,
1220 N St., Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover for Information-to-Con-
tributors, and volume 73(4): 248—255, October 1997, for more detailed informa-
tion. Information on format for taxonomic manuscripts can be found in volume
69(2): 194-198. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $25.00 for regular members of the So-
ciety, $26.00 for family memberships, $12.50 for student members, or $40.00 for
institutional subscriptions or sponsoring members. Members of the Society receive
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers or entire volumes
are available; see 72(4): 247 for current prices. Make checks payable to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 2000
David T. Wyatt, President Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary
Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer Joshua J. Fairbanks, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly for $40.00 per
year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate
Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599. Periodicals postage is paid at San Francisco, CA, and additional
mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
% California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 12 July 2000
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
The paper used in this publication meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(3): 137-169, (2000)
REVIEW OF THE GENUS PURPURICENUS DEJEAN
(COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE) IN NORTH AMERICA
TED C. MACRAE
Monsanto Company, 700 Chesterfield Parkway North,
St. Louis, Missouri 63198
Abstract—Six North American species are recognized within the genus Purpuricenus Dejean:
P. humeralis (Fabr.); P. axillaris Haldeman; P. dimidiatus LeConte; P. opacus (Knull); P. linsleyi
Chemsak; and P. paraxillaris MacRae, NEW SPECIES. A lectotype is selected for P. axillaris.
The genus is redescribed, and both sexes of all species are described, including the previously
unknown male of P. linsleyi. New and existing biological data are summarized for each species,
and variation and comparisons are discussed. Habitus illustrations, distributional maps, and a
key to the species are provided. Interception of the Indomalayan P. temminckii (Guérin-Méne-
ville) in North America is documented.
Key Words.—Insecta, Coleoptera, Cerambycidae, Trachyderini, Purpuricenus, new species, tax-
onomy, Key.
North American species of Purpuricenus Dejean (1821) are poorly represented
in many collections, however, the use of fermenting bait traps (e.g., Champlain
& Knull 1932) by several contemporary collectors has greatly increased the num-
ber of specimens available for study. While studying the cerambycid fauna of
Missouri, specimens assignable to P. axillaris Haldeman collected in such traps
were found to represent two species (MacRae 1994). Concurrently, I received a
series of specimens from Texas which did not agree well with available descrip-
tions. These specimens proved to be male P. linsleyi Chemsak, previously known
from only two females. These events were the catalysts for this review.
Purpuricenus is represented in all faunal regions except the Neotropics but is
most diverse in the Palearctic and Indomalayan regions. Aurivillius (1912) listed
31 Palearctic and Indomalayan species of Purpuricenus (sensu lato), however, at
least 53 species are currently recognized from these regions (e.g., Gressitt 1951,
Gressitt & Rondon 1970, Lee 1987, Cherepanov 1988, Hua et al. 1993, Bense
1995). The genus is also represented by five Afrotropical (Ferreira & Ferreira
1959), one Australian (Gressitt 1959), and five Nearctic species (Poole & Gentili
1996).
Cerambyx humeralis Fabr. (1798) was the first North American species includ-
ed in Purpuricenus (Dejean 1821), and a second species was added when Hal-
deman (1847) described P. axillaris from Pennsylvania. Two western U.S. species
were added when LeConte described P. magnificus from Arizona (LeConte 1875)
and P. dimidiatus from California (LeConte 1884), but Leng (1886a) transferred
the former to Crioprosopus. The distribution of the genus was extended to the
Neotropics when Casey (1912) described P. lecontei from Honduras. Craighead
(1923) described the larvae of P. axillaris and P. humeralis. Two more Nearctic
species, both from Texas, were added to the genus when Knull (1954) transferred
Tragidion opacum (Knull 1937) to Purpuricenus and Chemsak (1961) described
P. linsleyi. Linsley (1962) reviewed the genus in North America, and Chemsak
& Linsley (1974) once again restricted the Western Hemisphere occurrence of
138 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
this genus to North America by transferring P. lecontei to Metaleptus. Purpuri-
cenus is currently placed in the tribe Trachyderini (Fragaso et al. 1987).
In this paper, P. paraxillaris MacRae, NEW SPECIES, is described, a lectotype
is selected and described for P. axillaris, and the male of P. linsleyi is described
for the first time. All remaining species and sexes are redescribed, biological data
are summarized, and a key to the species, habitus illustrations, and distribution
maps are provided. Interception of the Indomalayan P. temminckii (Guérin-Méne-
ville) in North America is also documented.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
The individuals and institutions cited provided 1639 specimens for examination.
Specimens are retained by the cited collector if no collection is indicated. Col-
lection abbreviations follow Amett et al. (1993) except for the following: R. A.
Androw, Pittsburg, PA (RAAC); L. G. Bezark, Sacramento, CA (LGBC); J. A.
Green, Lima, OH (JAGC); D. J. Heffern, Houston, TX (DJHC); A. E. Lewis,
Burbank, CA (AELC); D. G. Marqua, Fort Davis, TX (DGMC); Minnesota Dept.
Agric., St. Paul (MNDA); Missouri Dept. Agric., Jefferson City (MODA); and
Missouri St. Fruit Exp. Sta., Mountain Grove (MFES).
The generic bibliography includes works from all world areas but emphasizes
North American citations. North American species citations are essentially com-
plete with the possible omission of obscure locality records or catalogue listings.
Exactly cited label data are enclosed within quotation marks (”). A forward slash
(/) separates data from individual labels, and my notations are in parentheses (h
= handwritten, p = printed). Measurements were made from the center of the
frons to the elytral apex (length) and across the humeri (width) using a vernier
caliper (0.05 mm precision). New state records (bold type) are indicated in the
Distribution sections. Plant nomenclature follows Kartesz (1994).
GENUS PURPURICENUS DEJEAN
Purpuricenus Dejean, 1821: 105; Germar, 1824: 500; Latreille, 1829: 114; Au-
dinet-Serville, 1833: 568; Mulsant, 1839: 32; Laporte, 1840: 431; LeConte,
1850: 10; Thomson, 1860: 190; Mulsant, 1862: 374; Mulsant, 1862-1863: 68;
Thomson, 1864: 429; Fairmaire, 1864: 142; Pascoe, 1866; Lacordaire, 1869:
177; LeConte, 1873: 314; LeConte & Horn, 1883: 299; Gahan, 1906: 184;
Blatchley, 1910: 1030; Aurivillius, 1912: 461; Schaufuss, 1916: 858; Planet,
1924: 186; Picard, 1929: 99; Plavilstshikov, 1940: 553; Knull, 1946: 230; Vil-
liers, 1946: 101; Lepesme, 1948: 311; Gressitt, 1951: 316; Ferreira & Ferreira,
1959: 338; Linsley, 1962: 103; Arnett, 1963: 881; Gressitt & Rondon, 1970:
177; Hatch, 1971: 104; Klausnitzer & Sander, 1978: 134; Villiers, 1978: 311;
Nakamura et al., 1981: 44; Cherepanov, 1982: 216; Lee, 1987: 130; Svacha &
Danilevsky, 1987: 169; Cherepanov, 1988: 293; Plaza Lama, 1988: 93; Hua et
al., 1993: 90, 213; Bense, 1995: 242; Downie & Amett, 1996: 1234. Type
species: Cerambyx kaehleri Linnaeus, 1758: 393 (designated Linsley 1962:
103).
Acanthoptera Latreille, 1829: 114.
Acantho pterus Guérin-Méneville, 1844: 223.
Cyclodera White, 1846: 510. Type species: C. quadrinotata White, 1846: 510
(original monotypy).
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 139
Philagathes Thomson, 1864: 196. Type species: P. laetus Thomson, 1864: 197
(original monotypy).
Description—Form moderate to large sized, cylindrical to robust. Head short; frons broad, sub-
vertical, abruptly separated from anteocular spaces; genae long, medially produced; palpi short, apical
segments each slightly wider distally; mandible apices acute; eyes finely faceted, deeply emarginate
at antennal insertion, dorsal lobes widely separated; antennal tubercles prominently elevated, separated
by longitudinal groove, antennae slender, antennomeres feebly expanded apically, antennomere 11
often elongate and appendiculate in males. Pronotum transverse, apex narrower than base, disc convex,
densely punctate, with more or less distinct calluses, sides with distinct lateral tubercles; prosternum
with intercoxal process convex, arcuate at apex, coxal cavities wide open behind; mesosternum not
protuberant, intercoxal process convex, arcuate at apex; metasternum with episternum moderately
broad, subparallel. Elytra elongate, parallel-sided, obtusely margined at sides, more densely punctate
basally, apices subtruncate to emarginate, each elytron with 3 faintly indicated longitudinal costae
becoming obsolete posteriorly. Legs slender, hind femora linear, often arcuate; tarsi broad, rather short,
tarsomere 3 cleft almost to base. Abdomen normally segmented.
This genus is distinguished by its lateral pronotal tubercles, arcuate prosternal
process, acute mandibles, obtusely margined elytral sides, faintly indicated elytral
costae, and sparse pubescence.
KEY TO THE ADULTS OF NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF PURPURICENUS
1. Antennae much longer than body in male, nearly attaining or slightly sur-
passing elytral apices in female, third segment attaining base of elytra. 2
1’. Antennae reaching apical one-fourth of elytra in male, middle of elytra in
female, third segment not or scarcely attaining lateral angle of prono-
tum; dorsal surface coarsely, deeply punctate; integument black or black
and red in male, predominantly red in female; posterior femora not
attaining elytral apices. Length, 11.20—18.70 mm. California, Oregon
Bo cans Rds Meheha tech Alc PIR. bookie ML cin eee © P. dimidiatus LeConte
2(1). Elytra yellow, orange, or red at base, at least apical one-half black ... 3
2’. Elytra brunneus to dull-orange with at most apical one-third black,
apical dark area extending obliquely, sinuately forward from lateral
margin to suture. Length, 13.45—19.15 mm. Davis Mountains, Texas
PR Ee ene Oe RAE At ne Es Wee oas aie pe teeta wap eeawee sndndednes Reger tt KO PACS 1 INTEL)
3(2). Elytra with apical dark area never approaching scutellum, posterior mar-
gins of basal elytral markings irregularly transverse, rarely somewhat
oblique; basal punctures of elytra mostly without hairs ............ 4
3’. Elytra with apical dark area extending to scutellum, or if not, then pos-
terior margins of basal elytral markings distinctly oblique and basal
punctures of elytra uniformly setiferous ..................2..-4.4- 5
4(3). Discal pronotal calluses indistinct, median callus lacking polished apical
line, lateral tubercles small, angles obtuse; elytra with basal punctation
fine, moderately sparse, apices subtruncate, angles not or weakly den-
tate, basal elytral markings yellow to orange. Length, 10.50—18.45
Mati.< Asteria) tS: its. ee. Peete ert eile oT) P. axillaris Haldeman
4’. Discal pronotal calluses distinct, median callus prominent with polished
apical line, lateral tubercles well developed, angles acute; elytra with
basal punctation moderate, dense, apices emarginate, angles distinctly
dentate, basal elytral markings orange to red-orange. Length, 12.10—
22.60 mm. Eastern U.S. ..... P. paraxillaris MacRae, NEW SPECIES
140 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
5(3’). Pronotal punctation very coarse; elytra with basal punctation very coarse,
punctures large, lacking hairs; red elytral markings triangular, covering
humeri but not enclosing scutellum. Length, 11.55—19.45 mm. North-
eastern U.S., southeastern Canada ........... P. humeralis (Fabricius)
a Pronotal punctation moderately coarse; elytra with basal punctation
moderately coarse, punctures small, with hairs, females with red ely-
tral markings covering basal one-third to one-half and extending
obliquely to lateral margin, males with red markings variably re-
duced. Length, 13.10—21.40 mm. North-central to south-central Tex-
CABS ae tal PRS (oie acti et ar en Reset tae iglaee RR R P. linsleyi Chemsak
Purpuricenus dimidiatus LeConte
(Figs. 1, 2, 10)
Purpuricenus dimidiatus LeConte, 1884: 23; Henshaw, 1885: 98; Leng, 1886b:
82; Aurivillius, 1912: 466; Garnett, 1918: 207; Leng, 1920: 279; Linsley, 1962:
104, figs. 32, 34; Hatch, 1971: 104, pl. X, fig. 7; Chemsak & Linsley, 1974:
182; Penrose & Westcott, 1974: 236; Hovore & Giesbert, 1976: 352; Skiles et
al., 1978: 107; Chemsak & Linsley, 1982: 51; Papp, 1984: 211, fig. 705; Chem-
sak et al., 1992: 85; Monné & Giesbert, 1994: 150; Solomon, 1995: 471, fig.
186; Poole & Gentili, 1996: 150; Linsley & Chemsak, 1997: 318, 326, 427.
Types.—Holotype, male (Fig. 1); data: “‘Cal. (p) / P. dimidiatus Lec. (h) / Type
(p) 3911 (h) (red label)’; deposited: Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge. LeConte misstated the sex and length of this specimen, but in all other
respects it agrees well with the original description. The type locality is Yreka,
California.
Male.—Form small-medium sized, somewhat robust, subcylindrical; integument black, opaque, ver-
tex between eyes and antennae dark-orange, pronotum with apical and basal margins broadly black,
disc dark orange, basal one-third of elytra red-orange with basal margin dark brown to black, posterior
margins of red-orange markings irregularly transverse, extending slightly further posteriorly in the
lateral areas, legs dark brown, pubescence dark. Head with front shining, very coarsely, closely punc-
tate, punctures slightly finer and sparser near base of antennae, obscurely clothed with short, suberect
hairs; vertex slightly shining, coarsely, deeply, densely punctate, pubescence very short, sparse, sub-
erect, a few longer, suberect hairs scattered near eyes; antennal tubercles prominent, antennae reaching
apical one-fourth of elytra, each segment moderately shining, moderately punctate, finely, densely
clothed with short, appressed hairs, antennomeres 1—3 sparsely clothed ventrally with longer, suberect
hairs, antennomere 1 robust, widest distally, 2 shortest, slightly shorter than apical width, 3 1.2
longer than 1, 4—11 subequal in length and slightly shorter than 1. Pronotum 1.4 wider across lateral
tubercles than long, slightly constricted before base; weak lateral tubercles just behind middle; surface
slightly shining, coarsely, deeply, contiguously punctate, anterolateral areas with punctures finer, dens-
er, smaller than those on disc; pubescence very short, obscure, suberect; disc strongly convex with 5
inconspicuous calluses, median callus glabrous; prosternum with transverse impression, apical margin
shining, transversely wrinkled, moderately finely, densely punctate within and behind impression,
Figures 1-4. Purpuricenus spp. (dorsal views).
Figure 1. P. dimidiatus LeConte (holotype male).
Figure 2. P. dimidiatus LeConte (female).
Figure 3. P. opacus (holotype male).
Figure 4. P. opacus (allotype female).
MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 141
2000
142 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
surface very slightly shining, moderately clothed with short, suberect hairs; meso- and metasternum
slightly shining, finely, densely punctate, thinly clothed with short, suberect hairs, longer hairs more
numerous along posterior margin of metasternum. Elytra 2.1 longer than humeral width; surface
slightly shining, coarsely, moderately deeply, slightly cribrosely punctate over basal half, punctures
smaller than largest of pronotal disc, separated by much less than their width, more finely punctate
over apical half, very obscurely clothed with very short suberect hairs in basal half, hairs slightly
more distinct and dense toward apex; apices rotundate-truncate. Scutellum slightly longer than wide,
weakly impressed longitudinally, densely clothed with short, appressed hairs, apex moderately nar-
rowly rounded. Legs shining, moderately elongate, slender, femora moderately, shallowly punctate;
sparsely clothed with short, subdepressed hairs, metafemora not attaining elytral apices; tibiae shining,
more finely, densely punctate, moderately clothed with short, subdepressed hairs; metatarsomere 1
slightly longer than combined length of 2—3. Abdomen slightly shining, finely, moderately sparsely
punctate, sternites with impunctate apical margin, pubescence short, subdepressed, moderately dense
with longer, suberect hairs more numerous toward apex, apical edge of sternites glabrous, last sternite
broadly, shallowly emarginate at apex. Length, 13.75 mm; width, 4.60 mm. Described from male
holotype (MCZC) (Fig. 1).
Female.—Differs from male as follows: form somewhat broader; head, antennae, and legs black,
disc and lateral areas of pronotum red-orange, narrowly black along apical and basal margins, elytra
red-orange with less than apical one-fifth black, metasternum with 2 elongate, dark-orange spots in
front of coxae; antennae reaching middle of elytra, antennomere 3 slightly longer than 1, 4—11 sub-
equal in length and slightly shorter than 1; anterolateral areas of pronotum moderately coarsely punc-
tate, punctures slightly smaller than those on disc; abdomen with apex of last sternite broadly, shal-
lowly emarginate, slightly notched medially. Length, 16.70 mm; width, 5.50 mm. Described from
female from California, Amador Co., 1.6 km SE of Ione, emerged 14 Jun 1987 from living branch
Quercus wislizenii A. de Candolle, R. L. Penrose (TCMC) (Fig. 2).
Diagnosis.—This species is distinguished from all other North American Pur-
puricenus by its shorter antennae which reach the apical one-fourth of the elytra
in males and the middle of the elytra in females, its coarsely, deeply punctate
elytral surface, and its shorter posterior femora which do not reach the elytral
apices.
Variation.—The pronotal and elytral markings vary from orange to red and exhibit considerable
variation in degree of development, particularly in males. Females nearly always have a red pronotum
with at most the basal and apical margins narrowly black, and the elytra are black on the apical one-
fifth to one-half. In males the pronotum may be mostly red to wholly black, and the elytra vary from
red on the basal one-half to completely black. Males measured 11.20—18.25 mm (14.37 + 1.29 mm,
n = 37) and females 11.70—18.70 mm (15.48 + 1.49 mm, n = 40) in length.
Distribution.—This species is not common in collections, but it occurs through-
out the foothills and mountains of California and into southwestern Oregon (Fig.
10). Ithas also been recorded from northwestern Oregon (Hood River, Hood River
Co.) by Penrose & Westcott (1974) and northeastern Oregon (LaGrande, Union
Co.) by Hatch (1971). Assuming that the latter record is not based on an intro-
duced or mislabeled specimen, it is the only record documenting the species’
occurrence east of the Cascade Mountains.
Biology.—Hovore & Giesbert (1976) discussed this species’ habit of partially
girdling the base of living Quercus dumosa Nuttall before boring upward into the
stems. At least two seasons are required for development. Skiles et al. (1978)
found it infesting Q. dumosa, Q. agrifolia Née, and Q. dunnii Kellogg in southern
California, and R. L. Penrose reared a large series of adults from girdled branches
of living Q. wislizenii in the central Sierra Nevada foothills (Amador Co., near
Ione). One adult examined was reared from Q. virginiana P. Miller (probably a
misidentification of Q. agrifolia), and several adults examined were collected on
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 143
Salix sp., another potential larval host (Penrose & Westcott 1974). Specimens
collected on Adenostoma fasciculatum Hooker & Arnott, Juniperus californica
Carriere, and Purshia tridentata (Pursh) de Candolle surely represent incidental
captures. Unlike all other North American Purpuricenus, it is unclear whether
this species is attracted to fermenting bait. Penrose & Westcott (1974) reported
two adults from oriental fruit moth bait pots hung in peach orchards in Hood
River Co., Oregon, and another specimen from Josephine Co., Oregon taken in
such a trap was examined. It is not known how attractive this bait is, and none
of the remaining specimens examined are known to have been taken in bait traps.
Seasonal occurrence: 17 May—6 Sep (median 75% 12 Jun—15 Jul, n = 69).
Material Examined.—In addition to Types, 76 specimens: CALIFORNIA. AMADOR Co.: 1.6 km
SE of Ione, emerged 9 Jun 1987 from living branch Quercus wislizenii, R. L. Penrose, 1 2; same
data except 14 Jun 1987, 2 dd, 2 22 (& TCMC); 15 Jun 1987, 2 2 2; 20 Jun 1987, 3 22; 26 Jun
1987, 3 22; 12 Jun 1991, 1 3; emerged 26 Jun 1993 from girdled branch Quercus wislizenii, 1 @;
same data except Jul 1993, 1 2; 3.2 km S of Ione, emerged 26 Jun 1987 from living branch Quercus
wislizenii, R. L. Penrose, 2 2 2; same data except 28 Jun 1987, 1 d 1 2; 23 May 1988, 1 3; 15 Jun
1988, 1 2; 3 Jul 1988, 1 5, 2 22; 10 Jul 1988, 1 2. CALAVERAS Co.: Camp Wolfboro, 11 Jul
1939, 1 2 (EMEC). EL DORADO Co.: El Dorado Hills, 6 Jun 1992, E. M. Fisher, 1 9 (LGBC);
Lake Tahoe, 1 2 (UCDC). LOS ANGELES Co.: Big Pines, 7 Jul 1935, Salix sp., 2 66 (LACM);
Crystal Lake, 29 Jun 1950, W. O. Marshall, 1 2 (UCDC); Glendale, 21 Jul 1948, 1 ¢ (UCDC); 25.6
km E of Lake Hughes, 22 Jun 1961, EF G. Andrews, 2 66 (CDAE); 6.4 km W of Lake Hughes, |
Jul 1963, E G. Andrews, 1 5 (CDAE); Los Angeles, no date, Coquillett, 1 d¢ (USNM); Pasadena,
Jun 1947, A. Fenyes, 1 ¢6 (AELC); Santa Monica Mts, nr Sepulveda, Mulholland Dr, 22 Jul 1956, R.
L. Westcott, 1 3d; Sierra Madre, 6 Jul 1945, A. Fenyes, 1 ¢6 (CMNH); Tanbark Flats, 19 Jun 1950,
S. C. Daniels, 1 2 (EMEC); same loc., 12 Jul 1952, B. Tinglof, 1 2 (LACM). MARIN Co.: 11 Jun
1905, E W. Nunenmacher, 1 6 (USNM); Lagunitas, 14 Jul 1928, E. H. Nast, 1 6 (EMEC). MEN-
DOCINO Co.: 8 km N of Branscomb, Wilderness Lodge, 22 Aug 1982, C. Reid, 1 6 (EMEC); Castle
Peak, 6 Sep 1958, S. M. Fidel, 1 2 (UCDC); Ryan Creek, 11 Jul 1946, 1 d (EMEC); same data
except 15 Jul 1946, 1 6. PLACER Co.: Roseville, 23 Jun 1981, 1 9 (LGBC). PLUMAS Co.: Bucks
Lake, 14 Jul 1949, Salix sp., E. I. Schlinger, 1 6 (UCDC); Johnstonville, 1 Aug 1965, M. R. Gardiner,
1 2 (EMEC); Meadow Valley, 29 Jun 1924, EF C. Hadden, 1 6 (FMNH); 6.4 km W of Quincy, 22
Jun 1949, R. G. Howell, 1 ¢d (EMEC). RIVERSIDE Co.: East Anza, 17 May 1954, thistle, J. Donovan,
1 2 (CDAE); Joshua Tree National Park, Upper Covington Flat, emerged 17 Jun 1979 from Quercus
sp. collected 8 May 1979, A. E. Lewis, 2 6 3; Pinyon Flat, 1211 m (4000 ft), 5 Jun 1958, Purshia
tridentata, G. H. Nelson, 1 3; same data except 13 Jun 1964, Juniperus californicus, 1 3; Poppet
Flat, 31 May 1940, Salix sp., R. L. Usinger, 1 6 (EMEC). SACRAMENTO Co.: Upper Sunrise Park,
emerged 3 Jul 1991 from girdled branch Quercus sp., R. L. Penrose, 1 2°. SAN BERNARDINO Co.:
Cajon Pass, Jun 1949, 1 2 (UCDC); same loc., 25 Jun 1966, Adenostoma fasciculatum, G. H. Nelson,
1 2. SAN DIEGO Co.: Balboa Park, 25 Aug 1935, 1 2 (FMNH); Boulevard, 12 Jun 1951, D. J. &
J. N. Knull, 1 ¢ (FMNH); Cuyamaca Rancho State Park, 9 Jul 1959, beating Q. dumosa, G. H.
Nelson, 1 ¢. SANTA BARBARA Co.: Sunset Valley, 14 Jul 1938, M. A. Cazier, 1 2 (EMEC). SANTA
CLARA Co.: Los Gatos, 26 Jun 1918, reared Q. virginiana, R. D. Hartman, 1 2 (EMEC). SISKIYOU
Co.: no date, 1 6 (CMNH). TULARE Co.: Exeter, 25 Aug 1938, 1 2 (EMEC); Sequoia National
Park, 609-1828 m (2000-6000 ft), 20 Jun 1929, A. T. McClay, 1. 2 (UCDC). TUOLUMNE Co.:
Mather, 24 Aug 1957, M. E. Irwin, 1 ¢6 (UCDC). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 1 ¢ (LACM);
Newton, 14 Jul 1949, D. J. & J. N. Knull, 1 6 (FMNH). OREGON. JACKSON Co.: Siskiyou Pass,
8 Jul 1970, Quercus sp., R. L. Westcott, 1 2. JOSEPHINE Co.: 3.2 km E of Grants Pass, 7 Jul 1970,
oriental fruit moth bait pot, R. L. Westcott, 1 6. KLAMATH Co.: Klamath, 2 Jul, 1 6 (CMNH).
Purpuricenus opacus (Knull)
(Figs. 3, 4, 10)
Tragidion opacum Knull, 1937: 306; Chemsak, 1977: 178.
Purpuricenus opacus, Knull, 1954: 129; Linsley, 1962: 105; Chemsak & Linsley,
144 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
1982: 51; Chemsak et al., 1992: 85; Monné & Giesbert, 1994: 150; Poole &
Gentili, 1996: 150.
Types.—Holotype, male (Fig. 3), data: “‘Davis M. Tex (p) VII-4-36 (h)/J.N.
Knull Collr. / J. Knull Collection (p) / Holotype Tragidion opacum Knull (h) (red
label) / Purpuricenus opacus Knull det. J. Knull (p).’? Allotype, female (Fig. 4),
data: ‘“‘Jeff Davis Co VII-12-50 Tex. / D. J. & J. N. Knull Collrs. / ALLOTYPE
(red label) / J. N. Knull Collection / Purpuricenus opacus Knull det. J. Knull (p).”’
Types deposited: Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago.
Male.—Form medium-sized, subcylindrical; integument black, opaque, elytra brunneus, basal mar-
gin lightly infuscated with black, apical dark area restricted to apical one-fifth, extending obliquely,
sinuately from lateral margin to suture; pubescence dark. Head with front shining, moderately coarsely,
densely punctate, punctures becoming finer and sparser near base of antennae, sparsely clothed with
short, recurved hairs; vertex slightly shining, coarsely, densely punctate, pubescence short, sparse,
recurved, a few longer, suberect hairs scattered near eyes; antennal tubercles prominent, antennae
exceeding elytral apices by nearly 4 segments, each segment moderately shining, finely, moderately
densely punctate, finely, densely clothed with short, appressed hairs, antennomeres 1-3 sparsely
clothed ventrally with longer, suberect hairs, antennomere | robust, widest distally, 2 shortest, slightly
longer than apical width, 3 1.4Xx longer than 1, 4-10 subequal in length and slightly shorter than 3,
11 longest, appendiculate, slightly curved apically. Pronotum 1.4 wider across lateral tubercles than
long, constricted before base; moderate lateral tubercles just behind middle, angles subacute; surface
slightly shining, coarsely, contiguously, slightly irregularly punctate, anterolateral areas with punctures
finer, dense, smaller than those on disc; pubescence short, sparse, recurved, a few longer, suberect
hairs scattered throughout basal area; disc convex, with 5 distinct calluses, median callus most prom-
inent with glabrous apex; prosternum dull, with transverse impression, nearly impunctate in front of
impression, very finely, densely punctate within and behind impression, moderately clothed with short,
suberect hairs; meso- and metasternum slightly shining, finely, densely punctate, thinly clothed with
short, subdepressed hairs, longer, suberect hairs more numerous along posterior margin of metaster-
num. Elytra 2.2 longer than humeral width; surface dull, moderately coarsely punctate over basal
half, punctures smaller than largest of pronotum, separated by much less than their width, surface
over apical half alutaceous, more finely punctate; pubescence short, subdepressed, a single hair arising
from anterior edge of each puncture, hairs becoming denser toward apex; apices subemarginate, sutural
angles subacutely dentate, outer angles obtusely dentate. Scutellum slightly longer than wide, weakly
impressed longitudinally, densely clothed with short, appressed hairs, apex narrowly rounded. Legs
shining, elongate, slender, femora moderately, shallowly punctate, sparsely clothed with short, sub-
depressed hairs, metafemora slightly exceeding elytral apices; tibiae shining, more finely, densely
punctate, moderately clothed with short, subdepressed hairs; metatarsomere 1 slightly longer than
combined length of 2—3. Abdomen shining, finely, moderately sparsely punctate, pubescence short,
subdepressed, moderately dense with longer, suberect hairs toward apex, apical edge of sternites gla-
brous, last sternite broadly subemarginate at apex. Length, 19.05 mm; width, 6.00 mm. Described
from male holotype (FMNH) (Fig. 3).
Female.—Differs from male as follows: elytra dull-orange near base, becoming brunneus near apical
dark area, basal margin from scutellum to humerus narrowly black, apical one-third of elytra dark;
antennae not quite reaching elytral apices, antennomere 3 slightly longer than 1, 4-11 subequal in
length and slightly shorter than 1; anterolateral areas of pronotum moderately coarsely punctate, punc-
tures slightly smaller than those on disc; abdomen with apex of last sternite broadly truncate, shallowly
emarginate medially. Length, 15.60 mm; width, 5.75 mm. Described from female allotype (FMNH)
(Fig. 4).
Diagnosis.—This species is distinguished from all other North American Pur-
puricenus by its brunneus to dull-orange elytra with only the apical one-third or
less black.
Variation —tThe elytra vary from brunneus to dull-orange, the basal margin of the elytra may be
narrowly black, fuscous, or unmarked, and the apical dark area extends variously forward from the
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 145
lateral margin to the apical one-fifth to one-third of the sutural margin. Linsley (1962) indicated that
color variation was sexually dimorphic, however, no sexual dimorphism was observed in the fairly
large series examined. Males measured 13.45—20.70 mm (16.62 + 1.52 mm, n = 48) and females
15.00-19.15 mm (16.86 + 1.14 mm, n = 19) in length.
Distribution.—This species is known only from the Davis Mountains of west-
ern Texas (Fig. 10). D. G. Marqua collected a large series near Limpia Canyon
at the Davis Mountains Resort, and FE T: Hovore (personal communication) col-
lected two males near Kit Carson Rocks at W base of Sawtooth Mt, 26—29 Jun
F979.
Biology.—The larval host is unknown, but adults have been beaten only from
Quercus spp. D. G. Marqua collected this species in fermenting bait traps placed
in a dry oak woodland dominated by Q. emoryi Torrey, Q. pungens Liebmann
var. vaseyana (Buckley) C. H. Muller, Juniperus deppeana Steudel, and Pinus
remota (Little) D. K. Bailey & Hawksworth. Seasonal occurrence: 24 Jun—26 Jul
(median 75% 29 Jun—11 Jul, n = 65). Appearance of this species may be depen-
dent upon the occurrence of adequate summer rains. D. G. Marqua trapped only
one specimen during the dry years of 1986—1990. In 1991 frequent rains occurred
during June and July, and 24 specimens were trapped. Dry conditions resumed
in 1992, and seven specimens were trapped that year, one was trapped in 1993,
and none were trapped 1994—1998 despite the continued placement of traps.
Material Examined.—In addition to Types, 66 specimens: TEXAS. JEFF DAVIS Co.: 12 Jul 1950,
D. J. & J. N. Knull, 1 2 (FMNH); same data except 4 Jul 1953, 6 6d, 2 22; 6 Jul 1953, 11 36,
3 22 (EMEC, FMNH); Davis Mts, 3 Jul 1955, D. J. & J. N. Knull, 2 dd (EMEC, FMNH); same
data except 11 Jul 1955, 2 66, 3 22 (FMNH, AELC); 25 Jun 1959, 1 ¢ (FMNH); Davis Mts Resort,
Limpia Cyn at Yellow Knife Trail, 1768 m (5800’), 26 Jun 1991, fermenting bait trap, D. G. Marqua,
1 3; same data except 24 Jun 1991, 1 d (TCMC); 27 Jun 1991, 3 36d; 29 Jun 1991, 3 od, 1 9; 2
Jul 1991, 2 6d; 4 Jul 1991, 1 2 (TCMC); 5 Jul 1991, 1 6; 6 Jul 1991, 1 3; 7 Jul 1991, 3 dd, 1
9; 8 Jul 1991, 2 dd, 1 2; 12 Jul 1991, 1 6; 16 Jul 1991, 1 2; 28 Jul 1991, 1 2; 30 Jun 1992, 1
2; 7 Jul 1992, 1 3; 8 Jul 1992, 1 3; 9 Jul 1992, 1 6; 10 Jul 1992, 1 2; 13 Jul 1992, 1 2 (EMEC);
22 Jul 1992, 1 3d (EMEC); 8 Jul 1993, 1 2; 28.8 km W of Ft Davis, 8 Jul 1961, Quercus sp., R. L.
Westcott, 3 dd (& RLPC).
Purpuricenus axillaris Haldeman
(Figs. 5, 11)
Purpuricenus axillaris Haldeman, 1847: 31; LeConte, 1850: 11; Bland, 1861: 94;
Henshaw, 1885: 98; Hamilton, 1890: 238; Hamilton, 1895: 368; Wolcott, 1900:
470; Blatchley, 1910: 1031 (part); ?Fisher & Kirk, 1912: 311; Aurivillius, 1912:
466 (part); Leng, 1920: 279; Craighead, 1923: 79; Blackman & Stage, 1924:
98—99, pl. IX, fig 36; Kirk & Knull, 1926: 41 (part); Leonard, 1928: 449; Frost
& Dietrich, 1929: 436 (part); Knull, 1946: 230 (part); Linsley, 1962: 105 (part),
fig. 34 (part); ?Bayer & Shenefelt, 1969: 16, fig. 25; Rice, 1982 (1981): 460;
Chemsak & Linsley, 1982: 51; Chemsak et al., 1992: 85; ?Skillman, 1994: 210;
MacRae, 1994: 236 (part); Monné & Giesbert, 1994: 150; Solomon, 1995: 473
(part); Poole & Gentili, 1996: 150; Downie & Amett, 1996: 1234 (part); Linsley
& Chemsak, 1997: 255, 257, 427; Schiefer, 1998: 120.
Purpuricenus humeralis var. axillaris, Leng, 1886b: 82; Bowditch, 1896: 34
(part).
Purpuricenus sp., MacRae, 1994: 236; Yanega, 1996: 126, fig. 223.
Types.—Haldeman’s types, or specimens compared to them, were placed in the
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 76(3)
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 147
LeConte Collection, now residing in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge (Darlington 1961). The LeConte collection contains five specimens bearing
“‘axillaris’’ labels and LeConte’s characteristic colored discs. However, only spec-
imens 1 (male) and 3 and 4 (female) agree with Haldeman’s original description
and LeConte’s subsequent description (LeConte 1850). Specimen 1 is designated
as lectotype, male (Fig. 5); data: “‘(pink disc) / P. axillaris Hald. (h) / J. L. LeConte
Collection / MCZ #4966 / LECTOTYPE Purpuricenus axillaris Haldeman <4 T.
C. MacRae 1995 (red label) (p)’’; specimens 3 and 4 are designated paralectotypes
and bear labels similar to the lectotype. Specimen 2 has the base of the elytra red
(original description states “‘brownish-orange’’) and measures 20.8 mm in length
(original description states “6-9” long” ("= Y12 inch), or 12.7—19.1 mm). Spec-
imen 5 also has the base of the elytra red, and it bears a pale green disc (LeConte’s
code for CO, KS, MT, ND, NE, SD, and WY) (type locality is Pennsylvania).
Specimens 2 and 5 represent the species described in this paper as P. paraxillaris
and are designated paratypes of that species.
Male—Form medium sized, fairly slender, subcylindrical; integument black, opaque, basal one-
third of elytra orange, posterior margins of orange markings more or less transverse, irregular, ex-
tending slightly further posteriorly in the lateral portions; pubescence dark. Head with front slightly
shining, finely, densely punctate, moderately clothed with short, recurved hairs; vertex dull, shallowly,
confluently punctate, pubescence short, sparse, recurved, a few longer, suberect hairs scattered near
eyes; antennal tubercles distinct but not prominent, antennae exceeding elytral apices by about 4
segments, each segment slightly shining, finely, moderately densely punctate, moderately clothed with
short, appressed hairs, antennomeres 1—3 sparsely clothed ventrally with longer, suberect hairs, anten-
nomere | robust, widest distally, 2 shortest, slightly longer than apical width, 3 1.6X longer than 1,
4-10 subequal in length and slightly shorter than 3, 11 longest, appendiculate, slightly curved apically.
Pronotum 1.4X wider across lateral tubercles than long, constricted before base; small lateral tubercles
just behind middle, angles obtuse; surface dull, finely, shallowly punctate, anterolateral areas with
punctures distinctly smaller and more widely separated than those on disc; pubescence short, sparse,
recurved toward median callus, a few longer, suberect hairs scattered along basal portion; disc convex,
with 5 weak calluses; prosternum dull, with transverse impression, finely punctate, punctures coarser
on prosternal process, moderately clothed with suberect hairs; mesosternum slightly shining, finely,
densely punctate, thinly clothed with moderately long, subdepressed hairs; metasternum alutaceous,
finely, densely punctate, thinly clothed with moderately long, subdepressed hairs. Elytra 2.2 longer
than humeral width; surface dull, finely, shallowly punctate over basal half, punctures separated by at
least their width, surface over apical half more densely punctate; short, subdepressed hairs sparsely
scattered primarily near sutural and along lateral margins in basal half, pubescence moderately dense
and uniform across posterior dark areas; apices subtruncate, sutural and outer angles obtuse, not
dentate. Scutellum slightly longer than wide, weakly impressed longitudinally, finely, densely clothed
with short appressed hairs, apex narrowly rounded. Legs shining, elongate, slender; femora finely,
sparsely, shallowly punctate, sparsely clothed with appressed hairs, metafemora extending to elytral
apices; tibiae shining, more finely, densely punctate, moderately clothed with appressed hairs; meta-
tarsomere | slightly longer than combined length of 2-3. Abdomen shining, sparsely, shallowly punc-
tate, thinly clothed with mixture of short, appressed hairs and longer, suberect hairs; apical edge of
sternites glabrous, last sternite broadly, shallowly emarginate at apex. Length, 15.15 mm; width, 4.85
mm. Described from male lectotype (Fig. 5).
Figures 5-8. Purpuricenus spp. (dorsal views).
Figure 5. P. axillaris Haldeman (lectotype male).
Figure 6. P. paraxillaris MacRae, NEW SPECIES (holotype male).
Figure 7. P. humeralis (Fabricius) (male).
Figure 8. P. linsleyi Chemsak (paratype female).
148 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
Female.—Differs from male as follows: antennae extending just past elytral apices, antennomeres
3-11 decreasing in length, antennomere 11 straight, not appendiculate, anterolateral areas of pronotum
almost as coarsely punctate as disc; abdomen with apex of last sternite broadly subtruncate. Length,
14.15 mm; width, 4.55 mm. Described from female paralectotype (specimen 3).
Diagnosis.—The transversely-shaped orange elytral markings may resemble
that of P. paraxillaris, however, P. axillaris may be distinguished by its weak
discal pronotal calluses with the median callus lacking a polished apex, the small,
obtuse lateral pronotal tubercles, the fine, sparse basal punctation of the elytra,
the not or weakly dentate elytral sutural angles, and its smaller size (average
length 3 mm less than P. paraxillaris).
Variation.—The elytral base is usually orange but varies from yellow to red-orange in some spec-
imens. Males measured 10.85—17.55 mm (14.35 + 1.43 mm, n = 135) and females 10.50—-18.45 mm
(14.38 + 1.47 mm, n = 171) in length. Specimens from the extreme southwestern part of the species’
range tend to be larger. Males from Oklahoma measured 12.40-17.55 mm (14.96 + 1.27 mm, n =
52) and females 12.30-18.45 mm (15.38 + 1.39 mm, n = 49) in length, while males from more
northeastern localities measured 10.85-16.80 mm (13.96 + 1.39 mm, n = 83) and females 10.50—
16.85 mm (13.97 + 1.32 mm, n = 122) in length. The orange markings of the elytra in the Oklahoma
specimens also tends to extend a little further posteriorly, to slightly past the middle of the elytra.
Distribution.—Eastern United States (Fig. 11). Specimens were examined from
the following states: Arkansas, Connecticut, District of Columbia, Florida, Geor-
gia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maryland, Massachusetts, Mississippi,
Missouri, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Virginia, West
Virginia, and Wisconsin. It has been recorded from Texas, but no specimens were
examined from that state. This record may refer to P. paraxillaris.
Biology.— All of the reared specimens examined emerged from Carya, includ-
ing the one reported by Rice (1982) from standing dead C. prob. alba (L.) Nuttall
ex Elliot [= C. tomentosa (Lamarck ex Poiret) Nuttall] in Missouri. Blackman &
Stage (1924) illustrated what is apparently this species and reported that it burrows
in and sometimes girdles small limbs of dead C. glabra (P. Miller) Sweet in New
York. All of the remaining host-associated specimens examined were collected
on Carya, with the exception of a single specimen collected on dead Quercus sp.
In contrast, all specimens examined that were reared from Quercus are P. par-
axillaris. Purpuricenus axillaris apparently prefers Carya (Juglandaceae), but P.
paraxillaris primarily infests Quercus and Castanea (Fagaceae). Assuming this,
the records of Hamilton (1895), Bowditch (1896), Wolcott (1900), and Leonard
(1928), all reporting specimens reared or collected from Carya, should refer to
P. axillaris. The larval description (Craighead 1923) also likely refers to this
Species since it was based on larvae collected from Carya twigs at State College,
Pennsylvania by A. B. Champlain. Craighead (1923) described the larval twig-
girdling habits in Carya as similar to those of Anelaphus villosus (Fab.), and
Blackman & Stage (1924) described the larval burrow in detail. Development is
completed in one year (Craighead 1923) or two years (Blackman & Stage 1924).
Craighead (1923) also noted it has been collected in Quercus, but this probably
refers to P. paraxillaris. The majority of the specimens examined were collected
in fermenting bait traps. In Missouri, it was trapped in dry to mesic, upland oak/
hickory forests. Seasonal occurrence: 22 May—29 Aug (median 75% 14 Jun—27
Jul, n = 190). Specimens from Arkansas occured 19 Jun-17 Aug (median 75%
6—25 Jul, n = 57), those from Maryland occured 21 Jun-10 Aug (median 75%
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 149
28 Jun—29 Jul, n = 29), and those from Missouri occured 22 May-—16 Jul (median
75% 2-30 Jun, n = 37).
Material Examined.—In addition to Types, 365 specimens: ARKANSAS. NEVADA Co.: Aug 1973,
bait trap, E. Gage, 1 6 (UADE). PULASKI Co.: Little Rock, 6 Jul 1997, 1 3d, 2 2%, hanging sugar
trap, B. Baldwin (DJHC); same data except 9 Jul 1997, 1 6; 14 Jul 1997, 2 29; 15 Jul 1997, 1 2;
20 Jul 1997, 8 63,5 22; 24 Jul 1997, 3 dd, 4 22; 27 Jul 1997, 1 3; 6 Aug 1997, 1 2; 10 Aug
1997, 1 6. WASHINGTON Co.: 8 Jul 1973, bait trap, W. D. Wylie, 1 6 (UADE); same data except
13 Jul 1973, 1 2; 15 Jul 1973, 1 2; 17 Aug 1973, 1 2; 18 Jul 1973, 4 36d; 20 Jul 1973, 2 dd, 1
2; 21 Jul 1973, 2 dd; 23 Jul 1973, 1 2; 25 Jul 1973, 2 22 (& UGCA); 8 Aug 1973, 1 3; 17 Aug,
1973, 1 2; 29 Jun 1974, 1 6; 5 Jul 1974, 1 2; 6 Jul 1974, 1 3, 1 8; 14 Jul 1974, 2 dd,2 22;
Fayetteville, 27 Jul 1973, UV light trap, L. McCaul, 1 2 (UADE). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 1
3, 1 2 (FMNH). CONNECTICUT. NEW LONDON Co.: Lyme, 29 Aug 1916, reared from Carya sp.,
A. B. Champlain, 1 2 (USNM); same loc., 22 Jul 1918, reared from Carya sp., W. S. Fisher, 1 @
(USNM); same loc., 29 Jul 1918, flying, W. S. Fisher, 1 2 (USNM). WINDHAM Co.: S Woodstock,
8 Jun 1897, reared from Carya sp., 1 6 (USNM). DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. no date, 1 2 (INHS);
Washington, no date, 1 ¢ (RUIC); same loc., no date, M. L. Linell, 4 66, 2 22 (INHS, USNM);
Washington, Rock Creek, 14 Jun 1902, C. E. Burden, 3 22 (USNM). FLORIDA. LIBERTY Co.:
Torreya State Park, 25 May 1986, M. Stevens, 1 2 (FSCA). GEORGIA. WALKER Co.: 8.1 km SE
of Villanow, 8 Jun 1969, leaves dead Quercus sp., R. L. Westcott, 1 ¢. ILLINOIS. ST CLAIR Co.: 6
Aug 1902, G. W. Bock, 1 2 (UMRM). INDIANA. CLARK Co.: State Forest, 9 Jun 1936, N. M.
Downie, 1 2 (FMNH); same loc., 21 Jun 1936, sweeping, Montgomery, 1 2 (PURC). ORANGE Co.:
Orleans, 6 Jun 1934, S. A. Summerland, 1 ¢ (UADE); same data except 20 Jul 1935, 1 ¢. KANSAS.
COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, T. B. A., 1 d6 (PURC). KENTUCKY. LAUREL Co.: London, 9 Jul
1959, flight, C. J. Hay, 1 2 (PMNH). MARYLAND. ALLEGANY Co.: Green Ridge State Forest, 10
Aug 1990, J. D. Glaser, 1 5; same data except 27 Jun 1986, 1 2 (GHNC); 17 Jul 1990, 1 6 (JAGC);
28 Jun 1994, 1 3; 20 Jul 1994, 1 3; 19-25 Jul 1995, 1 5,3 2; Polish Mt, 7 Jul 1986, J. D. Glaser,
1 2; same data except 8 Jul 1986, 1 d (DJHC); 27 Jul 1986, 1 3; 2 Jul 1987, 1 3; 3 Jul 1987, 1 3,
1 2; 6 Jul 1987, 2 22; 8 Jul 1987, 1 2; 14-20 Jul 1987, 1 ¢ (GHNOC); 25 Jul 1987, 1 2; 27 Jul
1987, 1 36; 29 Jul 1987, 1 2; 30 Jul 1987, 1 3d, 1 2. BALTIMORE Co.: Prettyboy Reserve, 23 Jul
1981, fermenting bait trap, J. D. Glaser, 1 d; same data except 29 Jul 1981, 1 2; 6 Aug 1981, 1 3;
20-24 Jul 1982, 1 6. MONTGOMERY Co.: Glen Echo, no date, R. M. Fouts, 1 9 (USNM). WASH-
INGTON Co.: Bear Pond Mts, 21 Jun 1994, J. D. Glaser, 2 22; same data except 25 Jun 1994, 3
22; 26 Jun 1994, 1 2; 12-19 Jul 1994, 2 dd, 1 2; Sideling Hill, 2 Aug 1984, J. D. Glaser, 1 @.
MASSACHUSETTS. NORFOLK Co.: Brookline, no date, 2 ¢6¢ (SEMC, USNM); same loc., 1 Jul
1895, 1 2 (USNM). MISSISSIPPI OKTIBBEHA Co.: Agric College (= Mississippi State Univ), Jun
1916, J. A. Thomas, 1 ¢6 (USNM). MISSOURI. BOONE Co.: Rock Bridge State Park, emerged 6
Jun 1979 from dead Carya sp., M. E. Rice, 1 6. CLAY Co.: Watkins Mill State Park, 9 Jun 1978,
reared from Carya sp., M. E. Rice, 1 6. JEFFERSON Co.: Sunridge Tower County Park, 11.4 km N
of Hillsboro, hwy 21, T42N R4E S36 (SW %), 24 Jun 1985, fermenting bait trap, T. C. MacRae, 1
2; same data except 1 Jul 1985, 1 6; 8 Jul 1985, 1 2; 2 Jun 1986, 1 2; 19 Jun 1986, 1 6d; Valley
View Glades Natural Area, 6.2 km NW of Hillsboro, hwy B, T41N R4E S30, 11 Jun 1987, fermenting
bait trap, T. C. MacRae, 1 2; same data except 15 Jun 1987, 1 3; 16 Jun 1996, 1 2; Victoria Glades
Natural Area, 3.8 km SE of Hillsboro, T40N RSE S14, 16 Jul 1984, fermenting bait trap, T. C. MacRae,
1 2; same data except 2 Jun 1986, 4 dd, 5 22 (& DJHC); 5 Jun 1986, 1 3; 16 Jun 1986, 3 3d;
23 Jun 1986, 2 5d; 26 Jun 1986, 1 9; 22 May 1987, 1 35; 1 Jun 1987, 1 3; 16 Jun 1996, 1 @; 23
Jun 1996, 1 2; 30 Jun 1996, 1 9; 14 Jul 1996, 1 2, 22 Jun 1997, 1 2; 30 Jun 1997, 1 3,2 29.
POLK Co.: 6.4 km SE of Flemington, emerged 17 Jun 1989 from dead Carya sp., M. E. Rice, 1 6.
ST LOUIS Co.: Wildwood, 1.6 km E of hwy 109 on Rocky Ridge Rd, T44N R3E S12, 16 Jun 1996,
fermenting bait trap, T. C. MacRae, 1 ¢. WAYNE Co.: 5.2 km WSW of Patterson, County Rd 332,
21 Jun 1988, UV light, H. M. Webber, 1 6 (FSCA); Williamsburg, 29 May 1983, M. J. Fujan, 1 3
(TCMC). NEW JERSEY. BURLINGTON Co.: Masonville, 4 Jul, R. J. Simm, 1 ¢ (USNM). MORRIS
Co.: Boonton, 21 Jun 1901, G. M. Greene, 1 2 (USNM). NEW YORK. TOMPKINS Co.: Ithaca, 24
Jul 1936, H. I. Scudder, 1 5 (FSCA); same loc., 15 Jul 1940, J. N. Belkin, 1 ¢ (FSCA). COUNTY
UNKNOWN: no date, 1 6 (MCZC, Horn Collection), 1 ¢, 3 29 (CMNH). OHIO. JACKSON Co.:
Jackson Twp, 11 Jul 1931, C. EF Walker, 1 2 (OSUC). VINTON Co.: Lake Hope State Park, emerged
9 Jun 1988 from Carya sp., 1 d (RAAC); same loc., 24 Jun 1988, fermenting bait, 1 2 (RAAC);
150 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
same loc., 1 Jul 1990, 1 2 (RAAC); same loc., 27 Jul 1993, fermenting bait trap, J. A. Green, 1 6;
same data except 7 Jul 1993, 1 6, 3 22 (& LGBC); 17 Jul 1993, 3 65,3 2°; Zaleski, 18 Jun
1994, sugar trap, J. A. Green, 1 6, 7 2 2; same data except 25 Jun 1994, 4 29; 11 Jul 1994, 2 29;
30 Jul 1994, 2 22; 13 Aug 1994, 1 3, 1 @; Zaleski State Forest, 15—23 Jun 1994, R. A. Androw, 1
3, 10 22; same data except 22 Jun-2 Jul 1994, 3 22; 2-7 Jul 1994, 7 22; 12-20 Jul 1994, 2 3d;
20-27 Jul 1994, 2 dd; 1 2; 27 Jul-3 Aug 1994, 1 3; 3-11 Aug 1994, 1 6. COUNTY UNKNOWN:
no date, 1 2 (CMNH). OKLAHOMA. LATIMER Co.: Jun 1982, K. Stephan, 1 3d; same data except
Jul 1982, 1 2; Jul 1983, 7 6d, 4 22 (& CDAE, FSCA); Aug 1983, 1 6; Jun 1984, 6 5d, 4 22
(FSCA); Jun 1985, fermenting bait trap, 6 dd, 2 2 2 (FMNH, FSCA)); Jul 1985, fermenting bait trap,
13,5 22 (FSCA); Jun 1986, 3 66,4 2 2 (FSCA); Jun 1987, 6 65,9 22 (DENH, FSCA, GHNC);
Jul 1987, 8 66,2 22 (FSCA); Aug 1987, 1 2 (FSCA); Jun 1988, 4 dd, 2 22 (FSCA); Jun 1989,
2 22 (FSCA); Jul 1989, 1 6, 3 22 (FSCA); same loc., 6 Jul 1987, K. E. M. Galley, 1 6,3 28
(CUIC); nr Red Oak, 25 Jun-15 Jul 1990, fermenting bait trap, G. Mooney, 1 6 (DJHC); 6.4 km W
of Red Oak, 1-4 Jul 1987, sweep, D. Chandler, 1 2 (DENH); 8 km W & 1.6 km S of Red Oak, 2-
15 Jul 1993, fermenting bait trap, K. Stephan, 12 dd, 10 2 2 (DJHC, EGRC, TCMC); 9.7-11.3 km
SW of Red Oak, 18-25 Jun 1989, fermenting bait trap, G. Mooney & D. J. Heffern, 1 2 (DJHC);
same data except 4-8 Jul 1989, 1 d6, 3 22 (& EGRC). PENNSYLVANIA. ADAMS Co.: Arendtsville,
7 Aug 1928, S. W. Frost, 1 9 (CUIC). ALLEGHENY Co.: Pittsburg, 29 Jun, H. G. Klages, 1 2
(CMNH); same data except 22 Jul, 1 ¢d. CENTRE Co.: State College, 7 Apr 1911, E C. Craighead,
1 3 (FMNH); same data except 5 Feb 1912, 1 6 DAUPHIN Co.: Rush Twp, 19 Aug, A. B. Champlain,
1 3d (PADA); Clark’s Valley, 7 Jul 1940, A. B. Champlain, 1 2 (PADA); same loc., 11 Jul 1937,
taken in bait pails, R. M. Baker, 1 2 (PADA); same data except 23 Jul 1937, 1 2. NORTHAMPTON
Co.: Heckton Mills, 8 Jul 1910, P R. Meyers, 1 2 (USNM). PHILADELPHIA Co.: Franklord, no
date, H. W. Wenzel, 1 ¢, 1 2 (OSUC). TIOGA Co.: no date, 1 2 (UMMZ). WESTMORELAND Co.:
Jeanette, 20 Jun, H. G. Klages, 1 2 (CMNH); same data except 1 Jul, 1 2. COUNTY UNKNOWN:
no date, 1 6 (MCZC, Horn Collection), 1 ¢ (CMNH); no date, Hubbard & Schwarz, 1 d6 (AMNH);
Alleghen, no date, 1 2 (MCZC, Horn Collection), 1 6 (CMNH). VIRGINIA. ROCKINGHAM Co.:
6.4 km E of Timberville, 19 Jun 1985, J. M. Coffman, 1 2 (DJHC); same data except 23 Jun 1985,
1 2. COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 1 6 (INHS). WEST VIRGINIA. PENDLETON Co.: 8.1 km
NW of Ruddle, 13 Aug 1992, malaise trap, J. D. Hacker, 1 2 (RAAC). WISCONSIN. COUNTY
UNKNOWN: no date, 1 2 (MCPM).
Purpuricenus paraxillaris MacRae, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 6, 12)
Purpuricenus humeralis, Bland, 1862: 276 (part); Hamilton, 1890: 238 (part).
Purpuricenus humeralis var. axillaris, Lugger, 1884: 204; Bowditch, 1896: 34
(part).
Purpuricenus axillaris, Smith, 1900: 289; Blatchley, 1910: 1031 (part); Aurivil-
lius, 1912: 466 (part); Champlain et al., 1925: 139; Kirk & Knull, 1926: 41
(part); Champlain & Kirk, 1926: 290; Frost & Dietrich, 1929: 436 (part); Knull,
1932: 63; Champlain & Knull, 1932: 257; Knull, 1934: 210; Knull, 1946: 230
(part), fig. 72; Linsley, 1962: 105 (part), figs. 33, 34 (part); Papp, 1984: 211,
fig. 703; Rice et al., 1985: 21; MacRae, 1994: 236 (part); Solomon, 1995: 473
(part); Downie & Amett, 1996: 1234 (part), fig. 127.50; Yanega, 1996: 126,
figs. 222a, 222b; Linsley & Chemsak, 1997: 259, 276, 318, 320, 322, 427.
Types.—Holotype, male (Fig. 6); data: ““MO: Jefferson Co. Victoria Glades
(Natural Area, 3.8 km SE of Hillsboro, T40N RSE S14) (p) June 25 (h), 19 (p)
84 (h), Coll: T. C. MacRae (p) / Fermenting liquid (h) / HOLOTYPE Purpuri-
cenus paraxillaris ¢ T. C. MacRae (red label) (p);’’ deposited: Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, Cambridge.
Paratypes (544 specimens): no data, 1 d, 1 2 (MCZC, LeConte Collection); same data as holotype
except 2 Jul 1984, 2 dd, 1 2; 12 Jul 1984, 2 dd; 23 Jul 1984, 1 2; 20 Jun 1985, 1 3, 1 2; 24 Jun
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 151
Figure 9. P. linsleyi (Chemsak) males illustrating variation in the elytral maculae.
1985, 1 6, 4 22 (& DJHC, FSCA); 27 Jun 1985, 1 5, 2 29; 1 Jul 1985, 1 3; 8 Jul 1985, 1 9; 11
Jul 1985, 1 3d; 15 Jul 1985, 1 2; 28 May 1986, 1 9; 2 Jun 1986, 6 dd, 9 22 (& EMEC); 5 Jun
1986, 2 dd; 19 Jun 1986, 1 36, 1 2; 23 Jun 1986, 2 22; 26 Jun 1986, 1 3d; 29 May 1987, 1 2; 1
Jun 1987, 1 2; 4 Jun 1987, 2 22; 8 Jun 1987, 2 dd,2 22; 11 Jun 1987, 2 dd, 1 2; 15 Jun 1987,
3 6d,1 2; 18 Jun 1987, 1 2; 16 Jun 1996, 1 2; 23 Jun 1996, 2 dd (& RLWC); 30 Jun 1996, 1
2, 22 Jun 1997, 2 22; 30 Jun 1997, 1 2. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Washington, no date, 2 dd
(CMNH). FLORIDA. HILLSBOROUGH Co.: Tampa, 19 Apr 1984, H. D. Baggett, 1 ¢ (FSCA); same
data except 27 Apr 1984, bait trap, 1 6. LAFAYETTE Co.: 4.8 km S of Mayo, 15-21 May 1995, D.
J. Heffern, 1 ¢, 1 9. MARION Co.: Citra, NW 24th Avenue, 8-14 May 1993, fermenting sweet bait,
E W. Skillman, Jr, 1 ¢, 2 22 (& TCMC); same data except 15 May 1993, 1 2; 16 May 1993, 3
36 6. ILLINOIS. PIATT Co.: Monticello, 13 Jun 1933, W. V. B., 1 2 (INHS). WILL Co.: New Lenox,
10 Aug 1917, 1 2 (FMNH). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 1 6, 2 2 2 (CMNH, INHS). INDIANA.
KNOX Co.: Bicknell, 8 Jun 1936, S. A. Summerland, 1 2 (FSCA); Nesbit’s Orchard, 2 Jun 1942, in
bait trap, S. A. Summerland, 1 d (UADE). LOUISIANA. ST TAMMANY Par.: 6.6 km NE of Abita
Springs, S24 T6S R12E, 4 Jul 1984, V. A. Brou, 1 2 (LSUC); same data except 8 Jun 1985, 1 3
(EGRC); 11 Jun 1985, 1 2; 16 Jun 1985, 1 2 (EGRC). MARYLAND. ALLEGANY Co.: Green Ridge
State Forest, 1-6 Jul 1982, bait, J. D. Glaser, 1 3d; same data except 25—29 Jul 1982,2 dd,1 9; 4
17 Aug 1982, 1 3; 12 Aug 1984, 1 2; 15 Jul 1986, 1 @; 17 Jul 1986, 1 2; 22 Jul 1986, 1 2; 29
Jul 1986, 2 dd, 1 2; 10 Aug 1986, 1 3; 19 Jul 1987, 1 3; 20 Jul 1987, 1 2; 21 Jul 1987, 1 3,1
2; 22 Jul 1987, 2 dd (& GHNC); 25 Jul 1987, 2 dd, 1 2; 28 Jul 1987, 2 dd, 1 2; 29 Jul 1987,
13,1 2; 30 Jul 1987, 1 6,2 29; 10-14 Jul 1989, 5 36d,3 29; 12 Jul 1990, 2 dd, 1 2 (JAGO),
15 Jul 1990, 1 d (LGBC); 17 Jul 1990, 1 56 (LGBC); 19 Jul 1990, 3 6d, 2 29; 23 Jul 1990, 2 dd;
25 Jul 1990, 4 22; 29 Jul 1990, 1 2; 30 Jul 1990, 1 2; 2 Aug 1990, 2 dd, 5 22; 8 Aug 1990, 2
22; 5 Jul 1993, 1 2; 15 Jul 1993, 3 6d, 1 2; 20 Jul 1993, 3 65,3 2; 25 Jul 1993, 1 2; 28 Jun
1994, 1 2; 19-25 Jul 1994, 4 2 9; 20 Jul 1994, 1 2; 28 Jul 1994, 1 3; Polish Mt, 2 Jul 1986, J. D.
Glaser, 1 5, 1 2; same data except 30 Jun 1986, 2 dd (& DJHC); 4 Jul 1986, 3 5d; 5 Jul 1986, 1
3; 6 Jul 1986, 1 3; 7 Jul 1986, 1 3; 8 Jul 1986, 1 2; 16 Jul 1986, 1 3; 18 Jul 1986, 2 dd (&
RAAC); 19 Jul 1986, 1 3; 20 Jul 1986, 1 3, 1 2; 22 Jul 1986, 2 dd (GHNC, RAAC); 25 Jul 1986,
1 2 (DJHC); 25 Jun 1987, 2 od; 2 Jul 1987, 1 2; 4 Jul 1987, 4 od; 5 Jul 1987,2 65,3 29:36
Jul 1987, 1 56, 1 2; 7 Jul 1987, 1 3, 1 2; 8 Jul 1987, 3 dd, 1 2; 17 Jul 1987, 1 2; 18 Jul 1987, 2
152 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
64,2 22; 19 Jul 1987, 1 3, 5 22; 20 Jul 1987, 1 3, 3 28; 21 Jul 1987, 2 dd, 1 2; 22 Jul 1987,
3 36; 23 Jul 1987, 1 36, 3 2&, 24 Jul 1987, 1 3; 25 Jul 1987, 5 od, 5 22; 26 Jul 1987, 1 3, 2
22; 27 Jul 1987, 1 35, 1 ¢; 28 Jul 1987, 2 dd; 29 Jul 1987, 3 6d, 2 22; 30 Jul 1987, 2 6d, 4
22; 1 Aug 1987, 1 2; 2 Aug 1987, 1 5; 3 Aug 1987, 2 dd, 2 22; Rocky Gap State Park, 26 Jul
1984, J. D. Glaser, 1 d; Sideling Hill, 27 Jul 1991, J. D. Glaser, 1 2. BALTIMORE Co.: Prettyboy
Reserve, 14 Jul 1981, bait trap, J. D. Glaser, 1 d; same data except 13 Jul 1981, 1 2 (DJHC); 15 Jul
1981, 1 6,2 22 (& DJHC); 16 Jul 1981, 1 3d, 1 & (DJHC); Sparrows Point, 30 Jun 1933, J. W.
Green, 1 6 (AMNBH). GARRETT Co.: Mt Etna, 28 Jun 1952, E. L. Wilson, 1 ¢ (GHNC). WASHING-
TON Co.: Bear Pond Mts, 21 Jun 1994, J. D. Glaser, 1 2; same data except 25 Jun 1994, 1 2; 28
Jun 1994, 1 5; 12-19 Jul 1994, 1 36,5 22; 20 Jul 1994, 2 36d; Sideling Hill, 15—21 Jul 1983, J. D.
Glaser, 1 2; same data except 20 Jul 1984, 1 3; 22 Jul 1984, 1 2 (DJHC). COUNTY UNKNOWN:
no date, 1 d (UMSP). MISSOURI. BARRY Co.: 6.4 km W of Exeter, 13 Jun 1937, W. E Blair, 1 6
(UMMZ). CARTER Co.: Mark Twain National Forest, Pinewoods Lake, 6 Jun 1987, found dead, T.
C. MacRae, 1 2. JEFFERSON Co.: Hillsboro, 5 Aug 1979, A. Littahorsky, 1 2 (TCMC); Sunridge
Tower County Park, 11.4 km N of Hillsboro, hwy 21, T42N R4E S36 (SW 4%), 12 Jun 1986, fermenting
bait trap, T. C. MacRae, 1 3; same data except 19 Jun 1986, 1 d, 1 2; Valley View Glades Natural
Area, 6.8 km NE of Hillsboro, hwy B, T41N R4E S30, 8 Jun 1987, fermenting bait trap, T. C. MacRae,
1 3,2 22; same data except 15 Jun 1987, 1 3; 30 Jun 1996, 1 d. VERNON Co.: 13 Jun 1963, D.
& J. McReynolds, 1 @ (FSCA). NEW JERSEY. ATLANTIC Co.: Da Costa, 4 Jul, H. W. Wenzel, 1
2 (OSUC). BERGEN Co.: Fort Lee District, no date, 1 6 (CMNH). BURLINGTON Co.: Masonville,
4 Jul, R. J. Simm, 1 d, 1 2 (USNM). MERCER Co.: Trenton, no date, 1 ¢d (FMNH). NEW YORK.
COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 1 2 (AMNH). OHIO. HOCKING Co.: Neotoma, 24 Jul 1932, C. FE
Walker, 1 2 (OSUC). VINTON Co.: 19 Jul 1993, J. A. Green, 1 6 (LGBC); Lake Hope State Park,
6 Jul 1993, fermenting bait trap, J. A. Green, 1 2; same data except 7 Jul 1993, 2 5d, 1 2; 17 Jul
1993, 5 35,1 2; same loc., 24-30 Jul 1993, R. A. Androw, 2 ¢ 2; Zaleski, 18 Jun 1994, sugar trap,
J. A. Green, 5 2 2; same data except 30 Jul 1994, 1 3; Zaleski State Forest, 15—23 Jun 1994, R. A.
Androw, 4 2? @; same data except 22 Jun-3 Jul 1994, 2 22; 12-20 Jul 1994, 1 2; 20-27 Jul 1994,
1 2; 27 Jul-3 Aug 1994, 1 2. WAYNE Co.: 26 Jul 1941, R. W. Rings 1 d6 (OSUC); same data except
4 Aug 1941, 1 2. OKLAHOMA. LATIMER Co.: Jul 1983, K. Stephan, 5 2 2; same data except Jul
1982, 1 5 (FSCA); Jun 1984, 1 36, 3 22 (& FSCA); Jun 1986, 3 dd, 1 9 (FSCA, GHNC, UGCA);
Jun 1987, 2 22 (DENH, GHNC); Jul 1987, 1 ¢ (FSCA); Jun 1988, 1 6, 6 22 (&FSCA); Jun 1989,
1 2 (FSCA); Jul 1989, 1 2 (FSCA); nr Red Oak, 10-30 Jun 1990, bait trap, G. Mooney, 1 d, 1 @
(DJHC, RAAC); 8 km W & 1.6 km S of Red Oak, 2-15 Jul 1993, K. Stephan, 2 dd, 3 22 (CSUC,
DJHC); 9.7-11.3 km SW of Red Oak, 18—25 Jun 1989, bait trap, Mooney & Heffern, 3 dd, 3 22
(DJHC, JAGC). OKLAHOMA Co.: Luther, 35°38'36” N, 97°12'45" W, 8 Jun 1986, banana bait in
hickory-oak forest, C. Harp, 1 d (OSEC); same data except 9 Jun 1986, 2 dd; 10 Jun 1986, 1 3d, 1
2. PAYNE Co.: Cushing, 15 Jun 1932, W. D. Davis, 1 2 (OSEC). PENNSYLVANIA. ADAMS Co.:
Arendtsville, 12 Jul 1927, S. W. Frost, 1 d (FMNH); same data except 24 Jun 1928, 1 d (CUIC).
ALLEGHENY Co.: Pittsburg, 16 Jun, H. G. Klages, 1 2 (CMNH); same data except 6 Jul, 1 @.
BERKS Co.: Reading, 11 Mar 1921, J. N. Knull, 1 6 (F(MNH). DAUPHIN Co.: Hummelstown, 6 Jul,
J. N. Knull, 1 2 (FMNH); same data except 6 Jul, 1 d (UMSP); 10 Jun, 1 ¢; 20 Jul, 1 2 (CUIC);
28 Aug, 1 6, 2 22 (& OSUC); 17 May 1919, 1 2; 14 Mar 1920, 1 2; 19 May 1920, 1 2; 23 May
1920, 1 2; 19 Mar 1921, 1 6,2 22; 2 Jun 1922, 1 2; 10 Jul 1922, 1 2; 3 Jun 1923, 1 3; 27 Jun
1923, 1 2; no date, reared from Quercus alba L., 1 2 (OSUC); same loc., 6 Jul 1925, Kirk &
Champlain, 1 d (FMNH); same data except 13 Jul 1925, 1 2; 30 Jun 1926, 2 dd; Inglenook, 28
Jun 1921, Champlain & Knull, 1 2 (PADA); same loc., 9 Aug 1927, J. N. Knull, 1 ¢ (FMNH); same
data except 30 Aug 1927, 1 2; Manada Gap, 10 Jun 1919, J. N. Knull, 1 2 (FMNH); same data
except 15 Jun 1919, 1 2 (PADA); Clark’s Valley, 11 Aug 1932, 3 dd, 1 2 (USNM); same loc., 11
Jul 1937, bait pails, R. M. Baker, 1 2 (PADA); same data except 28 Jul 1937, 1 6 (USNM); 1 Aug
1937, 1 2 (USNM); same loc., 20 Jul 1932, A. B. Champlain, 1 2 (PADA); 12 Jul 1936, 1 2
(PADA); Rush Twp, 19 Aug, 1 6 (USNM); same loc., 14 Jul, A. B. Champlain, 1 56 (PADA); same
data except 15 Jul, 1 5; 21 Jul, 1 6; 23 Jul, 1 2; 24 Jul, 1 3; 29 Jul, 1 2; 2 Aug, 1 3; 9 Aug, 1
2; 11 Aug, 3 dd, 1 2 (CUIC, UMSP, USNM); 5 Aug, Japanese beetle trap, 1 2; same loc., 7 Jul,
J. N. Knull, 1 3, 1 2 CFMNH); same data except no date, reared from Quercus prinus L., 2 2°.
DELAWARE Co.: Broomall, 21 Jul 1934, M. Robinson, 1 2 (AMNH). FRANKLIN Co.: 1931, J. O.
Pepper, 1 d, 1 2 (CUCC); Chambersburg, 27 Jul 1925, J. A. Reeves, 1 d (SEMC); same data except
4 Aug 1924, 1 3d same loc., 1931, bait pan, J. O. Pepper, 1 5d, 1 2 (CUCC); 1.6-3.2 km W of
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 153
Fannetsburg, 15 Jul 1989, sugar bait, J. E. Wappes, 2 dd, 2 22 (TAMU); Mont Alto, 3 Jul, J. N.
Knull, 1 ¢ (CSUC); same data except 4 Jul, 2 dd (SEMC, USNM); Jul 1932, 2 2 2 (EMEC, FMNH);
3-4 Jul 1932, 2 dd (AELC, LACM); 4 Jul 1934, 1 56, 2 22 (AMNH); same loc., 17 Aug 1931,
bait pan, J.O. Pepper, 2 dd, 1 2 (CUCC); same loc., 4 Jul 1932, J.G. Shanafelt, 6 dd, 1 2 (AELC,
LACM); same data except 7 Aug 1932, 1 2 (LACM); same loc., 4 Jul 1932, 1 2 (EMEC); St Thomas,
13 Jul 1932, J. O. Pepper, 1 d (CUCC); same data except Aug 1932, 4 dd, 2 22 (CDAE, FSCA,
LSUC). PERRY Co.: South Fork Camp, 25 Jul 1937, bait pails, H. B. Kirk, 2 dd (PADA); same data
except 18 Aug 1937, 1 6; 10 Jul 1938, 1 36. SCHUYLKILL Co.: Hawk Mt Scout Reservation, nr
Summit Station, 28 Jul 1982, from tree stump, T. L. Scheifer, 1 2 (MEMU). COUNTY UNKNOWN:
no date, 1 2 (AMNH). TENNESSEE. BLOUNT Co.: Chilhowee Mt, 6 Jun 1955, D. J. & J. N. Knull,
1 2 (FMNH). TEXAS. ANDERSON Co.: Engling Wdlf Mgmt Area, Jun 1990, 1 ¢ (DJHC). BRAZOS
Co.: College Station, 6 Jun 1964, feeding on trunk sap Fraxinus pennsylvanica Marshall, S. G. Wellso,
2 3d, 1 2 (MERC); College Station, Lick Creek Park, 15-25 May 1996, hanging sugar bait trap, E.
G. Riley, 9 dd, 1 2, same data except 25 May—4 Jun 1986, 6 dd, 2 22 (& TAMU); 4-8 Jun 1996,
13,1 2; 4-16 Jun 1996, 3 dd. SAN JACINTO Co.: 8 km W of Shepard, May 1994, fermenting
bait trap, D. J. Heffern, 2 dd, 2 22 (& CSUC); same data except 31 May—10 Jun 1994, 2 dd, 1
2; 24-29 Jun 1994, 1 6. VIRGINIA. ARLINGTON. Co.: Glen Carlyn Park, 19 Jun 1913, E. Shoe-
maker, 1 2 (USNM). BOTETOURT Co.: Cloverdale, 19 Jun 1934, M. L. Bobb, 1 ¢ (VPIC). MONT-
GOMERY Co.: Poverty Hollow, 2 Jul 1977, E D. Fee, 1 2 (FSCA). WEST VIRGINIA. MONON-
GALIA Co.: Morgantown, no date, 1 2 (WVUC); same data except 1 Jun 1922, 1 6. PENDLETON
Co.: Franklin, S Bridge Potomac River, Aug 1926, P. N. Musgrave 1 6 (INHS).
Male.—Form moderately large, robust, subcylindrical; integument black, opaque, basal one-third of
elytra red-orange, posterior margins of red-orange markings more or less transverse, irregular, extend-
ing a little further posteriorly in the lateral portions; pubescence dark. Head with front shining, shal-
lowly, irregularly punctate, moderately clothed with short recurved hairs, vertex between antennal
tubercles and eyes coarsely, confluently punctate, pubescence short, sparse, recurved, a few longer,
suberect hairs scattered near eyes; antennal tubercles very prominent, acute; antennae exceeding elytral
apices by about 4 segments, each segment slightly shining, finely, moderately densely punctate, mod-
erately clothed with short, appressed pubescence, antennomeres 1-3 sparsely clothed ventrally with
longer, suberect hairs, antennomere | robust, widest distally, 2 shortest, slightly longer than apical
width, 3 1.6X longer than 1, 4-10 subequal in length and slightly shorter than 3, 11 longest, appen-
diculate, slightly curved apically. Pronotum 1.4 wider across lateral tubercles than long, constricted
before base; prominent, lateral tubercles just behind middle, angles subacute; surface slightly shining,
coarsely, confluently punctate, punctation of anterolateral areas irregular; pubescence sparse, recurved
towards median callus, a few longer, suberect hairs scattered laterally and along apical and basal
margins; disc convex, with 5 distinct calluses, median callus most prominent, glabrous and shining at
apex; prosternum dull, with transverse impression, finely, densely punctate, punctures coarser on pros-
ternal process, moderately clothed with suberect hairs; mesosternum slightly shining, finely, densely
punctate; metasternum slightly shining, finely, densely punctate, thinly clothed with moderately long,
subdepressed hairs. Elytra 2.1X longer than humeral width; surface slightly shining, coarsely, deeply
punctate on basal half, basal punctures smaller than largest of pronotum, separated by slightly less
than their width, apical half subalutaceous, more finely, densely punctate; short, subdepressed hairs
sparsely scattered primarily near suture and along lateral margins in basal half, pubescence moderately
dense and uniform across apical dark areas; apices emarginate, sutural and outer angles distinctly
dentate. Scutellum slightly longer than wide, broadly, deeply impressed longitudinally, finely, densely
clothed with short appressed hairs, apex narrowly rounded. Legs elongate, slender; femora shining,
sparsely, shallowly punctate, sparsely clothed with short appressed hairs, metafemora extending nearly
to elytral apices; tibiae shining, more finely and densely punctate, moderately clothed with short,
appressed hairs; metatarsomere 1 slightly longer than combined length of 2—3. Abdomen shining,
sparsely, shallowly punctate, thinly clothed with mixture of short, appressed hairs and longer, suberect
hairs; apical margin of sternites glabrous, last sternite broadly, shallowly emarginate at apex. Length,
19.20 mm; width, 6.50 mm. Described from male holotype (Fig. 6).
Female.—Differs from male as follows: antennae extending just past elytral apices, antennomeres
3-11 decreasing in length, antennomere 11 straight, not appendiculate, anterolateral areas of pronotum
almost as coarsely punctate as disc; abdomen with apex of last sternite broadly subtruncate. Length,
19.00 mm; width, 6.00 mm. Described from female paratype from Missouri, Jefferson Co., Hillsboro,
5 Aug 1979, A. Littahorsky (TCMC).
154 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
Diagnosis.—The transversely-shaped red-orange elytral markings may resem-
ble that of P. axillaris, however, P. paraxillaris may be distinguished by its well-
developed discal pronotal calluses, the polished apical line on the median callus,
the distinct lateral pronotal tubercles, the moderately dense basal punctation and
distinctly dentate apical angles of the elytra, and its larger size (average length 3
mm greater than P. axillaris). Specimens with the posterior margin of the red-
orange markings somewhat oblique may be distinguished from P. linsleyi by the
coarser pronotal and elytral punctuation and basal elytral punctures which lack
setae.
Variation.—The red-orange elytral markings may extend posteriorly to a greater or lesser degree
and may be orange rather than the more typical red-orange. A few specimens exhibit variable red
infuscation of the pronotum, and a small male from Missouri is nearly black with only small lateral,
post-humeral spots on the elytra. Males measured 12.10—22.60 mm (17.91 + 1.79 mm, n = 228) and
females 12.70—21.85 mm (18.00 + 1.56 mm, n = 242) in length. Specimens from the western and
southern edges of its range tend to be larger than those from more northeastern localities. Males from
Florida, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and Texas measured 13.95—22.60 mm (19.09 + 1.92 mm, n = 38) and
females 15.20-—21.85 mm (18.88 + 1.43 mm, n = 30) in length. These include the largest specimens
seen of any species in the genus. Males from more northeastern localities measured 12.10—21.25 mm
(17.68 + 1.67 mm, n = 190) and females 12.70—21.35 mm (17.88 + 1.53 mm, n = 212) in length.
A small series from Atascosa Co., Texas (not designated paratypes) represents the southwestemmost
known population of this species and superficially resembles P. linsleyi in that the posterior margins
of the red-orange elytral markings are somewhat oblique. However, their punctuation, pronotal tuber-
cles, and other characters clearly identify them as P. paraxillaris. These specimens were collected
only about 50 km south of the nearest known P. linsleyi locality, suggesting that the two species are
distinct. They may represent a subspecies of P. paraxillaris, however, I am hesitant to describe them
as such until additional material becomes available for study.
Distribution.—Eastern United States (Fig. 12). Specimens were examined from
localities in the following states: District of Columbia, Florida, Illinois, Indiana,
Louisiana, Maryland, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Penn-
sylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, and West Virginia.
Biology.—The few reared specimens examined emerged from Quercus prinus
(Knull 1932) and Q. alba. Purpuricenus “‘axillaris’’ has been reported as girdling
branches of Q. bicolor Willdenow in Hummelstown, Pennsylvania (Champlain et
al. 1925); reared from Q. stellata Wangenheim (Knull 1932) at Clark’s Valley,
Pennsylvania, abundant in bait traps (Champlain & Knull 1932) at Mont Alto,
Pennsylvania; and reared from Castanea dentata (Marshall) Borkhausen (Knull
1934). However, all of the specimens examined that were collected in Pennsyl-
vania by Knull or Kirk, and all but two of those collected by Champlain, are
actually P. paraxillaris. In contrast, all of the host-associated specimens examined
from Carya are P. axillaris. As a result, these and other reports referring to P.
‘axillaris’? on Quercus probably refer to P. paraxillaris. Assuming this, addi-
tional host records for this latter species are Lugger (1884), who reared it from
Q. coccinea Miienchhausen in Maryland, and Bowditch (1896), who collected it
on fallen Q. rubra L. Champlain et al. (1925) reported the larvae did considerable
damage to the lower branches of Q. bicolor, often pruning branches over 5 cm
(2 in) in diameter. The specimens reported by Rice et al. (1985) on Fraxinus
pennsylvanica in Texas are also P. paraxillaris, however, this collection may
represent an adult food source as they were found feeding on trunk sap. A majority
of the remaining specimens examined were collected in fermenting bait traps. In
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 155
Figure 10. Known geographical distribution of Purpuricenus dimidiatus LeConte (A), P. opacus
(Knull) (*) and P. linsleyi Chemsak (@).
Maryland, where the largest series was collected, traps were placed in oak/hickory
forest (J. D. Glaser, personal communication). In Missouri, adults were trapped
in dry to dry-mesic, upland forests adjacent to dolomite glades dominated by Q.
stellata, Q. marilandica Miienchhausen, Q. prinoides Willdenow, C. alba, C. gla-
bra, and C. ovata (P. Miller) K. Koch. Seasonal occurrence: 19 April—30 Aug
(median 75% 10 Jun—30 Jul, n = 392). Specimens from Maryland occurred 21
Jun—12 Aug (median 75% 8 Jul—29 Jul, n = 183), those from Missouri occurred
28 May—23 Jul (median 75% 2 Jun—2 Jul, n = 78), and those from Pennsylvania
occurred 3 Jun-30 Aug (median 75% 4 Jul-11 Aug, n = 81).
Material Examined.—In addition to the type material (545 specimens), 9 specimens not designated
paratypes: TEXAS. ATASCOSA Co.: 6.4 km N of Leming, 1-8 Jun 1996, baited, D. W. Sundberg, 2
36d, 1 2 (DJHC); 8 km N of Leming, Jun 1997, sugar trap, D. W. Sundberg, 2 dd, 4 2 2 (DJHC).
Purpuricenus humeralis (Fabricius)
(Figs. 7, 13)
Cerambyx humeralis Fabricius, 1798: 143; Fabricius, 1801: 274.
Purpuricenus sp., Fitch, 1845: 254, pl. 3, fig. 2.
Purpuricenus humeralis, Haldeman, 1847: 31; LeConte, 1850: 11; Bland, 1861:
94; Bland, 1862: 276 (part); Lugger, 1884: 204; Henshaw, 1885: 98; Leng,
1886a: pl. 2, fig. 11; Leng, 1886b: 82; Hamilton, 1890: 238 (part); Hamilton,
156 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
Figure 11. Known geographical distribution of Purpuricenus axillaris Haldeman (O = state record
only).
1895: 368; Beutenmuller, 1896: 76; Wickham, 1897: 149; Smith, 1900: 289;
Blatchley, 1910: 1030; Fisher & Kirk, 1912: 311; Aurivillius, 1912: 466; Frost,
1920: 26; Leng, 1920: 279; Craighead, 1923: 79, Kirk & Knull, 1926: 41;
Champlain & Kirk, 1926: 290; Leonard, 1928: 449; Frost & Dietrich, 1929:
436; Knull, 1932: 63; Champlain & Knull, 1932: 257; Sherman, 1946: 127;
Knull, 1946: 230, fig. 72; Linsley, 1962: 106, fig. 34 (part); Chagnon & Robert,
1962: 266; Zimsen, 1964: 165; Bayer & Shenefelt, 1969: 16, fig. 25; Gosling,
1974: 71, fig. 16; Stein & Tagstead, 1976: 33; Headstrom, 1977: 362, fig. 511;
Turnbow & Franklin, 1980: 341; Chemsak & Linsley, 1982: 51; Papp, 1984:
210, fig. 704; Bosquet, 1991: 286; Chemsak et al., 1992: 85; Dearborn &
Donahue, 1993: 59; MacRae, 1994: 236; Monné & Giesbert, 1994: 150; Poole
& Gentili, 1996: 150; Downie & Amett, 1996: 1234; Yanega, 1996: 126, fig.
224; Linsley & Chemsak, 1997: 243, 247, 252, 256, 259, 264, 292, 318, 325,
427.
Types.—Zimsen (1964) records one specimen (sex unspecified) in the Fabricius
Collection (Department of Entomology, Zoological Museum, University of Co-
penhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark) (not examined). The type locality is ‘America
boreali.”’
Male—Form medium-sized, subcylindrical; integument black, opaque, humeral area of elytra with
red markings, posterior margins of markings straight, extending obliquely from before apex of scu-
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 157
Figure 12. Known geographical distribution of Purpuricenus paraxillaris MacRae, NEW SPE-
CIES (© = state record only).
tellum to basal two-fifths of lateral margin; pubescence dark. Head with front shining, coarsely, densely
punctate, punctures becoming finer and sparser near base of antennae, sparsely clothed with short,
recurved hairs; vertex slightly shining, coarsely, densely punctate, pubescence short, sparse, recurved,
a few longer, suberect hairs scattered near eyes; antennal tubercles prominent, antennae exceeding
elytral apices by about 4 segments, each segment moderately shining, finely, moderately densely
punctate, finely, densely clothed with short, appressed hairs, antennomeres 1-3 sparsely clothed ven-
trally with longer, suberect hairs, antennomere 1 robust, widest distally, 2 shortest, slightly longer than
apical width, 3 1.5x longer than 1, 4-10 subequal in length and slightly shorter than 3, 11 longest,
appendiculate, slightly curved apically. Pronotum 1.5 wider across lateral tubercles than long, con-
stricted before base; moderate lateral tubercles just behind middle, angles narrowly acute; surface dull,
very coarsely, deeply, contiguously punctate, anterolateral areas with punctures very fine and dense,
distinctly smaller than those on disc; pubescence short, sparse, recurved, a few longer, suberect hairs
scattered throughout basal area; disc convex, with 5 distinct calluses, median callus most prominent
with apex acute, glabrous; prosternum dull, with transverse, impunctate band along apical edge, very
finely, densely punctate behind, moderately clothed with short, suberect hairs; meso- and metasternum
slightly shining, finely, densely punctate, thinly clothed with short, subdepressed hairs, longer, suberect
hairs more numerous along posterior margin of metasternum. Elytra 2.1 longer than humeral width;
surface dull, coarsely, deeply punctured over basal one-third, punctures smaller than largest of pron-
otum, separated by less than their width, apical half subalutaceous, more finely, densely punctate; red
elytral markings without pubescence except for a few short, suberect hairs scattered primarily along
epipleural margins, dark areas moderately clothed with short, subdepressed hairs; apices obliquely
subtruncate, sutural and outer angles obtuse, weakly dentate. Scutellum much longer than wide, dis-
tinctly impressed longitudinally, densely clothed with short, appressed hairs, apex acutely rounded.
Legs elongate, slender; femora shining, moderately, shallowly punctate, sparsely clothed with short,
subdepressed hairs, metafemora slightly exceeding elytral apices; tibiae shining, more finely, densely
158 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
Figure 13. Known geographical distribution of Purpuricenus humeralis (Fabricius) (O = provin-
cial record only).
punctate, moderately clothed with short, subdepressed hairs; metatarsomere 1 slightly longer than
combined length of 2-3. Abdomen shining, finely, sparsely punctate, pubescence short, subdepressed,
moderately dense with longer, suberect hairs toward apex of each sternite; apical edge of sternites
glabrous, last sternite broadly subtruncate at apex. Length, 15.20 mm; width, 5.75 mm. Described
from male from Pennsylvania, Franklin Co., 64 km W of Fannetsburg, 23 Jul 1988, J. E. Wappes
(FSCA) (Fig. 7).
Female.—Differs from male as follows: antennae slightly surpassing elytral apices, antennomere 3
1.2X longer than 1, 4-11 subequal in length and slightly shorter than 1; anterolateral areas of pronotum
coarsely, contiguously punctate, punctures subequal in size to those on disc; abdomen with apex of
last sternite broadly, shallowly emarginate. Length, 16.50 mm; width, 5.55 mm. Described from female
from Pennsylvania, Franklin Co., 4.8 km W of Roxbury, 20 Aug 1989, sugar bait, J. E.) Wappes
(FSCA).
Diagnosis.—The triangular red elytral markings that reach but do not surround
the scutellum distinguish this species from most congeners. P. humeralis may
resemble some male specimens of P. linsleyi with reduced red elytral markings
but can be distinguished by their coarser pronotal punctation, coarse, non-conflu-
ent, non-setiferous elytral basal punctures which are larger than those of the pron-
otum, and smaller size.
Variation—The basal elytral markings are usually red but may be red-orange or rarely orange.
However, the shape of the macula is constant throughout the range of the species, as are punctation
and the degree of development of the pronotal tubercles. Males measured 11.85-19.45 mm (15.51 +
1.84 mm, n = 57) and females 11.55—19.15 mm (15.95 + 1.71 mm, n = 82) in length.
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 159
Distribution.—Eastern U.S. and southeastern Canada (Fig. 13). Specimens were
examined from the following states/provinces: USA: Arkansas, Connecticut, Del-
aware, District of Columbia, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Ken-
tucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New
Jersey, New York, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsyl-
vania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Vermont, West
Virginia, Wisconsin; CANADA: Ontario, Quebec. The species has also been
recorded from North Dakota and Manitoba. It is more northerly in distribution
than P. axillaris and P. paraxillaris. Linsley (1962) erroneously recorded this
species from Texas. This record is based on a male specimen (USNM) of P.
linsleyi. Specimens labeled ‘‘Envir de Guadalajara, Estat de Jalisco, M. Diguet,
1901” (EMEC) and “Eur.’”? (NHS) surely represent introduced or mislabeled
specimens.
Biology.—This species appears to be the most polyphagous of North American
Purpuricenus, with the following reported host associations: Carya sp. (Bland
1861); reared from Acer saccharinum L. [= A. dasycarpum Ehbrhart] (Lugger
1884); Quercus spp. stumps (Beutenmuller 1896; Fisher & Kirk 1912); sprouts
of A. rubrum L. (Frost 1920); Quercus sp., Betula sp., and Castanea sp. (Craig-
head 1923); reared from dead Morus rubra L., Quercus sp., Carya sp., Alnus
incana (L.) Moench ssp. rugosa (Du Roi) Clausen, and Cercis canadensis L.
(Kirk & Knull 1926); reared from dead Robinia pseudoacacia L. seedling (Knull
1932); and Q. ellipsoidalis E. J. Hill (Bayer & Shenefelt 1969). In Missouri, adults
were reared from dead branches of Acer saccharum Marshall and collected on
cut logs of Carya ovata, trunks of dead Carya sp. and fire-injured Quercus sp.
(MacRae 1994), and slash of A. rubrum, C. alba, Q. lyrata Walter, and Q. palustris
Muenchhausen. Specimens collected on Q. coccinea and Q. rubra were also ex-
amined. Dearborn & Donahue (1993) reported it from “‘fir,’ and a specimen
collected on Pinus virginiana P. Miller log was examined, however, these are
probably incidental associations. Additional adult records include flowers of Sam-
bucus sp. (Bland 1861), Ceanothus americanus L., and Rhus sp., but the species
does not appear to visit flowers regularly. Craighead (1923) described the larva,
noting the larval habits were similar to those of Knulliana cincta (Drury), and
Stein & Tagstead (1976) reported that it requires two years to complete devel-
opment. Many of the specimens examined were collected in fermenting bait traps.
In Missouri, it was trapped in dry post oak savannah, dry-mesic to mesic oak/
hickory forest, and wet bottomland hardwood forest. Seasonal occurrence: 14
May-12 Sep (median 75% 8 Jun—20 Jul, n = 330). Specimens from Missouri
occurred 9 May—16 Aug (median 75% 26 May-9 Jul, n = 40), and those from
Pennsylvania occurred 28 May—20 Aug (median 75% 13 Jun—2 Aug, n = 76).
Material Examined.—516 specimens: USA. ARKANSAS. BENTON Co.: 18 Jun 1933, S. A. Sum-
merland, 1 6 (UMMZ). CONNECTCUT. HARTFORD Co.: Hartford, 1897, 1 ¢ (PMNH). LITCH-
FIELD Co.: Cornwall, 1 Jul 1925, Chamberlain, 1 6 (CUIC). MIDDLESEX Co.: North Plain, Jul
1943, S. C. Ball, 1 2 (PMNH). NEW HAVEN Co.: Mt Carmel, 8 Jul 1960, 1 d6 (AELC). WINDHAM
Co.: Danielson, Jul 1902, 1 2 (PMNH). DELAWARE. SUSSEX Co.: Lewes, 5 Jul 1968, Rajehman,
1 3d (NCSU). DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. no date, 4 2 2 (CMNH); Washington, Rock Creek, 10
Jun 1906, 1 6 (USNM). GEORGIA. UNION Co.: hwy 180, 7.7 km NE of jct hwys 129 & 19, 4-5
Jun 1981, R. L. Penrose, 4 22. WALKER Co.: 8.1 km SE of Villanow, 8 Jun 1969, leaves of dead
Quercus sp., R. L. Westcott, 1 2. ILLINOIS. CHAMPAIGN Co.: Champaign, Jul, 1 2 (NHS). COOK
Co.: Chicago, 16 Jun, J. EF Petersen, 1 d (FMNH); same loc., 18 Jul 1905, C. Selinger, 1 d6 (GHNC);
160 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
same loc., 7 Jul 1923, E. Liljeblad, 1 6 (UMMZ). DEKALB Co.: no date, 1 @ (INHS). LAKE Co.:
Ravinia, 4 Jul 1907, 1 2 (NHS). TAZEWELL Co.: East Peoria, 12 Sep 1927, A. T. McClay, 1 3
(UCDC). VERMILION Co.: 27 Jun 1926, K. EF Auden, 1 d (INHS). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date,
3 66,5 22 (NHS, UMSP). INDIANA. LAKE Co.: 20 Jun 1902, W. S. B., 4 dd, 2 22 (PURC,
TAMU); Hessville, 24 Jun 1904, 1 2 (FMNH); same loc., 4 Jun 1908, E. Liljeblad, 1 ¢ (UMMZ);
same data except 4 Jul 1908, 3 dd, 2 22; same loc., 4 Jul 1908, W. J. Gerhard, 3 3d, 10 22
(FMNH); same loc., 4 Jul 1910, H. Ramstadt, 1 2 (UMMZ). LA PORTE Co.: La Porte, no date, 1
3 (CMNH). LAWRENCE Co.: 21 Aug 1930, 1 6 (PURC). MONROE Co.: Bloomington, 14 May, 1
2 (UMMZ). PORTER Co.: Beverly Shores, 17 Jun 1934, H. Dybas, 1 6 (FMNH); Ogden Dunes, 21
Jun 1932, H. Seevers, 1 ¢6, 1 2 (FMNH). STARKE Co.: North Judson, 10 Aug 1915, A. Mares, 1 2
(INHS). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 2 646, 2 22 (UMRM, UMSP). IOWA. HOWARD Coa.:
Elma, 2 Jul 1902, 1 6 (PMNH). JOHNSON Co.: Iowa City, 16 Jun 1898, Wickham, 1 ¢ (USNM).
KANSAS. DOUGLAS Co.: Baldwin City, Jun 1901, J. C. Bridwell, 1 specimen (MSUC). JOHNSON
Co.: Prairie Village, 17 Jun 1960, flower Rhus sp., J. R. Heitzman, 1 specimen. RILEY Co.: Popenoe,
13 Jun, 1 2 (USNM). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, T. B. A, 1 6, 1 2 (PURC). KENTUCKY.
LAUREL Co.: London, 2 Jun 1959, 1 6 (PMNH); same data except 10 Jun 1959, Quercus coccinea,
1 2. MAINE. YORK Co.: Lebanon, 29 Jul, A. E. Brower, 1 2 (DENH); Wells, 9 Jun 1902, 1 d 1 2
(FMNH); same loc., 1925, 1 3d, 1 9 (RUIC); York Beach, no date, 1 9 (CUIC). MARYLAND.
ALLEGANY Co.: Green Ridge State Forest, 12 Jul 1990, J. Glaser, 1 2 (JAGC); same data except:
15 Jul 1990, 1 2; 17 Jul 1990, 1 2 (LGBC). FREDERICK Co.: Fort Detrick, 15 Jun 1956, W. H.
Cross, 1 2 (MEMU). GARRETT Co.: Mineral Spring, 2 Jul 1916, 1 2 (INHS). PRINCE GEORGES
Co.: Beltsville, 15 Jun 1913, J. D. Hood, 1 2 (INHS); same loc., 1 Jul 1952, running on Pinus
virginiana log, G. H. Nelson, 1 2; same data except flying, 1 ¢; same loc., 1953, H. C. Mason, 1 @
(FSCA); Berwyn, 14 May, G. W. Barber, 1 2 (RUIC); College Park, 3 Jun 1914, J. B. S. Norton, 1
2 (RUIC); same loc., 24 May 1950, 1 2 (FSCA). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 3 66,4 22
(UMMZ, UMSP); Ocean Beach, 13 Jun 1948, tide wash, 1 2 (RUIC). MASSACHUSETTS. ESSEX
Co.: Haverhill, Jul 1954, 1 2 (RUIC); Lynn, 7 Jul 1920, 2 dd (RUIC); Lynnfield, 30 Jun 1916, 1
3 (PMNH). HAMPDEN Co.: Chicopee, no date, 1 2 (USNM); Mt Tom State Park, 16 Jun 1949, A.
R. Lewis, 1 2 (DENH). HAMPSHIRE Co.: Amherst, 25 Jun 1950, T. H. Farr, 1 specimen (MSUC).
MIDDLESEX Co.: Bedford, 20 Jun 1922, 1 2 (RUIC);:same data except 23 Jun 1922, 1 3; 26 Jun
1922, 1 2; Burlington, 26 Jun 1923, 1 2 (RUIC); Lexington, 29 Jul 1920, 1 2 (RUIC); Malden,
High Rock, no date, 1 2 (PMNH); Natick, 9 Jul 1926, C. A. Frost, 1 ¢ (CUIC); Sherborn, 7 Jul
1923, 1 2; same loc., 30 Jul 1955, C. A. Frost, 1 2 (FMNH). NORFOLK Co.: Medfield, 25 Jun
1913, H. A. Preston, 1 2 (PMNH); Norwood, 27 Jun 1942, C. Christiansen, 1 2 (CMNH). PLYM-
OUTH Co.: no date, 1 6 (CUIC); Marshfield, 6 Jul 1921, 1 2 (RUIC). WORCESTER Co.: Berlin, 6
Jul 1936, sweeping sprouts of Quercus sp., C. A. Frost, 2 specimens (MSUC, OSEC); Leominster, 12
Jun 1915, E W. Graham, 1 6 (PMNH); Petersham, 21 Jul, D. DeLeon, 1 2 (UMSP); same loc., 6
Sep 1942, L J. & M. J. Milne, 1 2 (DENH); same data except 5 Jun 1945, 1 2. COUNTY UN-
KNOWN: 8 Jun 1917, E. A. Chaplin, 1 2 (FMNH). MICHIGAN. ALPENA Co.: Alpena, no date, W.
A. Nason, 2 ° 2 (INHS). ARENAC Co.: Saginaw Bay, Charity Island, 23 Jun 1910, A. W. Andrews,
1 6 (UMMZ). CHEBOYGAN Co.: 17 Jul 1931, Irwin, 1 6 (UMMZ); Douglas Lake, 15 Jul 1931, E.
Kaufman, 1 2 (UMMZ). NEWAYGO Co.: 15 Jul 1950, R. H. Dreisbach, 2 specimens (MSUC).
OCEANA Co.: Pentwater, 27 Jul 1935, 2 22 (FMNH). WAYNE Co.: 10 Aug 1906, A. W. Andrews,
2 specimens (MSUC, UMMZ). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 2 66, 1 2 (INHS, RUIC). MIN-
NESOTA. AITKIN Co.: Aitkin, 8 Jul 1976, A. G. Peterson, 1 2 (UMSP). ANOKA Co.: Fridley Sand
Dunes, 3 Jul 1923, C. E. Mickel, 1 2 (UMSP); Rice Creek, 21 Jun 1925, C. B. Philip, 1 2 (UMSP).
BECKER Co.: 9.7 km SW of Detroit Lakes, 8 Jul 1992, J. R. Powers, 1 2 (EMEC). BLUE EARTH
Co.: Rapidan, 25 Jun 1923, Mohr, 1 2 (INHS). CASS Co.: 1 Aug 1937, E Wood, 1 2 (UMSP).
CLEARWATER Co.: Bagley, 14 Jul 1935, D. G. Denning, 1 2 (UMSP). MILLELACS Co.: 3.2 km E
& 3.2 km S of Onamia, 13 Jul 1968, P J. Clausen, 1 2 (FSCA); same data except 19 Jul 1969, 2
2? 2 (UMSP). OLMSTED Co.: no date, C. N. Ainslie, 1 d, 1 2 (UMSP). POLK Co.: Crookston, 23
Jul 1935, D. G. Denning, 1 2 (UMSP). POPE Co.: Sedan, no date, 1 2 (UMSP). RAMSEY Co.: no
date, O. W. Oestlund, 1 2 (UMSP); 24 Jul 1923, H. H. Knight, 1 ¢ (UMSP); St Anthony Park, 24
Jun 1899, 1 d6 (UMSP); same loc., Powder Plant, 9 Jul 1921, W. E. Hoffman, 1 2 (UMSP); St Paul,
29 Jun 1928, L. B. Reed, 1 2 (UMSP), same loc., 29 Jun 1940, light trap, 1 6 (UMSP). ST LOUIS
Co.: Duluth, no date, 1 2 (LACM). WASHINGTON Co.: Stillwater, 18 Jul 1920, 1 2 (UMSP).
MISSOURI. BARRY Co.: Mark Twain National Forest, 5.3 km E of hwy 112 on Sugar Camp Scenic
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 161
Dr, T21N R27W S13, 26 May 1996, hardwood slash, T. C. MacRae, 1 2. BARTON Co.: T32N R30W
S23 (SE %), 5 Jun 1959, D. & J. McReynolds, 2 22° (FSCA). BOLLINGER Co.: Duck Creek Cons
Area, NE corner of Pool 2, T28N R9E S32, 15 Jun 1996, Quercus lyrata slash, T. C. MacRae, 1 ¢;
same data except 16 Jun 1996, Quercus palustris slash, 1 2. BOONE Co.: 10 Jun 1971, S. O.
Swadener, 1 2 (UMRM); 1977, E D. Miller, 1 2 (UMRM); Columbia, 20 Jun 1937, H. E. Brown, 1
3 (UMRM); same loc., 27 May 1941, malt trap in apple orchard, W. R. Enns, 1 2 (UMRM). BUTLER
Co.: University Forest Cons Area, 2.4 mi E jct hwys W & KK, T26N R6E S13, 12 Jun 1999,
fermenting bait trap, T. C. MacRae, | 3; same data except Acer rubrum slash, 2 °°. CALLAWAY
Co.: Fulton, 15 Jun 1939, W. R. Enns, 1 6 (UMRM); 6.4 km E of Holts Summit, 7 Jun 1979, dead
Carya sp., M. E. Rice, 1 2. CARTER Co.: Mark Twain National Forest, Pinewoods Lake, emerged
19 May 1987 from dead branch Acer saccharum collected 14 Jun 1986, T. C. MacRae, 1 3; same
data except 26 May 1987, 2 ¢4, 1 2; 11 Jun 1988, 1 5, 1 2; Peck Ranch Cons Area, Rogers Creek
Natural Area, 0.4 mi W Rd B on Rd 14, T28N R2W S25 (NW%4), 5 Jun 1999, hardwood slash, T. C.
MacRae, | ¢; 6.4 km W Ellsinore, jct hwys 60 & 21, T26N R2E S11 (NE%), 5-VI-1999, hardwood
slash, T. C. MacRae, | 2. GREENE Co.: Willard, 4 Jul, A. E. Brower, 1 2 (DENH). JEFFERSON
Co.: Pevely, 22 Jun 1909, S. W. Bock, 1 ¢6 (UMRM); 4.8 km S of Plattin, 22 Jun 1989, trunk dead
Carya sp., T. C. MacRae, 2 ° 2; same data except trunk fire-injured Quercus sp., 1 ¢; Valley View
Glades Natural Area, 6.8 km NE of Hillsboro, hwy B, T41N R4E S30, 26 May 1987, cut log Carya
ovata, T. C. MacRae, 1 2; Victoria Glades, 3.8 km SE of Hillsboro, T40N RSE S14, 9 Jul 1984,
fermenting bait trap, T. C. MacRae, 1 3; same data except 16 Jul 1984, 1 d; 16 Aug 1984, 1 6; 8
Jul 1985, 1 35; 18 Jul 1985, 1 3; 9 Jun 1986, 1 3; 17 Jul 1986, 1 3d. LINCOLN Co.: Elsberry, 1 Jun
1940, H. E. Brown, 1 2 (UMRM). MARIES Co.: Spring Creek Gap State Forest, 29 May 1986, R.
L. Blinn, 1 2 (UMRM). MORGAN Co.: Gravois Mills, 30 May 1965, D. Easterla, 1 specimen.
NEWTON Co.: Neosho, 11 Jun 1974, L. P. Burgess, Jr, 1 specimen. OREGON Co.: Mark Twain
National Forest, McCormack Lake, 6 Jun 1968, R. L. Fisher, 1 specimen (MSUC). PULASKI Co.: 24
Jun 1958, A. Littahorsky, 1 specimen. ST LOUIS Co.: 10 Jul 1940, Japanese beetle trap, 1 specimen
(MODA); Ranken, 1 Jun 1930, E. P Meiners, 1 2 (UMRM). STODDARD Co.: Duck Creek Cons
Area, W side of Pool 2, T27N R9E S4, 15 Jun 1996, Carya alba slash, T. C. MacRae, 1 2; same
data except Quercus lyrata slash, 1 2°. TEXAS Co.: Cabool, 3 Jun 1991, UV light, H. M. Webber, 1
3 (FSCA); same data except 8 Jul 1991, 1 6. WRIGHT Co.: Mountain Grove, 3 Jun 1987, H. G.
Townsend, 1 specimen (MSFE); same data except 21 Jun 1989, 1 specimen. COUNTY UNKNOWN:
no date, 2 dd (CMNH). NEW HAMPSHIRE. HILLSBOROUGH Co.: Manchester, 3 Jul, 1 6 (INHS);
Wilton, 22 Jul 1936, J. G. Conklin, 1 2 (DENH). ROCKINGHAM Co.: Hampton, 14 Jun, S. A. Shaw,
1 2 (USNM); same data except 17 Jul 1932, 1 2 (DENH). STRAFFORD Co.: Dover, 13 Aug 1935,
B. G. Markos, Quercus sp., 1 ¢ (DENH); Durham, 13 Aug 1935, Quercus sp., W. A. Westgate, 1 2
(DENH). NEW JERSEY. ATLANTIC Co.: Atlantic City, 1 6, 1 2 (RUIC); Brigantine, 26 Jun, beach
drift, 1 ¢ (RUIC); same loc., 15 Jun 1945, EF M. Schott. 1 2 (DENH); Da Costa, 18 Jun, 1 2 (RUIC);
West Atlantic City, 11 Jun 1929, A. Whittaker, 1 d, 2 22 (MCPM). BERGEN Co.: Hillsdale, 22 Jun
1921, E. D. Quirsfeld, 1 2 (CMNH). BURLINGTON Co.: Masonville, 8 Jul 1923, Quercus rubra, C.
A. Thomas, 1 2 (CMNH); same loc., 15 Jul 1924, R. J. & M. B. Sim, 1 ¢6, 1 2 (USNM); Riverton,
Jul, R. J. & M. B. Sim, 1 6, 1 2 (USNM); same loc., 4 Jul 1925, 1 2 (CDAE). CAMDEN Co.:
Camden, 7 Jul, 1 2 (RUIC). CAPE MAY Co.: Anglesea, no date, 2 6d, 3 22 (RUIC); same data
except, May 1931, 1 2; Ocean City, 1 2 (AELC); same loc., 8 Jul 1933, 1 d (NCSU); Sea Isle City,
24 May, 1 5 (RUIC); same data except 10 Jun, 2 dd, 1 2 (& FMNH); 11 Jun, 1 d, 2 2 2; Townsend’s
Inlet, 24 Jun 1945, L. J. & M. J. Milne, 1 2 (DENH); Wildwood, 7 Jul, 1 6 (CMNH). CUMBERLAND
Co.: Millville, 23 Jun 1925, EF C. Fletcher, 1 6, 2 22 (CUIC). ESSEX Co.: Newark, no date, 2 dd,
1 2 (RUIC); South Orange, 23 Jun 1889, 1 ¢ (CUIC). GLOUCESTER Co.: Glassboro, 30 May 1942,
W. FE Rapp, Jr., 1 2 (INHS); same data except 1 Jun 1942, 1 6; 11 Jul 1942, 1 6; 18 Jun 1943, 1
3. GRANT Co.: no date, 1 specimen (MSUC). MONMOUTH Co.: Lahaway, 5 Jul, 1 2 (RUIC);
Manasquan, 10 Jun 1937, 1 6 (FMNH). MORRIS Co.: Hibernia, 22 Jul 1935, C. O. Easelbaugh, 1
2 (INHS); OCEAN Co.: nr Barnegat, 5 Jun 1945, beach drift, L. J. & M. J. Milne, 1 2 (DENH);
Lakehurst, 2 Jul 1922, E M. Schott, 1 ¢6 (DENH); Lakehurst, Wrangle Brook Rd, 17 Jun 1955, D.
M. Anderson, 1 d (CUIC); Lavallette 5 Jun 1932, C. G. Siepmann, 1 d (UMMZ); Point Pleasant, 1
Jul 1917, 1 6 (CMNH); Seaside Heights, no date, L. Bottimer, 1 d, 1 2 (EMEC). SOMERSET Co.:
Basking Ridge, 25 Jun 1936, W. R. Douglas, 1 2 (PMNH). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 1 2
(LACM); no date, EF H. B., 1 d, 1 2 (MCPM). NEW YORK. ALBANY Co.: Rensselaerville, 25 Aug,
1 3d (FSCA). GREENE Co.: no date, 1 2 (CMNH); Cairo, 20—23 Jun 1938, J. N. Belkin, 1 2 (FSCA).
162 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
KINGS Co.: Brooklyn, Jun 1934, E. J. Gerberg, 5 dd (FSCA), same loc., 14 May 1935, 1 6 (FMNH).
NASSAU Co.: Long Beach, no date, 1 6 (EMEC). ORANGE Co.: Fort Montgomery, 12 Jul 1914, EF
M. Schott, 1 2 CFMNH); same data except 19 Jul 1914, 3 2 2 (CMNH, FMNH, GHNC),; 8 Jul 1917,
1 2 (EMEC); Pine Island, 17 Jun 1911, C. L. Pollard, 1 specimen (FSCA); Tuxedo, 30 Jul, 1 2
(UMMZ). QUEENS Co.: Long Island, Jamaica, no date, 1 ¢ (LEMQ); Long Island, Rockaway Park,
10 Jul 1931, 1 6 (FMNH); same locality, 4 Aug 1939, 1 2 (FMNH). ROCKLAND Co.: Bear Mt, 25
Jun, Schott, 1 2 (DENH). ST LAWRENCE Co.: Morristown, 30 Jun 1941, H. Dietrich, 1 d, 1 @
(CUIC). SUFFOLK Co.: no date, 1 2 (PMNH); Fire Island, 1 Jul 1938, 1 ¢ (FMNH); Montauk
Beach, 2 Jul 1916, EF M. Schott, 1 2 (CMNH); Napeague, 4 Jul 1932, 1 ¢ (PURC); Orient, 1 Jul
1932, R. Latham, 1 2 (CUIC); same data except 1 Jul 1945, 1 6; Riverhead, 27 May 1950, R.
Latham, 1 2 (CUIC). SULLIVAN Co.: Callicoon, 12 Jul 1937, L. L. Pechuman, Ceanothus ameri-
canus, 1 & (CUIC); Ten Mile River Boy Scout Camp, 15 Jul 1943, H. P. Boyd, 1 ¢ (CMNH).
TOMPKINS Co.: Ithaca, 8 Aug 1940, J. N. Belkin, 1 2 (FSCA). ULSTER Co.: Ellenville, 6-18 Jul
1937, E. J. Gerberg, 2 2 2 (FSCA). WASHINGTON Co.: Salem, 7 Jul 1937, H. Dietrich, 1 2 (CUIC).
COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 2 66, 2 22 (CMNH, MCPM); Jones Beach, 26 Jun 1942, Kistler,
1 2 (DENH); Long Island, no date, 2 dd, 1 2 (SDSU, USNM). NORTH CAROLINA. DURHAM
Co.: 18 Jun 1986, stump Quercus sp., W. B. Rudd, 1 d (NCSU). SWAIN Co.: Great Smokies, Hazel
Creek, 8 Jun 1944, J. G. Needham, 1 2 (CUIC). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 1 specimen (MSUC).
OHIO. ATHENS Co.: Nelsonville, 25 Jun 1973, J. R. Galford, 1 2 (PMNH). COSHOCTON Co.:
Cavallo, 8 Jul 1940, 1 2 (FSCA). GUERNSEY Co.: Millwood. 1 Jul 1940, 1 2 (AELC); same loc.,
19 Jul 1940, 1 2 (FSCA). HOCKING Co.: 2 Jul, D. J. & J. N. Knull, 1 2 (FMNH). KNOX Co.: 18
Jun 1941, 1 2 (FSCA); 23 Jun 1941, 1 2 (AELC). MUSKINGUM Co.: Salt Creek Twp, 15-25 Jul
1935, 1 2 (UMMZ). VINTON Co.: Lake Hope State Park, 7 Jul 1993, fermenting bait trap, J. A.
Green, 3 36d; same data except 17 Jul 1993, 5 3d, 1 2; 19 Jul 1993, 1 @; Zaleski, 18 Jun 1994,
fermenting bait trap, J. A. Green, 1 3, 6 2°; same data except 30 Jul 1994, 1 2. COUNTY UN-
KNOWN: no date, 1 3d, 1 2 (CMNH). OKLAHOMA. LATIMER Co.: Jul 1992, K. Stephan, 1 3; 8
km W of Red Oak, Jul 1981, K. Stephan, 1 2. LEFLORE Co.: Winding Stair Camp, 29 Jun 1983,
H. C. Reed, J. Nelson, 1 2 (OSEC). PAWNEE Co.: Pawhuska, 10 Jun 1960, G. C. Eickwort, 1
specimen (MSUC). PENNSYLVANIA. ADAMS Co.: Arendtsville, 15 Jun 1927, S. W. Frost, 1 3
(CUIC); same data except 5 Jul 1927, 2 36d, 2 22; 12 Jul 1927, 1 d (MCPM); 26 Jul 1927, 1 °;
2 Aug 1927, 1 2 (EMEC); 1 Jun 1929, 1 6 (EMEC); 13 Jun 1936, 1 56, 1 2 (EMEC). ALLEGENY
Co.: 22 Jun 1921, E. A. Klages, 1 d (CUIC); same data except 4 Jul 1893, 1 2; Pittsburg, 24 Jun,
1 2 (CMNH); same data except 30 Jun, 1 3; 1 Jul, 1 3; 2 Jul, 1 3; 6 Jul, 2 dd, 1 2; Ross Station,
6 Jul 1918, 1 2 (CMNH); Walls, 16 Jun 1921, 1 6 (CMNH); same data except 24 Jun 1921, 1 3, 1
2. BEAVER Co.: Raccoon Creek State Park, 26 Jun 1953, 1 2 (FMNH). BERKS Co.: Mt Penn, no
date, 1 2 (FMNH). CENTRE Co.: Patton Twp, Scotia Barrens, 23 Jul 1979, E D. Fee, 1 2 (FSCA);
same data except 2 Aug 1979, 1 2; 15 Aug 1979, 1 9; 14 Jul 1980, 1 2; State College, 20 Jul 1955,
sawmill, J. A. Chemsak, 1 2 (EMEC); same loc., 7 Jul 1979, J. O. Pepper, 1 2 (MEMU); same loc.,
15 Jul 1985, FE D. Fee, 1 2 (FSCA). CHESTER Co.: Downington, 4 Jul 1937, R. C. Casselberry, 1
2 (UCDC). DAUPHIN Co.: Harrisburg, 5 Jun 1914, J. N. Knull, 2 6d, 1 2 (FMNH); Hummelstown,
15 Jun, J. N. Knull, 3 6d (FMNH); same data except 7 Jul, 2 dd, 1 2 (OSEC); 11 Jul, 1 2 (OSEC);
3 Jul 1915, 1 2; 29 May 1918, 1 3, 1 2; 9 Jun 1919, 1 3; same loc., 9 Jul 1926, Champlain &
Kirk, 1 6, 1 2 (UMMZ); same loc., 25 Jul 1930, 1 5, 1 2 (CDAE, UCDC); Inglenook, 27 Jun 1926,
1 3,1 2 (CUIC); Rockville, 28 Jun 1918, J. N. Knull, 1 6 (FMNH). DELAWARE Co.: Castle Rock,
23 Jun, 1 2 (UMRM). FAYETTE Co.: Dunbar, no date, 1 2 (CMNH). FRANKLIN Co.: 6.4 km W
of Fannetsburg, 23 Jul 1988, J. E. Wappes, 1 ¢ (FSCA); Mont Alto, 18 Aug, J. N. Knull, 1 ¢, 2 °°
(FMNH); same data except Jul 1932, 1 d6 (UCDC); same loc., 2 Jul 1932, J. G. Shanafelt, 1 3
(LACM); 4.8 km W of Roxbury, 10 Aug 1989, sugar bait, J. E. Wappes, 7 6d (FSCA, TAMU);
same data except 20 Aug 1989, 2 2 2 (FSCA); St Thomas, Aug 1932, J. O. Pepper, 1 d, 1 2 (FSCA).
GREENE Co.: Pine Bank, 6 Jul 1957, 1 d6 (EMEC); same loc., 3 Jul 1957, R. W. Surdick, 1
(FSCA). HUNTINGTON Co.: 1.6-3.2 km E of Neelyton, 15 Jul 1989, sugar bait, J. E. Wappes, 2 2 @
(TAMU). LANCASTER Co.: Lancaster, Jul, 2 6d (USNM); same loc., no date, 1 d, 1 2 (LACM);
Schoeneck, 4 Jul 1904, 1 2 (NHS). NORTHAMPTON Co.: Mount Hope, 20 Jun 1903, 2 2 2 (LACM,
UMMZ). PHILADELPHIA Co.: Philadelphia, no date, W. H. Ashmead, 1 6, 1 2 (USNM). PIKE
Co.: Greentown, 19 Jul 1916, E D. Quirsfeld, 1 2 (CUIC); same data except 20 Jul 1916, 1 2
(CUIC). WESTMORELAND Co.: Jeanette, 2 Jul, H. G. Klages, 2 dd (CMNH); same date except 7
Jul, 1 6 (CMNH); St Vincent, no date, 1 d, 1 2 (CMNH). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 4 36,
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 163
2 22 (CMNH, RUIC, UMRM); Allegheny, no date, 1 2 (CMNH); Indian Creek, 22 Jun 1941, 1 @
(INHS). RHODE ISLAND. KENT Co.: Warwick, 3 Aug 1914, M. Bowe, 1 2 (PMNH); same loc.,
no date, E. E. Calder, 1 ¢6,2 22 (UMMZ); same data except 17 Jul 1899, 1 2. PROVIDENCE Co.:
Elmwood, 21 Jun 1925, M. Bowe, 1 2 (PMNH); Johnston, 7 Jul 1913, E. E. Calder, 1 2 (UMMZ),
Lonsdale, 2 Jul 1922, 1 6 (PMNH). WASHINGTON Co.: Watch Hill, 28 Jun 1909, W. Robinson, 3
36,1 2 (UMMZ, USNM); same data except 30 Jun 1909, 1 2 (UMMZ),; 2 Jul 1909, 1 2 (MCPM);
22 Jul 1909, 1 6 (UMMZ). SOUTH CAROLINA. OCONEE Co.: Walhalla, Poor Mt, 1-10 Jun 1940,
bait trap, C. L. Cartwright, 1 6 (FSCA). SOUTH DAKOTA. PENNINGTON Co.: Black Hills, Hill
City, Joe Dollar Gultch, 22 Jul 1964, D. C. Ferguson, 1 ¢6 (PMNH). TENNESSEE. BLOUNT Co.:
Great Smoky Mts National Park, 21 Jun 1935, 1 ¢ (FMNH). CUMBERLAND Co.: Grassy Cove, 11
Jul 1922, T. H. Hubbell, 1 ¢ (UMMZ); same data except 12 Jul 1922, 1 2. MORGAN Co.: Deer
Lodge, 2 Aug 1933, 1 2 (FMNH). VAN BUREN Co.: Fall Creek Falls State Park, no date, 1 ?
(CDAE). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 1 6 (MCPM). VERMONT. CHITTENDEN Co.: Burlington,
8 Jul 1946, 1 2 (DENH). VIRGINIA. AUGUSTA Co.: Fishersville, Jul 1946, 1 2 (DGMC). FAIRFAX
Co.: 26 Jun 1920, 1 2 (CUIC); Springfield, 14 Jun 1987, R D. Ward, 1 2 (CMNH). STAFFORD
Co.: Fredericksburg, 1 Jun 1902, 1 2 (USNM). COUNTY UNKNOWN: no date, 2 22 (UMSP).
WEST VIRGINIA. HARDY Co.: Lost River State Park, 3 Jul 1953, K. V. Krombein, 1 2? (FSCA);
same loc., Jul 1974, A. S. Menke, 1 2 (EMEC). KANAWHA Co.: Guthrie, 1 Jun 1987, M. C. Thomas,
1 6 AGC). WISCONSIN. BURNETT Co.: Yellow River, 28-31 Jul 1909, 1 ¢, 2 22 (MCPM).
DODGE Co.: Beaver Dam, 6 Jun 1896, W. E. Snyder, 1 2 (MCPM). DUNN Co.: Colfax, 20 Jul
1920, 1 6,4 22 (MCPM). COUNTY UNKNOWN. no date, 3 6 d6 (CUIC, MCPM, UMRM). STATE
UNKNOWN. Sackitist Swamp, 8 Aug 1928, 1 2 (PMNH). CANADA. ONTARIO. no date, 2 ¢ 2
(CMNH, FSCA). QUEBEC. St Anne’s, 30 Jul 1943, 1 2 (LEMQ).
Purpuricenus linsleyi Chemsak
(Figs. 8-10)
Purpuricenus linsleyi Chemsak, 1961: 183; Linsley, 1962: 107; Chemsak & Lin-
sley, 1982: 51; Chemsak et al., 1992: 85; Monné & Giesbert, 1994: 150; Poole
& Gentili, 1996: 150.
Purpuricenus humeralis, Linsley, 1962: fig. 34 (part).
Types.—Holotype, female; data: ““Tex;’? deposited: U.S. National Museum of
Natural History, Washington, D.C. (not examined). Paratype, female (Fig. 8); data:
‘“Tex;’’ deposited: Essig Museum of Entomology, Berkeley.
Female——Form large, robust, subcylindrical; integument black, opaque, basal one-half of elytra
orange with basal margin black, posterior margin of orange markings straight, extending obliquely
from basal one-third of suture nearly to apical one-third of lateral margin; pubescence dark. Head with
front shining, coarsely, densely punctate, punctures becoming finer and sparser near base of antennae,
moderately clothed with short, recurved hairs; vertex dull, coarsely, contiguously punctate, pubescence
short, sparse, recurved, a few longer, suberect hairs scattered near eyes; antennal tubercles prominent,
antennae reaching apical one-third of elytra (left antennomeres 10-11 and right antenna missing), each
segment moderately clothed with short, appressed hairs, antennomeres 1-3 sparsely clothed ventrally
with longer, suberect hairs, antennomere | robust, widest distally, 2 shortest, slightly longer than apical
width, 3 1.2 longer than 1, 4—9 subequal in length and slightly shorter than 1. Pronotum 1.5X wider
across lateral tubercles than long, constricted before base; prominent lateral tubercles just behind
middle, angles narrowly acute, slightly recurved toward base; surface dull, finely, shallowly, densely
punctate, punctures slightly more irregular in anterolateral areas; pubescence short, moderately dense,
recurved toward median callus, a few longer, suberect hairs scattered throughout basal portion; disc
convex, with 5 distinct calluses, median callus most prominent, glabrous apically; prosternum faintly
shining, with distinct transverse impression, finely punctate anterior to depression, punctures more
distinct within and posterior to impression, moderately clothed with suberect hairs; meso- and metas-
ternum slightly shining, finely, densely punctate, clothed with moderately long, subdepressed hairs.
Elytra 2.2 longer than humeral width; surface dull, basal half finely, moderately deeply, densely
punctate, punctures smaller than largest of pronotal disc, separated by no more than their width, apical
half subalutaceous, more finely, densely punctate; pubescence short, subdepressed, a single hair arising
164 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
from each puncture, denser toward apices; apices emarginate-truncate, sutural and outer angles obtuse,
dentate. Scutellum slightly longer than wide, weakly impressed longitudinally, finely, densely clothed
with short, appressed hairs, apex narrowly rounded. Legs quite elongate, robust; femora shining,
moderately densely, shallowly punctate, rather densely clothed with moderately long, subdepressed
hairs, metafemora extending beyond elytral apices; tibiae shining, more finely, densely punctate, dense-
ly clothed with moderately long, subdepressed hairs; metatarsomere 1 slightly longer than combined
length of 2-3. Abdomen shining, very finely, densely punctate, pubescence dense, suberect, short on
basal portion of each sternite, longer apically, apical edge of sternites glabrous, last sternite broadly,
shallowly emarginate at apex. Length, 21.20 mm; width, 6.95 mm. Described from female paratype
(Fig. 8).
Male.—Differs from female as follows: basal elytral markings reduced medially, extending only to
basal one-fourth of suture; antennae surpassing elytral apices by about 4 segments, antennomere 3
1.5X longer than 1, 4-10 subequal in length and slightly shorter than 3, 11 longest, appendiculate,
slightly curved apically; anterolateral areas of pronotum with punctures distinctly smaller and more
widely separated than those on disc, approximately equal in size to those on prosternum; abdomen
with apex of last sternite broadly subtruncate. Length 19.50 mm; width, 6.40 mm. Described from
male from Texas, Eastland Co., 20 May 1921, G. O. Wiley, (TCMC) (Fig. 9a).
Diagnosis.—The large red markings covering the basal one-half of the elytra
and with strongly oblique posterior margins distinguish this species from most
others. It may be distinguished from similarly marked specimens of P. paraxillaris
by its finer pronotal and elytral punctation and basal elytral hairs.
Variation—The size of the red elytral markings is fairly uniform among females but varies greatly
among males. In females, the markings cover the basal one-third to one-half of the elytra along the
suture and the basal two-thirds to three-fourths along the lateral margin. In males, the markings are
variably reduced along the posterior margins and elytral suture, and a few males are nearly completely
black with elongate red spots at the basal one-fourth of the lateral elytral margin. The basal elytral
markings of the female paratype are orange (post-mortem change?), however, they are dark-red in all
other specimens examined, both male and female. Males measured 13.65—21.40 mm (18.31 + 2.30
mm,” = 28) and females 13.10—21.35 mm (18.32 + 1.97 mm, nm = 16) in length.
Distribution.—This species has been collected from north-central to south-cen-
tral Texas along the eastern and southeastern edge of the Edwards Plateau (Fig.
10).
Biology—wNo larval or adult host records are available for this species, how-
ever, it probably utilizes Quercus. Most specimens have been collected in fer-
menting bait traps in the “hill country” of northern Bexar County. This locality
is characterized by dry oak woodland dominated by Q. virginiana, Q. fusiformis
Small, Diospyros texana Scheele, Ulmus crassifolia Nuttall and Juniperus ashei
Buchholz. Seasonal occurrence: 11 May—26 Jun.
Material Examined.—In addition to Types, 45 specimens: TEXAS. BANDERA Co.: Redbud Reserve
Ranch, 20 May-15 Jun 1989, E. Gage, 2 6d (DGMC). BEXAR Co.: NW of San Antonio, 2 Jun
1990, fermenting bait trap, D. W. Sundberg, 1 2 (TCMC); San Antonio, nr Sea World Park, 1-15 Jun
1993, fermenting bait trap, D. W. Sundberg, 4 dd, 3 22 (DJHC, TCMC, LGBC); San Antonio,
Inwood, 1-9 Jun 1994, D. W. Sundberg, 2 dd, 3 22 (DJHC); jct Bitters Rd & Loop 1604, 10-20
Jun 1992, D. W. Sundberg, 2 dd, 2 2 2 (DGMC, DJHC); vic NW of Loop 1604, Jun 1994, fermenting
bait trap, D. W. Sundberg, 15 6d, 6 22 (& TCMC). BROWN Co.: Brownwood, 25 May 1943, B.
A. Maina, 1 2 (EMEC). CORYELL Co.: Fort Hood, 10 Jun 1961, S. G. Wellso, 1 2° (AELC).
EASTLAND Co.: 11 May 1921, G. O. Wiley, 1 ¢ (UMSP); same data except 20 May 1921, 1 6
(TCMC). MONTAGUE Co.: 366 m (1,200 ft), 26 Jun 1940, L. H. Bridwell, 1 6 (USNM).
Purpuricenus (Sterno plistes) temminckii (Guérin-Méneville)
Sterno plistes temminckii Guérin-Méneville, 1844: 224.
Purpuricenus (Sterno plistes) temminckii, Gressitt, 1951: 319.
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 165
Discussion.—This Asian species has been intercepted by state agriculture of-
ficials in California and Minnesota. In each case, adults emerged from imported
poles of Bambusa sp. (bamboo), a recorded host (Gressitt & Rondon 1970). There
is no evidence that it has ever established in North America.
Diagnosis.—This species is distinguished from all North American Purpuri-
cenus by its wholly orange elytra and orange, distinctly swollen pronotum with
five black discal spots.
Material Examined.—11 specimens: CALIFORNIA. CONTRA COSTA Co.: Walnut Creek, emerged
30 Sep 1957 from Bambusa sp. from Japan, 2 22° (CDAE). MERCED Co.: Gustine, no date, J.
Phillips, emerged from Bambusa sp. poles from Orient, 1 9 (CDAE). SAN JOAQUIN Co.: Manteca,
emerged Jul 1957 from Bambusa sp., J. Joos, 1 2 (CDAE); Tracy, emerged 10 Oct 1957 from Bambusa
sp. poles from India, J. L. Joos, 1 ¢ (CDAE). SAN JOSE Co.: emerged Jul 1957 from Bambusa sp.
from Japan, J. L. Joos, 3 22 (CDAE, PURC). STANISLAUS Co.: Modesto, emerged 30 Oct 1957
from Bambusa sp., H. Sinclair, 1 6 (FMNH). MINNESOTA. RAMSEY Co.: St. Paul, emerged 30 Dec
1999 from Bambusa sp. stem from China, S. Hastings, 2 dd (MNDA).
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
My sincere thanks to D. J. Heffern, Houston, Texas, D. G. Marqua, Fort Davis,
Texas and D. W. Sundberg, San Antonio, Texas for their generous assistance
during this study, C. Brown, St. Louis, Missouri, for preparing the habitus pho-
tographs, E. Dean, E Hrusa and J. M. Tucker, University of California, Davis,
and Rev. J. M. Sullivan, St. Louis for kindly providing plant identifications, E T.
Hovore, Santa Clarita, California and an anonymous reviewer for helpful com-
ments on the manuscript, the Missouri Department of Conservation, Jefferson City
for allowing me to collect on department managed lands, and the individuals and
institutions listed in the Material Examined sections who granted access to spec-
imens in their care. Special thanks are extended to the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, the Field Museum of Natural History, Chi-
cago, Illinois and the University of California, Berkeley for their gracious loans
of type material.
LITERATURE CITED
Arnett, R. H., Jr. 1963. The beetles of the United States (a manual for identification), Catholic Uni-
versity of America Press, Washington, D.C.
Arnett, R. H., Jr, G. A. Samuelson & G. M. Nishida. 1993. The insect and spider collections of the
world (2nd ed.). Flora and Fauna Handbook No. 11, Sandhill Crane Press, Gainesville, Florida.
Audinet-Serville, J. G. 1833. Nouvelle classification de la famille des longicornes. Ann. Soc. Entomol.
France, 2: 528-573.
Aurivillius, C. 1912. Coleoptorum Catalogus, pars 39, Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae. W. Junk, Berlin.
Bayer, L. J. & R. D. Shenefelt. 1969. Wisconsin Cerambycidae in the University of Wisconsin Insec-
tarium. Univ. Wisc., Coll. Agric. and Life Sci. Res. Div. Res. Bull. 275.
Bense, U. 1995. Longhorn beetles. Illustrated key to the Cerambycidae and Vesperidae of Europe.
Margraf Verlag, Weikersheim.
Beutenmuller, W. 1896. Food-habits of North American Cerambycidae. J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 4: 73-81.
Blackman, M. W. & H.H. Stage. 1924. On the succession of insects living in the bark and wood of
dying, dead, and decaying hickory. N. Y. St. Coll. For. Tech. Publ. 17: 3-269.
Bland, J. H. B. 1861. Catalogue of the longicorn Coleoptera taken in the vicinity of Philadelphia.
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Philadelphia, 1: 93-101.
Bland, J. H. B. 1862. Descriptions of several supposed new species of Cerambycidae in the collection
of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, with observations of some already described.
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Philadelphia, 1: 267-276.
166 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
Blatchley, W. S. 1910. An illustrated descriptive catalogue of the Coleoptera or beetles (exclusive of
the Rhyncophora) known to occur in Indiana with bibliography and descriptions of new species.
Nature Publishing Co., Indianapolis.
Bosquet, Y. (ed.). 1991. Checklist of beetles of Canada and Alaska. Agric. Canada Res. Branch Publ.
1861/E.
Bowditch, E C. 1896. Coleoptera collecting notes for 1895. Entomol. News, 7: 33-35.
Casey, T. L. 1912. Studies in the Longicornia of North America. Memoirs on the Coleoptera, 3: 215—
376.
Chagnon, G. & A. Robert. 1962. Principaux Coléoptéros de la province de Québec (2nd ed.). Les
Presses de L-Université de Montréal, Québec.
Champlain, A. B. & H. B. Kirk. 1926. Bait pan insects. Entomol. News, 37: 288-291.
Champlain, A. B., H. B. Kirk & J.N. Knull. 1925. Notes on Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Entomol.
News, 36: 139-142.
Champlain, A. B. & J. N. Knull. 1932. Fermenting bait for trapping Elateridae and Cerambycidae
(Coleop.). Entomol. News, 43: 253-257.
Chemsak, J. A. 1961. A new species of Purpuricenus from Texas (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 37: 183-184.
Chemsak, J. A. 1977. A list of types of Cerambycidae at the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago
(Coleoptera). Coleopt. Bull., 31: 173-179.
Chemsak, J. A. & E. G. Linsley. 1974. Reclassification, synonymy, and descriptions of some North
and Central American Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Coleopt. Bull., 28: 181-184.
Chemsak, J. A. & E. G. Linsley. 1982. Checklist of the Cerambycidae and Disteniidae of North
America, Central America, and the West Indies (Coleoptera). Plexus Publishing Inc., Medford.
Chemsak, J. A., E. G. Linsley & E A. Noguera. 1992. Listados faunisticos de México. II. Los Cer-
ambycidae y Disteniidae de Norteamérica, Centroamérica y las Indias Occidentales (Coleop-
tera). Universidad Nacional Aut6énoma de México, Instituto de Biologia, México, D.E
Cherepanov, A. I. 1982. Cerambycidae of northern Asia. Cerambycinae: Clytini, Stenaspini. Nauka,
Novosibirsk [in Russian].
Cherepanov, A. I. 1988. Cerambycidae of northern Asia. Volume 2. Cerambycinae. Part II. Amerind
Publishing Co., New Delhi [English translation of Cherepanov 1982].
Craighead, E C. 1923. North American cerambycid larvae. A classification and the biology of North
American cerambycid larvae. Can. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 27.
Darlington, P. J. 1961. Letter from LeConte to Alexander Agassiz. Coleop. Bull., 15: 128.
Dearborn, R. G. & C. P. Donahue. 1993. An annotated list of insects collected and recorded by the
Maine Forest Service. Order Coleoptera. Beetles. Maine For. Serv., Insect and Disease Div.
Tech. Rep. 32.
Dejean, P. FE 1821. Catalogue de la collection de coléoptéres de M. le baron Dejean. Crevot Library,
Paris.
Downie, N. M. & R. H. Amett, Jr. 1996. The beetles of northeastern North America. Volume II:
Polyphaga: series Bostrichiformia through Curculionoidea. The Sandhill Crane Press, Gaines-
ville.
Fabricius, J. C. 1798. Supplementum entomologiae systematicae. Hafniae.
Fabricius, J. C. 1801. Systema eleutheratorum secundum ordines, genera, species: adiectis synonymis,
locis, observationibus, descriptionibus, Volume 2. Kiliae.
Fairmaire, L. 1864. In: Jacquelin du Val, P. N. Genera des coléoptéres d’Europe comprenant leur
classification en famille naturelle, Volume 4. Paris.
Ferreira, M. C. & G. da Veiga-Ferreira. 1959. Catalogo dos cerambicideos da Regiao Etidpica—lIl
Parte—Supertribos Disteniina, Asemina, Cerambycina, Auxesina, Lepturina. Mem. Inst. Invest.
Cientifica de Mocambique, 1: 77-398.
Fisher, W. S. & H. B. Kirk. 1912. Cerambycidae from Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, and vicinity, with
notes (Coleop.). Entomol. News, 23: 308-316.
Fitch, A. 1845. Insects injurious to vegetation—No. 1. Amer. Quart. J. Agric. Sci., 1: 250—254, pl. 3.
Fragaso, S. A.. M. A. Monné & C. A. C. Seabra. 1987. Preliminary considerations on the higher
classification of Cerambycinae (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae), with nomenclatural alterations.
Rev. Bras. Biol., 47: 189-202.
Frost, C. A. 1920. Popular and practical entomology. A day’s beating. Can. Entomol., 52: 25-29.
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 167
Frost, S. W. & H. Dietrich. 1929. Coleoptera taken from bait traps. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 22:
427-437.
Gahan, C. J. 1906. Coleoptera (Cerambycidae). Jn: The fauna of British India including Ceylon and
Burma. C. T. Binham, London.
Garnett, R. T. 1918. An annotated list of the Cerambycidae of California. (Col.). Can. Entomol., 50:
205-213.
Germar, E. EF 1824. Insectorum species novae aut minus cognitae, descriptionibus illustratae, Volume
1. Halae.
Gosling, D. C. L. 1974. An annotated checklist of the Cerambycidae of Michigan (Coleoptera). Part
I, introduction and the subfamilies Parandrinae, Prioninae, Spondylinae, Aseminae, and Cer-
ambycinae. Great Lakes Entomol., 6 (1973): 65-84.
Gressitt, J. L. 1951. Longicorn beetles of China. Longicornia, 2: 1-677.
Gressitt, J. L. 1959. Longicorn beetles from New Guinea, I (Cerambycidae). Pac. Insects, 1: 59-171.
Gressitt, J.L. & J. A. Rondon. 1970. Cerambycids of Laos (Disteniidae, Prioninae, Philinae, Aseminae,
Lepturinae, Cerambycinae), pp. 1-314. In: Gressitt, J. L., J. A. Rondon & S. von Breuning
[eds.], Cerambycid-beetles of Laos (Longicornes du Laos). Pacific Insects. Monogr. 24: 1-651.
Guérin-Méneville, E. F 1844. Iconographie du régne animal de G. Cuvier, ou réprésentations d’ aprés
nature d l’une des espéces les plus remarquables et souvent non encore figurées de chaque
genre d’animaux. Insectes. J. B. Bailliére, Paris.
Haldeman, S. S. 1847. Materials towards a history of the Coleoptera Longicornia of the United States.
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., 10: 27-66.
Hamilton, J. 1890. Notes on Coleoptera - No. 6. Can. Entomol., 22: 237-242.
Hamilton, J. 1895. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of southwestern Pennsylvania, with notes and descrip-
tions. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 22: 317-381.
Hatch, M.H. 1971. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part V: Rhipiceroidea, Sternoxi, Phytophaga,
Rhyncophora, and Lamellicornia. Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. 16.
Headstrom, R. 1977. The beetles of America. A. S. Barnes and Co., Inc., Cranbury, New Jersey.
Henshaw, S. 1885. List of the Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. American Entomological
Society, Philadelphia.
Hovore, E T. & E. E Giesbert. 1976. Notes on the ecology and distribution of western Cerambycidae
(Coleoptera). Coleopt. Bull., 30: 349-360.
Hua, L., H. Nara & C. Yu. 1993. Longicorn beetles of Hainan & Guangdong. Muh-Sheng Mus.
Entomol., Natou Hsien.
Kartesz, J. T. 1994. A synonymized checklist of the vascular flora of the United States, Canada, and
Greenland (2nd ed.), Volume 1 - checklist, Volume 2 - thesaurus. Timber Press, Portland,
Oregon.
Kirk, H. B. & J. N. Knull. 1926. Annotated list of the Cerambycidae of Pennsylvania (Coleoptera).
Can. Entomol., 58: 39—46.
Klausnitzer, B. & FE Sander. 1978. Die bockkafer Mitteleuropas. Cerambycidae. Neue Brehm Biich
No. 499.
Knull, J. N. 1932. Notes on Coleoptera, No. 3. Entomol. News, 43: 62-67.
Knull, J. N. 1934. Notes on Coleoptera, No. 4. Entomol. News, 45: 207-212.
Knull, J. N. 1937. New southwestern Buprestidae and Cerambycidae with notes. Ohio J. Sci., 37:
301-309.
Knull, J. N. 1946. The long-horned beetles of Ohio (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Ohio Biol. Surv.
Bull., 39: 133-354.
Knull, J. N. 1954. A new Euryptera and notes on other Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Ohio J. Sci., 54:
129-130.
Lacordaire, J. T. 1869. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Genera des Coléoptéres, ou exposé méthodique
et critique de tous les genres proposés jusqu’ici dans cet ordre d’insectes. Librarie Encyclo-
pédique de Roret, 8: 1-552; 9: 1-409.
Laporte, E L. 1840. Histoire naturelle de animaux articules, 2 vols. Paris.
Latreille, P A. 1829. Les crustacés, les arachnides et les insectes. Jn: Cuvier, Le régne animal (2nd
ed.), Volume 5.
LeConte, J. L. 1850. An attempt to classify the longicorn Coleoptera of America North of Mexico. J.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia (ser. 2), 2: 5-38.
168 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
LeConte, J. L. 1873. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America. Part II. Smithsonian Misc.
Coll., 11: 279-348.
LeConte, J. L. 1875. Descriptions of new Coleoptera of the United States with notes on geographical
distribution. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 5: 169-176.
LeConte, J. L. 1884. Short studies of North American Coleoptera. (No 2). Trans. Amer. Entomol.
Soc., 12: 1-32.
LeConte, J. L. & G. H. Horn. 1883. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America (2nd ed.).
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 26: 1-567.
Lee, S.-M. 1987. The longicorn beetles of Korean Peninsula. Natl. Sci. Mus., Seoul.
Leng, C. W. 1886a. Synopses of Cerambycidae. Entomol. Amer., 2: 60—63.
Leng, C. W. 1886b. Synopses of Cerambycidae. Entomol. Amer., 2: 81-83.
Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. John D. Sherman, Jr.,
Mount Vernon.
Leonard, M. D. 1928. A list of the insects of New York with a list of the spiders and certain other
allied groups. Cornell Univ., Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 101.
Lepesme, P. 1948. Les Stenaspini africains (Col. Cerambycidae). Rev. Fran¢g. Entomol., 14: 310-317.
Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae secundum classes, ordines, genera, species.
cum characteribus, differentilis, synonymis, locis (10th ed.). Holmiae. Laur. Salvius., Volume 1.
Linsley, E. G. 1962. The Cerambycidae of North America, Part II. Taxonomy and classification of the
subfamily Cerambycinae, tribes Opsimini through Megaderini. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 20.
Linsley, E. G. & J. A. Chemsak. 1997. The Cerambycidae of North America, Part VIII: bibliography,
index, and host plant index. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 117.
Lugger, O. 1884. Food-plants of beetles bred in Maryland. Psyche, 4: 203-204.
MacRae, T. C. 1994. Annotated checklist of the longhorned beetles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae and
Disteniidae) occurring in Missouri. Insecta Mundi, 7 (1993): 223-252.
Monné, M. A. & E. FE Giesbert. 1994. Checklist of the Cerambycidae and Disteniidae of the Western
Hemisphere. Wolfsgarden Books, Burbank (1993).
Mulsant, E. 1839. Histoire naturelle des Coléoptéres de France, Longicornes. Paris, Maison.
Mulsant, E. 1862. Tribu des Longicornes. Ann. Sci. Phys. Nat. Agric. Indust. (ser. 3), 6: 374.
Mulsant, E. 1862-1863. Histoire naturelle des coléoptéres de France. Longicornes (2nd ed.). Annis
Soc. Imp. Agric. Hist. Nat. Indust., Lyon.
Nakamura, S., Y. Akiyama & K. Terada. 1981. Morphological and taxonomic studies of the cerambycid
pupae of Japan (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Hiwa Mus. Nat. Hist. Misc. Rep. 20.
Papp, C. S. 1984. Introduction to North American beetles. Entomography Publications, Sacramento.
Pascoe, E P. 1866. Catalogue of the Longicorn Coleoptera, collected in the Island of Penang by James
Lamb, Esq. Proc. Zool. Soc.: 222-267, 504-536.
Penrose, R. L. & R. L. Westcott. 1974. Notes on the distribution, hosts and bionomics of some Pacific
Northwest Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Coleopt. Bull., 28: 233-236.
Picard, EK 1929. Coléoptéres Cerambycidae. Faune de France, 20: 1—167.
Planet, L. M. 1924. Les longicornes de France. Encyclopédie Entomologique, ser. A., Volume 2: 1—
386.
Plavilstshikov, N. N. 1940. Fauna SSSR, 22(2).
Plaza Lama, J. 1988. Los Cerambycidae Latreille de Madrid (Col.) (2.a. nota. Subfamilia: Ceramby-
cinae Latreille). Bol. Grupo Entomol. Madrid, 3: 85-114.
Poole, R. W. & P. Gentili (eds.). 1996. Nomina Insecta Nearctica. A check list of the insects of North
America. Volume 1: Coleoptera, Strepsiptera. Entomological Information Services, Rockville.
Rice, M. E. 1982. Notes on Cerambycidae from Missouri. Coleopt. Bull., 35 (1981): 459-462.
Rice, M. E., R. H. Turnbow, Jr. & E T. Hovore. 1985. Biological and distributional observations on
Cerambycidae from the southwestern United States (Coleoptera). Coleopt. Bull., 39: 18-24.
Schaufuss, L. W. 1916. Calwer’s Kaferbuch (6th ed.), 2 vols.
Schiefer, T. L. 1998. A preliminary list of the Cerambycidae and Disteniidae (Coleoptera) of Missis-
sippi. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 124: 113-131.
Sherman, FE 1946. Notes on Cerambycidae of South Carolina (Coleoptera). Entomol. News, 57: 125-—
127.
Skiles, D. D., EF T. Hovore & E. FE Giesbert. 1978. Biology of Leptura pacifica (Linsley) (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae). Coleopt. Bull., 32: 107-112.
2000 MACRAE: REVIEW OF PURPURICENUS 169
Skillman, E W., Jr. 1994. New records of Georgia Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Insecta Mundi, 7
(1993): 210.
Smith, J. B. 1900. Insects of New Jersey. A list of the species occurring in New Jersey, with notes
on those of economic importance. 27th Ann. Rep. St. Bd. Agric. Suppl. (1899), Trenton.
Solomon, J. D. 1995. Guide to insect borers of North American broadleaf trees and shrubs. U.S. Dept.
Agric., For. Serv. Agric. Handbook 706.
Stein, J. D. & A. D. Tagstead. 1976. The long-horned wood-boring beetles of North Dakota (Cole-
optera: Cerambycidae). U.S. Dept. Agric., For. Serv. Res. Paper RM-171.
Svacha, P. & M. L. Danilevsky. 1987. Cerambycoid larvae of Europe and Soviet Union (Coleoptera,
Cerambycoidea). Part 2. Acta Univ. Carol. Biol., 31: 121-284.
Thomson, J. 1860. Essai d’une classification de la famille des cérambycides et materiaux pour servir
a une monographie de cette famille. Paris.
Thomson, J. 1864. Systema cerambycidarum ot: exposé de tous les genres compris dans la famille
des cérambycides et familles limitrophes. Mém. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liége, 19: 1-540.
Turnbow, R. H., Jr. & R. T. Franklin. 1980. An annotated checklist of the Cerambycidae of Georgia
(Coleoptera). J. Georgia Entomol. Soc., 15: 337-349.
Villiers, A. 1946. Coléopteres cérambycides de l Afrique du Nord. Faune Emp. Frang,, 5: 1-152.
Villiers, A. 1978. Faune des coléoptéres de France 1. Cerambycidae. Encyclopédie Entomol. (ser. A),
52: 1-552.
White, A. 1846. Descriptions of Australian insects. Stoke’s Voyage, 1: 505-512.
Wickham, H. E 1897. The Coleoptera of Canada. XXIV. The Cerambycidae of Ontario and Quebec.
Can. Entomol., 29: 148-153.
Wolcott, A. B. 1900. Coleoptera of central Illinois - No. III. Entomol. News, 11: 468-470.
Yanega, D. 1996. Field guide to northeastern longhorned beetles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Illinois
Nat. Hist. Surv. Manual 6.
Zimsen, E. 1964. The type material of J. C. Fabricius. Munksgaard, Copenhagen.
Received 18 Aug 1999; Accepted 7 Feb 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(3): 170-175, (2000)
PHENOLOGY OF AQUATIC DANCE FLIES
(DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE: HEMERODROMIINAE) ALONG
A STREAM IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
J. ROBERT HARKRIDER
Biology Department, Cypress College, Cypress, California 90630
Abstract.—From May 1996 through April 1998, adult flies in the subfamily Hemerodromiinae
were systematically collected with sweep nets along a first-order mountain stream in Southern
California. Four genera and eight species were included in the 897 specimens collected. About
78% of the collection was Neoplasta parahebes MacDonald & Turner, which was found as early
as March and as late as December with a maximum abundance in June and July. Sex ratios for
N. parahebes (55% females) were consistent with other empidid studies. Neoplasta scapularis
(Loew) and Metacheta albipes Walker were male dominated (68% and 67% males respectively),
with a bimodal seasonal distribution (early summer and fall) that suggested a migratory pattern.
Chelifera lovetti Melander appeared only in the spring while Chelifera neangusta MacDonald
was found only in the fall.
Key Words.—Insecta, Diptera, Empididae, Hemerodromiinae, phenology, California.
During the last ten years MacDonald (1989, 1993, 1994, 1998), and MacDonald
& Turner (1993) reviewed the systematics of the nearctic Hemerodromiinae.
Twenty-seven new species were described, increasing to 66 the known North
American species of this subfamily. Except for this systematic achievement, the
biology of the Hemerodromiinae remains poorly known. Valliant (1953) estab-
lished larvae of Hemerodromia (Metachela) sequyi Valliant as predators of im-
mature Simulium Latreille in an Algerian stream and Peterson (1960) observed
adults of Metachela collusor Melander and Neoplasta scapularis (Loew) feeding
on adult black flies in Utah, thus demonstrating them as natural enemies of these
pests. Yet, observations remain unusual and collections of most Hemerodromiinae
are sporadic and rare. For example, MacDonald (1994) reported that six new
species of Chelifera Macquart were described from 1 to 3 individuals.
The most comprehensive field study of the Hemerodromiinae from North
America found 14 species from the Laurentian Watershed of Québec (Harper
1980). In a smaller scale study Landry & Harper (1985) found 7 species from
the Riviere du Castor drainage in Québec. Through a large number of species of
Hemerodromiinae have been described from the western United States, no sys-
tematic field observations exist. This study was initiated at a site were numerous
larval empidids were known to occur (Harkrider 2000). This paper documents the
seasonal occurrence of adult dance flies (Diptera: Empididae) in the subfamily
Hemerodromiinae along a first order stream in the mountains of Southern Cali-
fornia.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Study Site.—Systematic sampling was conducted along a first order stream in
the San Gabriel Mountains of Southern California. A permanent spring provides
water all year at 13°-16° C depending on the season. The site was located above
the west bank of San Antonio Creek where the water runs parallel to the creek
through alluvial deposits. The elevation was approximately 1300 meters. The site
2000 HARKRIDER: DANCE FLY PHENOLOGY 171
was located 300-350 meters north of the highway bridge on the north side of
Baldy Village (lat 34°14'25” N, 117°39'10” W). The surrounding vegetation was
dominated by live oak (Quercus chrysolepis Liebmann) and alder (Alnus rhom-
bifolia Nuttall). An unusual feature of this site was the presence of numerous
California laurel trees (Umbellularia californica Nuttall) along the water-course.
Sampling.—Sweep net samples were taken from branches of U. californica that
overhung the stream. Because other overhanging vegetation was deciduous, only
the California Laurel provided a relatively constant sampling substrate throughout
the year. Eight sites along of the stream were sampled twice with 8 sweeps each.
Adult empidids were collected in 5 dram vials and returned to the laboratory for
identification. The sites were sampled at approximately two week intervals from
May 1996 through April 1998.
RESULTS
Eight species of Hemerodromiinae were represented among the 897 specimens
collected along the stream. Adults were found as early as March and as late as
December though the peak abundance occurred from May through July (Table 1).
Neoplasta parahebes MacDonald & Turner was the most abundant species and
accounted for 78% of the collection. Figure 1 illustrates that N. parahebes males
appeared before females with a peak abundance in May while the female popu-
lation peaked in July. The population declined significantly in the fall, but indi-
viduals were found as late as December.
Six Neoplasta hebes Melander males were collected compared to 311 N. par-
ahebes males. It is not possible to distinguish females of the two species and all
females of the N. hebes complex were plotted on the graph with N. parahebes
males. Undoubtedly this leads to an error in the number of females of N. par-
ahebes. If female N. hebes occur at the same frequency as males, that would mean
that approximately 7 females are incorrectly plotted on Fig. 1. Males of N. hebes
occurred early in March and April and reappeared in September and October. The
small numbers suggest this species is a minor component of this community.
Neoplasta scapularis (Loew) accounts for 16% of the dance flies collected.
Although this species appears as early as March, the bulk of the population ap-
pears later than N. parahebes and reaches a peak abundance in July (Fig. 1).
Males of N. scapularis appear to have a second and greater peak of abundance
in September, a pattern that appeared during both years of the survey. The sea-
sonal abundance of N. scapularis females generally followed that of the males,
although the earliest specimens in 1997 were female.
Metachela albipes Walker has a bimodal distribution appearing in May and
flying through early July in 1996. They disappeared through mid-summer and
reappeared from September through December.
Two species of Chelifera occurred at the site. Chelifera lovetti Melander oc-
curred in early June into July, a seasonal pattern widely reported for aquatic
empidids. Chelifera neangusta MacDonald, however, only appeared from Septem-
ber to December. Finally, one female (not identifiable to species) Hemerodromia
Meigen was collected in June 1996, and a male of Metachela collusor (Melander)
was caught in September 1997.
Table 1. Number of empidid flies collected per month. Data reported as #males/#females.
Species
Neoplasta parahebes
Neoplasta scapularis
Neoplasta hebes
Chelifera lovetti
Chelifera neangusta
Metachela albipes
Metachela collusor
Hemerodromia sp.
Total for all species
Year
1996
1997
1998
1996
1997
1996
1997
1996
1997
1996
1997
1996
1997
1997
1996
Mar
6/1
5/0
0/2
2/0
Apr May Jun
63/22 65/77
41/15 44/25 9/38
13/3
11/3
2/1 0/3 5/3
1/0
3/3
1/0 3/1 0/2
3/1
1/0 3/0
0/1
Jul
14/56
12/71
9/3
11/2
1/4
3/3
Aug
11/11
9/27
2/4
4/8
1/0
1/0
Sep
6/6
3/6
13/1
14/6
2/0
1/0
1/0
4/2
2/0
Oct
2/5
3/3
3/0
4/1
0/1
1/0
3/3
4/4
1/0
0/1
6/2
1/2
1/0
0/1
1/1
1/0
1/0
Year
163/185
130/196
18/3
39/12
44/27
3/0
3/0
4/7
7/6
1/2
2/0
12/8
17/6
1/0
0/1
Species
311/384
83/39
6/0
11/13
3/2
29/14
O/1
444/453
CLI
LSIDOTONOLNA OIWIOVd-NVd AHL
(€)OL TOA
2000 HARKRIDER: DANCE FLY PHENOLOGY 173
60 OiMales
Females
40
Neoplasta parahebes si
20
Adults per Collection
Neoplasta scapularis
Adults per Collection
oOo Ny + fer) ao oO
Figure 1. Seasonal distribution of the two most common empidid species in the study area during
1996 and 1997.
DISCUSSION
The occurrence of eight species of Hemerodromiinae in this habitat is consistent
with similar studies in the temperate region. Harper (1980) found 14 species of
the Hemerodromiinae, but his was an extensive study that included 27 sites and
73 trap-years. Even in this extensive study seven species were represented by less
than 10 specimens and three species by only one specimen. In three years of
collecting from the Riviére du Castor drainage in Québec, Landry & Harper
(1985) found only 7 species of Hemerodromiinae. In Germany, Caspers & Wagner
(1982) studied a woodland stream near Bonn, and in Austria, two streams were
systematically collected by Wagner (1982). In all these cases only 6 to 8 species
of Hemerodromiinae were observed per site. Tropical regions appear to have less
diversity of this subfamily. Masteller & Busby (1993) reported only two species
of emergent empidids from a rainforest stream in Puerto Rico.
A obvious result of this survey was the dominance of a single species, N.
parahebes (78% of collection). This is not unprecedented. In the Laundry &
Harper (1985) study in Québec, N. scapularis made up 80% of the Hemerodrom-
iinae collected. In the two European studies cited above, over 80% of the collec-
tion consisted of two dominant species, rather than one.
An unusual aspect of this study was the sex ratio of the various species (Table
1) Virtually all other studies report a larger percentage of females than males.
Masteller & Busby (1993) document 71% females in Puerto Rico and 52.5%
females were captured by Casper & Wagner (1982) in Germany; the results of
174 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
other emergence studies fell between these two figures. In this study, only N.
parahebes and C. lovetti collections had more females than males. The relatively
low ratio of females was presumably due to the method of collection. Virtually
all of the reported studies have used emergence traps rather than sweeping veg-
etation. However, both Landry & Harper (1985) and Harper (1980) used vege-
tation sweeps in part of their collection. In Landry & Harper (1985), emergence
traps caught 68% females while sweep nets caught 54% females. The sex ratios
of N. parahebes (55% females) and C. lovetti (54% females) from San Antonio
Creek are consistent with those obtained with sweep nets in the Canadian study.
I have reared numerous N. parahebes larvae from the stream at the collection
sites (Harkrider 2000), and know the stream to be an emergence site for this
species. However, the male dominant N. scapularis (68% males) and M. albipes
(67% males) were aberrant. Neoplasta scapularis adults have been reared from
larvae collected in San Antonio Creek to the east of the site (unpublished) but
only once from the collecting site (Harkrider 2000). Perhaps the higher proportion
of males was associated with migration. If so, this may explain the bimodal dis-
tribution of N. scapularis and M. albipes. Neoplasta scapularis males showed
peak abundance in June—July and again during September. Similarly, in both
years, M. albipes appeared from late April to June and reappeared, in greater
numbers, from late September to October. The two periods of abundance might
represent two periods of peak emergence for both species. However, particularly
considering the skewed sex ratios, the fall peak could be associated with a season
migration to this perennial stream as surrounding lotic sites become dry.
Chelifera species appear seasonal and temporally isolated. Chelifera lovetti oc-
curs in early summer consistent with other studies of Chelifera species. Chelifera
neangusta appears only in the fall. MacDonald (1994) described this species from
only two specimens. Perhaps the rarity of this species in collections is associated
with the late emergence, a time collectors do not generally look for aquatic dance
flies.
Adults of Hemerodromiinae along San Antonio Creek were found over a ten-
month period each year during the study. In Puerto Rico, Hemerodromia species
emerged all year, though emergence was slight in July and August. In the Ca-
nadian studies the emergence period was restricted to June through September.
The results of this study can not be directly compared to the others because most
other studies measured emergence, where as this study documented the presence
of adults in the environment. The relatively mild winters in the Mediterranean
climate of southern California may have resulted in a longer period of emergence,
as documented in the tropics, or perhaps the lack of severe cold allows a longer
life expectancy than the more northern climates. Indeed, during the mild “‘la nifia”’
winter of 1999, adults of the two dominate species in this study were caught as
late as January and February. Further investigation is required.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I thank John EF MacDonald for confirming my insect identifications and for his
enthusiastic support of my work.
LITERATURE CITED
Caspers, N. & R. Wagner. 1982. Emerenz-Untersuchungen an einem Mittelgebirgsback bei Bonn. VII.
Empididen-und Dolichopodiden-emergenz 1976 (Insecta, Diptera, Brachycera). Arch. Hydro-
biol., 93: 209-237.
2000 HARKRIDER: DANCE FLY PHENOLOGY 175
Harper, P. P. 1980. Phenology and distribution of aquatic dance flies (Diptera: Empididae) in a Lau-
rentian watershed. Am. Midl. Nat., 104: 1: 110-117.
Harkrider, J. R. 2000. Predation of larval Neoplasta Coquillett (Diptera: Empididae) on larval midges
in the genus Rheotanytarsus Bause (Diptera: Chironomidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 76: 176-183
Landry, B. & P. P. Harper. 1985. The aquatic dance fly fauna of a subarctic river system in Québec,
with the description of a new species of Hemerodromia (Diptera: Empidadae). Can. Ent., 117:
1379-1386.
Masteller, E. C. & K. M. Buzby 1993. Emergence phenology of Empididae, Ceratopogonidae, and
Simuliidae (Diptera) from a tropical rainforest stream at El Verde, Puerto Rico. J. Kansas
Entomol. Soc., 66: 187-191.
MacDonald, J. EF 1989. Review of the Nearctic Metachela Coquillett, with description of a new species
(Diptera: Empididae; Hemerodromiinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 91: 513-522.
MacDonald, J. EK 1993. Review of the genus Chelipoda Macquart of America north of Mexico (Dip-
tera: Empididae; Hemerodromiinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 95: 327-350.
MacDonald, J. F 1994. Review of the Nearctic species of genus Chelifera Macquart (Diptera: Em-
pididae; Hemerodromiinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 96: 236—275.
MacDonald, J. EK 1998. Review of the genus Hemerodromia Meigen of America north of Mexico
(Diptera: Empididae; Hemerodromiinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 100: 792-823.
MacDonald, J. E & W. J. Turner. 1993. Review of the genus Neoplasta Coquillett of America north
of Mexico (Diptera: Empididae; Hemerodromiinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 95: 351-376.
Peterson, B. V. 1960. Notes on some natural enemies of Utah black flies (Diptera: Simuliidae). Can.
Ent., 92: 266-274.
Vaillant, E 1953. Hemerodromia seguyi, nouvel empidide d’Alérie destructeur simulies. Hydrobiol.,
5: 180-188.
Wagner, R. 1982. Diptera-Emergenz Zweier Lunzer Bache 1972-1974 nebst Beschreibung eines neuen
Empidide (Diptera). Arch. Hydrobiol., 95: 491-506.
Received 15 Jun 1999; Accepted 7 Feb 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(3): 176-183, (2000)
PREDATION OF NEOPLASTA COQUILLETT LARVAE
(DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE) ON LARVAL MIDGES IN THE
GENUS RHEOTANYTARSUS BAUSE
(DIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE)
J. ROBERT HARKRIDER
Biology Department, Cypress College, Cypress, California 90630
Abstract.—Larvae of in the genus Neoplasta Coquillett were systematically collected from midge
tubes in a Southern California mountain stream. From October 1993 through August 1996, 4234
tubes of Rheotanytarsus Bause species (Diptera: Chironomidae) were examined and predatory
Neoplasta larvae were found in 1.75% of the tubes. The peak occurrence of the predator was
during August to February. A significant negative correlation (cc = —0.445) between the pres-
ence of midges and Neoplasta larvae in the tubes suggests that these predators have a significant
impact on the midge population. The predatory behavior and molting patterns were described
from laboratory rearing of the Neoplasta larvae.
Key Words.—Insecta, Empididae, Neoplasta, Chironomidae, Rheotanytarsus, predation, stream
MacDonald & Turner (1993) reviewed the systematics of the genus Neoplasta
Coquillett (Diptera: Empididae: Hemerodromiinae) north of Mexico, expanding
the number of species in the region from three to twelve. Except for this study,
the biology of the genus remains poorly known. A limited number of observations
exist about the adults of Neoplasta. Peterson (1960) reported that adults of Neo-
plasta scapularis (Loew) “‘probed at larvae of Simulium piperi’’ along the margins
of a Utah stream. Harper (1980) reported the preference of N. scapularis for swift
water in adult emergence studies in Québec. Based on adult emergence patterns,
Landry & Harper (1985) suggest that immatures of N. scapularis are found in
small as well as large streams in Québec and that adults have a relatively long
emergence period as compared to other aquatic empidids. Similar emergence pat-
terns were reported by MacDonald & Turner (1993). The pupal stage of a Neo-
plasta species near brevicornis Collin was described by Knutson & Flint (1971)
from the pupal cases of Tricopterans in a Chilean stream. The larval stage of
Neoplasta was recently described by MacDonald & Harkrider (1999).
The predaceous habits of related larvae were established by Vaillant (1953),
who found larvae of Hemerodromia sequyi Vaillant feeding on Simulium Latreille
species larvae. Other studies, such as Hamada (1993), have shown an association
between Hemerodromia Meigen larvae and Simulium perflavum Roubaud. Except
for these studies, and a few incidental reports, no information exists for larvae in
the subfamily Hemerodromiinae. Because the adults of aquatic dance flies are
often common (Harper 1980), and both adult and larval stages have described as
predaceous on the medically important Simuliidae, a closer investigation of this
group seems appropriate to evaluate for their biological control potential.
This study focuses on larvae of the Neoplasta hebes Melander complex that
occur in tubes of larval Rheotanytarsus Bause (Diptera: Chironomidae) in a
Southern California stream. The seasonal occurrence, effects on the host popu-
lation, and observations on reared larvae are documented.
2000 HARKRIDER: NEOPLASTA PREDATION ON RHEOTANYTARSUS 177
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Study Site.—Systematic sampling was conducted along a first-order stream in
the San Gabriel Mountains of Southern California. The site was located above
the west-bank of San Antonio Creek where the water runs parallel to the creek
through alluvial deposits. The elevation was approximately 1300 m. The site was
located 300-350 m north of the highway bridge crossing the creek on the north
side of Baldy Village (34°14’25" N, 117°39'10" W). The surrounding vegetation
was dominated by alder (Alnus rhombifolia Nuttall) and canyon oaks (Quercus
chrysolepis Liebmann). An unusual feature of this site was the presence of nu-
merous California laurel trees (Umbellularia californica Nuttall) along and hang-
ing over the water course. The permanent spring provides water at 13°-16° C,
depending on the season. Throughout most of the study, samples were taken at
two sites. Site A was characterized by a rocky riffle immediately below a small
pool. Moss and other vegetation were common at this site. Site B, located 40 m
below site A, was along a rocky channel with little vegetation. Due to a partial
divergence of the water caused by a series of landslides beginning in April 1995,
a third site C was established approximately 30 m above site A. This site was
similar to site A.
Sampling.—Stone samples were collected at random by hand at the collection
sites and late-instar larval tubes of Rheotanytarsus were systematically removed
using forceps. Samples were put in a plastic, wide-mouthed container and kept
in a cooler on ice for return to the laboratory. Each tube was dissected in the
laboratory using #3 insect pins on the same day as collected. The presence of
empidid larvae, Rheotanytarsus larvae or pupae was recorded. Even though stored
on ice, some larval midges escaped their tubes during transport. These individuals
were counted as inhabitants in data calculations. The midge inhabitants were
calculated as the percentage of the number of midge larvae and pupae relative to
the number of tubes collected.
Empidid larvae that were damaged during collection or dissection were fixed
in 70% ethyl alcohol and later processed through 95% ethyl alcohol into Euparol
for mounting on microscope slides. Measurements of empidid larvae head cap-
sules were made with an ocular micrometer at magnification of 400. The length
of the scleritized portion of the head was measured. Undamaged larvae were
reared in 250 ml containers with coarse sand and aeration. Rheotanytarsus sp.
larvae and numerous organisms from the collecting site were provided as prey.
Some late-instar Rheotanytarsus sp. larvae were reared to adults in emergence
units similar those used to rear empidids. Adult midges were preserved in 70%
ethyl alcohol.
Sampling began in October 1993 and continued at roughly monthly intervals
through August 1996. During the period of January 1994 to December 1994,
systematic sampling was conducted at both sites A and B. A minimum of 75
tubes were taken from each site at monthly intervals. When the population was
low, tubes were collected for an hour at each site. In April 1994, no midge tubes
were found at site A.
RESULTS
Prey Populations.—Reared specimens of Rheotanytarsus species were identi-
fied as New Species 2 (6 individuals) and New Species 3 (4 individuals) by
178 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
600 5 _
-_-~ Clima
=
=
—
aon
~
0d) a
: nea
=
To
Oo
rt |
r |
- T | T LUT
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Specimen Number
Figure 1. Head measurements (scleritized region) of larval empidids collected from Rheotanytar-
sus tubes.
Sublette (personal communication). These species are to be named in a revision
of this genus. Because the sample cohorts sent for examination were small, other
species may occur at the site which were missed in my samples.
Empidid Larvae.—Larvae were identified as Neoplasta after rearing to the adult
stage. The empidid larvae collected in this study are described in MacDonald &
Harkrider (1999).
The empidid larvae found in the Rheotanytarsus tubes were primarily in the
Neoplasta hebes complex. A single, female specimen of Neoplasta scapularis
(MacDonald & Turner 1993) was reared (specimen 1 in Fig. 1). The N. scapularis
larval head capsule was larger than the others (585 pm), reflecting the larger size
of N. scapularis adults. Four of the measured specimens (2—5 in Fig. 1) were
exuviae of reared larvae. The reared specimens were females of the N. hebes
complex. Specific identification is not possible from females (MacDonald & Turn-
er 1993). A group of 16 larvae (specimens 2—17 in Fig. 1) were nearly equal in
head size (mean = 511 + 6.6 wm), suggesting that this cohort represents the last
instar larvae of the N. hebes complex. The exuvia cataloged as specimen 19 (Fig.
1) molted to specimen (6). Sample 19 was the penultimate larval instar of WN.
hebes complex. A large group of specimens (18—31) are similar in head capsule
size (mean = 307 + 7.1 wm) and are the penultimate larval instars of the N.
hebes complex. The last three specimens represent early instars. These mounted
specimens indicate that three separate instars are found in the Rheotanytarsus
tubes in this location and that most are in the N. hebes complex, probably Neo-
plasta parahebes MacDonald & Turner. More recent studies indicate that approx-
imately 78% of the adult Hemerodromiinae collected along this stream were N.
parahebes with less than 1% N. hebes (Harkrider 2000).
Field Population—The relative number of midge tubes inhabited by Rheotan-
ytarsus larvae and pupae during the systematic sampling of the two sites is shown
in Fig. 2. A Spearman correlation between the midge populations showed a cor-
relation between the midge inhabitants at the two sites (cc = 0.576, P = 0.039),
but little correlation existed between the Neoplasta populations (cc = 0.263, P =
0.385). Neoplasta larvae were more numerous at site B (2.4% of tubes versus
1.6% of tubes at site A) suggesting that Neoplasta larval predation may have a
2000 HARKRIDER: NEOPLASTA PREDATION ON RHEOTANYTARSUS 179
100 - 32-90
Site A
= 805 + 16
“ -—
: 3
2 60 + 12 w
g g
‘oO —
40 - 8 Q
: 5
Cc
20 - 4
0+ 0
100 - + 20
80 - + 16
So -~
oF oS
2g 60 - + 12 2
£ Ke}
oOo 40- | 8 o
rq)
<<
c Lu
— 20 - + 4
0 - T his I 0
[etl
JFMAMJJASOND
Month 1994
Figure 2. The percentage of Rheotanytarsus tubes occupied by immature midges (squares) and
empidid larvae (circles) collected during systematic sampling of a site below a rock pool (A) and a
rocky channel (B).
more significant impact on the midge population at site B. The Spearman corre-
lation coefficient between the number of Neoplasta larvae and the percentage
midge inhabitants at site A (cc = —0.349, P = 0.27) was not significant but the
correlation coefficient between the Neoplasta and midge populations at site B was
highly significant (cc = —0.693, P = 0.006).
An analysis of the number of tubes inhabited by midges verses the number of
empidids for all the sampling sites (Fig. 3) shows a highly significant negative
correlation of cc = —0.445 (P = 0.0017).
A compilation of the monthly habitation rates for midges and Neoplasta larvae
is shown in Table 1. The most striking feature of. this distribution is the scarcity
of larval Neoplasta from April through June.
Feeding Behavior.—Most reared Neoplasta larvae died within a day or two of
collection. Larvae that survived the first two days, but did not feed, died within
a week. Of those that fed, the prey was restricted to chironomid larvae in the
tribe Tanytarsini, i.e., Rheotanytarsus species from the streams and Paratanytar-
180 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
100
80
60
% Midge Inhabitance
AG a a a T les x
0.00 2 4 6 8
% Empidid Larvae
Figure 3. The percentage of immature midges in tubes relative to the percentage empidid larvae
is shown for 41 samples from the three Baldy Village sites. A regression line is shown with a 95%
confidence interval. The Spearman correlation coefficient was cc = — 0.445 (P = 0.0017).
sus grimii (Schneider) from a laboratory colony. Numerous organisms from the
host environment were made available in the rearing units including nematodes,
oligochetes, ostracods, and black fly larvae. Various sized larvae of Chironomus
sp. and Dicrotendipes californicus (Johannsen) (Chironomidae) were often pre-
sented in rearing units, but none stimulated the Neoplasta larvae to feed.
Feeding behavior of the Neoplasta larvae could be best characterized as stalk-
ing. On a few occasions, when presented midge larvae, the larvae would strike
and feed outside the midge larval tube. Usually, however, the Neoplasta larva
would hesitatingly approach an occupied midge tube from the side or rear. The
Neoplasta larvae would enter the rear of the tube or explore the outside. As the
empidid neared the prey, it would approach with the head retracted. Often the
Neoplasta larva would freeze with the retracted head and thorax slightly raised
while the prolegs became firmly attached to the silk of the tube. The empidid
would strike quickly, in a snake-like fashion, with the mouth parts attaching to
the cuticle of the prey. Usually, the attack was on one of the back abdominal
Table 1. A summary of the total collection (by month) at three Baldy Village collection sites from
October, 1993, through August, 1996.
Tubes Tubes Empidids
Month sampled inhabited (%) (% tubes)
January 338 175 (51.8) 9 (2.7)
February 470 293 (62.3) 13 (2.8)
March 341 182 (53.4) 6 (1.8)
April 347 208 (59.9) 2 (0.6)
May 346 236 (68.2) 1 (0.3)
June 260 138 (53.1) 1 (0.4)
July 215 97 (45.1) 3 (1.4)
August 210 104 (49.5) 6 (2.9)
September 410 215 (52.4) 13 (3.2)
October 381 239 (62.7) 4 (1.0)
November 382 159 (41.6) 11 (2.9)
December 534 246 (46.1) 7 (1.3)
Total 4234 2292 (54.1) 76 (1.79)
2000 HARKRIDER: NEOPLASTA PREDATION ON RHEOTANYTARSUS 181
segments of the prey, if the predator had entered the back of the midge tube, or
occasionally on a thoracic or forward abdominal segment, if the attack was made
through the tube or from the mouth of the larval tube.
When struck, the midge larva would stop or greatly reduce movement. Typi-
cally, the midge’s body would elongate and become rigid with occasional twitch-
ing of the prey’s prolegs and mandibles. The head of the Neoplasta larvae would
move into the hemocoel of the prey while the mandibles and maxillae probed
tissues. The body of the prey would become liquefied and the peristaltic move-
ments of the empidid gut would gradually accumulate a greenish liquid in the
midgut. Often, the feeding would continue systematically throughout the body of
the prey, leaving only the cleared cuticle of the prey. This took over 4 h for a
medium sized midge larva. This behavior pattern suggests that the larva paralyses
the prey with a neurotoxin and proceeds to feed by extra-oral digestion (Cohen
1998). In some cases, the newly fed Neoplasta larvae would remain in the midge
tube for hours or days after feeding.
In the laboratory, active Neoplasta larvae killed one or more midge larvae per
day. In one successful rearing, a N. hebes complex larva fed on 45 midge larvae
in 31 days (1.45 larvae/day). In field collections, Neoplasta larvae were observed
to feed on both larvae and pupae.
Molting and Pupation.—In several instances, Neoplasta larvae moved into a
black fly (Simuliidae) pupal case, with or without the black fly pupa being in the
case. In one case the crochets of the prolegs locked the Neoplasta larva to the
silk of the pupal cases and it proceeded to molt to the next larval instar. There
was no evidence that the Neoplasta larva fed on the black fly pupae. Neoplasta
larvae do not feed for several days before molting or pupating. The non-feeding
larvae typically remain quiescent in a midge tube or the sandy substrate. In the
laboratory all pupation and adult emergence took place in the sand. The pupal
stage took from 9 to 11 d under laboratory conditions.
DISCUSSION
This study establishes Rheotanytarsus species as a prey for larvae of the N.
hebes complex. The predacious larvae were observed feeding on both midge
larvae and pupae in field collected material, and numerous observations were
made during laboratory rearings. Midge tubes were also used as resting sites after
feeding, as numerous field collected larvae were engorged at the time of collec-
tion. Similar behavior was observed in the laboratory. The relative role of Rheo-
tanytarsus species as prey for empidid larvae remains problematic. Because this
study focused on a very restricted habitat, the proportion of the predator popu-
lation in the study area that was actually sampled can not be known. The midge
tubes may be one of several habitats in which the empidid larvae find prey. The
differences in sites A and B support this idea. At site A where the habitat was
more diverse, the number of empidid larvae found and the apparent impact of
the predators on the midge population was significantly less than observed at site
B. Perhaps the more diverse habitat at site A provided other prey and/or resting
sites for the Neoplasta larvae but the more stark, rocky environment of site B
provided little alternatives for the predators, and the impact on the midge popu-
lation was greater.
The inverse relationship between the number of inhabited Rheotanytarsus tubes
182 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
80% 4.0%
—t— % |nhabited
- - & --% Empidids
70% - + 3.5%
60% - + 3.0%
”
&
”
= 50% - 125% 3
> a
a =
5 Wi
£ 40% - + 2.0% s
2 Es
c= ®
B 30% | +15% 2
2 —
faa
20% + 1 1.0%
10% - + 05%
0% - pe
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug’ Sep Oct Nov
Month
Figure 4. A summary of the percentage of Rheotanytarsus tubes inhabited by midges (either larvae
or pupae) and the percentage of tubes containingempidid larvae collected (by month) at three Baldy
Village collection site from October 1993, through August 1996.
and the number of empidids suggests a significant impact of the predators on the
midge population (Fig. 4). It is not clear if this relationship is due solely to the
mortality caused by predation or if abandonment of larval tubes may be a response
of the midge larvae to Neoplasta larval activity. Other factors causing reduced
habitation of the tubes, such as mermithid parasitism or pupation of the midge,
are undoubtedly important, although little correlation existed between the number
of pupae and percent inhabitants (Spearman cc = 0.192, P = 0.22). One might
expect a negative correlation between the number of inhabited tubes and the
number of pupae because a high level of pupation would suggest that tubes were
being actively abandoned. Oddly, that was not the case. The midge tubes appeared
to be short-lived. Once the inhabitants were no longer present to defend and
maintain the tubes, the larval tubes quickly broke down. If this were not true, a
population decline, such as seen in April 1994, would have been characterized
by many of empty tubes rather than an absence of tubes. It was not.
Within the midge tube habitat, at least two species of Rheotanytarsus were
present. Until the taxonomy of the host species is better defined, the population
dynamics of these species and their relative importance remains an unknown.
The reduced host population from April through June (Figure 4) resulted in a
scarcity of empidid larvae. Whether a decline in prey population resulted in a
decline in predators, or the predators moved to a new prey population or the
larval empidids began pupation and emergence in association with their prey
remains unclear. Certainly, other habitats were important to empidid development.
Although 4234 tubes were dissected and 74 tubes contained empidid larvae, not
2000 HARKRIDER: NEOPLASTA PREDATION ON RHEOTANYTARSUS 183
a single empidid pupa was found in a midge tube. This strongly suggests that the
empidids do not pupate in the midge tubes. Attempts to rear the empidids pro-
duced seven individuals that pupated in the rearing units. None pupated in midge
tubes or in Simulium pupal cases that were made available; all pupated in the
gravel. Knutson & Flint (1971) found Neoplasta pupae in Trichopteran cases of
Mortoniella apiculata Flint in Chile. Similar trichopteran pupal cases were col-
lected on several occasions at all three collection sites. Of a hundred or so spec-
imens, a single larvae of Neoplasta was collected in association with a trichop-
teran pupal case, but no empidid pupae were found.
Figure 4 shows that larvae are most common from August through February but
larvae are rare (less than 1% of tubes) from April through June. The period of
scarcity coincides with the adult emergence (Harkrider 2000) which suggests that
a single, annual generation occurs over a several months. This was similar to the
long emergence period for N. scapularis described by Landry & Harper (1985).
There may be unique features to this particular habitat that support the N. hebes
complex population. Surveys in other local habitats harboring Rheotanytarsus
tubes produced larvae of Roderoides wirthi Chillcott, Hemerodromia empiformis
Say, and N. scapularis in the tubes, but no N. hebes complex species. The small
size, cryptic behavior, and relatively low density of these Neoplasta larvae make
their study difficult. This study demonstrates that they play a role in the population
dynamics of Rheotanytarsus species and possibly other species. On going study
is needed to further elucidate the role of these empidids in the aquatic ecosystem.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I thank John E MacDonald and Allen C. Cohen for their help and encouragement
with this project, and their helpful review of drafts of this manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
Cohen, A. C. 1998. Solid-to-liquid feeding: the inside story of extra-oral digestion in predaceous
arthropoda. Amer. Entomol., 44: 103-117.
Hamada, N. 1993. Association between Hemerodromia sp. (Diptera, Empididae) and Simulium perflavum
(Diptera, Simuliidae) in central Amazonia, Brazil. Mem. Inst. Oswldo Cruz, 88: 169-170.
Harkrider, J. R. Phenology of aquatic dance flies (Diptera: Empididae: Hemerodromiinae) along a
stream in Southern California. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 76: 170-175.
Harper, P. P. 1980. Phenology and distribution of aquatic dance flies (Diptera: Empididae) in a Lau-
rentian watershed. Amer. Midl. Nat., 104: 110-117.
Knutson, L. V. & O. J. Flint, Jr. 1971. Pupae of Empididae in pupal cocoons of Rhyacophilidae and
Glossosomatidae (Diptera, Trichoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 73: 314-320.
Landry, B. & P. P. Harper. 1985. The aquatic dance fly fauna of a subarctic river system in Québec,
with the description of a new species of Hemerodromia (Diptera: Empididae). Can. Entomol.,
117: 1379-1386.
MacDonald, J. EK & J. R. Harkrider. 1999. Differentiation of larvae of Metachela Coquillett and
Neoplasta Coquillett (Diptera: Empididae; Hemerodromiinae) based on larval rearing, external
morphology, and ribosomal DNA fragment size. J. N. A. Bentholog. Soc. 18: 414-419.
MacDonald, J. EK & W. J. Turner. 1993. Review of the genus Neoplasta Coquillett of America north
of Mexico (Diptera: Empididae; Hemerodromiinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 95: 351-376.
Peterson, B. V. 1960. Notes on some natural enemies of Utah black flies (Diptera: Simuliidae). Can.
Entomol., 92: 266-274.
Vaillant, KF 1953. Hemerodromia seguyi, nouvel empidide d’ Algérie destructeur simulies. Hydrobiol.,
5: 180-188.
Received 15 Jan 1999; Accepted 7 Feb 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(3): 184-196, (2000)
NESTING BIOLOGY OF THE BEE MELISSODES
(EUMELISSODES) MICROSTICTA COCKERELL IN
WASHINGTON STATE (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE)
EUGENE MILICZKY
1440 Roza Drive, Zillah, Washington 98953
Abstract——Melissodes microsticta Cockerell nested gregariously in a vacant lot in Kitsap Co.,
western Washington from 1986-88 at least. Several other species of fossorial bees and wasps
also nested at the site. M. microsticta was active during July and August and utilized the intro-
duced composite, Hypochaeris radicata L, as a principal pollen source. Aspects of female diurnal
activity based on 20 individual bees are analyzed. Females begin the day by foraging for pollen.
No pollen is brought to the nest on the last trip of the day, which is presumably used to gather
nectar. Eight to 12 pollen loads are collected per day, sufficient to provision one cell. The
multicellular nests are described and illustrated. Cell depth ranged from 3.5-12 cm. Provision
mass, egg placement, and larval feeding are similar to what has been reported for other Melis-
sodes. The cocoon is described and illustrated. Parasitic bees, Triepeolus sp., were active at the
nest site and frequently entered M. microsticta nests although no parasitized cells were recovered.
The bee-hunting wasp, Philanthus crabroniformis Smith, was observed capturing a male M.
microsticta on one occasion and unsuccessful attacks on males and females were observed.
Key Words.—Insecta, Hymenoptera, Apidae, Melissodes, nests, foraging, parasite, predator.
The bee genus Melissodes in North and Central America numbers about 100
species in eight subgenera (Hurd 1979). Melissodes are robust, hairy, medium-
sized to moderately large bees capable of swift and powerful flight. It is probable
that all Melissodes are solitary although communal nesting is known in M. (Cal-
limelissodes) composita Tucker (Hurd & Linsley 1959) and in some species in
the related genus Svastra (Rozen 1964, 1983). Studies of several species have
shown that gregarious nesting is widespread in the genus (Thorp & Chemsak
1964, Clement 1973, Buchmann & Jones 1980, Triplett & Gittins 1988). Pollen
use among species of Melissodes is variable. Many species in the subgenus Mel-
issodes are polylectic (LaBerge 1956: 1117) whereas most species of Eumelis-
sodes are oligoleges of the Compositae (LaBerge 1961: 402). LaBerge (1961)
thought that certain Melissodes, because of their widespread occurrence, were of
some importance as pollinators of crops including alfalfa and cotton. Parker
(1981) showed that M. (Eumelissodes) agilis Cresson, an oligolege of Helianthus,
could be a valuable pollinator of commercial sunflower while Triplett & Gittins
(1988) felt that M. (Melissodes) t. tepida Cresson had some potential as a polli-
nator of forage and vegetable seed crops. Studies of several species of Melissodes
have revealed a number of consistent behavioral features that led Cameron et al.
(1996) to develop a generalized Melissodes life history based on their own and
previous studies.
Melissodes (E.) microsticta Cockerell is a small, previously unstudied species
from western North America. North to south it ranges from extreme southern
Saskatchewan, Alberta, and British Columbia to southern California, Nevada,
Utah, and Colorado, and northern Texas. West to east it occurs from the Pacific
coast to north-central Texas and the eastern extremities of Colorado and Saskatch-
ewan (LaBerge 1961). This paper presents information on the nesting biology,
2000 MILICZKY: MELISSODES NEST BIOLOGY 185
foraging behavior, parasites and predators of M. microsticta based on the study
of a population from the Puget Sound region of Washington State. The bulk of
the observations were made during 1986 supplemented by brief observations the
following two years.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Observations of bees in the field were recorded with a portable microcassette
recorder for later transcription. Times of various activities were noted to the near-
est second using a digital watch. Nest locations were marked with color-coded,
15 cm long, bamboo skewers. Because bees usually left their nests abruptly, small
cone traps made of aluminum window screen (Michener et al. 1955) were used
to cover nests under observation and decrease the likelihood that nest enterings
and departures would be missed. Cones were removed and replaced with as little
disturbance to the bees and the nest site as possible.
Periodically during the day general observations of weather conditions were
made noting sunshine, cloud cover, and estimated wind speed. At these times
ambient shade air temperature was taken with a mercury thermometer. The ther-
mometer was positioned 1 m above ground within 5 m of the nest site. At these
same times temperature was also recorded at a location within the nesting site at
a height 2 cm above ground for comparison.
Nest excavations were made using knives and trowels by following the main
burrow, some of which were first poured with plaster of Paris. This worked best
if the plaster was poured the day before excavation. Dry soil was wetted peri-
odically with a spray bottle or eyedropper to assist excavation and help prevent
soil from falling into cells. Nest measurements were made with a small ruler to
the nearest 0.5 cm and sketches of nest structure and cell placement were drawn
as a nest was excavated. Cell measurements were made with Vernier calipers to
the nearest 0.1 mm.
Voucher specimens of M. microsticta and associated insects have been placed
in the insect collection of Washington State University, Pullman, Washington.
RESULTS
Description of the nesting site-—Melissodes microsticta was studied in Kitsap
County, Washington, 9.7 km north of Poulsbo. The nesting site was located in a
vacant lot adjacent to the southern boundary of Kitsap Memorial State Park (Fig.
1). The western boundary of the lot dropped steeply down to the beach along
Hood Canal (an arm of Puget Sound), its southern edge was adjacent to a resi-
dence, and a paved road lay to the east. Several large (ca. 10 m tall) conifers
were present within the lot. The remaining vegetation consisted of grasses and
forbs including a principle pollen source for M. microsticta, the introduced com-
posite, Hypochaeris radicata Linnaeus, Hairy Cat’s-ear or false dandelion. Hun-
dreds of H. radicata plants grew in the vacant lot, and it was abundant along the
roadside and in nearby lawns. Because the lot was mowed periodically and rainfall
was slight during the bee’s active season (July and August), most vegetation was
less than 12 cm tall. Notable exceptions were the flowering stalks of H. radicata,
which reached 30 cm in height. Within Kitsap Park to the north, vegetation con-
sisted of mature conifers with a dense fringe of shrubs, especially Scot’s broom
(Cytisus scoparius (L.)Link)(Leguminosae), an introduced shrub.
186 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
Figure 1. View of Melissodes microsticta nesting site facing north (24 Jul 1988). Kitsap Park in
background. Bees nested throughout much of lower half of area in photo. Many flowering stalks of
Hypochaeris radicata visible.
The nesting area was located in the NW corner of the vacant lot, just south of
the Kitsap Park boundary (Fig. 1), where the ground sloped gently to the south
(less than 10°). Most nests were located within an area about 4 m X 4 m, but
others occurred just outside this region and a few were observed at more distant
locations within the lot. The total number of nests was estimated to be at least
250.
The vacant lot, approximately 0.1 ha, supported a diverse assemblage of
ground-nesting Hymenoptera in addition to M. microsticta. The most numerous
bee was Lasioglossum zonulum (Smith) (Halictidae), some nests of which were
found within the M. microsticta colony although most occurred just to the east.
There appeared to be more than 50 Lasioglossum nests. Nests of Megachile pe-
rthirta Cockerell (Megachilidae) were scattered around the lot. Nine were found
during 1986, nine during 1987, and 14 during 1988. Three nests of Andrena
(Plastandrena) prunorum Cockerell (Andrenidae) were located during 1988 and
a single nest of a Colletes sp. (Colletidae) was found near the M. microsticta
colony.
Nests of several solitary wasps (Sphecidae) were present also. The most abun-
dant was a Bembix species, about 75 individuals of which formed a colony just
to the south of the M. microsticta aggregation. Numerous bee-hunting wasps,
Philanthus crabroniformis Smith, also nested in the area. A loose aggregation of
nests occurred in the northeast corner of the lot, near the road, several nests were
scattered within the Bembix colony, and others were dispersed around the site
including at least one nest within the M. microsticta—Lasioglossum colonies. Both
2000 MILICZKY: MELISSODES NEST BIOLOGY 187
bees were potential prey for the Philanthus (see below). Two nests of Aphilan-
thops sp. were located and the resident females observed on a number of occa-
sions to return with winged ant prey. Finally, a single nest of an Oxybelus sp.
was found.
The above bees and wasps in turn served as hosts for a varied group of para-
sites. These included a Triepeolus sp. (Apidae) parasitizing M. microsticta, Coe-
lioxys rufitarsis Smith (Megachilidae) parasitizing M. perihirta, Nomada sp. (Ap-
idae) on A. prunorum, and one or more Sphecodes (Halictidae) parasitizing L.
zonulum. Cuckoo wasps (Chrysididae) and bee flies (Diptera: Bombyliidae) were
common and likely parasitized some of the resident bees and wasps although no
definite associations were made.
Seasonal Phenology.—tThe nesting site was first visited on 10 Jul 1986. Several
male M. microsticta were observed on flower heads of H. radicata and it was
suspected that the species might be nesting in the area. A brief visit seven days
later confirmed it as a nesting site when a female returned to her nest with pollen
within a few minutes. Twenty-five nests were located and marked on 21 and 22
Jul and on 23, 24, 29, 30, and 31 Jul observations were conducted starting be-
tween 09:00 h and 10:30 h PDST and ending between 16:30 h and 17:30 h PDST
each day. Nesting activity probably began about 10 Jul and appeared to be at its
peak during the second half of the month. Brief observations on 8 Aug showed
that the Melissodes population was declining and H. radicata was past peak
bloom, many flower heads having gone to seed. A few bees were still provisioning
on 11 Aug but H. radicata was well past its prime. An active nest located on 14
Aug was excavated the following day, but it was apparent that few bees remained.
Adult activity undoubtedly ceased before the end of the month.
Detailed observations of M. microsticta were not made during 1987 but the
nesting site was active during the second half of July. Likewise during 1988 the
Melissodes colony was active and bees were numerous. Blocks of soil from the
nesting site were excavated on 31 Jul and 7 Oct 1988 to obtain cells for study,
and judging from the number recovered, M. microsticta had had a favorable year.
General Activity of Bees and Flowers.—Similar weather conditions prevailed
on each of the five 1986 observation days and were favorable for bee activity.
Morning fog occurred some days but burned off before 12:00 h giving way to
sunny, mild conditions with occasional, brief, cloudy periods. Winds remained
calm. Daytime shade air temperatures reached highs of 18°—22° C. However, air
temperature 2 cm above ground in the nesting site (usually in the sun) was con-
siderably higher. For example, on 24 Jul at 09:24 h shade air temperature was
12.5° C whereas the corresponding reading at a height of 2 cm was 18.5° C in
dappled sunlight. At 11:10 the temperatures were 14° C vs. 23° C and at 14:58
h the respective readings were 21.5° C and 40° C, the two highest temperatures
recorded during the observations. Temperature near ground level was thus 5° C
to 15° C higher than ambient shade air temperature during the period of maximum
bee activity. The first Melissodes returning to their nests with pollen loads were
observed between 10:05 h and 11:10 h each day and had thus been active for
some time. Shade air temperature during this time was rather cool at 13° C to 15°
C. The higher air temperature near the ground may have been important during
initial flight activity among the Melissodes. Females were frequently seen prior
to their first flights of the day either sitting in their nests with the head and thorax
188 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
exposed or making nest entrance repairs. Possibly the former individuals were
basking to warm up. Flight activity among Lasioglossum zonulum usually ap-
peared to be underway before that among the M. microsticta and the first L.
zonulum females with pollen loads returned to their nests before the first Melis-
sodes did so.
Flower heads of Hypochaeris radicata began to open as much as an hour before
M. microsticta began to forage. This varied somewhat from day to day and flowers
that came into the sun first were the first to open. Sun reached the Melissodes
nesting area before much of the rest of the lot and flower heads there opened
between 09:00 h and 10:00 h. Some H. radicata flower heads closed as early as
13:15 h and the majority closed by 16:30 h. Melissodes activity also began to
drop off by mid-afternoon and had largely ceased by 17:00 h.
Male M. microsticta were seen during each 1986 visit. They flew about the
nesting site and sipped nectar at H. radicata. Males occasionally pounced on
females but were not seen to mate successfully. Most mating activity probably
occurred prior to the observations of 23 to 31 July.
Diurnal Activity of Female Bees.—Twenty individual bees were observed on
one or more of the five observation days for a total of 66 bee observation days.
Three were observed on one day only but seven were observed on all five days.
In 32 cases, the entire day’s foraging activity was accounted for because the bees
in question began activity (emerged into the cone trap for the first time) after
observations began and returned to their nests and did not reappear before ob-
servations terminated for the day. The following pattern was observed in each
instance. A bee initiated activity by foraging for pollen and gathered four to 15
successive loads. After each return, the bee spent several minutes (see below)
within the nest during which time the principal activity was, presumably, the
unloading of pollen from the scopae. The bee then left the nest on another for-
aging trip. After the final pollen-collecting trip of the day the bee spent an es-
pecially long period of time in the nest (see below). Her activities during this
time can only be conjectured but may involve final preparation of the provision
mass and oviposition. The bee then made another trip, but not for pollen as none
was seen in the scopae upon her return. Such trips were assumed to have been
for nectar collecting. After the nectaring trip the bee remained within the nest for
the rest of the day.
The most frequent number of pollen collecting trips made in a clay was eight,
observed 10 times. Nine pollen trips in a day were observed five times, 10 trips
three times, 11 trips—five times, and 12 trips—four times. Four, 5, 6, 13, and 15
trips in a day were each observed once. Pollen foraging proceeded without inter-
ruption on a given day, and because nest excavations never indicated the presence
of more than one open cell in a nest, it seems likely that all pollen collected on
a given day goes into the provisioning of a single cell. The earliest a bee com-
pleted pollen foraging in the 32 cases was 13:08 h, the latest 1534 h. Bees not
under observation returned with pollen after these times indicating that pollen was
still available. The observed bees may have ceased foraging upon completing the
provisioning of a cell. Eight to 12 pollen loads per cell may represent the number
usually required. Occasional cells receive more, and some may receive fewer,
although only four or five loads for a cell seems low. Such cells may have been
partially provisioned the previous day.
2000 MILICZKY: MELISSODES NEST BIOLOGY 189
Total time spent foraging for pollen (including stays within the nest between
trips) averaged 222.9 min (+ 47.68; n = 32). The shortest time was only 91 min
(four loads collected) while the second shortest, 100 min, saw eight loads col-
lected. The longest time was 324 min, during which 10 loads were collected. A
complete day’s activity for the same bee was obtained two days in a row on eight
occasions and for one bee three complete days in a row were recorded. The
amount of time required to collect the same number of pollen loads on different
occasions by the same or different bees was variable. For instance, bee # 14
collected nine loads on both 30 and 31 Jul 1986 requiring 235 min the first day
and 220 min the second. On the other hand, bee # 5 collected 11 loads in 215
min on 30 Jul but required 297 min for the same task the following day. Total
foraging time for pollen and nectar averaged 317.97 min (+ 45.23; n = 32) with
a range of 200 min (four pollen loads, one nectar) to 421 min (10 pollen loads,
one nectar).
Range in time required to collect a pollen load was 59-5399 sec (1313.76 +
673.25; n = 447). The principal pollen source used by this aggregation of M.
microsticta was the yellow, dandelion-like composite, Hypochaeris radicata, a
very abundant plant in the vacant lot and surrounding lawns. Flight time to and
from the pollen source was presumably minimal. The 59 second trip and a few
others of similar duration seem very short and may be anomalous. LaBerge (1961)
stated that this species is an oligolege of the compositae and listed several fre-
quently visited genera. The bees under study here utilized one or more other,
undetermined pollen sources since individuals occasionally returned with pollen
loads a distinctly different color from H. radicata.
Range in time spent within the nest after a pollen foraging trip was 103—2509
sec (280.26 + 251.63; n = 400). In contrast, stays in the nest after the day’s final
pollen collecting trip and prior to the nectaring trip averaged nearly 10 times
longer at 2769.76 sec (+ 703.92; 197-3851 sec; second shortest stay = 1730 sec;
n = 39). The nectar collecting trip at the end of the day was 708—8926 sec long
(3057.74 + 1522.16; n = 39). Six times a bee apparently foraged only for nectar
on a given day and completed one to four trips. These trips lasted 117-5635 sec
(2723.07 + 1622.94; n = 14).
Nest and Cell Structure.—The soil in which M. microsticta nested was very
dry during the bee’s 1986 active season as no rain had fallen in more than three
weeks. Dead plant material and bits of charcoal were scattered thinly on the
surface and living vegetation, mainly grass and H. radicata plants, was distributed
as a sparse to moderately dense cover with areas of bare soil interspersed. The
upper 2—3 cm of the soil was in many places loose and friable but below this it
was more firmly packed. The soil was sandy but numerous pebbles ranging in
size from a few mm to 3—4 cm were present. During some excavations very hard
inclusions of variable size consisting of uniformly fine-grained particles were
encountered. Plant roots reached cell level and below and the above combination
of factors made nest excavations difficult.
Some nests entered the ground in areas of bare soil and were readily visible
whereas others were concealed to varying degrees beneath the spreading, recum-
bent leaves of H. radicata plants. The nest entrance was not plugged with soil
while a bee foraged. The form of the tumulus was variable. Some, especially
those situated in areas of bare soil, consisted of a low, conical mound of loose
190 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
soil with the nest entrance centrally located. Others had the loose soil scattered
to one side of the nest entrance as an irregularly shaped, elongate lobe. The latter
were generally sited near the base of or beneath the leaves of H. radicata plants.
Maximum dimension of a tumulus was up to 5 cm. Main burrows descended at
angles from 45° below horizontal to near vertical (Figs. 2, 4 and 6) and most
proceeded with numerous twists and turns (Figs. 2—7). Burrows were circular in
cross section, about 5 mm in diameter, and had fairly rough walls. There was no
evidence of a built-in soil lining.
The seven excavated nests contained seven to 11 cells each (Figs. 3 and 5) and
some were still active on the day they were dug. Most nests contained a wide
range of immature stages indicating rapid development. For example, the nest dug
on 1 Aug 1986 had been active the previous day. It contained nine cells whose
contents included eggs or small larvae, feeding larvae of variable size, and post-
defecating larvae in coccoons. Nests were shallow with cells constructed at depths
from 3.5—12.0 cm (7.9 + 1.57; n = 161).
Cells were oriented with the long axis at an angle above the horizontal ranging
from 45° to near vertical (Figs. 8 and 9). Cells were 10.0—13.6 mm in length
(11.59 + 1.04; n = 8), 5.6—6.2 mm in maximum diameter (5.93 + 0.17; n =
10), and 4.3—4.9 mm in diameter at the closure (4.65 + 0.16; n = 12). Cell walls
were smooth and thinly coated with a waterproof material that prevented absorp-
tion of a drop of water for at least 30 minutes. The waterproofing did not extend
much, if any, beyond the cell closure where the burrow walls were more roughly
hewn than the cell walls. Occasionally the surface of one of the larger pebbles
was incorporated into a cell’s wall and a few cells were found that had been
excavated in one of the hard soil inclusions. A thin layer of fine-grained soil (ca.
1 mm thick) appeared to have been used to fill in irregularities in the cell walls
which, when finished, were smooth and even, with few of the coarse soil particles
that were abundant in the soil generally. Addition of soil to the walls of an
incipient cell and its tamping and smoothing with the pygidial plate has been
described for the alkali bee, Nomia melanderi Cockerell (Halictidae) (Batra 1970)
but should be confirmed for M. microsticta by direct observation.
The cell closure consists of a spiral arrangement of fine soil particles with about
three rows to the radius and is concave on the cell-facing side. Integrity of the
spiral is frequently lost at the center of the closure. The burrow outside the closure
is tightly backfilled with soil after the cell is completed and closed.
Provision Mass and Immature Stages—The provisions are deposited in the
bottom of the cell, filling it to a depth of about 4 mm (n = 3). Provisions have
a high nectar:pollen ratio giving them the consistency of a thin paste or gruel. A
thin layer of more nearly pure liquid is present on the surface, perhaps due to the
settling out of the pollen. A faint sourish odor, detectable from 3 or 4 cm away,
was associated with the provision mass.
The white, translucent, shiny-surfaced egg measures approximately 3 mm in
length and 0.5 mm in maximum diameter. It is slightly curved and sausage-
shaped. The egg is placed on the surface of the provision mass with one end near
the cell wall and the other near the center. Only the ends of the curved egg contact
the provisions as its middle part rises above the surface of the mass.
The newly hatched larva lies on its side partly submerged in the provision mass
and begins to feed. Detailed observations of feeding behavior were not made but
2000 MILICZKY: MELISSODES NEST BIOLOGY 191
Figure 2—7. Nest structure of Melissodes microsticta.
Figures 3,4, and 5. Vertical sections through main burrow and open cell of three M. microsticta
nests.
Figures 2,6, and 7. Horizontal plans of three M. microsticta nests showing main burrow and cell
arrangement. X in Figures 2,6, and 7 indicates entrance to nest at ground level.
Figures 2 & 3, 4 & 7, and 5 & 6 represent the same nest. Scale (= 1 cm) applies to all figures.
192 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
Figure 8-9. Cell, fecal deposit, cocoon, and larva of Melissodes microsticta.
Figure 8 (left). Longitudinal section through a cell of M. microsticta containing an intact cocoon.
Fecal deposit visible above cocoon.
Figure 9 (right). Longitudinal section through cell and cocoon of M. microsticta showing post-
defecating larva in situ. Fecal deposit visible above cocoon. Note steeply inclined long axis of both
cells.
several feeding larvae of various sizes indicated that it is probably consistent with
that observed in other eucerine bees such as Melissodes (Melissodes) tepida tepida
Cresson (Triplett & Gittins 1992) and Tetralonia hamata Bradley (Miliczky
1985). Other eucerine larvae circle the cell as they feed, keeping the dorsal surface
close to the cell wall. Eventually the provisions are reduced to an irregularly
shaped mass around which the larva is tightly curled. The last of the provisions
are then ingested.
Fecal material fills much of the upper part of the cell between the cell closure
and the upper end of the cocoon (Figs. 8 and 9) and extends down the walls of
the cell to varying degrees. In some cells feces reach the bottom and coat the cell
walls almost completely whereas in others only a few strands extend down the
cell walls and may not reach the bottom. In all cells, however, fecal material
deposited along the cell walls is sandwiched between cocoon material applied to
the cell wall prior to fecal deposition and cocoon material applied inside the feces
after defecation is complete. The mature larva, overwintering within the cocoon,
is thus isolated from the fecal deposit.
The cocoon is a fragile structure, easily torn or deformed. This is especially
true of the lower part whereas the top is thicker and more rigid. The cocoon
material is closely applied to the walls of the cell (except at the top) and its shape
conforms to that of the cell. The cocoon is formed from at least two applications
of silk as evidenced by the sandwiching of fecal material between layers of silk
(see above). For the most part, however, it was not possible to separate the cocoon
into two discrete layers. Only small pieces could be teased away intact and it
2000 MILICZKY: MELISSODES NEST BIOLOGY 193
often appeared that more than two applications of silk had been made in a given
area. The entire inner surface of the cocoon was smooth, uniform, and sheetlike.
Under higher magnification, however, what appeared to be individual strands of
silk were fused into the sheet. Just beneath the fecal material at the top of the
cell separate strands of silk formed a thin, air-filled meshwork above the smooth,
sheetlike inner cocoon layer. This part of the cocoon was noticeably thicker and
more rigid than the rest of the structure.
Parasites and Predators——A parasitic bee in the genus Triepeolus was fre-
quently observed at the nesting site and displayed behavior characteristic of such
insects. Triepeolus flew slowly through the nesting area and stopped to investigate
nest entrances of M. microsticta. They frequently poked their heads into nests or
entered them for brief periods. Dozens of such occurrences were observed but in
no instance did a parasite remain in a nest longer than 30 seconds and most visits
were much shorter. Whether the longer of such visits were of sufficient duration
to accomplish oviposition in unknown. In any event, none of the more than 150
Melissodes cells examined during the study had been parasitized by Triepeolus.
Three Triepeolus were individually marked with a spot of paint on 23 Jul 1986
and two of them were spotted in the nesting area the next day. None were seen
on 29, 30, or 31 Jul although other individuals were active on all three days.
One lengthy observation of parasite behavior around a Melissodes nest was
noted on 31 Jul 1986. The parasite was spotted at 12:37 h and entered the nest
for 24 sec at 12:38:06 h. During the next 27 minutes this parasite remained in
the vicinity of the nest, usually less than 20 cm away, although she was lost for
several seconds on three or four occasions. The M. microsticta returned with
pollen at 12:40:32 h. The Triepeolus, which had been facing the nest while resting
on a cone trap 7 cm away, flew to the nest and circled within 5 cm of it for 20
sec. It landed 3 cm from the entrance at 12:40:53 h. She soon changed position
but remained in the vicinity until 12:59:04 h when she flew off. The Melissodes
returned with pollen at 13:01:28 h having apparently left her nest unobserved.
During these observations the Triepeolus changed position around the Melissodes
nest 15 times and entered it on three occasions.
One other interesting interaction between host and parasite was recorded on 31
Jul 1986. A Triepeolus, under observation since 13:15 h, was hovering near a
Melissodes nest just as the bee returned from a foraging trip. The bee flew directly
at the parasite, striking it and knocking it to the ground. The Melissodes then
entered her nest. Aggressive interactions between female Melissodes were never
observed.
Bees are the most common prey of wasps in the genus Philanthus (Sphecidae),
commonly known as bee-wolves (Bohart & Menke 1976: 561). Philanthus cra-
broniformis utilized a number of wild bee species as prey, but Lasioglossum
zonulum served most frequently. A Philanthus was observed dragging a female
Lasioglossum into her burrow on 22 Jul 1986. Capture of a Lasioglossum was
recorded on 7 Aug 1986 and on at least 10 other occasions wasps were observed
with Lasioglossum prey. Philanthus crabroniformis also hunted M. microsticta
but less successfully. Capture of a male Melissodes was observed on 22 Jul 1986
and unsuccessful attacks on males were noted on two other occasions. Two un-
successful attacks on female M. microsticta were observed. During one of these,
brief contact between wasp and bee occurred. The rapid, powerful highly maneu-
194 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
verable flight of the Melissodes contrasted with the considerably slower flight of
L. zonulum and probably made the former much more difficult targets for the
wasps.
Two hunting tactics were observed by P. crabroniformis. Wasps flew slowly
through the nesting site a few cm above the ground in an apparent search for
victims. They also patrolled the H. radicata plants, flying rather slowly from
flower head to flower head. If a potential victim was spotted on a flower head
the wasp approached slowly at first then darted rapidly at the victim over the final
several cm.
DISCUSSION
Many aspects of the nesting biology of M. microsticta were similar to what
has been previously reported for other species in the genus and no marked dif-
ferences between M. microsticta and other Melissodes with regard to a number
of important behavioral and biological characteristics were brought to light. Cam-
eron et al. (1996) recently provided an interesting discussion of a generalized
Melissodes life history and most aspects of M. microsticta biology fall within the
framework they outlined. The reader is referred to their paper for further details.
Pollen utilization by the M. microsticta population reported on here was inter-
esting because the bees made use of the introduced composite, H. radicata.
LaBerge (1961) classified M. microsticta as an oligolege of the Compositae and
floral records available to him indicated that genera most often utilized in the
Pacific Coast parts of its range were Aster, Solidago Erigeron, Gutierrezia, and
Chrysothamnus. Although an extensive search of the surrounding area was not
conducted none of these genera, if present at all, was abundant. One native com-
posite known to occur in the area was a species of Grindelia, gumplant, but it
was not common. Grindelia is frequently visited by M. microsticta in the Utah-
Wyoming area (LaBerge 1961). In contrast, H. radicata was abundant in the
vacant lot and surrounding lawns and roadsides and is often common in disturbed
ground in the Puget Sound region (Pojar & MacKinnon 1994). Its period of bloom
coincided nicely with the adult active season of M. microsticta. The adaptability
shown by M. microsticta in utilizing an abundant, but non-native species as a
principal pollen source may well allow it to continue to exist, even thrive, in this
urban area where native host plants are rare.
Isenberg et al. (1997) recently reported on an interesting feature of provisioning
behavior in M. (Eumelissodes) rustica (Say). Individual M. rustica, after com-
pleting an average of six pollen foraging trips on a given day, made a final trip
away from the nest but typically returned without pollen in the scopae. This trip
was precceded by a stay in the nest significantly longer than those that precceded
earlier pollen collecting trips. Bees returning from the final, non-pollen collecting
trip had the crop packed with pollen and nectar whereas bees returning from
earlier pollen collecting trips had little pollen in the crop. Isenberg et al. (1997)
suggested that the large quantities of pollen and nectar ingested by M. rustica
females on their final trips of the day were important for female self-maintenance,
perhaps providing energy for ovarian stimulation and nest construction activities
that take place during the night. Although crop contents were not examined in
M. microsticta a pattern of foraging activity very similar to that in M. rustica was
observed. M. microsticta females foraged for pollen early in the day, like M.
2000 MILICZKY: MELISSODES NEST BIOLOGY 195
rustica, although the average number of pollen collecting trips was greater at 9.4.
Also like its congener, M. microsticta females spent a considerably longer period
of time in the nest after the last pollen foraging trip of the day than after earlier
pollen foraging trips. At a mean of 46 min 10 sec these stays were about 10 times
longer than earlier stays. Remarkably, M. rustica females spent almost exactly the
same length of time within the nest prior to their final, non-pollen collecting trips:
46 min 5 sec (Isenberg et al. 1997). Such a close correspondence in observed
above ground behavior between the 2 species may be related to similar within
nest activities. Given the many similarities in nesting behavior reported for several
other species of Melissodes a similar pattern of pollen and nectar foraging may
be widespread within the genus.
Another interesting aspect of this study was the diverse assemblage of bees and
wasps that nested in the vacant lot, potential competitors and even predator and
prey sometimes nesting within a few cm of each other. Apparently all found
conditions of vegetative cover, sun exposure, nesting substrate, and local avail-
ability of pollen sources and insect prey suitable to their individual needs and
during the brief years of this study appeared to be doing well. Since the local
area was largely residential or wooded, suitable nesting sites were probably lim-
ited. Melissodes generally do not nest in areas of dense vegetation such as urban
lawns, preferring areas of bare ground or those with only sparse vegetative cover
(Clement 1973, Buchmann & Jones 1980 for example) although M. tepida is an
exception (Triplett & Gittins 1988). Nor are they known to nest within wooded
areas. The relatively undisturbed habitat provided by the vacant lot, as it was not
watered and only infrequently mowed, undoubtedly allowed several locally oc-
curring species to establish and survive, at least in the short term. However, it is
probably just a matter of time before the lot is developed at which time this
interesting assemblage of insects will be lost.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Wallace E. LaBerge identified Melissodes microsticta. I thank two anonymous
reviewers for their constructive comments on the manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
Batra, S. W. T. 1970. Behavior of the alkali bee, Nomia melanderi, within the nest (Hymenoptera:
Halictidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 63: 400—406.
Bohart, R. M. & A. S. Menke. 1976. Sphecid wasps of the world: a generic revision. University of
California Press, Berkeley, California.
Buchmann, S. L. & C. E. Jones. 1980. Observations on the nesting biology of Melissodes persimilis
Ckll. (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 56: 200-206.
Cameron, S. A., J. B. Whitfield, C. L. Hulslander, W. A. Cresko, S. B. Isenberg, & R. W. King. 1996.
Nesting biology and foraging patterns of the solitary bee Melissodes rustica (Hymenoptera:
Apidae) in northwest Arkansas. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 69suppl.: 260-273.
Clement, S. L. 1973. The nesting biology of Melissodes (Eumelissodes) rustica (Say), with a descrip-
tion of the larva (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 46: 516-525.
Hurd, P. D. Jr. 1979. Genus Melissodes Latreille. pp. 2139-2156. In K. V. Krombein, P. D. Hurd, Jr.,
D. R. Smith, and B. D. Burks (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico.
Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Hurd, P. D. Jr, & E. G. Linsley. 1959. Observations on the nest-site behavior of Melissodes composita
Tucker and its parasites, with notes on the communal use of nest entrances (Hymenoptera:
Apoidea). Ent. News, 70: 141-146.
196 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(3)
Isenberg, S. B., S. A. Cameron, & J. B. Whitfield. 1997. Crop storage of pollen and its functional
significance in the solitary bee, Melissodes rustica (Hymenoptera: Apidae). J. Kansas Entomol.
Soc., 70: 353-358.
LaBerge, W. E. 1956. A revision of the bees of the genus Melissodes in north and central America.
Part I (Hymenoptera, Apidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 37: 911-1194.
LaBerge, W. E. 1961. A revision of the bees of the genus Melissodes in north and central America.
Part II] (Hymenoptera, Apidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 42: 283-663.
Michener, C. D., E. A. Cross, H. V. Daly, C. W. Rettenmeyer, and A. Wille. 1955. Additional tech-
niques for studying the behavior of wild bees. Insectes Soc. 2: 237-246.
Miliczky, E. R. 1985. Observations on the nesting biology of Tetralonia hamata Bradley with a
description of its mature larva (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 58:
686-700.
Parker, E D. 1981. How efficient are bees in pollinating sunflowers? J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 54: 61-67.
Pojar, J. & A. MacKinnon (eds.). 1994. Plants of the pacific northwest coast: Washington, Oregon,
British Columbia and Alaska. Lone Pine Publishing, Washington.
Rozen, J. G. Jr. 1964. The biology of Svastra obliqua obliqua (Say), with a taxonomic description of
its larvae (Apoidea, Anthophoridae). Am. Mus. Novitates., 2170: 1-13.
Rozen, J. G. Jr. 1983. Nesting biology of the bee Svastra sabinensis (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae).
J. New York Entomol. Soc., 91: 264-268.
Thorp, R. W. & J. A. Chemsak. 1964. Biological observations on Melissodes (Eumelissodes) palli-
disignata (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 40: 75-83.
Triplett, D. C. & A. R. Gittins. 1988. Nesting, mating and foraging habits of Melissodes (Melissodes)
te pida tepida Cresson in Idaho (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 90:
462-470.
Triplett, D. C. & A. R. Gittins. 1992. Laboratory studies on developmental biology of Melissodes
(Melissodes) tepida tepida Cresson (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). J. Idaho Acad. Sci., 28:
33-39.
Received 8 Sep 1999; Accepted 7 Feb 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 74: 248-255, October 1997, for detailed general format information and the issues thereafter for examples; see below for
discussion of this journal’s specific formats for taxonomic manuscripts and locality data for specimens. Manuscripts must be in English,
but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be retumed. Please maintain a copy
of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy-editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 X 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS OF
ANY FIGURES TO THE 8&5 X 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text pages
(pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last. List
the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right corner. The title
must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use five
to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 69(2): 194-198; if you do not have access to that
volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manuscripts for which these formats are
applicable. These requirements include SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED
(INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for paragraphs in descriptions. List the unabbreviated taxonomic author
of each species after its first mention.
Data Formats. — All specimen data must be cited in the journal’s locality data format. See volume 69(2), pages 196—198 for these
format requirements; if you do not have access to that volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before
submitting manuscripts for which these formats are applicable.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometrics provide
some answers? pp. 233-238. Jn Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics and
taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985. SPB
Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 X 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 85 X 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued on
additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156—161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $35.00 per page, for the first 20 (cumulative) pages per volume and full galley costs for
pages thereafter. Nonmembers should contact the Treasurer for current nonmember page charge rates. Page charges do not include
reprint costs, or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer. Contributing authors will be sent a page
charge fee notice with acknowledgment of initial receipt of manuscripts.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 76 July 2000 Number 3
Contents
MACRAE, T. C.—Review of the genus Purpuricenus DeJean (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in
ReGen ue BIR ASE lS eeN Se Ae) at Oe a ee 2 ee ee ee oes 137
HARKRIDER, J. R—Phenology of aquatic dance flies (Diptera: Empididae: Hemerodromiinae)
WOnoeA SUS AE SOURMCr Ce amiMOT hie, oe te. SUNN se ee ee ee 170
HARKRIDER, J. R.—Predation of Neoplasta Coquillett larvae (Diptera: Empididae) on larval
midges in the genus Rheotanytarsus Bause (Diptera: Chironomidae) __________..--.--....--------- 176
MILICZKY, E—Nesting biology of the bee Melissodes (Eumelissodes) microsticta Cockerell
ii Washineton otte-(e ymenoptéra: Apidae)cu. ie. a ee 184
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 76 October 2000 Number 4
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. V. Dowell, Editor R. M. Bohart
Jeffery Y. Honda, Associate Editor J. T. Doyen
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer Warren E. Savary
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non-
receipt of numbers should be addressed to: Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary;
and financial communications should be addressed to: Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer;
at: Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Dept. of Entomology, California Acad-
emy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: William Hamersky, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept. of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. Robert V.
Dowell, Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, California Dept. of Food & Agriculture,
1220 N St., Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover for Information-to-Con-
tributors, and volume 73(4): 248-255, October 1997, for more detailed informa-
tion. Information on format for taxonomic manuscripts can be found in volume
69(2): 194-198. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $25.00 for regular members of the So-
ciety, $26.00 for family memberships, $12.50 for student members, or $40.00 for
institutional subscriptions or sponsoring members. Members of the Society receive
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers or entire volumes
are available; see 72(4): 247 for current prices. Make checks payable to the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 2000
David T. Wyatt, President Vincent F. Lee, Managing Secretary
Julieta F. Parinas, Treasurer Joshua J. Fairbanks, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly for $40.00 per
year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate
Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599. Periodicals postage is paid at San Francisco, CA, and additional
mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
% California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 21 November 2000
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
The paper used in this publication meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Papen).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(4): 197-218, (2000)
RELEASE AND ESTABLISHMENT OF DIFFUSE AND
SPOTTED KNAPWEED BIOCONTROL AGENTS BY USDA,
APHIS, PPQ, IN THE UNITED STATES
RONALD E LANG!, ROBERT D. RICHARD?, PAUL E. PARKER*, AND LLOYD WENDEL?
"United States Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health Inspection
Service, Plant Protection and Quarantine, Forestry Sciences Laboratory,
Montana State University, RO. Box 170278, Bozeman, Montana 59717
?United States Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health Inspection
Service, Plant Protection and Quarantine, PO. Box 2140, Mission, Texas 78572
Abstract.—Spotted and diffuse knapweed are major weed pests of rangeland in the Western and
Midwestern United States. Canada, United States university experiment stations, United States
Department of Agriculture, Agriculture Research Service (ARS), and local weed control groups
began an effort to introduce biological control agents for spotted and diffuse knapweed in early
1970 (Table 2). APHIS perceived the need to respond and organize a regional effort to an
enormous weed problem. They set up rearing procedures, protocols, established a structure for
distribution, and established a protocol for monitoring the establishment and effect of the intro-
duced biological control agents. In 1987, the United States Department of Agriculture, Animal
Plant Health Inspection Service, Plant Protection Quarantine (USDA, APHIS, PPQ) in cooper-
ation and consultation with other interested biological weed control groups began a biocontrol
program against spotted and diffuse knapweed with the release of three biocontrol agents. By
1998, 13 knapweed biocontrol agents had been released in 17 states and 112 counties. At least
one agent has established in each state where introductions were made. Eleven of the 13 agents
released by APHIS have become established. Nine of the 13 biocontrol agents are now collect-
able in some states. Agapeta zoegana is collectable in eight states, Cyphocleonus achates in six
states, Larinus minutus in ten states, Metzneria paucipunctella in three states, Sphenoptera ju-
goslavica in eight states, Terellia virens in one state, Urophora affinis in eight states, Urophora
quadrifasciata in ten states and Larinus obtusus is ready to be collected in one state.
Key Words.—Insecta, biocontrol, insect, Centaurea, knapweed, spotted, diffuse.
Diffuse and spotted knapweed (Centaurea diffusa Lamarck and C. maculosa
Lamarck) are Eurasian plants that have become serious weed pests of rangeland,
pastures and waste areas (Roché & Talbott 1986, Watson & Renney 1974). Diffuse
knapweed is a biennial and spotted knapweed is a short lived perennial (Watson
& Renney 1974). Centaurea diffusa was first discovered in Washington in 1907
and Centaurea maculosa was found in Washington in 1923 (Roché & Talbott
1986).
A 1994 study of the economic impact of knapweed spp. in Montana found that
the 805,600 hectares of knapweed infested land caused a loss of 42,107 million
dollars annually; the equivalent of 518 jobs (Hirsch & Leitch 1996).
Since 1988, United States Department of Agriculture, Animal Plant Health
Inspection Service, Plant Protection Quarantine (USDA, APHIS, PPQ) has co-
ordinated implementation of a classic biocontrol program against spotted and dif-
fuse knapweed in the United States.
APHIS has implemented a three phase strategy to establish and redistribute
biocontrol agents of spotted and diffuse knapweed. Phase I is the introduction of
approved biocontrol agents, often through quarantine facilities, from foreign
sources (including Canada). The purpose of this initial phase is to establish field
198 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
insectary sites (FIS). A FIS is defined as “‘a weed infested location that will be
managed to produce insects for eventual redistribution to other weed infested
sites’? (Hansen et al. 1997). Each FIS was chosen with regard to conditions that
optimize the chances of establishment of the biocontrol agent.
Phase II serves to increase the number of FIS from agents reared in the original
Phase I FIS and to involve state cooperators in the management and maintenance
of the FIS. Phase III begins when these insectaries reach collectable population
size and the collection and the redistribution of beneficial agents becomes the
responsibility of federal, state, county, and local cooperators in each state.
APHIS has released 13 biocontrol agents for the control of spotted and diffuse
knapweed (Table 1). These agents have been tested for host specificity by the
International Institute of Biological Control (IBC), European Station, Delmont,
Switzerland or the United States Department of Agriculture Research Station,
European Biological Control Laboratory (Montpelier, France) (ARS) before being
approved for importation and release in the United States. The tests have shown
that these agents have narrow host ranges. The biocontrol agents are: Agapeta
zoegana (L.) (Lepidoptera: Cochylidae) (Miiller et al. 1988), Bangasternus fausti
Reitter (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) (Sobhian et al. 1992), Chaetorellia acrolo phi
(White & Marquardt) (Diptera: Tephritidae) (Groppe & Marquardt 1989), Cypho-
cleonus achates Fabr. (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) (Stinson 1987), Larinus min-
utus (Gyellenhal) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) (Groppe 1990), Larinus obtusus
Gyellenhal (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) (Groppe 1992), Metzneria paucipunctella
Zeller (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) (Englert 1973), Pelochrista medullana Stau-
dinger (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) (Gassmann et al. 1982), Pterolonche inspersa
Staudinger (Lepidoptera: Pterolonchidae) (Dunn et al. 1989), Sphenoptera jugos-
lavica Obenberger (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) (Zwo6olfer 1976), Terellia virens
(Loew) (Diptera: Tephritidae) (Groppe & Marquardt 1989b), Urophora affinis
Frauenfeld (Diptera: Tephritidae) (Zwoélfer 1970), and Urophora quadrifasciata
(Meigen) (Diptera: Tephritidae) (Rees & Story 1991).
The purpose of this paper is to document the release, recovery, and establish-
ment of the thirteen biocontrol agents (insects) that have been released in the
United States by APHIS. These agents have been released in cooperation with
federal, state, county, and local agencies as well as individuals where appropriate.
BIOLOGIES OF RELEASED AGENTS
Agapeta zoegana, a univoltine moth, begin to mate within twenty-four hours
of emergence. Within twenty-four hours after mating A. zoegana females begin
to oviposit on the rosette leaves of spotted and diffuse knapweed. The neonate
larva moves immediately to the root crown of the young knapweed rosette and
begins to move down into the root system completely eating smaller roots and
damaging the cortical tissue of the larger roots. The larvae feed just under the
outer layer of root tissue near the crown or up to 4 cm down in the root. This
mining either kills or weakens and stunts the knapweed plant. When small rosettes
are killed the larvae are capable of moving up to 10 cm and attacking another
knapweed plant (Miiller et al. 1988).
Bangasternus fausti is an univoltine weevil. The adults overwinter in the debris
on the soil or in the seedheads, emerge in early spring, and immediately begin
copulating and ovipositing. The female feeds on the flower and lays her egg on
2000 LANG ET AL.: KNAPWEED BIOAGENTS 199
the clipped surface. She may also lay her eggs on the bracts of the flower head
or on the terminal part of the stem always covering the eggs with an exude from
her anus. The larvae emerge from the eggs in eight to twelve days, then mine
through the stems directly into the flower bud. Generally there will be one larva
per seedhead (Sobhian et al. 1992). The new adults emerge from the seedheads
in late summer through fall.
Chaetorellia acrolophi is a facultative bivoltine seedhead fly that attacks spot-
ted knapweed with two overlapping generations in midsummer. Adults emerge
from last year’s seedheads in July and begin mating. The eggs are laid under the
bracts of closed flower buds. The neonate larvae burrow horizontally through the
bracts and some florets until they reach the center of the bud. The larvae feed on
the achenes, florets, and some on the receptacle through the second and third
instar destroying the seedhead contents (Groppe & Marquardt 1989).
Cyphocleonus achates is an univoltine weevil, which emerge from the roots
from late July to late September. After emergence, the adults feed on the leaves
preferring tender leaves at the center of the rosette. The adults mate several times
during the ten week oviposition period. The eggs are laid in the root crown.
Larvae emerge in ten to twelve days, mining through the root crown into the tap
root. There may be multiple larvae in the same knapweed root. Larvae overwinter
as second instar and begin feeding and complete development the following spring
(Stinson 1987).
Larinus minutus is an univoltine weevil with adults emerging from the seedhead
in late September to overwinter in the debris on the soil. Spring emergence of
adults begins from late May through mid June. Oviposition occurs after the knap-
weeds have begun to flower as the females must feed on the freshly opened
flowers for their ovarioles to develop. The adults primarily feed in the mid-region
of the capitula while preparing the area for oviposition. The eggs hatch in three
days and the larvae pupate in about four weeks. The larvae consume the pappus
hairs, then the achenes, and often attack the receptacle. One larvae develops per
seedhead in diffuse knapweed and one to four larvae developing in spotted knap-
weed seedheads (Groppe 1990).
Larinus obtusus is an univoltine weevil that feeds on and oviposits in spotted
knapweed flower heads. The adults emerge from the seedheads in late summer to
early fall, feed on the knapweed leaves and then diapause in the debris and soil
around the base of the plants. In the spring, the adults emerge and feed on the
knapweed leaves until flowers become available. Oviposition takes place in the
open flower heads in the middle part of marginal florets. The female feeds on the
florets while preparing the oviposition site and letting her ovarioles mature. The
Oviposition period may last from seven to ten days. Newly hatched larvae feed
downward into the flower, eating seed and pappus hairs. Mature larvae form a
cavity in the flower head making a pupal case by cementing seed, pappus hairs,
and frass together in a hard chamber like structure (Groppe 1992).
Metzneria paucipunctella is an univoltine moth that attacks spotted and some-
times diffuse knapweed seedheads. Oviposition starts two to three days after adult
emergence from last years seedheads. The eggs are laid at the base of or on the
stem just below an unopened flower head. The newly hatched larvae climb the
flower bud and enter the open flower, first feeding inside the tubular flower, and
after molting feeding inside one or two immature achenes. Before the next moult
200 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
the entrance hole is closed with a silken web. The third instar larvae emerge from
the achene and tunnel through the receptacle, destroying and penetrating several
achenes. The fourth instar feeds laterally through a group of achenes bound to-
gether by a web. The last instar builds a tunnel like web through the flower that
serves as an exit hole for the moth (Englert 1973).
Pelochrista medullana is an oligophagous, univoltine root feeder. Mating takes
place in daylight within twenty-four hours of emergence at temperatures of 18 to
30° C. Oviposition begins two to three days after adult emergence with eggs laid
singly or in batches of two to three eggs on the plant crown leaves. The ideal
temperature for maximum egg production and viability is 184° C. Larvae hatch
in seven to ten days, move to the center of the rosette and mine into the root.
They feed through the fall and diapause through the winter, and resume feeding
in the spring. Roots of smaller plants are entirely destroyed, but roots less than
five millimeters in diameter will not support larva to maturity. Larva on smaller
plants often die because they lack the ability to move to another plant (Gassman
et al. 1982).
Pterolonche inspersa is a univoltine, root boring moth. Larval feeding takes
place for up to 11 months out of the year. In July and August the adults exit
through the root crown, emerging through a pre-made silken tube in the feeding
area. Adults begin mating in the afternoon of emergence with oviposition peaking
in late evening. The eggs are laid singly or in groups on the leaves of rosettes,
older plant leaves and stems of mature plants. The larvae hatch and immediately
move to and mine into the root crown making the silken tube as they feed. Mature
larvae pupate in the root and emerge as adults in about 14 days. The adults live
10 to 15 days. Larval feeding causes the knapweed roots to become soft and
prone to disease. The feeding damage reduces the storage capacity of the root
making it difficult for the plants to overwinter (Campobasso et al. 1994).
Sphenoptera jugoslavica is univoltine with a small percentage of adults emerg-
ing the following year. Adults emerge from June to July, mating on the third day
after emerging. They repeatedly mate for the next 30 days. Eggs are generally
laid at the base of the plant on the under side of the leaves. Neonate larvae burrow
into the plant and down into the root. To be successful, egg laying and larval
emergence must coincide with a period of arrested rosette growth. The larvae
cease feeding in the winter and resume in the spring, pupating from mid June to
mid July. Each plant generally supports one larva (Zwolfer 1976).
Terellia virens, a bivoltine seedhead fly with adults found in the field from
early June through August. The female oviposits in young opening flowers, de-
positing the egg between the florets. The larvae hatch in three to five days, de-
veloping and pupating in about fourteen days. The larvae live in a single seed
through the third instar. They then feed on the seed itself damaging the germ of
older seed. The second generation larvae diapause as a prepupae and pupate in
the spring (Groppe & Marquardt 1989b).
Urophora affinis is a univoltine gall forming seedhead fly. The adults begin to
emerge in June. Mating begins soon after emergence and lasts for up to three
weeks. Eggs are laid singly or in a small group on unopened seedheads. The
larvae emerge from the eggs in three to four days. The larvae penetrate the ovar-
iole of the undeveloped tubular flower causing the formation of a fusiform gall
2000 LANG ET AL.: KNAPWEED BIOAGENTS 201
in the receptacle which destroys the achenes and deforms the receptacle. The
larva diapause in the gall (Zw6lfer 1970).
Urophora quadrifasciata is a bivoltine, gall forming seedhead fly. The adults
appear in June in Montana and a partial second generation may be found in
August. Females begin oviposition on the second or third day after emergence,
laying eggs singly among the stamens of the flower. In three to four days the
larvae hatch and burrow into the ovary. A gall begins to form in eight days
causing the ovary cells to multiply and form nutritive tissue which reaches max-
imum size in fifteen days. This gall, unlike the U. affinis, is not lignified and the
larvae will consume nearly the entire gall destroying the floret. The second gen-
eration larvae over winter in the gall as prepupae and pupate in the spring (Harris
1986).
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Agapeta zoegana.—APHIS procured A. zoegana from many sources, IIBC in
Switzerland, Agriculture Canada, and Montana State University Research Station
in Corvallis, Montana. Agapeta zoegana first were mass reared in insectary gar-
dens consisting of cages 3 X 3 X 2.34 m (standard-sized cages) (Story et al.
1994) and when A. zoegana populations established, the moths were collected
directly from field insectaries. Agapeta zoegana were collected from field and
cage insectaries with a modified insect vacuum from the plants during the day
(Powell et al. 2000). Black lighting on a moonless, warm, still night, with a white
bedsheet attached between two posts or trees was also used to collect this agent
(Fitzpatrick 1989). The modified vacuum was developed by Alan Sturko of Ag-
riculture Canada and further modified by APHIS (Story et al. 1994, Powell et al.
2000).
Open field releases of 50 to 100 plus and cage releases of 25 adult moths were
recommended in standard-sized cages. Cages 0.762 X 0.762 X 0.762 m (small
cage) were used for releases of 10 to 12 moths. Small cage releases consisted of
a minimum of two cages per release and were used in hard to access sites or
when small numbers of A. zoegana were available. The cages were removed 5 to
10 days after the release was made. Agapeta zoegana adults were released on the
lower part of the plants, in the evening or cooler part of the day so that the moths
would settle on the plants and remain in the area.
Agapeta zoegana were monitored visually by checking knapweed plants for
moths and by using a black light to attract them to a white surface (Fitzpatrick
1989). Caged releases were monitored by looking on the cage screen walls for
resting adults. Field recovery in the daytime consisted of looking for the moths
resting on the knapweed leaves or stems (Story et al. 1994).
Bangasternus fausti.—Bangasternus fausti were procured from ARS collections
originating in European field insectaries. Bangasternus fausti were field released
as adults on one to two hectare plots of spotted or diffuse knapweed. A sweep
net was used to collect B. fausti in the morning when the temperature began to
rise. One hundred plus B. fausti adults were recommended for field releases. The
adult weevils were scattered within a 1.5 m diameter circle around a central stake.
Monitoring to check for presence and establishment of B. fausti was done by
examining bolted plants for feeding adults on the new formed buds during the
warmer part of the day (23° C) (Sobhian et al. 1992). Sweeping was used as a
202 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
monitoring tool after the knapweed plants had bolted and before the plants ex-
ceeded 10 percent bloom.
Chaetorellia acrolophi.—Chaetorellia acrolophi were shipped to the United
States through quarantine from European sources by IBC, Delmont, Switzerland.
Standard-sized cages in gardens and later, the field were used for mass rearing of
C. acrolophi (Groppe and Marquardt 1989). Adult C. acrolophi were collected
for shipment and redistribution from standard-sized cages containing infested bou-
quets of spotted knapweed from caged garden plots. The adults were collected
daily from the sides of the cages with a modified insect vacuum (Powell et al.
2000).
Minimum cage releases for C. acrolophi were 50 adults per standard-sized cage.
Chaetorellia acrolophi were monitored for presence and establishment by seed-
head dissection checking for larval presence in the seedheads (Groppe and Mar-
quardt 1989). The seedheads were collected after a killing frost and the plants
had matured and dried out. Two hundred seedheads were collected from the field
release sites by walking in concentric circles and taking two seedheads from
individual plants. Fifty of the seedheads were selected at random and dissected
to check for larval density and presence. Caged insectaries were monitored for
C. acrolophi presence by checking for C. acrolophi presence by checking for
emerging adult files on the sides of the cages. This agent was limited in numbers
so no destructive sampling method was used in cage releases to determine larval
presence.
Cyphocleonus achates.—Cyphocleonus achates were shipped into the United
States quarantine from European collection sites by IBC, Delmont, Switzerland.
Agriculture Canada also supplied some C. achates adults to APHIS to establish
insectaries in the United States. Cyphocleonus achates were mass reared in spotted
knapweed gardens (Story et al. 1996).
Cyphocleonus achates adults were collected by hand picking from the plants
in the field or garden. Cyphocleonus achates releases of 50 plus were used and
two or three adult weevils were placed on each Enapwices plant keeping the total
release within 5 meters of the central stake.
Cyphocleonus achates were monitored by visually checking for adults on ro-
settes or blooming mature plants from the first part of August to late fall. Cy-
Phocleonus achates adults tend to go to the tops of the plants during the heat of
the day.
Larinus minutus.—Larinus minutus were procured from Europe through IIBC.
Field insectaries were used to mass rear L. minutus. Larinus minutus were field
released as adults in one to two hectare plots of spotted or diffuse knapweed.
Larinus minutus adults were collected with a sweep net in the morning as the
temperature began to rise. Larinus minutus were released in numbers of 100 plus
and scattered within a 1.5 meter diameter circle around a central stake.
Monitoring to check for presence and establishment of L. minutus was accom-
plished in the early spring by checking rosettes for feeding adults. The rosettes
were examined by carefully lifting the leaves, visually checking for adults feeding
under the leaves or physically pulling and shaking the rosettes over a white cloth
to catch falling adults (Lang et al. 1996). Sweeping was used as a monitoring
tool after the knapweed plants had bolted and before they had exceeded 10 percent
bloom. Monitoring also took place after the flowers were in full bloom by check-
2000 LANG ET AL.: KNAPWEED BIOAGENTS 203
ing blossoms for feeding adults. Larinus minutus presence and establishment was
also monitored by looking for emergence holes in the open seedheads in the
winter and late fall (Groppe 1990).
Larinus obtusus.—Larinus obtusus were originally procured for European in-
sectaries through IBC, Delmont, Switzerland. This agent was mass reared in field
insectaries. Larinus obtusus were field released as adults on one to two hectare
plots of spotted or diffuse knapweed.
Larinus obtusus were collected with a sweep net or from the individual spotted
knapweed flowers in the morning as the temperature began to rise. Larinus ob-
tusus were released in numbers of 100 plus and scattered within a 1.5 m diameter
circle around a central stake.
Monitoring to check for presence and establishment of L. obtusus was accom-
plished in the early spring by checking bolted plants with newly formed flower
buds for feeding adults both visually and using a sweep net (Groppe 1992). Mon-
itoring also took place after the flowers were in full bloom by checking blossoms
for feeding adults.
Metzneria pauci punctella—Metzneria paucipunctella were procured from Ag-
riculture Canada. Mass rearing of M. paucipunctella were in field insectaries.
Metzneria paucipunctella were field released as adults on one to two hectare plots
of spotted knapweed.
Adult M. paucipunctella were collected for shipment and redistribution from
standard-sized cages containing infested spotted knapweed bouquets or seedheads.
The adult moths were collected daily from the sides of the cage with a modified
insect vacuum (Powell et al. 2000, Story et al. 1991). Metzneria paucipunctella
adults were released on the lower part of the plants in the evening or cooler part
of the day so that the moths would settle on the plants and remain in the area.
Local releases of M. paucipunctella consisted of a minimum of 10 bouquets of
moth infested mature spotted knapweed plants per release at the site to be infested.
Recommendations of 500 adult moths were used for interstate redistribution.
Metzneria paucipunctella were monitored by dissecting seedheads to check for
larvae of the agent (Englert 1973). Two hundred spotted knapweed seedheads
were collected after a killing frost and the plants had matured and dried out. The
seedheads were collected from a release site by walking in concentric circles and
taking two seedheads from individual plants. Fifty of these seedheads were se-
lected at random and dissected to check for larval density and presence.
Pelochrista medullana.—Pelochrista medullana were supplied from European
field collections by IIBC, Delmont, Switzerland. The majority of these insects
were released as neonate larvae on knapweed rosettes. No collecting method was
developed by APHIS.
This agent was monitored by placing a cage over the infested rosettes in the
spring following the initial larvae releases (Gassman et al. 1982). The sides of
the cages were checked daily in the spring and summer for adult moths.
Pterolonche inspersa.—Pterolonche inspersa were obtained from European
field collections through IIBC, Delmont, Switzerland. This agent was released as
neonate larvae on spotted knapweed rosettes. No collecting method was developed
by APHIS.
This agent was monitored by placing standard-sized cages over the rosettes the
following spring after the larval release (Campobasso et al. 1994, Dunn et al.
204 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
1989). The sides of the cages were checked daily for adult moths throughout the
spring and summer.
Sphenoptera jugoslavica.—Sphenoptera jugoslavica were procured from Ag-
riculture Canada for mass rearing in field insectaries. Sphenoptera jugoslavica
were released as adults in field insectaries on one to two hectare plots of diffuse
knapweed.
This agent was collected with sweep nets in early evening as the temperature
began to drop. Sweeping for S. jugoslavica usually began at 1800 hours. Collec-
tion for this beetle began when the diffuse knapweed reached 10 percent bloom.
Field releases of 500 adult S. jugoslavica were recommended by APHIS.
Sphenoptera jugoslavica presence and establishment was detected by sweeping
for adults when the diffuse knapweed was at 10 percent bloom or by digging
plants near the release point in March and checking the roots for larval presence.
Infested roots are swollen just below the crown and when cut open the S. jugos-
lavica larva is visible (Zwolfer 1976).
Terellia virens.—Terellia virens were obtained from European field collections
through IIBC. Standard-sized cages were used to assist the recovery and mass
rearing of T. virens. Terellia virens were also field released as adults on one or
two hectare plots of spotted knapweed.
Terellia virens were collected from standard-sized cages containing infested
bouquets or seedheads. Adults were collected daily from the sides of the cages
with a modified insect vacuum (Powell et al. 2000, Story et al. 1994). Minimum
releases of T. virens were 50 adults per cage and up to 500 adults for field release.
Terellia virens were monitored by spotted knapweed seedhead dissection checking
for larval presence (Groppe and Marquardt 1989b). The spotted knapweed seed-
heads were collected after a killing frost and the plants had matured and dried
out. Two hundred seedheads were collected from the release sites by walking in
concentric circles and taking two seedheads from individual plants. Fifty of these
seedheads were selected at random and dissected for larvae presence and density.
Urophora affinis and Urophora quadrifasciata.—Urophora quadrifasciata dis-
persed from Canada into the United States (Gillespie 1983, Story et al. 1987).
Montana State University Research Station released the first Urophora affinis in
Montana in 1973 (Story 1984) (Table 2). APHIS collected U. affinis and later U.
quadrifasciata from the local populations in Montana for redistribution throughout
the western and midwestern states (Lang et al. 1997). Urophora affinis and U.
quadrifasciata were redistributed locally by collecting and moving Urophora fly-
infested spotted knapweed bouquets (Story 1984). Bouquets averaging 500 seed-
heads were collected from spotted knapweed infestations where the Urophora
affinis population averaged greater than 1.5 Urophora galls per seedhead. The
knapweed bouquets were tied to stakes, trees, or posts (Story 1984). Urophora
flies emerging from the seedheads were synchronized with the development of
the knapweed plants (Story 1984). Up to 200 bouquets were placed in cages to
rear out adult Urophora flies for interstate shipments (Lang et al. 1997). Adult
Urophora flies were collected daily for shipment and redistribution from the stan-
dard-sized cage walls with an insect vacuum. It was recommended that a mini-
mum of 10 Urophora infested bouquets or 1000 Urophora adults be released at
each release site.
Urophora affinis and U. quadrifasciata were monitored for establishment and
2000 LANG ET AL.: KNAPWEED BIOAGENTS 205
presence by seedhead dissection checking their distinctive galls formed in the
seedheads for the larvae (Harris 1986, Nowierski and Story 1988). The seedheads
were collected after a killing frost and the plants had matured and dried out. Two
hundred seedheads were collected from the release site by walking in concentric
circles and taking two seedheads from individual plants. Fifty of these seedheads
were selected at random and dissected to check for gall and larvae density and
presence.
All agents were shipped for redistribution using overnight shipping services,
in one quart cardboard cylindrical containers packed in insulated shipping boxes
with frozen blue ice. The blue ice was separated from the agent containers with
styrofoam beads.
Field releases consisted of putting a specified number of agents at a site. Gen-
erally, the best sites were patches of knapweed plants that were not solid mono-
cultures, but had some open areas among the plants. South-facing slopes were
chosen when available to gain as many degree days as possible. A permanent
stake was used to mark the point of release.
As a general rule, spotted and diffuse knapweed agents were considered estab-
lished if recovery was made in the second year after the initial release (Lang et
al. 1996, 1997, 1998).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Biological control agents for the control of spotted and diffuse knapweed have
been released in seventeen states and one hundred-twelve counties since 1988
(Table 1). At least one biocontrol agent has established in each of the seventeen
states. Some states did not have suitable conditions for certain control agents. For
example, M. paucipunctella cannot tolerate temperatures below minus 22° F
(Good et al. 1997). Cyphocleonus achates need an average of 2320 degree days
to complete development (Hansen, unpublished data), and C. acrolophi, T. virens,
and L. obtusus need spotted knapweed heads to develop. The agents that were
shipped to the different states were selected to accommodate the needs of the
state and conditions for establishment of the biocontrol agents.
The reproductive capacity, ease of establishment and length of time since in-
troduced into the United States influence the current range of the individual
agents. The 13 biological control agents for diffuse and spotted knapweed were
introduced over a 19 year period (Table 2). APHIS joined the biological control
of spotted and diffuse knapweed effort beginning in 1987 and began a multiple
state release program for the biological control agents as they became available
(Table 2). State universities, federal government agencies such as ARS, and state
and local weed control boards are also involved in the biological control program
for spotted and diffuse knapweed.
For detailed information on U. affinis and U. quadrifasciata release and estab-
lishment status refer to Lang et al. (1998).
Agapeta zoegana is collectable and in Phase II and III in eight states, Phase II
in Minnesota, Phase III in Colorado, Montana, Oregon, South Dakota, Utah,
Washington and Wyoming. Chaetorellia acrolophi has been recovered from caged
releases and redistributed in Colorado, Minnesota, and Montana and field recov-
eries have been made in Oregon. Cyphocleonus achates has been released, estab-
lished in, and is collectable in Colorado, Montana, Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Table 1. The status of biocontrol agents for spotted and diffuse knapweed released by USDA, APHIS, PPQ
State
ARIZONA
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
Agent
A. zoegana
L. minutus
S. jugoslavica
L. minutus
T. virens
A. zoegana
B. fausti
C. acrolo phi
C. achates
L. minutus
County
Coconino
Gila
Gila
Coconino
Gila
Shasta
Trinity
Shasta
Arapahoe
Douglas
La Plata
Larimer
Mesa
Montrose
Douglas
La Plata
Montrose
Mesa
La Plata
Archuleta
Clear Creek
Douglas
El Paso
Gilpin
Jefferson
La Plata
Larimer
Mesa
Montrose
La Plata
Mesa
Montrose
Year/years released
™~
A
ALZAZAZMAMAZAAYSZSAZVYS!|MNAZAZLZMMALZAA!Y
>
907
LSIDOTOWOLNA OIIOVd-NVd FHL
(VOL TOA
Table 1.
State
IDAHO
Agent
L. obtusus
M. paucipunctella
P. inspersa
S. jugoslavica
T. virens
A. zoegana
B. fausti
C. achates
County
Montrose
El Paso
Douglas
La Plata
Larimer
Montrose
Mesa
Archuleta
Arapahoe
Boulder
Douglas
E Paso
Freemont
Jefferson
Logan
Montrose
La Plata
Mesa
Benewah
Blaine
Boise
Bonner
Idaho
Jefferson
Lemhi
Shoshone
Boise
Clark
Clearwater
Custer
Elmore
Idaho
Year/years released
91, 97
91, 93-95
96
97
92, 94-97
ZZOMZo0Z2znamz
A
GCG42422
a
Unk
0002
SLNHOVOId GHHMdVNS “TV LA ONVI
LOG
Table 1.
State
INDIANA
Continued.
MINNESOTA
Agent
L. minutus
L. obtusus
M. paucipunctella
S. jugoslavica
T. virens
A. zoegana
C. achates
L. minutus
A. zoegana
B. fausti
C. acrolophi
County
Lemhi
Shoshone
Boise
Custer
Idaho
Lemhi
Custer
Blaine
Boise
Bonner
Idaho
Latah
Lemhi
Nez Perce
Blaine
Camas
Gooding
Jerome
Lincoln
Butte
Lemhi
Elkhart
Elkhart
Elkhart
Becker
Clearwater
Otter Tail
Polk
Washington
Becker
Beltrami
Washington
Year/years released
92-93, 96
91
92—96
91, 93-94
Status
ape
ee
DAAMMMMAYAZAZ
807¢
LSIDO'TOWNOLNA OIIOVd-NVd FHL
(P)OL OA
Table 1. Continued.
State Agent
C. achates
L. minutus
L. obtusus
M. paucipunctella
T. virens
MONTANA A. zoegana
B. fausti
C. acrolo phi
C. achates
County
Becker
Washington
Becker
Otter Tail
Washington
Becker
Otter Tail
Washington
Clearwater
Broadwater
Carbon
Fergus
Flathead
Gallatin
Jefferson
Lewis & Clark
Madison
Mineral
Park
Powell
Richland
Sweet Grass
Wheatland
Broadwater
Gallatin
Lewis & Clark
Park
Sweet Grass
Gallatin
Jefferson
Brodwater
Gallatin
Year/years released
Status
CAZAZAMMMCMMArAAXA ZMmMAZ
=o 3
x > x
3
i
MmMAAZZAZzZmMoncmmy
000
SLNHOVOId GHHMdVNM :"TV LA ONVI
60¢
Table 1. Continued.
State Agent
L. minutus
L. obtusus
M. paucipunctella
P. medullana
P. inspersa
S. jugoslavica
County
Jefferson
Madison
Missoula
Park
Powell
Sweet Grass
Broadwater
Carbon
Gallatin
Jefferson
Lewis & Clark
Madison
Missoula
Park
Powell
Stillwater
Sweet Grass
Broadwater
Gallatin
Park
Carbon
Flathead
Gallatin
Lewis & Clark
Mineral
Missoula
Powell
Ravalli
Silver Bow
Gallatin
Gallatin
Broadwater
Year/years released
91-92, 95, 97
95, 97
95,97
92, 95-97
91°95..97
94, 97
92-96
93—95
93-94, 96-97
88-89
Status
/A
>
eS
Stage” BRED ies tea ia a aS ta ge tiated Saka de?
OI7c
LSIDO'IOWOLNY OIWIOVd-NVd AHL
(POL TOA
Table 1. Continued.
State
NEVADA
NORTH DAKOTA
OREGON
Agent
T. virens
A. zoegana
X b. fausti
C. achates
L. minutus
L. obtusus
X m. paucipunctella
S. jugoslavica
T. virens
A. zoegana
C. achates
L. minutus
S. jugoslavica
A. zoegana
A. zoegana
C. acrolophi
County
Fergus
Lewis & Clark
Mineral
Powell
Sweet Grass
Gallatin
Park
Holt
Pierce
Holt
Madison
Holt
Pierce
Holt
Pierce
Holt
Antelope
Pierce
Holt
Washoe
White Pine
Eureka
White Pine
Washoe
White Pine
Washoe
Kidder
Baker
Deschutes
Jackson
Wallowa
Deschutes
Year/years released
90
88-91, 95-96
88-89, 93
Status
ams
3
a
3
i
ZZZZALZMAZAZLZAZAAZAAZAAZCH
A
AMMAMMU AZAD ZZ
0007
SLNAOVOId GHHMdVNM *'TV LA ONVI
IT?
Table 1. Continued.
State
SOUTH DAKOTA
Agent
C. achates
L. minutus
L. obtusus
M. paucipunctella
P. ins persa
S. jugoslavica
T. virens
A. zoegana
B. fausti
County
Hood River
Deschutes
Hood River
Jefferson
Morrow
Deschutes
Hood River
Union
Wasco
Deschutes
Hood River
Jefferson
Wallowa
Deschutes
Hood River
Jefferson
Hood River
Lane
Wasco
Deschutes
Jefferson
Morrow
Umatilla
Union
Wallowa
Wasco
Deschutes
Hood River
Lane
Pennington
Todd
Pennington
Year/years released
Status
> day Mes esMes My AlesMesMcsMesMcsMesIlcoMcsIi7 Aly AlesIesMcsIir Aly Air Air AlesMcoMesBeMt BM -MesIir
CIC
LSIDOTONOLINA OFIOVd-NVd FHL
(POL TOA
Table 1. Continued.
Status
State Agent County Year/years released
Shannon 94 N
C. achates Pennington 95, 97 E
Shannon 94, 95, 96 N
L. minutus Pennington 96 R
Shannon 95 E
Tripp 97 N/A
T. virens Pennington 96 R
S. jugoslavica Shannon 94, 95, 96 E
Todd 90 R
Tripp 92 N
UTAH A. zoegana Cache 94, 97 E
Utah 96 N
Wasatch 94, 97 N
Weber 92 N
C. achates Box Elder 97 N/A
Davis 95 E
Grand 95 N
Utah 95, 96 N
Wasatch 94 E
L. minutus Box Elder 97 N/A
Cache 97 N/A
Davis 96 E
Grand 96, 97 N
Utah 96 N
Wasatch 97 N/A
S. jugoslavica Box Elder 97 N/A
Davis 96-97 E
Grand 97 N/A
Utah 96 N
Weber 93-94 E
WASHINGTON A. zoegana Spokane 91, 96-97 E
C. acrolophi Spokane 96 N
0007
SLNHOVOIE GHHMdVNM TV LA ONVT
Cl?
Table 1.
State
Continued.
Agent
C. achates
L. minutus
L. obtusus
S. jugoslavica
M. paucipunctella
County
Chelan
Kittitas
Lincoln
Spokane
Stevens
Yakima
Benton
Chelan
Franklin
Kittitas
Okanogan
Spokane
Stevens
Pend Orielle
Spokane
Adams
Asotin
Benton
Chelan
Columbia
Douglas
Ferry
Franklin
Kittitas
Lincoln
Okanogan
Spokane
Stevens
Yakima
Columbia
Kittitas
Spokane
Year/years released
88-91, 93-94
89
87, 91, 93, 96
88-90, 93, 96
91, 94-96
87, 95-96
Status
AAAMMMMMMAAAAFAMMMMMMOMMa
VI?c
LSIDO'IOWOLNA OWIOVd-NVd FHL
(p)OL TOA
Table 1. Continued.
State Agent
WISCONSIN A. zoegana
WYOMING A. zoegana
B. fausti
C. acrolophi
C. achates
L. minutus
L. obtusus
S. jugoslavica
T. virens
E = Established and most sites are collectable.
R = Recovered populations are small or have not been consistently recovered.
N = The agent failed to establish.
Unk = The status of the agent is uncertain.
D = The site has been destroyed.
County
Stevens
Iowa
Johnson
Lincoln
Sheridan
Teton
Sheridan
Johnson
Lincoln
Sheridan
Johnson
Lincoln
Platte
Johnson
Lincoln
Natrona
Teton
Sheridan
Johnson
Lincoln
Natrona
Johnson
Lincoln
Year/years released
Status
ZOAtznnnnazn zee eo
CA tm
™~
A
000
SLNHOVOId GHHMdVNo *"TV LA ONVT
SI¢
216 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Table 2. Release dates for biological control agents of diffuse and spotted knapweed.
Year first Year released
Agent released in USA Released by by APHIS
A. zoegana 1984 MSU* 1988
B. fausti 1992 ARS 1992
C. acrolophi 1992 MSU* 1993
C. achates 1988 MSU* 1990
L. minutus 1991 MSU* (joint) 1991 (joint)
L. obtusus 1992 MSU* 1993
M. paucipunctella 1980 MSU* 1991
P. medullana 1984 MSU* 1993
P. inspersa 1988 MSU* 1991
S. jugoslavica 1983 MSU* 1990
T. virens 1992 MSU* 1993
U. affinis 1973 ARS 1988
U. quadrifasciata self introduced** 1989
* Montana State University, Bozeman, MT.
** (Gillespie 1983).
and Wyoming. Larinus minutus is in Phase II in Colorado, Minnesota, Nebraska,
and in Phase III in Idaho, Montana, Oregon, South Dakota, Utah, Washington
and Wyoming. Larinus obtusus is in Phase II in Montana. Metzneria pauci punc-
tella is in Phase III in Oregon, Washington and collectable in Montana. Sphen-
optera jugoslavica is in Phase II in Idaho, Montana, South Dakota, Utah, and in
Phase III in Colorado, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming. Terellia virens is in
Phase II in Oregon. Urophora affinis is in Phase III in Colorado, Michigan, Min-
nesota, Utah, and Wyoming. Idaho, Montana, Oregon, and Washington have com-
pleted redistribution of Urophora affinis. Urophora quadrifasciata is in Phase III
in Colorado, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming.
Montana, Oregon, and Washington have completed redistribution of U. quadri-
fasciata (Lang et al. 1998).
Diffuse and spotted knapweed agents multiply at different rates. The large
numbers of agents that are being redistributed reflect those agents that have adapt-
ed well and have high reproductive rates. APHIS redistributed 35,000 adult Lar-
inus minutus from one FIS in Montana in 1997 which originated from a release
of 795 adult weevils in 1991. In 1990 APHIS shipped approximately 400,000
adult U. affinis and U. quadrifasciata to seven states. Colorado Department of
Agriculture Insectary in Palisades, Colorado in cooperation with APHIS has pro-
duced approximately 5000 adult C. achates from their knapweed garden each
year in 1995 and 1996 (Lang 1995, 1996). The initial population was eight pair
in 1992 and an additional release of 41 adults in 1993. Establishment has been
successful in eleven of the thirteen agents from APHIS.
Further releases of diffuse and spotted knapweed biocontrol agents are now the
responsibility of the states and the insectaries are under their management. APHIS
has completed its goal of importing and establishing insectaries for biocontrol of
spotted and diffuse knapweed in the appropriate states. Continued monitoring of
establishment and natural spread of these biocontrol agents for spotted and diffuse
knapweed needs to be continued. Monitoring of efficacy of individual and com-
binations of knapweed biocontrol agents needs to be done.
2000 LANG ET AL.: KNAPWEED BIOAGENTS 27.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank the many state, county, local and federal cooperators that have made
this program a success, and Rich Hansen for reviewing this manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
Campobasso, G., R. Sobhian, L. Knuson, A. C. Pastorino & P. H. Dunn. 1994. Biology of Pterolonche
ins persa (Lep.: Pterolonchidae), a biological Control agent for Centaurea diffusa and C. ma-
culosa in the United States. Entomophaga, 39: 377-384.
Dunn, P. H., S. S. Rosenthal, G. Campobasso & S. M. Tait. 1989. Host specificity of Pterolonche
ins persa (Lepidoptera: Pterolonehidae) and its potential as a biological control agent for Cen-
taurea diffusa, diffuse knapweed, and C. maculosa, spotted knapweed. Entomophaga, 34: 435-
446.
Englert, W. 1973. Metzneria paucipunctella Zel. (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae). A potential insect for the
biological control of Centaurea stroebe L. in Canada. Proceedings of the second international
symposium on biological control of weeds, Rome, Italy.
Fitzpatrick, S. M. 1989. A potential collection method of Agapeta zoegana (Lepidoptera: Cochylidae),
a knapweed-root-feeding moth. J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 86: 55-62.
Gassman, A., D. Shroeder & H. Miiller. 1982. Investigations of Pelochrista medullana (Stgr.) (Lep.:
Tortricidae), a possible biocontrol agent on diffuse and spotted knapweed, Centaurea diffusa
Lam. and C. Maculosa (compositae) in North America. Final Report, CIBC, Delemont, Swit-
zerland.
Gillespie, R. 1983. Bionomics of Urophora affinis Frauenfeld and U. quadrifasciata Meigen (Diptera:
Tephritidae) in Northern Idaho. M.S. Thesis, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho.
Good, W. R., J. M. Story & N. W. Callan. 1997. Winter cold hardiness and supercooling of Metzneria
paucipunctella (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae), a moth introduced for biological control of spotted
knapweed. Environ. Entom., 27: 1131-1135.
Groppe, K. 1992. Final report. Larinus obtusus Gyil. (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). A candidate for
biological control of diffuse and spotted knapweed. International Institute of Biological Control,
CAB International, Delmont, Switzerland.
Groppe, K. 1990. Report. Larinus minutus Gyll. (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), a suitable candidate for
the biological control of diffuse and spotted knapweed in North America. International Institute
of Biological Control, CAB International, Delmont, Switzerland.
Groppe, K. & K. Marquardt. 1989. A final report. Chaetorellia acrolophi White and Marquardt (Dip-
tera: Tephritidae), a suitable candidate for the biological control of diffuse and spotted knapweed
in North America. CAB International Institute of Biological Control, European Station, Del-
mont, Switzerland.
Groppe, K. & K. Marquardt. 1989b. Final report. Terellia virens (Loew) (Diptera: Tephritidae), a
suitable candidate for the biological control of diffuse and spotted knapweed in North America.
CAB International Institute of Biological Control, European Station, Delmont, Switzerland.
Hansen, R. W., R. D. Richard, P. E. Parker & L. E. Wendel. 1997. Commentary: distribution of
biological control agents of leafy spurge (Euphorbia esula L.) in the United States: 1988-1996.
Biol. Cntrl., 10: 129-142.
Harris, P. 1986. Biological control of knapweed in Urophora quadrifasciata. Mg. Canadex: Insects -
Diseases - Pests. Bul. 641.613. Agriculture Canada.
Hirsch, S. A. & J. A. Leitch. 1996. The impact of knapweed on Montana’s economy. Department of
Agricultural economics. Agricultural Experiment Station, North Dakota State University, Fargo,
North Dakota.
Lang, R. FE 1995. Report on diffuse and spotted knapweed activity, 1995. In: USDA, APHIS, PPQ
Annual Report FY 1995. Mission Plant Protection Center, Mission, TX; Bozeman Biological
Control Facility, Bozeman, Montana.
Lang, R. FE 1996. 1996 Annual report for diffuse and spotted knapweed activity. In: USDA, APHIS,
PPQ Annual Report FY 1996. Mission Plant Protection Center, Mission, TX; Bozeman Bio-
logical Control Facility, Bozeman, Montana.
Lang, R. F, J. M. Story & G. L. Piper. 1996. Establishment of Larinus minutus Gyllenhal (Coleoptera:
Curculionidae) for biological control of diffuse and spotted knapweed in the western United
States. Pan-Pacific Entomol, 72: 209-212.
218 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Lang, R. F, R. D. Richard & R. W. Hansen. 1997. Urophora affinis and Urophora quadrifasciata
(Diptera: Tephritidae) released and monitored by USDA, APHIS, PPQ as biological control
agents of spotted and diffuse knapweed. Great Lakes Ent., 30: 105-113.
Lang, R. F, G. L. Piper & E. M. Coombs. 1998. Establishment and redistribution of Sphenoptera
jJugoslavica Obenberger (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) for biological control of diffuse knapweed
(Centaurea diffusa Lamarck) in the midwestern and western United States. Pan-Pacific Ento-
mol., 74: 27-31.
Miiller, H., D. Shroeder & A. Gassmann. 1988. Agapeta zoegana (L.) (Lepidoptera: Cochylidae) a
suitable prospect for biological control of spotted and diffuse knapweed, Centaurea maculosa
Monnet De La Marck and Centaurea diffusa Monnet De La Marck (Compositae) in North
America. Can. Ent., 120: 109-124.
Nowierski, R. M. & J. M. Story. 1988. Numerical sampling plans for Urophora affinis and U. quad-
rifasciata, two hundred seed head flies on spotted knapweed. Montana Ag. Research. Fall: 17-
20.
Powell, G. W., B. M. Wikeem & A. Sturko. 2000. Biology of Agapeta zoegana (Lepidoptera: Cochy-
lidae), propagated for the biological control of knapweeds (Asteraceae). The Can. Ent., 132:
223-230.
Rees, N. E. & J. M. Story. 1991. Host plant testing of Urophora quadrifasciata (Diptera: Tephritidae,
against Cartharnus tinctorius and two North American species of Centaurea. Entomophaga,
36: 115-119.
Roché, B. EF Jr. & C. J. Talbott. 1986. The collection history of Centaureas found in Washington
State. Washington State University Research Bul. XBO978: 1-36.
Sobhian, R., G. Campobasso & P. H. Dunn. 1992. A contribution to the biology of Bangasternus
fausti (Col.: Curculionidae), a potential biological control agent of diffuse knapweed, Centaurea
diffusa, and its effect on the host plant. Entomophaga, 37: 171-179.
Stinson, C. S. A. 1987. Final report. Investigations on Cyphocleonus achates (Fahr.) (Col.: Curculion-
onidae), a possible biological control agent of spotted knapweed (Centaurea maculosa Lam.)
and diffuse knapweed (C. diffusa Lam.) (Compositae) in North America. CAB International
Institute of Biological Control, Delmont, Switzerland.
Story, J. M. 1984. Collection and redistribution of Urophora affinis and U. quadrifasciata for biolog-
ical control of spotted knapweed. MT Coop. Ext. Serv. Circular 308: 1-9.
Story, J. M., R. M. Nowierski & K. W. Boggs. 1987. Distribution of Urophora affinis and U. quad-
rifasciata, two flies introduced for biological control of spotted knapweed (Centaurea maculosa)
in Montana. Weed Science, 35: 145-143.
Story, J. M., K. W. Boggs, W. R. Good, P. Harris, & R. M. Nowierski. 1991. Metzneria paucipunctella
Zeller (Lepidoptera. Gelechiidae), a moth introduced against spotted knapweed; its feeding
strategy and impact on two introduced Urophora spp. (Diptera: Tephritidae). Can. Ent., 123:
1001-1007.
Story, J. M., W. R. Good & L. J. White. 1994. Propagation of Agapeta zoegana L. (Lepidoptera:
Cochylidae) for biological control of spotted knapweed: procedures and cost. Biol. Cntrl., 4:
145-148.
Story, J. M., L. J. White & W. R. Good. 1996. Propagation of Cyphocleonus achates Fabricius (Co-
leoptera. Curculionidae) for biological control of spotted knapweed: procedures and cost. Biol.
Cntrl., 7: 167-171.
Watson, A. K. & A. J. Renney. 1974. The biology of Canadian weeds Centaurea diffusa and C.
maculosa. Canad. J. Pla. Sci., 54: 687-701.
Zwilfer, H. 1970. Investigations on the host-specificity of Urophora affinis Frfld. (Diptera: Tephriti-
dae). Progress Report #25 Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control. Delmont, Switzer-
land.
Zwilfer, H. 1976. Investigations on Sphenoptera (Chilostetha) jugoslavica Obend. (Col.: Buprestidae),
a possible biocontrol agent of the week Centaurea diffusa Lam. (Compositae) in Canada. Z.
ang. Ent., 80: 170-190.
Received 21 Dec 1999; Accepted 12 Jul 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(4): 219-233, (2000)
PLANTS AS INDICATORS OF LEAFCUTTER BEE
(HYMENOPTERA: MEGACHILIDAE) NEST HABITAT IN
COASTAL DUNES
Davip M. GORDON
Division of Mathematics and Sciences, Kentucky State University,
Frankfort, Kentucky 40601
Abstract.—To conserve native plants, pollinators and their nesting habitats must also be pro-
tected. Indicator plants for nesting sites of the native leafcutter bee Megachile wheeleri Mitchell
were characterized within a Northern California coastal dunes preserve. Nesting was restricted
to the Poa-Lathyrus plant community. Significant positive associations were detected between
bee nests and Aira praecox L., A. caryophyllea L., Solidago spathulata DC., Juncus lesueurii
Bolander, and mosses; negative associations with Carex obnupta L. Bailey and Lathyrus littoralis
(Nuttall) Endlicher. Nest density and total plant cover were not significantly correlated. Nests
were generally not constructed near the bee’s host plants. Most nesting occurred in a zone
transitional between mesic lowlands and xeric higher elevations. Natural successional change
was increasing nesting habitat, but climax shore pine-spruce forest should eventually eliminate
nesting habitat in the long term if succession is not disturbed. The introduced plants Lupinus
arboreus Sims and Ammophila arenaria L. may eliminate nest habitat, but Aira praecox L. and
A. caryophyllea L. may enhance it. Other bee and wasp species were present in samples but no
significant associations with plants were detected because densities were so low. Very large
sample sizes will be required to determine significant associations for those species. M. wheeleri
nests ranged from dense aggregations to scattered individual nests. Other bee and wasp species
also nested within M. wheeleri nest aggregations, including the sphecid wasp Bembix americana
comata J. Parker, which normally nests in barren sand. Native plant restoration activities may
benefit from restoration of native pollinators.
Key Words.—Hymenoptera, Megachilidae, solitary bee conservation, nest habitat, plant com-
munity, pollination.
Bees and flowering plants have evolved close associations (reviewed by Crepet
1983), and the importance of bees as pollinators has long been known (reviewed
in Kevan & Baker 1983, O’Toole, 1993, Proctor, Yeo & Lack 1996 ). There is a
growing awareness that in order to preserve native plants, it is also important to
preserve native bees (Tepedino 1979, Kevan 1986, Roubik 1989, Bawa 1990,
Thorp 1990, Osborne et al. 1991, Neff & Simpson 1993, O’Toole 1993, Vinson
et al. 1993, Buchmann & Nabhan 1996, Kearns et al. 1998) and that the loss of
native bee populations may threaten the survival of endangered plants (Loope et
al. 1988, Tepedino et al. 1990, Cole et al. 1992). To conserve native bee popu-
lations it is important to protect their nests (Hurd & Michener 1955, Thorp 1990,
Gordon 1992a, Vinson et al. 1993) and this will require identification of both
potential and actual nesting sites.
The Lanphere-Christensen Dunes Preserve (L-CDP) includes the least disturbed
coastal dune system in the Northern Pacific Border Region (Sweet 1981). Previous
work on the preserve’s bee fauna (Gordon 1984, Thorp & Gordon 1992) suggested
that nesting habitats used by a ground-nesting leafcutter bee contained distinctive
plant associations. The objective of this study was to identify the plant species
that could be used to characterize nesting habitats of Megachile wheeleri Mitchell
(Megachilidae) within the preserve.
220 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Study Organism.—The leafcutter bee M. wheeleri is one of the most abundant
native bees in the L-CDP fauna (Gordon 1984, 1992a). Within the study site, its
primary pollen and nectar sources are Achillea borealis Bongard ssp. arenicola
(A. A. Heller) Keck, Erigeron glaucus Belenden. and Solidago spathulata DC.,
although Hypochoeris radicata L. is occasionally visited by both sexes, and males
take nectar from Polygonum paronychia Chamisso & Schlechtendahl. It is a
ground-nesting solitary bee that generally constructs a single distinctive brood
cell from leaf pieces in burrows 1 to 7 cm deep (Gordon 1984, 1992a). Dense
nest aggregations are common, but individual nests can also be found scattered
throughout the dunes. A single generation is produced each year, with adults
beginning to emerge in June and nesting continuing into mid-September. Prepupae .
overwinter in cocoons and pupate in early spring. Megachile perihirta Cockerell
has been collected in the L-CDP, but is very rare and uses different plant species
for leaf sources (Gordon 1984) which could be easily distinguished from Solidago
leaves. Several other species of bees and wasps were known to nest within M.
wheeleri nest aggregation sites.
Study Site.—The study was conducted within the original 76 hectares of the
L-CDP on the North Spit of Humboldt Bay near Arcata, California during the
summers of 1988 and 1989. Approximately 1 km wide, the spit is bounded on
the west by the Pacific Ocean and on the east by the Mad River Slough. An older
dunes system (Cooper 1967) bordering the slough has been stabilized by a mature
shore pine and Sitka spruce forest with thick underbrush. Younger dunes between
the forest and the ocean have been partially stabilized by vegetation, but also
contain lowlands with younger shore pine forests and expanses of barren moving
sand.
The coastal dune system is a dynamic mosaic of vegetational communities and
sand formations which cycle over time (Barbour & Johnson 1988, Carter 1988,
Brown & McLachlan 1990). Adjacent to the beach, a ridge of foredunes rising
to 8 m elevation has been semi-stabilized by vegetation. Behind the foredunes is
the deflation plain, a low elevation zone that has been eroded by spring winds.
During the rainy season, fresh water ponds often form for 3—6 months in these
lowlands. Within the span of 30 years, succession in the deflation plain can pro-
ceed from barren deflation plain through rushes, sedges, and willows to a dense
forest of shore pine and brush (Wiedemann 1984). Farther inland, semi-stabilized
dune ridges with sparse to complete plant cover range from 0.5—24 m elevation,
and barren moving dunes range up to 17 m.
The vascular plant flora contains 161 species, 46 (29%) of which are introduced
(Barker 1976). Dense stands of two introduced species, bush lupine (Lupinus
arboreus Sims) and European beach grass (Ammophila arenaria [L.] Link), have
replaced much native vegetation in dunes adjacent to the study area (Wiedemann
1984, Miller 1988, Gordon 1992a).
Descriptions and photographs of the study site are provided by Sweet (1981),
Wiedemann (1984), Barbour et al. (1985), Barbour & Johnson (1988), Gordon
(1992a, b). The dynamics and vegetation of coastal dunes are described by Cooper
(1967), Ranwell (1972), Wiedemann et al. (1974), Chapman (1976), Carter
(1988), Brown & McLachlan (1990), and Nordstrom & Psuty (1990).
2000 GORDON: PLANTS INDICATE BEE NEST HABITAT 221
Nest Distribution.—Thirteen strata were defined based on my own experience
(Gordon, 1984) and published plant associations (Wiedemann et al. 1974, Barbour
and Johnson 1977, Wiedemann 1984). The Poa-Lathyrus community (Barbour
and Johnson 1977) was subdivided because I suspected that elevation or proximity
to the ocean might influence nesting. The Transitional Dunes stratum was defined
because dense nest aggregations were known to occur in this zone where the
Lowlands intergrade with Foredunes or Inland Dunes (Gordon 1984). Character-
istics of strata are provided in Table 1. Photographs of habitats which contained
bee nests are provided in Gordon 1992b.
Belt transects 33 m wide perpendicular to the prevailing topographic pattern of
ridges and troughs were laid out on a map and six were randomly selected for
sampling. Within strata, 20 sample units were randomly chosen in one of eight
compass directions and distances apart (1 to 10 m). After estimating the proportion
of surface covered by each plant species, sample units were excavated and the
number of nest cells of bees and wasps were counted (Table 2). Because of the
need to minimize the disturbance created by excavating within the preserve, sam-
ple unit (SU) size was restricted to 0.1 sq. m (31.6 X 31.6 cm). This SU was
large enough to contain up to 42 bee nests and 6 plant species that were in the
immediate vicinity of nests, and was adequate for determining associations (Lud-
wig & Reynolds 1988, Kenkel et al. 1989). If a SU contained an endangered
plant, another SU was chosen. Because nest sites were expected to be relatively
rare, a large number of samples were taken within each stratum (n = 120: 20 per
stratum in 6 transects). One stratum, an old pasture, was present in only one
transect.
Trap nests (Krombein 1967) were placed in five active nesting sites through
one nesting season to verify that M. wheeleri did not nest in pre-existing cavities.
Forty four trap nests with 7.9 mm diameter holes and 189 trap nests with 11.1
mm holes, were placed on 12 Jul 1989 and recovered on 21 May 1990. Individual
trap nests were hung one m above ground in trees, placed on the ground surface,
and buried at an angle similar to nests with the hole exposed at the surface.
Species Identification—Vascular plants were identified to genus or species
based on the preserve flora (Barker 1976) and nomenclature adjusted to conform
with Hickman (1993). Species of lichens and mosses were not distinguished.
Specimens of insects and cocoons were deposited in the Bohart Museum of En-
tomology at the University of California, Davis and in the L-CDP Insect Collec-
tion at Humboldt State University, Arcata, California. Bee and wasp species iden-
tifications were based on specimens from the preserve insect collection which had
been identified by authorities (Gordon 1984).
Associations.—Indicator species were determined from significant associations
by pairwise contingency tests of all species present in SUs (Tables 2 and 3).
Association indices were calculated for species pairs with significant Yates’ chi-
square values, except for those with expected frequencies < 1 or with two cells
containing < 5 (Ludwig & Reynolds 1988). A variance test for multispecies
association (Schluter 1984, Ludwig & Reynolds 1988) was applied to all species
displaying a significant positive or negative associations (Schluter 1984) with M.
wheeleri based on the pairwise contingency tests (Table 3). The correlation be-
tween the log of the number of M. wheeleri nests and arcsine transformed pro-
portion of total plant cover was tested.
222 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Table 1. Definitions of strata used for nest distribution sampling, including elevation, description,
characteristic plant species, and cross-references to published community types* > ¢.
1 Old Forest, High Understory: (3—20 m) Closed canopy; dense underbrush 2-3 m high. Pi-
nus contorta, Picea sitchensis, Vaccinium ovatum.
3 Old Forest, Low Understory: (3—20 m) Closed canopy forest. Pinus contorta, Picea sitch-
ensis, Gaultheria shallon, Arctostaphylos uva-ursi, lichens.
3 Old Pasture: (10 m) Portion of Old Forest that had been grazed in past. Introduced forage
grasses, Solidago spathulata, Lupinus arboreus, Arctostaphylos uva-ursi, Gaultheria shal-
lon, Pinus contorta, Picea sitchensis, Vaccinium ovatum.
4 Inland Dunes: (0.5—24 m) Xeric semi-stabilized dunes more than 100 m from strand. Poa
douglassi, Lathyrus littoralis, Solidago spathulata, Erigeron glaucus, Achillea boraealis,
Eriogonum latifolium, Franseria chamissonis.
Poa-Lathyrus type?
PoalLathyrus and Festuca rubra/Solidago spathulata types>
5 Transitional Dunes: (0.1—1 m): Transition zone between Lowlands and Inland Dunes or Fo-
redunes. Juncus lesueurii, Solidago spathulata, Fragaria chiloensis, Aira preacox, A. cary-
ophyllea.
Lowlands of Poa-Lathyrus type *” transitional into Salix-Rubus* and Carex obnupta/
Potentilla pacifica’ types. Similar to “(Dry Meadow” and “‘Wet Meadow”
deflation plain communities*.
6 Lowlands: (—0.5 to +0.5 m.) Hydric to mesic barren to early successional vegetation in de-
flation plain. Submerged by fresh water ponds 3-6 months. Carex obnupta, Juncus leseu-
rii, J. falcatus.
Salix-Rubus*, and Carex obnupta/Potentilla pacifica® types.
7 Young Forest: (—0.3 to + 1 m) Young forest within deflation plain ranging from open to
closed canopy. Usually a dense mat of surface vegetation and detritus. Pinus contorta, Sa-
lix spp., Juncus lesueurii, mosses, Carex obnupta.
Salix-Rubus?
Pinus contorta/Carex obnupta and Picea—Pinus/Salix types.>
8 Moving Dune, Inland: (0.3—20 m) Barren blow sand including parabola dunes and slipfaces.
More than 100 m from strand.
9 Foredunes: (0.5—5 m) Same characteristics as Inland Dunes but ranging from beach grass
zone to less than 100 m. from strand.
10 Blowout Channel: (0.5—5 m) Mostly barren wind erosion channels with shallow to steeply
sloped walls of aggregated sand.
11 Beach Grass Zone: (1-5 m) Grass-dominated zone above strand less than 20 m wide. Ely-
mus mollis, Abronia latifolia, Cakile maritima.
Elymus-Cakile type?
12 Moving Dune, Foredune: (1-5 m) Barren blowsand including moving dunes and slipfaces.
Less than 100 m from strand.
13 Strand: (0-1 m) Intertidal zone, annually inundated by ocean, mostly undisturbed during
summer, sparsely vegetated above summer high tide line. Cakile maritima, Elymus mollis,
Abronia latifolia.
4 Barbour and Johnson 1977.
b’ Wiedemann 1984.
© Wiedemann, et al. 1974.
Preferences among strata were evaluated by contingency table comparisons of
numbers of SUs occupied per stratum, and by comparing numbers of nests in
each SU by stratum with the Mann-Whitney U-test. The Old Pasture was not
included in tests because of the smaller sample size and lack of replication.
Correspondence analysis (Gauch 1982, Greenacre 1984, Weller & Romney
1990) was used to describe the relationships among species and SUs in the four
2000 GORDON: PLANTS INDICATE BEE NEST HABITAT 223
strata which contained M. wheeleri nests. To compare similar units, counts of nest
cells were converted to proportions of total numbers for each species (Gauch
1982, Weller & Romney 1990). Arcsine transformed proportions were analyzed
with a computer program developed by Orloci & Kenkel (1985). The Old Pasture
stratum was not included because it was a unique, unreplicated habitat which had
been severely disturbed by cattle grazing and contained only six nests. This outlier
severely compressed the relationships of the four strata (Gauch 1982) that were
of primary interest. Stability of the ordinations (Greenacre 1984) was tested by
running a series of analyses using different forms of the data set (Gauch 1982).
The results from analyzing all SU (n = 464, Table 2) are presented in Fig. 1.
Sixteen sample units were eliminated from the final analysis because they con-
tained zero records for all species. Six plant species were eliminated before the
final analysis because they occurred in only one (Anaphalis margaritacea (L.)
Bentham & Hooker, Epilobium watsonii (Barbey) P. Hoch & Raven, Plantago
lanceolata L., Rubus ursinus Chamisso & Schlechtendahl) or two SUs (Rumex
acetosella L., Trifolium wormskioldii Lehmann), and one outlier was eliminated
(Ambrosia chamissonis (Lessing) E. Greene) because it compressed the ordination
of the remaining 38 species (Gauch 1982).
RESULTS
Nest Distribution.—Trap nesting recovered a total of fourteen M. wheeleri
brood cells from trap nests: three that were buried and seven placed on the surface.
All the cells were constructed from goldenrod leaves. Construction of three brood
cells did not progress past leaf collection, and one trap nest contained only pollen
without leaves. Only one bee in the ten completed brood cells survived, all others
died in egg or early larval stages. None of the trap nests hung in trees were
occupied.
Brood cells of three bee and two sphecid wasp species were recovered from
five strata (Tables 2 and 3). Three strata contained 97% of the 203 M. wheeleri
nests: Inland Dunes, Transitional Dunes, and Foredunes (Table 4). These three
Strata constitute an assemblage of annual and perennial herbs classified as the
*‘Poa-Lathyrus’” community type by Barbour & Johnson (1988), including the
‘established dune,” “‘dune slope,’ and “‘stabilized ridge’’ habitats.
Thirty seven of the 360 sample units within these three strata contained M.
wheeleri nest cells (Tables 2 and 5). One M. wheeleri brood cell was found in
the Lowlands and six in the Old Pasture. Sixty-five percent of the Lowlands SUs
had 100% cover, 40% in the Old Pasture, and 15% or less in the other three strata.
Only eight of 480 SUs were completely covered by a single plant species. Within
the 4 strata, the maximum number of plant species in a SU was six (Mode = 3,
mean = 2.77 + 0.13 SE). Two SUs within Old Pasture contained nests. Both had
33% cover and contained S. spathulata and introduced forage grasses up to 0.5
m tall.
Comparing the Inland Dunes and the Foredunes, there was no significant dif-
ference in total numbers of SUs containing nests. However, the Transitional Dunes
contained significantly less SUs with nests than the Foredunes and Inland Dunes
(Table 5). There was no significant difference in the numbers of nests per SU in
the Foredunes (84/120 = 0.70) and Inland Dunes (38/120 = 0.32 nest per SU)
(U = 7149.5, P = 0.833, n, = 120, n, = 120), but the Transitional Dunes (74/
Table 2. Species used in correspondence analysis and their constancy within habitats (percent of sample units containing each species). Species relationships
illustrated in Fig. 1 are identified by species numbers from this table.
Percent of sample units
A B Cc D E
# Species Pasture Lowland Transition Foredune Inland ABCDE BCDE CDE
Insects
1 Ammophila azteca Cameron? 0 1.7 12.0 0.8 1.7 3.8 4.0 4.7
2 Anthidium palliventre Cresson? 0 0.8 0.8 0 5.8 1.8 1.9 2a.
3 Bembix americana comata J. Parker? 10.0 ps) 4.2 0 3.3 2.8 23 on
4 Megachile wheeleri Mitchell? 20.0 0.8 22.0 9.2 9.2 10.6 10.2 13.3
5 Osmia intergra Cresson 0 0 0.8 6.7 0.8 2.0 pan | 2.8
Plants
6 Abronia latifolia Eschscholtz 0 0 0 6.7 9.2 3.8 4.0 5.3
7 Achillea borealis Bongard 0 0 0.8 13.0 1.7 3.8 4.0 5.3
8 Aira praecox L. and A. caryophyllea L. 0 12.5 35.0 14.0 25.0 20.8 21.7 24.7
9 Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) Sprengel 0 0 0.8 0 4.2 1.2 1.3 1.7
10 Artemisia pyconoce phala DC. 0 0 0.8 0 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.6
11 Avena sp. 20.0 0 0 0 0.8 1.0 0.2 0.3
12 Oenothera cheiranthifolia (Sprengel) Raim 0 0.8 13.0 15.0 8.3 8.8 a2 11.9
13 Carex obnupta L. Bailey 0 85.0 5.0 0 0 21.6 223) 1.7
14 Erigeron glaucus J. Belenden 0 0 0.8 33.0 4.2 9.2 9.6 12.8
15 Eriogonum latifolium Smith 0 0 5.8 38.0 31.0 18.0 18.8 25.0
16 Festuca sp. 70.0 0.8 0 0 3.3 3.8 1.0 1.1
17 Fragaria chiloensis Duchesne 20.0 5.8 22.0 24.0 28.0 20.0 20.0 24.7
18 Gaultheria shallon Pursh 0 0.8 0 0 0 0.2 0.2 0
19 Gnaphalium sp. 0 5.8 11.0 6.7 15.0 9.2 9.6 10.8
20 Hypochoeris radicata L. 0 19.2 23.0 2.5 8.3 12.6 31 11.1
21 Juncus falcatus E. Meyer 0 16.7 5.8 0 0 5.4 5.6 1.9
22, Juncus lesueurii Bolander 0 65.8 94.0 5.0 9.2 41.8 43.5 36.1
23 Lathyrus littoralis (Nuttall) Endlicher 0 0 5.8 50.0 17.0 17.4 18.1 24.2
24 Lichen 10.0 0.8 4.2 0 0 1.6 1.3 1.4
25 Lichen & Moss 0 0 10.0 0 0 2.4 2.5 3.3
26 Lotus micranthus Bentham 10.0 5.8 7 0 6.7 3.8 3.5 2.8
OM Lotus purshianus (Bentham) EF E. & E. G. Clements 0 24.2 11.0 0 Be) 9.2 9.6 4.7
LSIDO'TIONOLNA OWIOVd-NVd FHL
(p)9OL TOA
Table 2. Continued.
Species
Carpobrotus chilense (Molina) N. E. Brown.
Moss
Castilleja exserta (A. A. Heller) Chuang & Heckard
Parenthuchellia viscosa (L.) Caruel
Poa douglasii Nees
Polygonum paronychia Chamisso & Schlechtendal
Potentilla anserina L. ssp. pacifica (Howell) Rousi
Pteridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn
Salix sp.
Solidago spathulata DC.
Trifolium microce phalum Pursh
n=
4 Hymenoptera: Sphecidae.
> Hymenoptera: Megachilidae.
A
Pasture
1S)
oso
ro)
on
N
jo)
Lowland
0
44.2
0
3.3
11.7
1.7
0
120
C
Transition
25
5.0
0
0
6.7
0
0.8
0
0
33.0
0
120
Percent of sample units
Foredune
18.0
14.0
13.0
0
32.0
0
0
0
0
8.3
0
120
E
Inland
0
25.0
2.5
0
37.0
1.7
0
Des
0
40.0
18.0
120
ABCDE
4.8
22.4
3.8
4.2
500
4.4
480
0002
LVLIGVH LSHN dod ALVOIGNI SLNV Td ‘NOdYOD
EG
226 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Table 3. Significant associations between Megachile wheeleri nests (Sp. A) and other species (Sp.
B). Determined by pairwise contingency table comparisons.
# Sample units with species Statistical tests? Association index
Sp. B Both Sp.A Sp.B_ Neither x? P Jaccard Dice Ochai Yule Type
Lowlands, Transitional Dunes, Foredunes, and Inland Dunes combined (n = 480)
VR = 1.42, Association Index for the 6 positively associated species’,
Test Statistic W = 681.90, P < 0.005
Aira’ 23 15 79 363 35.535 0.0001 0.20 0.33 0.37 0.28 +
Juncus lesueurii 23 15 186 256 4.121 0.0423 0.10 0.19 0.26 0.10 +
Moss 16 22 £90 352 8.392 0.0038 0.13 022 0.25 0.14 +
Solidago 14 24 86 356 5.402 0.0201 0.11 O20 0.23 0.12 +
Ammophila azteca 5 33 14 428 6.747 0.0094 0.10 0.18 0.19 0.14 +
Carex 2 36 106 336 5.999 0.0143 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.12 —-
Lathyrus 1 37 =. 86 356 5.59 0.0181 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.12 —
Transitional Dunes (n = 120)
Ammophila azteca 6 14 8 92 5.838 0.0157 0.21 0.35 0.36 0.26 +
Foredunes (n = 120)
Aira‘ 6 2 Al 101 21.001 0.0001 0.32 0.48 0.51 0.47) +
Moss 4 4 13 99 6.169 0.0130 0.19 0.32 0.34 0.27 +
Inland Dunes (n = 120)
Aira’ 6 3 24 87 6.767 0.0093 0.18 0.31 0.37 0.27) +
Gnaphalium 4 5 14 97 4.355 0.0369 0.17 0.30 0.31 0.23. +
4 Continuity corrected for df = 1; No cells with expected frequency < 1, no 2 cells < 5.
> Multispecies association test of M. wheeleri nests and 6 positively associated species (Schluter
(1984), Ludwig & Reynolds 1988). Negative associations were not significant.
¢ Aira praecox and/or Aira caryophyllea.
120 = 0.62) contained significantly more nests per SU than the other two strata
pooled together (122/240 = 0.51) (U = 13047, P = 0.006, n, = 240, n, = 120)
(Mann-Whitney U-test). The significant difference resulted even though the total
number of nests within the Foredunes exceeded the number of nests within Tran-
sitional Dunes (Table 4). This is because most SUs in all three strata contained
less than five nests, with two or three containing up to twenty nests, but Foredunes
had one SU containing 42 nests. Twice as many Transitional Dunes SUs contained
nests than either the Foredunes or Inland Dunes. i
Although nests of Anthidium palliventre Cresson and Osmia integra Cresson
were found in the same nest habitats as M. wheeleri, neither were sufficiently
abundant to detect statistically significant associations with plants. A significant
association was detected between the sphecid wasp Ammophila azteca Cameron
and the nests of M. wheeleri (Table 3). The sphecid Bembix americana comata
J. Parker was previously known to nest in dense aggregations in barren sand in
the preserve (Gordon 1984), but single nests were found in SUs in other habitats
(Tables 2 and 4).
Associations.—None of the SUs contained the introduced plants L. arboreus
or A. arenaria. Pairwise contingency table analyses revealed significant positive
associations between M. wheeleri nests and Aira, S. spathulata, J. lesueurii, and
moss (Table 3). All four species were present in more than 20% of the SUs, many
of which did not contain M. wheeleri nests (Tables 2 and 3). Aira co-occurred
with nests in a higher proportion (19%) of the SUs containing nests than J. le-
2000 GORDON: PLANTS INDICATE BEE NEST HABITAT 221,
Sampling Site Affiliations
A os
{Transitional
‘ \ Dunes
a
‘
Lichen & Moss =O
3 ; Inland Dunes
Ammophila azteca
Juncus lesueurii
Bembix
Anthidium palliventre
Hypochoeris , Polygonum
Al =0.883 (5.90%) " #
Carex @'a8"Moss
(©
Gnaphalium
Poa ms Achillea
Salix ;
i Erigeron
0.775 (5.18 %)
O Species © Sample Units
O Host plants
A2
Figure 1. Correspondence analysis of bee and wasp nests, plant species, and sample units. The
distance between M. wheeleri nests and Solidago is not based on the association between the two
alone, but reflects the relationships among all species and sample units simultaneously. Refer to Table
1 to identify species numbers. Boundaries of strata from which sample units were drawn are indicated
within inset.
sueuril, Solidago, or moss (10, 11 and 13% respectively, Table 3). In other words,
all four plant species were common in all four habitats, but Aira and nests co-
occurred in a more SUs than the other three plants. With the exception of Soli-
dago, nests were not constructed in the immediate proximity of the plants the bee
forages on. Significant negative associations occurred between nests and Carex
obnupta L. Bailey and Lathyrus littoralis (Nuttall) Endlicher. The variance test
Table 4. Proportions of bee and wasp nests recovered in each habitat.
Proportion of total nests for each species
A Cc Total
Old B Transi- D E CDE #
Species pasture Lowland tional Foredune Inland Combined nests
Megachilidae
Megachile wheeleri 0.030 0.005 0.365 0.414 0.187 0.966 203
Anthidium palliventre 0 0.077 0.231 0 0.692 0.923 13
Osmia integra 0 0 0.023 0.932 0.045 1.0 44
Sphecidae
Bembix americana comata 0.1 0.150 0.500 0 0.250 0.750 20
Ammophila azteca 0 0.065 0.806 0.032 0.097 0.935 31
n= 20 120 120 120 120 360 500
228 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Table 5. Habitat utilization for nesting by Megachile wheeleri. Numbers of sample units containing
nests in each habitat, and results of contingency table tests comparing habitats.
Inland dunes Foredunes Transitional Lowlands
Present 9 20 5 1
Absent 111 100 115 119
Contingency table tests x? P=
Inland Foredunes 0.683 0.4087
Inland Foredunes Transitional 11.757 0.0028
Inland Foredunes Lowland 6.678 0.0355
(Schluter 1984) was highly significant for all positively associated species, but
not significant for the two negatively associated species. There was no significant
correlation between total plant cover and numbers of M. wheeleri nests (r = 0.019,
n = 484).
The first five axes of correspondence analysis explained 24.96% of the variance.
The results from analyzing 464 SUs (Table 2) are presented in Fig. 1. The Inland
Dunes and Foredunes SUs overlap, but were distinctly different from the Low-
lands. Transitional Dunes overlapped with all three other strata but also contained
a number of unique sample units. Sample units containing M. wheeleri nests
occurred within the region of overlap among Transitional Dunes, Foredunes and
Inland Dunes (Fig. 1). Gnaphalium sp. was the plant species most closely asso-
ciated with M. wheeleri. Salix sp., Carex obnupta, Erigeron, and Lichen-Moss
displayed negative associations with M. wheeleri. Comparing host plants with
nests, there were closer associations with Solidago and Hypochoeris than with
Achillea or Erigeron.
Except for Gnaphalium and Hypochoeris, the other species clustering near M.
wheeleri nests in Fig. 1 were all rare (Table 2), so pairwise associations with
nests were not significant. Although Gnaphalium and Hypochoeris distributions
across strata were similar to that for M. wheeleri nests, both plants had substantial
presence in the Lowlands, where nests did not occur, so they did not co-occur
with nests in enough SUs for significant pairwise associations. Within Inland
Dunes a significant association was detected with Gnaphalium (Table 3).
DISCUSSION
Nest Distribution.—Since M. wheeleri was the only leafcutter known to use
goldenrod leaves, it was concluded that species occupied the trap nests. The low
occupancy rate of buried and surface trap nests, the fact that none of the trap
nests in trees were occupied, and the high mortality within trap nests placed in
dense nest aggregations support the assertion that M. wheeleri is a ground-nesting
species. However, some individuals did take advantage of pre-existing holes.
Megachile wheeleri nests were restricted to “‘Poa-Lathyrus’’ community type
within the “‘natural’’ dunes system, but did occur in some disturbed sites, as
evidenced by nests found in the Old Pasture. Transitional Dunes appeared to be
preferred over Inland Dunes and Foredunes, as evidenced by higher brood cell
concentrations within SUs and the significantly higher proportion of SUs occupied
(Tables 2 and 4).
2000 GORDON: PLANTS INDICATE BEE NEST HABITAT 229
The Lowlands often contain vernal ponds for several months (Wiedemann
1984, Gordon 1992a), which could create high mortality from drowning. There-
fore it was not surprising that bees and wasps do not nest there. However, M.
wheeleri constructed dense nest aggregations in the Transitional Dunes a few
centimeters away, suggesting that Lowlands can be discriminated in some way
during the dry season. Since there was no correlation between nest density and
plant cover, plant density is probably not the primary cue. There often was no
apparent difference between Transitional Dunes and Lowlands other than eleva-
tion and plant species composition, so it is not clear what cues bees may use.
Perhaps residues left by microorganism blooms in the vernal ponds cement sand
particles more tightly or moisture or chemicals are avoided. It has been shown
that the root microflora associated with Carex influences the plant community
composition in similar habitats (Chapman 1976), so it is possible that chemical
cues are involved.
Associations.—Some combination of Solidago, J. lesueurii, Aira or moss within
a specific site would be a good indication that M. wheeleri nests may be found
there. While collecting hundreds of brood cells needed for concurrent projects, it
became evident that Aira alone was a good indicator of nesting sites. Even though
Aira patches did not always contain nests, they were reliable sources. Overall,
Aira is the single best indicator plant for potential M. wheeleri nest habitat, and
the presence of Solidago, J. lesueurii or moss strengthens the prediction.
Nests in Fig. 1 are more closely associated with Gnaphalium and several other
species than with Juncus or Solidago. Although this appears to conflict with re-
sults from contingency tables, it does not. Correspondence analysis describes the
relationships between all species and SUs simultaneously, not individual associ-
ations between species pairs. Figure 1 provides a description of plant associations
that 1s consistent with personal experience and previous classifications (Wiede-
mann et al. 1974, Wiedemann 1984, Barbour & Johnson 1988) even though the
SU size is small for a plant community study.
Soil texture appears to be a major factor determining suitability of nest sites
and nesting will occur in association with a number of plant species which ag-
gregate sand. Such shallow nests constructed in loose sand would probably col-
lapse and contaminate the nest provision. Most nests were constructed within the
dense, fibrous root systems of grasses which bound the sand. The few nests found
in the Old Pasture were also associated with other species of grasses, as were
nests excavated in other sites off the preserve for a concurrent study. Nests be-
neath moss in the Foredunes and Inland Dunes were also in well aggregated sand.
Relationships to Plant Community Change.—Natural plant succession and the
encroachment of introduced plants are both expected to effect nesting habitat, nest
distribution and abundance of M. wheeleri. Over a ten year period nest habitat
has been expanding as Transitional Dunes habitat has been developing where
barren sand in the deflation plain has been invaded by early successional vege-
tation (personal observation). This newly developed habitat was being colonized
by M. wheeleri, and nest density should be expected to increase there in the future.
Because of the potential area involved, considerable additional habitat suitable for
nesting should continue to develop within the preserve. In the long term, as
forested hollows develop and progress to the climax community, M. wheeleri nest
habitat and foraging resources should be eliminated. Therefore, long term survival
230 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
of M. wheeleri populations within the L-CDP will probably depend on mainte-
nance of Foredune, Inland Dune and Transitional dunes habitats through distur-
bance of the developing forest.
The Poa-Lathyrus plant community reflects the natural nesting habitat for M.
wheeleri in these coastal dunes. The encroachment of introduced plants such as
bush lupine (L. arboreus) (Miller 1988) or European beach grass (A. arenaria)
(Wiedemann 1984) is expected to reduce M. wheeleri numbers by displacing
nesting habitat and host plants. Within habitats that are dominated by these non-
native species, M. wheeleri nests did occur within refugia of native plants, mosses
and other introduced grasses (Gordon 1992a), but the impact of the encroachment
of bush lupine and European beach grass on the overall M. wheeleri population
was not examined.
Although some introduced plants (L. arboreus, A. arenaria) may reduce nesting
habitat, it is interesting to speculate that others may increase it. Megachile whee-
leri nests were most commonly found among Aira praecox and A. caryophyllea
which are introduced species (Hickman 1993). This raises interesting questions
regarding potential beneficial interactions between M. wheeleri and Aira in the
dunes. Plant growth in coastal dunes is limited by deficiencies of essential nutri-
ents (reviewed in Chapman 1976, Barbour et al. 1985) because they are readily
leached away from the sand (Carter 1988). The leaf cuttings, cocoons, pollen and
feces from M. wheeleri nests should increase the amount of nutrients available
and the sand’s ability to retain water. Cocoons which had passed the winter in the
sand were completely engulfed by roots with little trace of leaves or feces re-
maining. By nesting in Aira, M. wheeleri may enhance growth of the grass within
the site and, as a result, the grass’s expanding root system may provide more
nesting habitat for bees by improving soil structure.
Defining Bee Nesting Habitat.—This study demonstrated that plant associations
can be used to characterize nest sites of M. wheeleri within the L-CDP, and
probably other bees and wasps as well. However, M. wheeleri has a broad distri-
bution and different plant species associations probably characterize nest habitats
in different locations. In fact, it appears that M. wheeleri nest sites in disturbed
habitats near the study site are characterized by other plants. The abundance of
M. wheeleri within the preserve allowed detection of significant associations with
plants. However, very large sample sizes may be required to detect significant
associations for bee or wasp species that are not abundant or have widely dis-
persed nests.
This study also demonstrated that M. wheeleri exhibited variation in nesting
behavior ranging from dense aggregations to scattered individual nests, and that
other hymenoptera species also nest within those aggregations. Individual nests
of the sphecid wasp Bembix americana comata were detected in vegetated habitats
in this study (Table 2), including within M. wheeleri nest aggregations. Bembix
americana comata primarily nested in dense aggregations in open below sand on
the preserve (Gordon 1984) and wide variation in nesting habitat was also dem-
onstrated for that species by this study.
Conserving Native Bees.—There is a growing awareness of the need to protect
pollinators of native plants (Tepedino 1979, LaSalle & Gauld 1993, Buchmann
& Nabhan 1996). Long term success in restoring (Miller et al. 1992) or main-
taining diverse native plant communities may also depend on successful re-estab-
2000 GORDON: PLANTS INDICATE BEE NEST HABITAT 231
lishment and maintenance of pollinator communities (Thorp 1990). This study
suggests that M. wheeleri contributes soil nutrients within these sandy nesting
habitats by transferring pollen and leaf material from its host plants into the
ground. This role of native bees, which has not been fully appreciated by con-
servationists, provokes some interesting questions regarding the potential inter-
dependence of the structures of bee and plant communities.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The Nature Conservancy’s Lanphere-Christensen Dunes Preserve and the Hum-
boldt State University L-CDP Research Advisory Committee granted permission
to work on the preserve. Preserve managers Andrea Pickart and Linda Miller
provided useful information and references from the preserve library. Ted Kuiper
and I. D. Christensen provided supplies and facilities, and I. D. Christensen pro-
vided housing at the study site. Tom Duebendorfer identified several plant species
and discussed plant associations. Marcel Rejmanek provided computer programs
and useful suggestions regarding analyses. Robbin Thorp, James Carey, Christine
Peng, John Barthell, Ken Lorenzen, and an anonymous reviewer provided useful
comments on the manuscript. Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements
of the Ph.D. at the University of California, Davis.
LITERATURE CITED
Barbour, M. G., T. M. De Jong & B. M. Pavlik. 1985. Marine beach & dune plant communities. pp.
296-322. In Chabot, B. E & H. A. Mooney (eds.). Physiological ecology of North American
plant communities. Chapman & Hall, New York.
Barbour, M. G. & A. F Johnson. 1988. Beach and Dune. pp. 223-261. Jn Barbour, M. G. & J. Major
(eds.). Terrestrial vegetation of California. California Native Plant Society Special Publication
Number 9.
Barker, L. M. 1976. A vascular plant inventory and vegetation map of the Lanphere-Christensen
Dunes. Unpublished report submitted to The Nature Conservancy, National Science Foundation
and Humboldt State University Foundation.
Bawa, K. S. 1990. Plant-pollinator interactions in tropical rain forests. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst., 21: 399—
422.
Brown, A. C. & A. McLachlan. 1990. Ecology of sandy shores. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
Buchmann, S. L., & G. P. Nabhan. 1996. The forgotten pollinators. Island Press, Washington, D.C.
Carter, R. W. G. 1988. Coastal environments. Academic Press, London, United Kingdom.
Chapman, V. J. 1976. Coastal vegetation. Pergamon Press, New York.
Cole, E R., A. C. Medeiros, L. L. Loope & W. W. Zuehlke. 1992. Effects of the Argentine ant on
arthropod fauna of Hawaiian high-elevation shrubland. Ecology, 73: 1313-1322.
Cooper, W. S. 1967. Coastal dunes of California. Geological Soc. Amer. Memoir 104.
Crepet, W. L. 1983. The role of insect pollination in the evolution of angiosperms. pp. 31-50. Jn Real,
L. (ed.). Pollination Biology. Academic Press, Inc., Orlando, Florida.
Delaplane, K. S. 1998. Bee conservation in the Southeast. Univ. Georgia Coop. Ext. Bull., 1164.
Gauch, H. G. 1982. Multivariate analysis in community ecology. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.
Gordon, D. M. 1984. Ecology of bees from coastal dunes, Humboldt County, CA. M.A. Thesis,
Humboldt State University, Arcata, California.
Gordon, D. M. 1992a. Interactions among bee, plant, and animal communities in coastal dunes and
the implications for conservation biology. pp. 112-118. Jn Harris, R. R., D. C. Erman, (Tech.
Coord.), H. M. Kerner (ed.). Proc. Symp. on Biodiversity of Northwestern California. October
28-30, 1991, Santa Rosa, CA. Wildland Resources Center Report 29, University of California,
Berkeley.
Gordon, D. M. 1992b. Ecology of a Native Solitary Bee (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) in Coastal
Dunes: nest Habitat, Brood Mortality, and Pollen Utilization. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Cal-
ifornia, Davis.
232 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Greenacre, M. J. 1984. Theory and applications of correspondence analysis. Academic Press, Orlando,
Florida.
Hickman, J. C. ed. 1993. The Jepson Manual. University of California Press, Berkeley, California.
Hurd, P. D. Jr. & C. D. Michener. 1955. The megachiline bees of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Survey,
3: 1-247.
Kearns, C. A., D. W. Inouye, & N. M. Waser. 1998. Endangered mutualisms: the conservation of
plant-pollinator interactions. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst., 29: 83-112.
Kenkel, N. C., P. Juhasz-Nagy & J. Podoni. 1989. On sampling procedures in population and com-
munity ecology. Vegetatio, 83: 195-207.
Kevan, P. G. 1986. Pollinating and flower visiting insects and the management of beneficial and
harmful insects and plants. pp. 439-452. In Hussein, M. Y. & A. G. Ibraham (eds.). Biological
control in the tropics. Universiti Pertanian Malaysia, Serdang, Selangor, Malaysia.
Kevan, P. G. & H. G. Baker. 1983. Insects as flower visitors and pollinators. Ann. Rev. Entomol., 28:
407-453.
Krombein, K. V. 1967. Trap-nesting wasps and bees: life histories, nests & associates. Smithsonian
Pub. No. 4670. Smithsonian Press, Washington, D.C.
LaSalle, J, & I. D. Gauld. 1993. Hymenoptera and Biodiversity. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxon,
United Kingdom.
Loope, L. L., D. Hamann & C. P. Stone. 1988. Comparative conservation biology of oceanic archi-
pelagos. Hawaii & the Galapagos. BioScience, 38: 272-282.
Ludwig, J. A. & J. E Reynolds. 1988. Statistical ecology. J. Wiley & Sons, New York.
Miller, L. M. 1988. How yellow bush lupine came to Humboldt Bay. Fremontia, 16: 6-7.
Miller, L. M., A. J. Pickart & C. L. Hayes. 1992. Experimental dune revegetation for habitat resto-
ration, Humboldt County, California. pp. 262—269. In Proc. Symp. on Biodiversity of North-
western California. Harris, R. R., D. C. Erman (Tech. Coord.), H. M. Kerner (ed.). Wildland
Resources Center Report 29, University of California, Berkeley. California.
Neff, J. L. & B. B. Simpson. 1993. Bees, pollination systems and plant diversity. pp. 143-167. In
LaSalle J. & I. D. Gauld (eds.). Hymenoptera and Biodiversity. CAB International, Wallingford,
Oxon, United Kingdom.
Nordstrom, K. EF & N. Psuty. (eds.). 1990. Coastal Dunes. Form & Process. J. Wiley & Sons, New
York.
Orloci, L. & N. C. Kenkel. 1985. Introduction to data analysis with examples from population and
community ecology. Statistical Ecology Monograph. Volume IL International Co-operative Pub-
lishing House. Fairland, Maryland, USA.
Osborne, J. L., I. H. Williams & S. A. Corbet. 1991. Bees, pollination and habitat change in the
European Community. Bee World, 72: 99-116.
O’Toole, C. 1993. Diversity of native bees and agroecosystems. pp. 169-196. In LaSalle J. & I. D.
Gauld (eds.). Hymenoptera and Biodiversity. CAB International. Wallingford, Oxon, United
Kingdom.
Proctor, M., RP Yeo & A. Lack. 1996. The natural history of pollination. Timber Press, Portland,
Oregon.
Ranwell, D. S. 1972. Ecology of salt marshes and sand dunes. Chapman & Hall, London.
Roubik, D. W. 1989. Ecology and natural history of tropical bees. Cambridge University Press, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts.
Schluter, D. 1984. A variance test for detecting species associations, with some example applications.
Ecology, 65: 998-1005.
Sweet, S. 1981. Plants of the Lanphere-Christensen Dunes. Fremontia, 9: 3-8.
Tepedino, V. J. 1979. The importance of bees and other insect pollinators in maintaining floral species
composition. Great Basin Nat., 3: 139-150.
Tepedino, V. J., W. R. Bowlin, S. M. Geer, T. L. Griswold & B. Snow. 1990. Pollination biology of
three endangered plant species in the Western United States. Suppl. Bull. Ecol. Soc. Amer. 71.
Program and Abstr. of Ann. Meeting. p. 344. abstr.
Thorp, R. W. 1990. Vernal pool flowers and host-specific bees. pp. 109-122. In D. H. Ikeda, & R. A.
Schlising (eds.). Vernal pool plants—their habitat & biology. Studies from the Herbarium No.
8. Calif. State University, Chico.
Thorp, R. W. & D. M. Gordon. 1992. Biodiversity and pollination biology of bees in coastal dunes
preserves. pp. 105-111. Jn Harris, R. R., D. C. Erman, (Tech. Coord.), & H. M. Kerner (ed.).
2000 GORDON: PLANTS INDICATE BEE NEST HABITAT 253
Proc. Symp. on Biodiversity of Northwestern California. October 28—30, 1991, Santa Rosa,
CA. Wildland Resources Center Report 29, University of California, Berkeley.
Vinson, S. B., G. W. Frankie & J. Barthell. 1993. Threats to the diversity of solitary bees in a
Neotropical dry forest in Central America. pp. 53-81. Jn LaSalle J. & I D. Gauld (eds.).
Hymenoptera and Biodiversity. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxon, United Kingdom.
Weller, S. C. & A. K. Romney. 1990. Metric scaling: correspondence analysis. Sage University paper
series On quantitative applications in the social sciences No. 07-075. Sage, Newbury Park,
California.
Wiedemann, A. M. 1984. The ecology of Pacific Northwest coastal sand dunes: a community profile.
U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service. FWS/OBS-84/04.
Wiedemann, A. M., L. R. J. Dennis & E H. Smith. 1974. Plants of the Oregon coastal dunes. Oregon
State University Bookstores, Inc., Corvallis, Oregon.
Received 23 Jan 1997; Accepted 6 Jul 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(4): 234-242, (2000)
THREE NEW SPECIES OF PHYLLOPHAGA (S. STR.)
GROUP ROSTRIPYGA
(COLEOPTERA: MELOLONTHIDAE, MELOLONTHINAE)
FROM MEXICO AND GUATEMALA
MIGUEL-ANGEL MORON! AND ENIO B. CANO?
'Departmento de Entomologia, Instituto de Ecologia, A.C. (SSEP-CONACYT),
Apdo. Postal 63, Xalapa, Veracruz 91000, México
*Laboratorio de Entomologia Sistematica, Universidad del Valle de Guatemala,
Apartado Postal 82, Guatemala 01901, Guatemala
Abstract—New species of Phyllophaga (sensu stricto) are described from Mexican and Gua-
temalan localities as follows: Phyllophaga jovelana NEW SPECIES from northern mountains
of Chiapas; Phyllophaga serratipes NEW SPECIES and Phyllophaga serrana NEW SPECIES
from the mountains of Baja Verapaz and Zacapa. These species are living in isolated pine-oak
or cloud forests located between 1450 and 2600 m altitude. Drawings of male genital capsules,
female genital plates, tarsal claws and tibiae are provided.
Key Words.—Insecta, May beetles, Phyllophaga, taxonomy, mountains, Chiapas, Guatemala.
Resumen.—Se describen tres especies nuevas de Phyllophaga (sensu stricto) grupo rostripyga,
procedentes de siete localidades en México y Guatemala. Phyllophaga jovelana NEW SPECIES
de las montafias del norte de Chiapas, Phyllophaga serratipes NEW SPECIES de Zacapa, y
Phyllophaga serrana NEW SPECIES de Baja Verapaz. Estas especies habitan en bosques mixtos
de pinos y encinos o en bosques nebulares aislados, situados entre los 1450 y 2600 m de altitud.
Se incluyen ilustraciones de las cApsulas genitales masculinas, de las placas genitales femeninas,
de las ufias tarsales y de las tibias.
In 1990, one of us (MAM) found specimens of one exceptional undescribed
species of Phyllophaga from northern Chiapas deposited in Canadian collections.
Meso- and metatibial structure, as well as genital capsule shape and accesories
were very different from the groups proposed by Morén (1986). Other specimens
with similar characters were found by E. Cano during 1991-1992 collection trips
to different montane areas in Guatemala. Study and comparations of these new
specimens and the types of Mesoamerican species described by Bates (1888) and
Saylor (1940) reveal that the new specimens represent a different group of species,
named group “rostripyga”’ and tentatively placed between groups “‘schizorhina’’
and “‘blanchardi’’. The rostripyga group is formed by six described species and
two underscribed species from Guatemala (Cano & Mor6én 1998). Recent collec-
tions (1997-1999) in the mountains of Chiapas, Guatemala and Honduras have
provided a number of specimens that represent more undescribed species of the
“‘rostripyga’ group, but unfortunately many of these are isolated males or fe-
males. Because these species fly only during a short period each year, and the
collection of representative samples is sporadic or scarce, it is better to describe
the new species represented by short series of both sexes before completing the
revision of the new group. This paper describes males, females, variation and
gives the precise distribution of three new species of Phyllophaga (s. str.) group
rostripyga. The characters and terms used in the descriptions are those of San-
derson (1958) and Mor6én (1986). Drawings were made with the aid of a camera
2000 MORON & CANO: NEW PHYLLOPHAGA SPECIES 235
lucida and Leica stereomicroscope; measurements were obtained with ocular mi-
crometer or caliper.
Depository Abbreviations.—California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
(CASC); Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNC); University of Nebraska
State Museum, Lincoln Nebraska (UNSM); Universidad del Valle de Guatemala
(UVGC); A & H. Howden/Canadian Museum of Nature, Ottawa (AHHC); and
M.A. Morén (MXAL) Xalapa, México.
PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYLLOPHAGA) JOVELANA MORON & CANO, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1—5)
Types.—(described from 8 males and 2 females). Holotype, male; MEXICO.
CHIAPAS: 12 km NE San Cristébal de las Casas, 17 May 1969, H. E Howden;
deposited: A. & H. Howden/Canadian Museum of Nature, Ottawa. Allotype, fe-
male; MEXICO. CHIAPAS: 6 km E San Cristébal de las Casas, 26 May 1969,
D. E. Bright; deposited: M.A. Moron collection, Xalapa. Paratypes: same data as
holotype except 9 May 1969 (1 male) (HAHC); same except 28 May 1969 (1
female) (CNC); same except 29 May 1969 (1 male) (MXAL); same data as al-
lotype (1 male) (CNC); 15 km E San Cristébal de las Casas, 10/14 Sep 1985, B.
C. Ratcliffe & C. Messenger (1 male) (UNSC); Chiapas, Lago Montebello, 15
Jun 1985, D. Thomas & J. Mackley (1 male) (MXAL); Chiapas, 13.5 km N
Teopisca or Pan Am. Hwy, 31 May 1987, uv light, W. B. Warner (1 male)
(MXAL); 10 km SE San Cristébal de las Casas, 31 May 1987, B. Ratcliffe & M.
Jameson (2 males) (UNSC, UVG).
Holotype.—Male. Head, pronotum and elytra shiny reddish dark brown, sterna, pygidium and legs
shiny yellowish brown. Clypeus wider than long (4.5:1), anterior border briefly sinuated with margins
scarcely elevated, surface nearly flattened, with some shallow, circular punctures, and scarce erect
setae. Fronto-clypeal suture slightly sinuated, clearly impressed. Frons wider than long (1.7:1) convex,
rugo-punctate, with long, slender setae. Antenna 10 segmented, with 3 segmented club; lamellae as
long as the length of the five preceeding segments combined, segments 4° or 5° longer than segment
3, segment 7° wider than long, with acute process directed forward. Frons 6.5 wider than each eye
dorsal diameter. Canthus short, curvated and rounded, with 5 setae. Labrum deeply bilobed, with
curvated slender setae on the borders. Mentum widely concave, polished, with lateral slender setae,
anterior border briefly notched. Pronotum wider than long (1.8:1) and 2X wider than frons. Pronotal
disk with round, deep, large punctures irregularly dispersed separated by 1—5 diameters, with scattered
long, slender setae only at the anterior border; lateral borders strongly angulated, marginal bead finely
crenulate, with long, slender setae; anterior angles obtuse, rounded; posterior angles obtuse, slightly
directed downward. Scutellum 1.5X wider than long, with 6 diminute punctures. Elytron 2.2 longer
than wide, densely rugo-punctate, with some erect, long setae on the apical half of the sutural striae;
epipleural border narrowed, extended along the complete margin, provided with a fringe of mixed
long and short setae; humeral calla rounded, prominent; apical calla rounded. Metathoracic wings
completely developed. Propygidium shiny, fine and sparcely punctate with short setae toward the basal
sides. Pygidium convex, shiny, rugose, sparce and shallowly punctate, glabrous; apical margin with
22 slender setae; basal margin effaced at the middle. Pterosternon with long, dense, yellowish vestiture.
Visible abdominal sternites 2° to 4° nearly convex at the midline, sternite 5° convex, with vague patch
of microscopic granules and setae; anal plate slightly convex, sparce punctate, with anterior and
posterior borders not thickened, but with shallow mesial fullow, and 8 scattered setae near the posterior
border. Protibiae shorter than protarsi (1:1.2), with two big teeth and one small tooth on external
border, preapical spur long, straight, acute, slightly longer than 2° protarsomerus. Mesotibiae with one
oblique, strong, setiferous, transverse carina across external side, and one row of 7 short spines along
dorsal border; upper apical spur nearly straight, narrow, 0.9X shorter than lower spur. Metatibiae
nearly as long as metatarsi (1:1.1), with one oblique, strong setiferous transverse carina across external
side, and one row of 6 short spines along dorsal border (Fig. 1); apical spurs articulated with the
236 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Figures 1-5. Phyllophaga jovelana NEW SPECIES.
Figure 1. Lateral view of male metatibia.
Figure 2. Male protarsal claw.
Figure 3. Lateral view of complete genital capsule of holotype.
Figure 4. Distal view of same paramera.
Figure 5. Female genital plates of allotype. Scale lines = 1 mm, except figure 2 = 0.5 mm.
border, upper spur narrowed with rounded apex, slightly curved, nearly as long as 2° metatarsomerus,
and 1.2 longer than the lower spur. Tarsomeres semicylindrical, elongated, with enlarged apex, some
setae around the apex and two lines of some setae ventrally. Tarsal claws symmetrical, similar on all
legs, with median, curvate acute teeth located toward the apex (Fig. 2). Genital capsule with long
paramera, fused at their basis, apex widened and compressed, with a long unpaired structure fixed at
the middle of the basis. Tectum convex. Aedeagus long, with wide sclerotized tube-like support (Figs.
3 and 4). Length of genital capsule from the apex of parameres to the border of basal piece: 3.8 mm.
Total body length: 14.2 mm. Humeral width: 6.1 mm.
Allotype.—Female. Similar to the male except as follows: clypeus and frons slightly more rugose;
2000 MORON & CANO: NEW PHYLLOPHAGA SPECIES 237
antennal club as long as the preceeding four segments; elytra without long setae on the sutural striae;
pygidial shape more triangular, with vague carina along middle line, and the apex projected; visible
abdominal sternite 5° convex, with scattered setiferous punctures; anal plate convex, punctate, with
10 slender setae near the posterior border. Spines on the dorsal border of meso- and metatibia are
larger than in the male. Apical spurs of metatibiae more wide and curvated than in the male, with
rounded apexes. Ventral genital plates strongly sclerotized, nearly symmetrical, convex, smooth, with
3—4 short slender setae near the posterior border; dorsal genital plates fused, with wide, rounded distal
borders provided with 6—7 setae on each side (Fig. 5). Total body length: 14.9 mm. Humeral width:
6.6 mm.
Type locality.—Volcano Tzontehuitz, San Cristébal de las Casas, state of Chia-
pas, México (approx. 16°50’ N; 92°35’ W).
Variation—Male paratypes are similar to the holotype except as follows: body color dark reddish
brown to light reddish brown; pronotal borders with more or less number of erect, long setae; pygidium
with more or less rugose-punctate; total body length: 12.6—-15.2 mm, humeral width: 5.0-6.2 mm.
Female paratype are similar to the allotype except as follows: elytra with long setae on the apical half
of sutural striae; total body length: 14.2 mm; humeral width: 6.1 mm
Biological Data.—Specimens of P. jovelana were collected at lights in pine
and oak forests located from 2400 to 2600 m altitude. Phenology: May (6), June
(1), September (1). Other species of Phyllophaga flying at the same time were P.
(Phytalus) senicula (Bates), P. (s. str.) chamula Moré6n, P. (s. str.) tojolabala
Moré6n and P. (Chlaenobia) ratcliffeiana Moré6n.
Remarks.—Phyllophaga jovelana is included in the species group rostripyga
(sensu Cano & Moron 1998), and is related to P. abcea Saylor and P. serrana
sp. nov. Shape of clypeus, sculpture of pygidium and last abdominal segments,
structure of paramera and aedeagus aid to separate from allied species.
Etymology.—Derived from the old indigenous Maya Tzeltal name of the place
where the city of San Cristobal de las Casas was founded, ‘‘Jovel’’ meaning
““place where the grass growth in bundles’? (Manuel Giron, personal communi-
cation).
PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYLLOPHAGA) SERRATIPES MORON & CANO, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 6-10)
Types.—(Described from 9 males and 3 females. Holotype, male; GUATE-
MALA. ZACAPA, arriba de La Union, 26 Sep 1992, R. Villatoro; deposited:
Universidad del Valle de Guatemala collection. Allotype female; same data as
holotype; deposited: Universidad del Valle de Guatemala collection. Paratypes.
Same data as holotype (4 males) (MXAL; UVGC); same data as holotype except
26 Jun 1992, H. Castafieda (2 males) (UVGC); same data except 1 May 1992 (1
male, 1 female) (UVGC); same data except 14 Jul 1993, J. Monzon (3 males, 1
female) (UVGC; MXAL; CASC).
Holotype.-—Male. Head, pronotum and elytra shiny reddish dark brown, nearly black, sterna, py-
gidium and legs shiny reddish brown. Clypeus wider than long (4.8:1), anterior border widely sinuated
with margins scarcely elevated, surface slightly convex, with deep, circular punctures, and scarce erect
setae. Fronto-clypeal suture slightly sinuated, clearly impressed. Frons wider than long (1.8:1) convex,
with wide, shallow, rounded punctures of different diameters, and some long, slender setae. Antenna
10 segmented, with 3 segmented club; lamellae as long as the length of the five preceeding segments
combined, segments 4° equal to segment 3°, segment 5° slightly shorter than segment 3°, segments 6°
and 7° wider than long, with rounded process directed forward. Frons 6.8X wider than each eye dorsal
diameter. Canthus narrowed, curvated and rounded, with 7 setae. Labrum deeply bilobed, with scarce
238 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
9 10
Figures 6-10 Phyllophaga serratipes NEW SPECIES.
Figure 6. Lateral view of male metatibia.
Figure 7. Male protarsal claw.
Figure 8. Lateral view of complete genital capsule of holotype.
Figure 9. Distal view of the paramera of paratype.
Figure 10. Female genital plates of allotype. Scale lines = 1 mm, except figure 7 = 0.5 mm.
slender setae on the borders. Mentum widely concave, polishesed, with lateral slender setae, anterior
border widely notched. Pronotum wider than long (1.8:1) and 2.3X wider than frons. Pronotal disk
with rounded, deep, large punctures of different diameters irregularly dispersed, separated by 1—4
diameters, without macroscopic setae; lateral borders strongly angulated, marginal bead broadly cren-
ulate, with sparced long, slender setae; anterior angles obtuse, rounded; posterior angles nearly straight,
slightly directed downward. Scutellum 1.8 wider than long, without punctures. Elytron 2.9X longer
than wide, densely rugo-punctate, without setae on disk; epipleural border narrowed, extended along
the complete margin, provided with very scarce, scattered short setae; humeral calla rounded, prom-
inent; apical calla rounded. Metathoracic wings completely developed. Propygidium shiny, with dense
and fine punctuation and numerous short setae toward the basal border. Pygidium convex, shiny,
slightly rugose, sparce and deeply punctate, glabrous; apical margin with 11 slender setae; basal margin
effaced at the middle. Pterosternon with long, dense yellowish vestiture. Visible abdominal sternites
2° to 4° nearly convex at the midline, sternite 5° convex, with vague patch of microscopic granules
at midline and scattered setae at the sides; anal plate slightly concave, vaguely punctate, with anterior
border strongly thickened toward the sides, and posterior border narrowly thickened, with shallow and
2000 MORON & CANO: NEW PHYLLOPHAGA SPECIES 239
wide mesial fullow, and 12 scattered setae near the posterior border. Protibiae scarcely shorter than
protarsi (0.9:1), with two big teeth and one small tooth on external border, preapical spur long, straight,
acute, longer than 2° protarsomerus. Mesotibiae with one oblique, strong, setiferous, transverse carina
across external side, and one row of 5 short spines along dorsal border; upper apical spur nearly
straight, narrow, 0.7 shorter than lower spur. Metatibiae shorter than metatarsi (0.9:1), with one
oblique, strong setiferous transverse carina across external side, and one row of 5 short spines along
dorsal border (Fig. 6); apical spurs articulated with the border, upper spur widened before acute apex,
slightly curved, longer than 2° metatarsomerus, and 1.3X longer than the lower spur. Tarsomeres
semicylindrical, elongated, with enlarged apex, some setae around the apex and two lines of some
setae ventrally. Tarsal claws symmetrical, similar on all legs, with median, curvate acute teeth located
toward the apex (Fig. 7). Genital capsule with curvated, long paramera, fused at their basis, apex
widened with acute borders, and with a long, wide and rounded unpaired structure fixed at the middle
of the basis. Tectum convex. Aedeagus long, with curvated, wide sclerotized tube-like support (Figs.
8 and 9). Length of genital capsule from the apex of parameres to the border of basal piece: 4.2 mm.
Total body length: 16.4 mm. Humeral width: 6.9 mm.
Alloty pe——Female. Similar to the male except as follows: clypeus and frons slightly more rugose;
pygidial shape almost triangular, lateral borders almost triangular, lateral borders almost vertical form-
ing a subconial apical projection; punctuation shallow and dispersed; visible abdominal sternite 5°
convex, with scattered setiferous punctures; anal plate convex, punctate, with 10 slender setae near
the posterior border. Spines on the dorsal border of meso- and metatibia are larger than in the male.
Apical spurs of metatibiae more broad, wide and curvated than in the male, with rounded apexes.
Ventral genital plates strongly sclerotized (except at interior borders when appears almost membra-
nous), slightly symmetrical, convex, smooth, without macroscopic setae; dorsal genital plates not
fused, elongated to the apex, with irregular borders, provided with 4—5 short setae on each side (Fig.
10). Total body length: 17.1 mm. Humeral width: 7.3 mm.
Type locality—tLa Union, department of Zacapa, Guatemala (approx. 14°57’
N; 89°15’ W).
Variation—Male paratypes are similar to the holotype except as follows: some specimens are darker
and opaque (dark reddish-brown to almost black) or shiny reddish-brown (these specimens also present
the genital capsule less sclerotized). Antenna and lamellae dark yellowish-brown in some specimens.
Frons with setae longer or shorter than holotype; in some specimens the punctuation are coarser and
deeper. Pygidium more densely punctate and less rugose. Total body length 15.5—-17.4 mm. Humeral
width 6.9-7.4 mm. Female paratypes similar to allotype except in body size: total length 16.6—-16.8
mm; humeral width 7.4—7.5 mm.
Biological Data—Specimens of P. serratipes were collected at Hg and UV
lights in an isolated cloud forest located at 1350—1500 m altitude, mainly formed
by species of Quercus, Clusia, Inga and Hedyosmum. This forest is surrounded
by coffee plantations and dry forests, dominated by Pinus, Quercus, Liquidambar
species at lower altitudes (1300-1450 m). Phenology: May (2), June (2), August
(4), September (8). Other species of Phyllophaga flying at the same time were P.
(Phytalus) obsoleta (Blanchard), P. (Phyllophaga) tenuipilis (Bates), P. (P.) se-
tidorsis (Bates) and P. (P.) mentalis Saylor.
Remarks.—Phyllophaga serratipes is included in the species group rostripyga
(sensu Cano & Morén 1998), and is related to P. abcea Saylor and P. serrana
sp. nov. Shape of clypeus, sculpture of pygidium and last abdominal segments,
structure of mesial projection of the paramera and form of aedeagus support, aid
to separate from allied species.
Etymology.—Derived from Latin serra, saw shaped, pes, pedis, a foot, serra-
tipes, “‘saw shaped foot’’, (Jaeger 1978) in relation to the serrate edges of the
meso- and metatibiae.
240 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Figures 11-15. Phyllophaga serrana NEW SPECIES.
Figure 11. Lateral view of male metatibia.
Figure 12. Male protarsal claw.
Figure 13. Lateral view of complete genital capsule of paratype.
Figure 14. Distal view of same paramera.
Figure 15. Female genital plates of allotype. Scale lines = 1 mm, except figure 12 = 0.5 mm.
PHYLLOPHAGA (PHYLLOPHAGA) SERRANA MORON & CANO, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 11-15)
Types.—(Described from 6 males and 2 females). Holotype, male; GUATE-
MALA: BAJA VERAPAZ, near Purulhaé, km 156 on road to Coban, May 1991, P.
Hubbell; deposited: Universidad del Valle de Guatemala collection. Allotype, fe-
male; same data as holotype; deposited: Universidad del Valle de Guatemala col-
lection. Paratypes: same data as holotype (1 male, 1 female) (UVGC; MXAL).
BAJA VERAPAZ, 8 km W on road to Chilasc6, 5 Aug 1991, P. Hubbell (4 males)
(UVGC; MXAL).
2000 MORON & CANO: NEW PHYLLOPHAGA SPECIES 241
Holotype.—Male. Head and pronotum shiny dark brown, nearly black; elytra, sterna, pygidium and
legs shiny reddish dark brown. Clypeus wider than long (2.1:1), anterior border widely sinuated with
margins scarcely elevated, surface nearly flattened, with abundant circular punctures, and scattered
short, erect setae. Fronto-clypeal suture slightly sinuated, finely impressed. Frons wider than long (2.2:
1) convex, coarsely rugo-punctate, with long, slender setae. Antenna 10 segmented, with 3 segmented
club; lamellae as long as the length of the six preceeding segments combined, segments 4° or 5° longer
than segment 3°, segment 7° wider than long, with rounded process directed forward. Frons 5.4X
wider than each eye dorsal diameter. Canthus short, curvated and rounded, with 7 setae. Labrum
deeply bilobed, with numerous slender, stout setae on the borders. Mentum widely concave, polished,
with lateral slender setae, anterior border widely notched. Pronotum wider than long (1.9:1) and 2X
wider than frons. Pronotal disk with large number of microscopic punctures and numerous round,
deep, large punctures separated by 1-3 diameters, each puncture with a long, slender setae; lateral
borders strongly angulated, marginal bead regularly crenulate, with long, slender setae; anterior angles
obtuse, rounded; posterior angles obtuse, slightly directed downward. Scutellum 1.8X wider than long,
without punctures. Elytron 2.9X longer than wide, densely rugo-punctate, with some scattered long
setae toward the apical sides; epipleural border narrowed, extended along the complete margin, pro-
vided with a fringe of long setae; humeral calla rounded, prominent; apical calla rounded. Metathoracic
wings completely developed. Propygidium shiny, densely punctate completely covered with medium
size setae. Pygidium convex, shiny, densely rugo-punctate, covered with long erect setae; apical margin
with 14 slender setae; basal margin partially effaced at the middle. Pterosternon with long, dense,
yellowish vestiture. Visible abdominal sternites 2° to 4° nearly convex at the midline, with dense
vestiture of short setae, sternite 5° convex, with transverse sulcus just behind the apical border, com-
pletely extended from side to side; anal plate slightly concave, with some setiferous punctures, anterior
border noticeably thickened, mainly toward the sides, posterior border narrowly thickened, with 14
scattered, erect setae near the posterior border. Protibiae shorter than protarsi (0.8:1), with two big
teeth and one small tooth on external border, preapical spur long, straight, acute, as long as 2° pro-
tarsomerus. Mesotibiae with one oblique, strong, setiferous, transverse carina across external side, and
one row of 7 short spines along dorsal border; upper apical spur nearly straight, narrowed, 0.9X
shorter than lower spur. Metatibiae shorter than metatarsi (0.9:1), with one oblique, strong setiferous
transverse carina across external side, and one row of 7 short spines along dorsal border (Fig. 11);
apical spurs articulated with the border, upper spur narrowed with acute apex, slightly curved, nearly
as long as 2° metatarsomerus, and 1.3X longer than the lower spur. Tarsomeres semicylindrical, elon-
gated, with enlarged apex, some setae around the apex and two lines of setae ventrally. Tarsal claws
symmetrical, similar on all legs, with median, curvate acute teeth located toward the apex (Fig. 12).
Genital capsule with long paramera, fused at their basis, apex widened and compressed, with a long
unpaired recurvated structure fixed at the middle of the basis. Tectum convex. Aedeagus long, with
sclerotized support and a pair of dorsal spines before apex (Figs. 13 and 14). Length of genital capsule
from the apex of parameres to the border of basal piece: 4.0 mm. Total body length: 16.0 mm. Humeral
width: 6.3 mm.
Alloty pe-——Female. Similar to the male excepts as follows: antennal club narrower than the length
of basal segments combinated (0.3:1); pygidium semitriangular, more convex toward the apex; punc-
tuation and setae scattered, setae short; fifth abdominal sternite convex to almost flattened in the
middle; metatibial spurs broadened. Ventral genital plates strongly sclerotized (except at interior bor-
ders when appears almost membranous), slightly symmetrical, convex, smooth, without macroscopic
setae; dorsal genital plates fused, with apical border sinuated, provided with 6—7 short setae on each
side (Fig. 15). Total body length 15.8 mm. Humeral width 5.9 mm.
Type locality—Purulha, department Baja Verapaz, Guatemala (approx. 15°16’
N; 90°15’ W).
Variation—Male paratypes are similar to the holotype except as follows: some specimens have the
pronotum reddish brown, darkner and opaque or more reddish and shiny; have more setae on the
pronotum, pygidium and abdominal sternites, or the setae of the pronotum are longer. Total body
length 12.6-16.3 mm. Humeral width 5.1—-6.2 mm. Paratype female similar to allotype except in body
size: total length 15.2 mm; humeral width 6.1 mm.
Biological Data—Specimens of P. serrana were collected at light in cloud
forest and associated (slightly more dry) forests of Pinus, Quercus and Liquid-
242 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
ambar, located between 1500-1600 m of altitude. Phenology: May (3), August
(5). Other species of Phyllophaga flying at the same time were P. (Phytalus)
obsoleta (Blanchard), P. (s. str.) tenuipilis (Bates) and P. (s. str.) rugipennis
(Schauffus).
Remarks.—Phyllophaga serrana is included in the species group rostripyga
(sensu Cano & Morén 1998), and is related to P. abcea Saylor and P. serratipes
sp. nov. Shape of clypeus, pronotal and sternite vestiture, sculpture of pygidium
and last abdominal segments, structure of paramera and aedeagus aid to separate
from allied species.
Etymology.—Derived from the name applied to the area where this species was
collected, ‘“‘Serrana Area’’, according with the Biotic Areas System of Guatemala
(modified from Stuart 1942).
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Curatorial work at the Canadian collections was possible by the support of
CanaColl Foundation (1993) and Comisién Nacional para el Conocimiento y Uso
de la Biodiversidad (CONABIO) México (K005) to M.A. Moron, who is also
indebted to Henry & Anne Howden, Edward Becker, Bruce Gill and Francoise
Genier for their valuable help during his visit to Canada (1998). Brett C. Ratcliffe
(Lincoln, Nebraska), William B. Warner (Chandler, Arizona) and José Monzén
(UVG) gave to us interesting specimens of Phyllophaga used during the present
study. This paper is a contribution to the project “‘Sistematica y Biologia del
género Phyllophaga en México y América Central’? (225260-5-25723-N), sup-
ported by CONACYT, México; as well as a join contribution to the project No.
2 supported by FONACYT, Guatemala.
LITERATURE CITED
Bates, H. W. 1887-1889. Biologia Centrali Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, Volume 2, Part II: 161-—
416.
Cano, E., & M. A. Moron, 1998. “Las especies de Phyllophaga (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolon-
thinae) de Guatemala. Diversidad, distribucién e importancia’’. pp. 7-18. Jn: Avances en el
estudio de la diversidad, importancia y manejo de los coledpteros edaficolas americanos. Publ.
Esp. Benemérita Universidad Aut6noma de Puebla y Sociedad Mexicana de Entomologia, Méx-
ico.
Jaeger, E. C. 1978. A source book of biological names and terms. (3rd ed.) C. C. Thomas Publisher.
Springfield, Mass.
Moron, M. A. 1986. El género Phyllophaga en México. Morfologia, Distribucién y Sistematica Su-
praespecifica (Insecta: Coleoptera). Publ. 20, Instituto de Ecologia, México.
Sanderson, M. W. 1958. Faunal affinities of Arizona Phyllophaga, with notes and descriptions of new
species. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 31: 158-173.
Saylor, L. W. 1940. Ten new neotropical beetles of the scarab genus Phyllophaga. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 53: 109-117.
Stuart, L. C. 1942. Una descripcion preliminar de las provincias bidticas de Guatemala, fundada sobre
la distribucidn del género Salamandrino. Anales Soc. Geogr. Hist. Guat. 18: 29-38.
Received 15 Oct 1999; Accepted 7 Feb 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(4): 243-250, (2000)
AGONISTIC BEHAVIOR BETWEEN RECENTLY
COLLECTED AND LABORATORY CULTURED
RETICULITERMES SPP. ISOPTERA:
RHINOTERMITIDAE) FROM NORTHERN CALIFORNIA
GAIL M. GETTyY!3, MICHAEL I. HAVERTY!*, AND VERNARD R. LEwIs?*
‘Chemical Ecology of Forest Insects, Pacific Southwest Research Station,
U.S.D.A. Forest Service, PO. Box 245, Berkeley, California 94701
?Division of Insect Biology, Department of Environmental Science, Policy and
Management, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720
3Structural Pest Research and Extension Center, Forest Products Laboratory,
University of California, 1301 So. 46th Street, Richmond, California 94804
Abstract——Mixing workers from different foraging groups of the same colony of Reticulitermes
spp. from northern California never resulted in agonistic behavior and seldom (8%) resulted in
mortality after 24 h. When colonymates are reunited, behaviors such as head and body tapping
and antennation of one another are observed. Intermingling workers from different colonies of
the same cuticular hydrocarbon phenotype normally does not result in immediate aggression,
but mortality is usually high (83%) after 24 h. Attempts to mix workers from colonies with
different cuticular hydrocarbon phenotypes result in immediate aggressive behavior 88% of the
time and high mortality (= 50%) 100% of the time after 24 h. Mixing workers from cultures of
Reticulitermes spp. maintained in the laboratory for > 18 months with workers recently collected
from the same colony in the field resulted in neither obvious agonistic behavior nor significant
mortality (< 5%) after 24 h. Commingling workers from laboratory cultures with workers re-
cently collected from different field colonies of the same cuticular hydrocarbon phenotype usu-
ally resulted in high mortality (42 of 54 bioassays with > 50% mortality). Interactions between
workers from laboratory cultures with workers recently collected from field colonies of a dif-
ferent cuticular hydrocarbon phenotype always resulted in high mortality. These results suggest
that termites separated from their colony and maintained in the laboratory for > 18 months
continue to recognize colonymates from the field, and vice versa. Maintenance of laboratory
cultures of Reticulitermes colonies can be a valuable tool to test the efficacy of baits by deter-
mining if a colony has been successfully eliminated, has avoided the baits and subsequently
returned to the monitors, or has been replaced by a completely different colony.
Key Words.—Insecta, Reticulitermes, aggression, baiting, fighting, monitoring, subterranean ter-
mites.
Intraspecific and interspecific aggression between or among termites has been
investigated as a means of deducing relationships among colonies of termites
(Thorne & Haverty 1991, Shelton & Grace 1996). Intraspecific and interspecific
agonism is the norm, however, passive intraspecific encounters have been recorded
for Reticulitermes santonensis Feytaud (Clément 1986), R. flavipes (Kollar)
(Grace 1996, Polizzi & Forschler 1998), R. virginicus (Banks) (Polizzi & For-
schler 1998), Coptotermes formosanus Shiraki (Su & Haverty 1991, Shelton
1996), and for three species of Zootermopsis, Z. nevadensis (Hagen), Z. angus-
ticollis (Hagen), and Z. laticeps (Banks) (Thorne & Haverty 1989). Agonism has
been used to infer colony affiliation of foraging groups or satellite groups of the
subterranean termites Heterotermes aureus (Snyder) (Binder 1988, Jones 1990),
Reticulitermes spp. (Haverty et al. 1999a), Reticulitermes (1.) banyulensis Clément
(Clément 1980), and R. (/.) grassei Clément and R. (l.) lucifugus Rossi (Clément
1986).
244 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
We studied seasonal foraging and feeding behavior and the size and dispersion
of colonies of Reticulitermes spp. in northern California as background infor-
mation to assist in the evaluation of baits for control of these subterranean termites
(Haverty et al. 1999b, 2000). The same color stain was used to mark termites in
monitoring stations throughout each site. This led to difficulties determining ter-
mite associations in the numerous monitoring stations at our research sites (Lewis
et al. 1998). Haverty et al. (1999a) proposed an approach that would first char-
acterize the cuticular hydrocarbons of termites in each foraging group collected
from each monitoring station on each observation date. If the hydrocarbon phe-
notypes are different, then the termites are from different colonies. When the
hydrocarbon phenotypes are the same, then agonistic bioassays would be started.
Termites that are aggressive toward one another are assumed to be from different
colonies. Finally, if the termites are from the same cuticular hydrocarbon phe-
notype and do not react aggressively, then the next step would be to initiate a
-mark-release-recapture (MRR) to document if there is a connection between the
groups. This integrated approach would reduce reliance on use of dyes alone to
assess the relationship of foragers from different monitoring stations (Haverty et
al. 1999a). However, it should be pointed out that not all distinct colonies of
subterranean termites react aggressively towards one another and that certain pair-
ings of distinct colonies sometimes result in high levels of mortality (> 50%) and
sometimes they do not (Haverty et al. 1999a, Su & Haverty 1991, Thorne &
Haverty 1991, Shelton 1996).
Problems can occur when evaluating baits for control of subterranean termites.
If termites appear in monitoring devices within the territory or foraging area
occupied by the colony that was presumably eliminated or suppressed, are they
members of the original colony, or are they new immigrants into the area? The
same protocol proposed by Haverty et al. (1999a) can be modified to address this
question. The cuticular hydrocarbon phenotype of the colony treated with bait
must be documented before treatment. If the termites appearing in monitoring
devices following the bait treatment are of a different cuticular hydrocarbon phe-
notype, then it is clear that a different colony has become established in the
territory of the baited colony. If the cuticular hydrocarbon phenotype of the pre-
vious and recent termites are the same, then an agonistic bioassay could be used
to determine whether the termites are from the original colony. This would re-
quire, however, maintaining a laboratory culture of the original colony.
We report here the results of laboratory bioassays to assess the aggressive
behavior of recently collected termites toward termites kept in culture in the lab-
oratory for more than 18 months. We suggest this protocol as a means to deter-
mine the possible origin of termites appearing in the territory of a colony pre-
sumably eliminated by a bait treatment.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Collections of Reticulitermes were made from one wildland location and two
residential locations in northern California (Haverty et al. 1999a, b, 2000). The
wildland site was the Institute of Forest Genetics (IFG) near Placerville, El Do-
rado County, California. This is ~4 ha and composed of a 70-year-old plantation
of mixed Pinus spps. The residential sites were in Marin County: one each in
Novato and Larkspur. The Novato site (St. Francis of Assisi Church) consists of
2000 GETTY ET AL.: AGONISTIC BEHAVIOR OF RETICULITERMES 245
a single-family dwelling (the church rectory), the church, and extensive gardens,
walks, and large trees on a 1-ha lot (Lewis et al. 1998). The Larkspur site is a
single-family, 62-year-old residence.
We installed monitoring stations from which we collected foragers on a monthly
basis from 1993 through 1996 (Lewis et al. 1998). Sixty-eight stations were in-
stalled at IFG, 34 at Novato, and 12 at Larkspur. Separate laboratory cultures
were established from foraging termites collected from each monitoring station
through December 1996. Cultures were augmented each month with foragers from
the same monitoring station under the assumption that a given monitoring station
was consistently occupied by one colony over the duration of the study. Thus,
each individual colony might have multiple cultures because some colonies oc-
cupied more than one monitoring station (Haverty et al. 2000). Cultures were
maintained in the laboratory for up to 36 months in containers provided with
sand/vermiculite/water (1:1:0.8 vol.) (Haverty 1979). Cultures were supplied
wood from old monitoring station bundles (Lewis et al. 1998) and remoistened
as needed.
Termites were not collected between 1 Jan 1997, and 14 Jun 1998. However,
in June 1998 collections were made again from the monitoring stations at IFG,
Novato, and Larkspur. They were returned to the laboratory and placed in separate
cultures from those collected prior to January 1997. Thus, we maintained old and
new cultures in the laboratory for study.
To observe the behavior of colony members rejoined after > 18 months of
separation, we paired two groups of 10 workers from the same monitoring station,
each group from a different collection period: pre-1997 and post-1998. To ascer-
tain the potential for aggression of these same cultures, we paired two groups of
10 workers, each group from a culture from a different monitoring station known
to be used by different colonies; 75% of these pairings were from different col-
lection periods, pre-1997 and post-1998, while 25% were from the same collection
period, pre-1997.
The two groups of 10 workers were placed in plastic Petri dishes (5 cm di-
ameter) with tight-fitting lids, provisioned with a 47-mm absorbent pad (Gelman
Sciences, Ann Arbor, MI) moistened with one ml of distilled water (Haverty et
al. 1999a). Cultures from a monitoring station were removed from the container
and placed on a tray. As the workers walked away from the culture medium they
were aspirated into a container until a group of 10 was collected. The groups of
10 were poured into the Petri dish. The second group was handled similarly. An
equal number of replicates for all combinations was attempted, however, varia-
tions in the number of replications per treatment occurred due to insufficient
number of workers available in laboratory cultures or monitoring stations.
Behavior was observed for ~two min upon combining the two groups to record
immediate aggression (Haverty et al. 1999a). Surviving termites were counted
after 24 h. These groups of 20 termites were kept in the Petri dishes in the
laboratory under ambient conditions for 24 h. Mortality was considered high if
10 or fewer live termites remained, low if 17 or more remained and equivocal if
11 to 16 termites remained after 24 h (Haverty et al. 1999a).
RESULTS
Cultures from the Same Monitoring Station, Different Collection Period.—Be-
havioral observations yielded the same results in all 54 pairings. No aggressive
246 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
behavior, such as biting or lunging, was observed in any of these pairings. Sev-
enteen of the 215 pairings of cultures from monitoring stations from IFG had 19
termites surviving; the remaining 92.1% of the paired groups of 10 had all 20
termites surviving after 24 h (Table 1). Similar results were observed with the
termites from the residential sites. Only two of the 80 paired groups had 19
termites surviving after 24 h; all of the other paired groups had 20 survivors after
24 h.
Cultures from Different Colonies, Same or Different Collection Period.—Ag-
onistic responses resulting from different combinations (collection dates, colony
affiliations, or hydrocarbon phenotype) were observed with the assumption that
none of the pairings were from the same colony. These tests were conducted to
confirm the robustness of termites in culture or from the field and to provide a
positive control. When paired with known antagonist termite colonies, they would
indeed fight. High mortality (& 50%) resulted 92% of the time when groups of
10 workers from different colonies were paired (Table 2).
Mixing cultures from the same phenotype resulted in high mortality (= 50%)
83% of the time. However, certain pairings, such as Wc26 vs. Wg36, Wb33 vs.
W236, Wg36 vs. Wh54, W246 vs. Wt46, and W246 vs. Wt51, resulted in equiv-
ocal mortality; sometimes it was high and sometimes it was low (Table 2). These
equivocal results in pairing different colonies of the same phenotype are expected
(Haverty et al. 1999a). Combining cultures of different phenotypes, and thus ob-
viously different colonies, resulted in aggressive behavior and high (= 50%)
worker mortality 100% of the time (Table 2).
DISCUSSION
The results of this study suggest that Reticulitermes from northern California
can be maintained in culture in the laboratory for an extended period of time
without losing the ability to distinguish colonymates from non-colony mates.
These observations and conclusions do not differ from those made from pairings
of groups of 10 workers from recent collections or contemporary laboratory cul-
tures of the same populations sampled by Haverty et al. (1999a). We were careful
to avoid cooling the termites when we transported them to the laboratory, as
cooling has been reported to decrease aggression, even between different species
(Dropkin 1946, Howick & Creffield 1980, Shelton & Grace 1997). The colonies
we studied apparently were able to retain the factor(s) responsible for recognition,
whether that was colony odor or the make-up of the cuticular hydrocarbons on
the cuticle (Adams 1991, Haverty & Thorne 1989, Su & Haverty 1991, Thorne
& Haverty 1991).
From these studies we conclude that laboratory cultures, maintained over time,
retain their ability to recognize colonymates and non-colony mates. This char-
acteristic could be important if agonistic behavior were used as a bioassay for
determining if foraging groups of Reticulitermes from northern California belong
to the same colony (Haverty et al. 1999a) as suggested for Heterotermes aureus
(Snyder) (Jones 1990). Furthermore, laboratory cultures could be used to ascertain
the affiliation of termites appearing in monitoring devices within the territory or
foraging area occupied by a colony that was apparently eliminated or suppressed
by baiting. Agonistic bioassays can be used to determine whether the colony was
suppressed and subsequently resurged, or if newly collected termites are from a
Table 1. Number of survivors from pairings of two groups of 10 workers from the same monitoring station. One group is from collections taken prior to 1 Jan
1997 and the other group from collections taken after 1 Jul 1998.
Pairings?
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
Wc7
Wc26
Wb33
We36
Wt46
Wt51
Wh54
Xt10
Xol16
Xi21
Yt2
Yz16
YA16
YD16
Yrl19
Ys19
Ytl9
Yw20
YE20
Yr23
Yw25
Yh27
Yk27
YI28
Yh30
Yk32
No. survivors in each pairing
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 19, 19, 20
20, 19, 20, 19, 20, 20
20, 19, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 19, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
19, 20, 19, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 19
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 19, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 19, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
Pairings*
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
IFG:
StF:
StF:
StF:
Yr34
Yv32
Yv34
Ze4
Zp8s
Zn11
Zm13
No. survivors in each pairing
20, 20, 20, 20, 19, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 19, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 19
20, 20, 19, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
19, 20, 20, 20, 19, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 19
20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 19, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
4 Monitoring stations from the Institute of Forest Genetics (IFG), St. Francis of Assissi Church in Novato (StF), or Larkspur (L).
> After 24 h, the number of workers alive in the bioassay arena for each pairing. For example, in IFG: Wc7 there were 6 pairings, each with 20 workers surviving.
Each pairing was with 10 workers collected prior to January 1, 1997 and 10 workers collected from the same monitoring station after July 1, 1998.
0007
SHUNAALTTNOIAY AO YOIAVHA OLLSINODV "TV LA ALLAD
Lve
Table 2. Number of survivors from pairings of two groups of 10 workers from culture from different colonies from the same or different collection periods.
Pairings* No. survivors in each pairing’ Pairings* No. survivors in each pairing
Same Phenotypes* Different Phenotypes*
IFG: Wc26 vs Wb33 1,4°1,3,1,5 IFG: Wc26 vs Wb36* 3, 0, 0, 2, 1
IFG: Wc26 vs Wg36 11, 18, 3, 4 IFG: Wc26 vs Wb36 1 OsG Te ©
IFG: Wb33 vs Wg36* 14, 0, 5, 0 IFG: Wb36 vs Wb33 Stieyesely oD
IFG: Wg36 vs Wh54 10, 6, 10 IFG: Yt2 vs Yq23 2, 4, 4, 0,5
IFG: W246 vs Wt46 16, 10, 20, 16, 17, 17 IFG: Yt2 vs Wb33 8, 8, 4, 8, 7
IFG: W246 vs Wt51 6.-0;°022.05 1; 11, 1,0 IFG: Yh27 vs Yt2 4,4, 5, 2,4
IFG: W246 vs Wh54* 8, 4, 0 IFG: Yh27 vs Yq23 6, 8
IFG: Wh54 vs Wt51 2; 4, 2, 2,225.0 IFG: Zn11 vs Wh54 0, 2,0, 1, 2
IFG: Zn11 vs Yt2 3, 7, 6 IFG: Zn11 vs Yq23 2, 4, 4, 4, 4
StF: 66 vs 78 oe gs a Se Be StF: 66 vs 35 5, 4; 3,°2;.2
StF: 71 vs 78 es5
?
4 Monitoring stations from the Institute of Forest Genetics (IFG), St. Francis of Assisi Church in Novato (StF).
> The number of workers alive after 24 h in the bioassay arena for each pairing.
¢ Column one of each pair collected prior to 1 Jan 1997; column two of each pair collected after 1 June 1998 except those noted * were collected prior to 1 Jan
1997.
87
LSTIDO'TOWOLNYA OMIOVd-NVd HHL
(V)OL ‘TOA
2000 GETTY ET AL.: AGONISTIC BEHAVIOR OF RETICULITERMES 249
different colony that has now become established in the territory previously oc-
cupied by a different colony or colonies. To do this, the cuticular hydrocarbon
phenotype of the original colonies treated with bait must be documented before
treatment and a culture maintained. If the termites appearing in monitoring devices
after completion of the bait treatment are of a different cuticular hydrocarbon
phenotype, then it is clear that a different colony has become established in the
territory of the previously baited colony. If the cuticular hydrocarbon phenotype
of the previous and recent termites are the same, then an agonistic bioassay could
be used to determine whether the termites are from the same colony.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We thank Kirsten Copren for her help in maintaining laboratory cultures and
field collections, and the St. Francis of Assisi Church of Novato, California, and
Lance and Doris Lesneski of Larkspur, California for allowing us to conduct
research on their properties. This work was supported, in part, by a grant from
the California Structural Pest Control Board and financial assistance from Dow
AgroSciences.
LITERATURE CITED
Adams, E. S. 1991. Nest-mate recognition based on heritable odors in the termite Microcerotermes
arboreus. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 88: 2031-2034.
Binder, B. FE 1988. Intercolonial aggression in the subterranean termite Heterotermes auxeus (Isoptera:
Rhinotermitidae). Psyche, 95: 123-137.
Clément, J.-L. 1980. Aggression intra- et interspecifique dans le genre Reticulitermes (Isoptera). Se-
quences comportementales de reconnaissance coloniale. Congres sur les Societes d’Insectes
Senangue. Biol. Ecol. Mediterr., 7: 157-158.
Clément, J.-L. 1986. Open and closed societies in Reticulitermes termites (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae):
geographic and seasonal variations. Sociobiology 11: 311-323.
Dropkin, V. H. 1946. The use of mixed colonies of termites in the study of host-symbiont relations.
J. Parasitol., 32: 247-251.
Grace, J. K. 1996. Absence of overt agonistic behavior in a northern population of Reticulitermes
flavipes (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) from Canada. Sociobiology, 28: 103-110.
Haverty, M. I. 1979. Selection of tunneling substrates for laboratory studies with three subterranean
termite species. Sociobiology, 4: 315-320.
Haverty, M. I. & B. L. Thorne. 1989. Agonistic behavior correlated with hydrocarbon phenotypes in
dampwood termites, Zootermopsis (Isoptera: Termopsidae). J. Insect Behav., 2: 523-543.
Haverty, M. I., K. A. Copren, G. M. Getty & V. R. Lewis. 1999a. Agonistic behavior and cuticular
hydrocarbon phenotypes of colonies of Reticulitermes (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) from northern
California. Annals Entomol. Soc. Amer., 92: 269-277.
Haverty, M. I., G. M. Getty, K. A. Copren & V. R. Lewis. 1999b. Seasonal foraging and feeding
behavior of Reticulitermes spp. (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) in a wildland and a residential lo-
cation in northern California. Environ. Entomol., 28: 1077-1084.
Haverty, M. I, G. M. Getty, K. A. Copren & V. R. Lewis. 2000. Size and dispersion of colonies of
Reticulitermes spp. (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) in a wildland and a residential location in north-
ern California. Environ. Entomol., 29: 241-251.
Howick, C.D. & J. W. Creffield. 1980. Intraspecific antagonism in Coptotermes acinaciformis (Frog-
gatt) (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae). Bull. Ent., Res. 70: 17-23.
Jones, S. C. 1990. Delineation of Heterotermes aureus (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) foraging territories
in a Sonoran Desert grassland. Environ. Entomol., 19: 1047-1054.
Lewis, V. R., M. I. Haverty, G. M. Getty, K. A. Copren & C. Fouche. 1998. Monitoring station for
studying populations of Reticulitermes (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) in California. Pan-Pac. En-
tomol., 74: 121-133.
Polizzi, J. M. & B. T. Forschler. 1998. Intra- and interspecific agonism in Reticulitermes flavipes
250 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
(Kollar) and R. virginicus (Banks) and effects of arena and group size in laboratory assays.
Insectes Soc., 45: 43-49.
Shelton, T. G. 1996. Factors affecting colony recognition in Coptotermes formosanus Shiraki (Isoptera:
Rhinotermitidae). M.S. Thesis, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Hawaii.
Shelton, T. G. & J. K. Grace. 1996. Review of agonistic behaviors in the Isoptera. Sociobiology, 28:
155-176.
Shelton, T. G. & J. K. Grace. 1997. Impact of low temperature conditioning on intercolonial agonism
in Coptotermes formosanus (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae). Sociobiology, 30: 197-211.
Su, N.-Y. & M.I. Haverty. 1991. Agonistic behavior among colonies of the Formosan subterranean
termite, Coptotermes formosanus Shiraki (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae), from Florida and Hawaii:
lack of correlation with cuticular hydrocarbon composition. J. Ins. Behav., 4: 115-128.
Thorne, B. L. & M. I. Haverty. 1991. A review of intracolony, intraspecific, and interspecific agonism
in termites. Sociobiology, 19: 115-145.
Received 29 Nov 1999; Accepted 6 Jul 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(4): 251, (2000)
Scientific Note
ADDITIONAL CALIFORNIA RECORDS OF
BRACHYIULUS LUSITANUS (JULIDA: JULIDAE), AN
EXOTIC EUROPEAN MILLIPEDE
Brachyiulus lusitanus Verhoeff and B. pusillus (Leach) were introduced to
northeastern North America from Europe. These species are morphologically sim-
ilar and historically reported as B. pusillus (Shelley, R. M. 1988. Can. J. Zool.
66: 1638—1663.). These exotic millipedes are synanthropic and usually found in
urban settings (Loomis, H. FE 1968. Bull. US. Natl. Mus. 266.; Hoffman, R.L.
1990. Diplopoda. Pages 835-860 D.L. Dindal, ed. Soil Biology Guide. Wiley
Interscince Publications. John Wiley and Sons. New York, New York.). Like some
introduced species, exotic millipedes are potentially minor urban pests having
been implicated in economic losses when feeding on root crops and greenhouse
plants or migrating into buildings (Hopkin, S. P. and H. J. Read. 1992. The Bi-
ology of millipedes. Oxford University Press, Oxford.). Exotic millipedes also
compete with native species for resources and potentially harbor parasites. Both
species of Brachyiulus are established in the eastern United States and Canada,
and B. lusitanus is also known from urban areas of Mexico (Loomis, H. F 1968;
Filka, M. E. and R. M. Shelley. 1980. Brimleyana 4: 1—42.; Shelley 1988.; Hoff-
man 1990.).
Brachyiulus lusitanus has been recorded from two sites in North Carolina and
one site in California (Hoffman, R. L. 1999. Checklist of the millipedes of North
and Middle America. Virg. Mus. Nat. Hist. Spec. Pub. Num. 8.). On 17, 18, and
20 Mar and 1 Oct 1999, B. lusitanus was collected in Walnut Creek, Contra Costa
County, California. Walnut Creek has a climate similar in temperature to that of
the southeastern United States where B. lusitanus is established. Specimens were
collected under logs, pots, and stones in urban gardens. These millipedes have
limited powers of dispersal, and passive transport in agricultural soils has been
responsible for accidental julid introductions (Hopkin, S. P. & H. J. Read. 1992.).
The California populations of B. lusitanus might have been imported in nursery
stock or horticultural products. With established populations in North America,
these millipedes could have been introduced to California without reintroduction
from Europe.
Specimens of B. lusitanus were deposited in the Virginia Natural History Mu-
seum and the Clemson University Arthropod Collection.
Acknowled gment.—I thank R. L. Hoffman for identifying the millipedes and
providing information on the known range of B. lusitanus, P. H. Adler for reading
earlier drafts of this manuscript, B. Reeves for collecting millipedes during Oc-
tober, and the Gill family for allowing me to collect millipedes on their property.
This is technical contribution 4543 of the South Carolina Agriculture and Forestry
Research System.
Will K. Reeves, Department of Entomology, 114 Long Hall, Clemson Univer-
sity, Clemson, SC 29634.
Received 26 Sep 1999; Accepted 21 Feb 2000.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(4): 000-000, (2000)
Editorial Change
Effective immediately the new editor of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist is:
Dr. Jeffery Honda
Department of Biology
San Jose State University
San Jose, CA 95192
Phone 408-924-4877.
Please send all correspondence concerning the Pan-Pacific Entomologist to Dr.
Honda.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(4): 253-254, (2000)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Contents for Volume 76
BANKS, J. E.—Effects of weedy field margins on
Myzus persicae (Hemiptera: Aphididae) in a
broccoli agroecosystem ............ 95
BENNETT, R. G., L. A. ROCCHINI, T. D. EICHLIN,
& B. S. LINDGREN—Sesia spartani in British
Columbia: a new clearwing moth record for
Canada with notes on its response to pher-
omones (Lepidoptera: Sesiidae) ..... 129
CHAO, R.-F & CHEN, C.-S.—Formosozoros newi,
a new genus and species of Zoraptera (In-
secta) from Taiwan
CuHol, S.-W.—The occurrence of Lampropteryx
suffumata (Denis and Schriffermiiller) (Lep-
idoptera: Geometridae) in North America
6 ees Cate grees ae 123
COURTNEY, G. W. & R. M. DUFFIELD—Net-
winged midges (Diptera: Blepariceridae): a
food resource for brook trout in montane
streams
COVILLE, R. E., C. GRISWOLD & P. L. CovILLE—
Observations on the nesting biology and be-
havior of Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) vagu-
lum (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) in Costa
RICE PEERS wee eee 7 eee ma ee Se 28
DELFIN, G. H. & R. A. WHARTON—Historical re-
view of the genera Aleiodes and Rogas in
Mexico, with a redescription of Aleiodes
cameronii (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) . . .5
GeTTy, G. M., M. I HAverty & V. R. LEwis—
Agonistic behavior beween recently collect-
ed and laboratory cultured Reticulitermes
spp. (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) from north-
ern Califownias <4.) eh vested olen 241
Gomez, J. & O. Garcia—A new species of En-
carsia (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae), a para-
sitoid of whitefly Aleurodicus sp. (Homop-
tera: Aleyrodidae) in Mexico
GorbDon, D. M.—Plants as indicators of leafcutter
bee (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) nest hab-
itat in coastal dunes ............. 217
GULMAHAMAD, H.—A rare find: the capture of a
primary queen of the western subterranean
RECIIMNGS Trae ches Sei Reese Reacts ey eat 71
HALsTEaD, J. A—-A new species of Hockeria
Walker from Mexico (Hymenoptera: Chal-
cididae)
HALSTEAD, J. & J. A. OLDHAM—New distribution
records for the elderberry longhorn beetle
Desmocerus californicus Horn (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae)
HARKRIDER, J. R.—Phenology of aquatic dance
flies (Diptera: Empididae: Hermerodromi-
inae) along a stream in southern California
NEW ier bite POE oh ae, Be, Cen eae 170
HARKRIDER, J. R.—Predation of Neoplasta Co-
quillet larvae (Diptera: Empididae) on larval
midges in the genus Rheotanytarsus Bause
(Diptera: Chironomidae) .......... 176
LANG, R. E, R. D. RICHARD, P. E. PARKER & L.
WENDEL—Release and establishment of dif-
fuse and spotted knapweed biocontrol agents
by USDA, APHIS, PPQ, in the United States
OR, ee ors Le tei ear, Ca 197
LARSEN, E.—New backswimmer records for
North America (Heteroptera: Notonectidae)
ee a Oa arg ee era es 126
Li, Q. & J. HE—Entomognathus from China with
description of a new species (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae)
MAcRaAgE, T. C.—Review of the genus Pur puri-
cenus DeJean (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
in North America ............... 137
MILIczKy, E—Nesting biology of the bee Melis-
sodes (Eumelissodes) microsticta Cockerell
in Washington State (Hymenoptera: Apidae)
Se Oe Pa ea gly tet al ad etry soln we ey 184
MILLER, D. G. & M. J. SHARKEY—An inquiline
species of Tamalia co-occurring with Tama-
lia cowenii (Homoptera: Aphididae) . . .77
Moron, M.-A. & E. B. CANo—Three new spe-
cies of Phyllophaga (s. str.) Group rostri-
pyga (Coleoptera: Melolonthidae: Melolon-
thinae) from Mexico and Guatemala . . 232
THE PAN PaciFIC ENTOMOLOGIST: Editorial
Change
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST: Table of Con-
tents Volume 76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST: Index Volume
SONAR, Ree Rae Ce ee me Reet 253
REEVES, W. K.—Additional California records of
Brachyiulus lusitanus (Julida: Julidae), an
exotic European millipede ......... 249
RoceErs, D. C.—Eulimnada texana Packard 1817
(Conchostraca: Crustacea) from northern
California: anthropogenic introduction?
aS Nae Pe A, Sve) 132
RUNGROJWANICH, K. & G. H. WALTER—The Aus-
254
tralian fruit fly parasitoid Diachasmimorpha
kraussii (Fullaway): life history, oviposition-
al patterns, distribution and hosts (Hyme-
noptera: Braconidae: Opiinae)
RUNGROJWANICH, K. & G. H. WALTER—The Aus-
tralian fruit fly parasitoid Diachasmimorpha
kraussii (Fullaway): mating behavior, modes
of sexual communication and crossing tests
with D. longicaudata (Ashmead) (Hyme-
noptera: Braconidae: Opiinae)
SHEPARD, J. H. & R. S. ZACK—A remarkable and
disjunct range extension for the genus Yer-
moia McDunnough (Lepidoptera: Geometri-
a to) gi en at eee ae ee ee ea 121
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 76(4)
TonG, X. & D. DUDGEON—Two new species of
Alainites (Ephemoptera: Baetidae) from
Hong Kong, China .............. 115
WIESENBORN, W. D.—Dessication susceptibility
of the desert brachypterous thrips Ar pedio-
thrips mojave Hood (Thysanoptera: Thripi-
Sr 2 ae bat Rey, ee er, Pee Ren Oy" 109
VETTER, R. S.—A South American spider, Metal-
tella simoni (Keyserling) (Aranae: Amphi-
nectidae) in southern California ..... 134
WUELLNER, C. T-—Variation among accounts of
Dieunomia triangulifera (Vachal) (Hyme-
noptera: Halicitidae) in different locations
ANG OATS? Sid, Seek ee eee Clas 102
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
76(4): 254-258, (2000)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Index to Volume 76
(title and key words)
Agapeta zoegana 197
Agathon as trout food 87
Agonistic behavior among Reticulitermes 241
Alainites acutulus NEW SPECIES 115
Alainites lingulatus NEW SPECIES 115
Alaska
Lampropteryx suffumata 123
Aleiodes 58
Aleiodes cameronii 58
Aleyrodidae
Encarsia narroi parasitizes Aleurodicus spe-
cies 49
Amphinectidae
Metaltella simoni 143
Aphelinidae
Encarsia narroi NEW SPECIES 49
Aphididae
Myzus persicae 95
Tamalia cowenii 77
Tamalia inquilinus NEW SPECIES 77
Apidae
Melissodes microsticta nest biology 184
Araneae
Metaltella simoni 134
Arctostaphylos
Tamalia cowenii 77
Tamalia inquilinus NEW SPECIES 77
Ar pediothrips mojave desiccation 109
Baetidae
Alainites acutulus NEW SPECIES 115
Alainites lingulatus NEW SPECIES 115
Bangasternus faustii 197
Blepharicera as trout food 87
Blephariceridae as trout food 87
Brachyiulus lusitanus 249
Braconidae
Aleiodes 58
Aleiodes cameronii 58
Diachasmimorpha kraussi
Crosses with D. longicaudata 12
Distribution 1
Hosts 1
Life history 1
Mating behavior 12
Sexual communication 12
Diachasmimorpha longicaudata
Crosses with D. kraussii 12
Rogas 58
British Columbia
Sesia spartani 129
Broccoli
Myzus persicae on 95
Brook trout
Net-winged midges as food 87
Buenoa arida 126
Buenoa confusa 126
Buenoa margaritacea 126
Buenoa scimitra 126
Buprestidae
Sphenoptera jugoslavica 197
California
Brachyiulus lusitanus 249
Desmocerus californicus distribution 74
Empididae phenology 170
Eulimnadia texana 132
Metaltella simoni 134
Reticulitermes hes perus queen 71
Tamalia cowenii 77
Tamalia inquilinus NEW SPECIES 77
Canada
Yermoia perplexata 121
Sesia spartani 129
Cerambycidae
Desmocerus californicus distribution 74
Purpuricenus axillaris 137
Purpuricenus dimidatus 137
Purpuricenus humeralis 137
Purpuricenus linsleyi 137
Pur puricenus opacus 137
Pur puricenus paraxillaris NEW SPECIES 137
Chaetorellia acrolophi 197
Chalcididae
Hockeria burdicki NEW SPECIES 52
China
Alainites acutulus NEW SPECIES 115
Alainites lingulatus NEW SPECIES 115
Entomognathus aneyrytibalis NEW SPECIES
55
Chironomidae
Neoplasta eat Rheotantarsus 176
Cochylidae
Agapeta zoegana 197
Coleoptera
Bangasternus faustii 197
256
Cyphocleonus achates 197
Desmocerus californicus distribution 74
Larinus minutus 197
Larinus obtusus 197
Phyllophage jovelana NEW SPECIES 232
Phyllophaga serratipes NEW SPECIES 232
Phyllophaga serrana NEW SPECIES 232
Purpuricenus axillaris 137
Purpuricenus dimidatus 137
Purpuricenus humeralis 137
Prurpuricenus linsleyi 137
Purpuricenus opacus 137
Purpuricenus paraxillaris NEW SPECIES 137
Sphenoptera jugoslavica 197
Conchostraca
Eulimnadia texana 132
Costa Rica
Trypoxylon vagulum behavior 28
Crustacea
Eulimnadia texana 132
Curculionidae
Bangasternus faustii 197
Cyphocleonus achates 197
Larinus minutus 197
Larinus obtusus 197
Cyphocleonus achates 197
Desmocerus californicus distribution 74
Diachasmimorpha kraussii
Crosses with D. longicaudata 12
Distribution 1
Hosts 1
Life history 1
Mating behavior 12
Sexual communication 12
Diachasmimorpha longicaudata
Crosses with D. kraussii 12
Dieunomia traingulifera biology 102
Diptera
Agathon as trout food 87
Blepharicera as trout food 87
Chaetorellia acrolo phi 197
Empididae phenology 170
Neoplasta eat Rheotantarsus 176
Terellia virens 197
Urophora affinis 197
Urophora quadrifasciata 197
Empididae
phenology 170
Neoplasta eat Rheotantarsus 176
Encarsia narroi NEW SPECIES 49
Parasitizes Aleurodicus species 49
Entomagnathus aneyrytibalis NEW SPECIES 55
Ephemeroptera
Alainites acutulus NEW SPECIES 115
Alainites lingulatus NEW SPECIES 115
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 76(4)
Eulimnadia texana 132
Formosozoros newi NEW SPECIES 24
Frankliniella occidentalis desiccation 109
Gelechiidae
Metzneria paucipunctella 197
Geometridae
Lampropteryx suffumata 123
Yermoia perplexata 121
Guatemala
Phyllophaga serratipes NEW SPECIES 232
Phyllophaga serrana NEW SPECIES 232
Halictidae
Dieunomia triangulifera biology 102
Heteroptera
Buenoa arida 126
Buenoa confusa 126
Buenoa margaritacea 126
Buenoa scimitra 126
Notonecta kirbyi 126
Notonecta repanda 126
Notonecta undulata 126
Hockeria burdicki NEW SPECIES 52
Homoptera
Encarsia narroi parasitizes Aleurodicus spe-
cies 49
Myzus persicae 95
Tamalia cowenii 77
Tamalia inquilinus NEW SPECIES 77
Hymenoptera
Aleiodes 58
Aleiodes cameronii 58
Diachasmimorpha kraussii
Crosses with D. longicaudata 12
Distribution 1
Hosts 1
Life history 1
Mating behavior 12
Sexual communication 12
Diachasmimorpha longicaudata
Crosses with D. kraussii 12
Dieunomia tringulifera biology 102
Encarsia narroi NEW SPECIES 49
Encarsia narroi parasitizes Aleurodicus spe-
cies 49
Hockeria burdicki NEW SPECIES 52
Melissodes microsticta nest biology 184
Plants indicate nest areas 217
Rogas 58
Trypoxylon vagulum behavior 28
Isoptera
Agonistic behavior among Reticulitermes 241
Reticulitermes hesperus queen 71
2000
Julida
Brachyiulus lusitanus 249
Julidae
Brachyiulus lusitanus 249
Knapweed biocontrol agents 197
Lampropteryx suffumata 123
Larinus minutus 197
Larinus obtusus 197
Leipidoptera
Agapeta zoegana 197
Lampropteryx suffumata 13
Metzneria paucipunctella 197
Pelochrista medullana 197
Pterolonche inspersa 197
Sesia spartani 129
Yermoia perplexata 121
Megachilidae
Plants indicate nest areas 217
Melissodes microsticta nest biology 184
Melolonthidae
Phyllophaga jovelana NEW SPECIES 232
Phyllophaga serratipes NEW SPECIES 232
Phyllophaga serrana NEW SPECIES 232
Metaltella simoni 134
Metzneria paucipunctella 197
Mexico
Encarsia narroi NEW SPECIES 49
Encarsia narroi parasitizes Aleurodicus spe-
cies 49
Hockeria burdicki NEW SPECIES 52
Phyllophaga jovelana NEW SPECIES 232
Millipede
Brachyiulus lusitanus 249
Myzus persicae 95
Neoplasta eat Rheotantarsus 176
North America
Pur puricenus axillaris 137
Pur puricenus dimidatus 137
Pur puricenus humeralis 137
Pur puricenus linsleyi 137
Pur puricenus opacus 137
Pur puricenus paraxillaris NEW SPECIES 137
Notonecta kirbyi 126
Notonecta repanda 126
Notonecta undulata 126
Notonectidae
Buenoa arida 126
Buenoa confusa 126
Buenoa margaritacea 126
Buenoa scimitra 126
Notonecta kirbyi 126
Notonecta repanda 126
Notonecta undulata 126
INDEX FOR VOLUME 76
257
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Contents Volume 76 251
Editorial Change 250
Index Volume 76 253
Pelochrista medullana 197
Phyllophaga jovelana NEW SPECIES 232
Phyllophaga serratipes NEW SPECIES 232
Phyllophaga serrana NEW SPECIES 232
Pterolonche inspersa 197
Pterolonchidae
Pterolonche inspersa 197
Pur puricenus axillaris 137
Pur puricenus dimidatus 137
Pur puricenus humeralis 137
Pur puricenus linsleyi 137
Pur puricenus opacius 137
Pur puricenus maxillaris NEW SPECIES 137
Rheotantarsus eaten by Neoplasta 176
Rhinotermatidae
Reticulitermes hes perus queen 71
Reticulitermes
Agonistic behavior among 241
hes perus queen 71
Rogas 58
Sesia spartani 129
Sesiidae
Sesia spartani 129
Solitary bees
Plants indicate nest areas 217
Sphechidae
Emtomognathus aneyrytibalis NEW SPECIES
55
Trypoxylon vagulum behavior 28
Sphenoptera jugoslavica 197
Taiwan
Formosozoros newi NEW SPECIES 24
Tamalia cowenii 77
Tamalia inquilinus NEW SPECIES 77
Tephritidae
Chaetorellia acrolophi 197
Terellia virens 197
Urophora affinis 197
Urophora quadrifasciata 197
Terellia virens 197
Thripidae
Ar pediothrips mojave desiccation 109
Frankiniella occidentalis desiccation 109
Thysanoptera
Ar pediothrips mojave desiccation 109
Frankiniella occidentalis desiccation 109
Tortricidae
Pelochrista medullana 197
Trypoxylon vagulum behavior 28
Urophora affinis 197
258 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 76(4)
Urophora quadrifasciata 197 Yucca
Arpediothrips mojave desiccation 109
Vegetation effects Myzus persicae 95
Washington State Zoraptera .
Melissodes microsticta nest biology 184 Formosozoros newi NEW SPECIES 24
Zortypidae
Yermoia perplexata 121 Formosozoros newi NEW SPECIES 24
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 74: 248-255, October 1997, for detailed general format information and the issues thereafter for examples; see below for
discussion of this journal’s specific formats for taxonomic manuscripts and locality data for specimens. Manuscripts must be in English,
but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please maintain a copy
of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy-editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 X 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS OF
ANY FIGURES TO THE 8&5 X 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text pages
(pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last. List
the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The title
must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use five
to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F- Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 69(2): 194-198; if you do not have access to that
volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before submitting manuscripts for which these formats are
applicable. These requirements include SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED
(INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for paragraphs in descriptions. List the unabbreviated taxonomic author
of each species after its first mention.
Data Formats. — All specimen data must be cited in the journal’s locality data format. See volume 69(2), pages 196-198 for these
format requirements; if you do not have access to that volume, request a copy of the taxonomy/data format from the editor before
submitting manuscripts for which these formats are applicable.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometrics provide
some answers? pp. 233-238. Jn Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics and
taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985. SPB
Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 X 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 X 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued on
additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156—161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $35.00 per page, for the first 20 (cumulative) pages per volume and full galley costs for
pages thereafter. Nonmembers should contact the Treasurer for current nonmember page charge rates. Page charges do not include
reprint costs, or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer. Contributing authors will be sent a page
charge fee notice with acknowledgment of initial receipt of manuscripts.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 76 October 2000 Number 4
Contents
LANG, R. F., R. D. RICHARD, P. E. PARKER & L. WENDEL—Release and establishment of
diffuse and spotted knapweed biocontrol agents by USDA, APHIS, PPQ, in the United
Dees Meee, Se eee 2 Bee coe Oe ee en ee ee ee 197
GORDON, D. M.—Plants as indicators of leafcutter bee (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) nest
Ve opheineraniec cao 601 22 SR enn Ale ONURNe Aa LW RNa es OL UMAR AMR R ORR Ee no ee OE nae ADR NAR 3 219
MORON, M. -A. & E. B. CANO—Three new species of Phyllophaga (s. str.) group rostripyga
(Coleoptera: Melolonthidae: Melolonthinae) from Mexico and Guatemala ___.....---..--__. 234
GETTY, G. M., M. I. HAVERTY & V. R. LEWIS—Agonistic behavior between recently col-
lected and laboratory cultured Reticulitermes spp. U[soptera: Rhinotermitidae) from
ey AU Men eee | IC. a ee eee Sa ane On ee ewe AMMEN orf. AAR. ./ 243
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
REEVES, W. K.—Additional California records of Brachyiulus lusitanus (Julida: Julidae), an
exolie (imepeandemillimed@e 2 et A ee 2511
Phe Pan-Patie Batemoropist Editorial Changes... <i essocc 2225. aces nonce erage ee 252
The Pan=P acific Entomelogist: Table ef Contents Volume. 76. ............----.------2e-s-c---a-<---ae eee 253
Ehe Pan-Pacific Ettomotlogist TVGex TOL VOM TO ooo 2 cance ene gene sen een ees D535)